REFX Enhancements

SAP ERP Functional Enhancements

ReleaseAvailable

SAP ERPSolutionArea

Module(s) Delta Functionality Functionality Description Business Benefits

mySAP ERP2004

Procurementand LogisticsExecution

MM Order processing withradio frequencyidentification

Order processing with radio frequencyidentification (RFID) providescomprehensive and integrated portfolioof autoidentification-enabledapplications and infrastructurefunctions:

- Receiving and processingRFID/autoidentification data streamsfrom readers- Writing data to RFID tags- Enabling RFID data processing inshipping, receiving, and packing- Handling RFID automatically

RFID-enabled outbound processingprovides a generic outboundprocessing solution to industries. Theautomatic identification developmentenhances the efficiency and quality ofoutbound processing operations byenabling the following:

- Automated hands-free goodsissue/loading confirmation- Verification of physical goods issuedagainst the fulfillment requirementsstipulated by the back-end software inthe form of a delivery document,presenting a real-time quality controlfunction at source for correct issuing ofgoods ordered- Nearly instantaneous communicationof pallet and case-level electronicproduct code (EPC) information tobusiness partners and enterprise back-end software upon goods issue, whichmeans that the roles impacted by thisdevelopment extend well beyond thewarehouse worker and manager: theyapply to sales executives, as well asbusiness partners

In conjunction with the SAP EventManagement application, RFID-enabled outbound processing allowsvisibility at delivery and handling unitlevels inside the company and alsobetween business partners.

Order processing withradio frequencyidentification (RFID)provides the followingbenefits: - It automates theidentification and trackingof physical objects (pallets,goods, and so on).- It improves transparencythrough real-timeconnection between thereal world and businessapplications to optimize allkind of activities (supplychain, maintenance, andso on).

mySAP ERP2004

End-UserServiceDelivery

MM Purchasing agent role The purchasing agent roleaccomplishes the following: - Itprovides overview of the actualworkload. - It provides decisionsupport. - It executes correspondingfunctions such as sourcedetermination, purchase requisition

The purchasing agent roleprovides these benefits: - Itimproves efficiency andeffectiveness of purchasersthrough the personalizationof information, as well as asingle point of entry. - It

conversion, and creation of requestsfor quotation (RFQs). - It offers accessto reporting functions.

enhances visibility of dailyissues and figures. - Itincreases speed in routinework. - It increasesdemand visibility and orderresponsiveness.

SAP ERP 6.0 Procurementand LogisticsExecution

SRM Service procurement Service procurement accomplishes thefollowing: - Request for external staff Amanager can send a request to thesupplier before actually ordering theservice or external staff, and canrequest further information – forexample, on availability, skillsinformation, or curriculum vitae. Therequest can be based on existingcontracts.- Order management This includes thestandard purchase order managementfunctionality offered by the SAPSupplier Relationship Managementapplication, including purchase orderprocessing and purchase orderresponses by the supplier, as well asmonitoring- Confirmation and service entry Oncethe services have been performed, thesupplier records times worked andadditional costs. These must beapproved by the requesting manager.- Invoice handling An invoice can besent in electronically by the supplierand must then be approved by therequesting manager.

This situation supports line managersor project managers in findingtemporary staff as required. Althoughsituations such as this were in the pastrouted through the procurementdepartment with various iteration loops,procurement was in most cases notinvolved in line or project activities.This situation empowers theemployees who have the knowledgeabout what to order or from where tosource it, by providing professionalsourcing functionality together withworkflow enablement to line or projectmanagers.

This functionalityautomates the procure-to-pay business scenario fortemporary labor andconsulting services byaccomplishing thefollowing: - It provideseasy-to-use self-service formanaging the procurementof external resources.- It offers seamlessintegration of suppliers intothe service procurementprocess.- It enhances shiftoperation.


SRM SAP InvoiceManagement

The SAP Invoice Managementapplication provides a single point ofaccess for all invoices. Invoices can beentered manually, through ExtensibleMarkup Language (XML), or throughelectronic data interchange (EDI).There is also an option to receivescanned invoices based on opticalcharacter recognition (OCR). If an erroroccurs when the invoice is posted, theycan be viewed by various exceptiontypes and statuses with the invoice

The invoice managementfunctionality providespreprocessing of incominginvoices on top of existinginvoice verification. If thereare no exceptions, theinvoices are automaticallyposted. In the case ofexceptions, variousworkflow and monitoringactivities, includingnotification of vendors

monitor software. The clarification ofincorrect invoices is based on SAPInteractive Forms by Adobe and e-mail,which the software monitors.

about exceptions, aretriggered and tracked.

Predefined exceptions areas follows: - Missing orincorrect internal orexternal information Theinvoicing party or internaluser can change or addmissing or wronginformation in an Adobeinteractive form. Changesare transferred into theinvoice document.- Duplicate invoice Ttheinvoicing party or internaluser is asked to checkwhether an invoice really isa duplicate. If the answer isyes, the invoice is deletedautomatically. If the answeris no, the invoice can beposted automatically (ifanswer was sent byinternal user) or the statusis updated to "inclarification“ (if the answerwas sent from invoicingparty).- Price, quantity, or taxdifferences The e-mailrecipient can accept orreject differences within theSAP Interactive Forms byAdobe application. If theacceptance by an e-mailrecipient is sufficient, theinvoice can automaticallybe posted or deleted;otherwise, the answer isrecorded in the protocol.- Missing goods receiptThe invoice arrives beforethe goods receipt isposted. You can clarify withthe goods receipientwhether the goods alreadyarrived at the loading rampor ask the supplier directlywhy the goods have notarrived yet.- Wrong reference The e-mail recipient can correct apurchase order in the SAPInteractive Forms byAdobe application. Thenew purchase order istransferred into the invoiceand then posted.- Invoice in approval Allinvoices that are awaitingapproval for more than a

certain number of days aredisplayed.- Other error This refers toother error messages.


MM Design collaboration withsuppliers, based oncFolders

Exchanging product documentationwith suppliers and partners issupported by the collaboration onproduct structure data (such as bills ofmaterial or product variant structures)and product-related documents (suchas technical drawings and computer-aided design models).

See also the description "Developmentcollaboration with partners andsuppliers (cFolders)."

This functionality improvesproductivity andcollaboration with partnersand suppliers during theproduct design phase.

SAP ERP 6.0 End-UserServiceDelivery

MM SAP role: buyer This role supports buyers in their day-to-day purchases (operationalprocurement) as it provides for bothmaterials and services procurement.

The main target group is operationalbuyers who are involved mostly inordering activities (operationalprocurement), as well as reporting.Targeted purchasers may operate inseveral industries (cross-industry role)and buy direct materials andmaintenance, repair, and operations(MROs), as well as services:- In work overview, you obtain anoverview of your daily work. Thepurchasing work list is the point of entryfor the processing of current workflowtasks, such as the release of purchaserequisitions and purchase orders or theprocessing of faulty vendorconfirmations. You can obtaininformation about forwarded workflowtasks and obtain an overview of thetasks you have completed. Thepurchasing group analysis provides anoverview of the workloads of theindividual buyers and buyer groupswithin your enterprise. For thispurpose, the software accessesenterprise-wide consolidated data ofthe former SAP Business InformationWarehouse component (now includedin SAP NetWeaver BusinessIntelligence). The purchasing groupanalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- In transaction processing, you obtainan overview of your purchasingdocuments (such as purchase ordersand purchase requisitions). With theaid of queries, you can assemble yourtransactions to be processed in anynumber of work lists. You therefore

This functionalityaccomplishes the following:- It enables you to react toquestions and problemsimmediately.- It provides quick accessto personalized work lists.- It helps you achieveanalytical insight.

have the opportunity to structure andperform your daily work in accordancewith your own needs. The integration ofthe SAP document storage applicationCollaborative Folders (cFolders) allowsyou to display the attachments to yourpurchase transactions directly in theportal.- In vendor information, you obtain anoverview of your vendors. You candisplay the contact data and partnerroles of your vendors. You can use asource-of-supply overview to obtain anoverview of the assortment of productsoffered by your vendors. The vendoranalysis informs you of the goodssupplied and services performed byyour vendors. In the process, thesystem accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP Business Information Warehousecomponent. The vendor analysis givesyou the option of defining and savingyour own views of the data.- With information on material, youobtain an overview of your materials.You can display master data for, andstocks information about, yourmaterials, or you can obtain informationon the possible sources of supply ofthese materials. The material analysisinforms you about the materials thatyou procured. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP Business Information Warehousecomponent. The materials analysisgives you the option of defining andsaving your own views of the data.- With service procurement, you canperform all tasks and access alldocuments involved in the procurementof external services. You can start thesourcing application, or you canprocess documents of all types.Alternatively, you can open the worklists for different documents, which arebased on prespecified selectioncriteria. If you know the documentnumber, you can also open documentsdirectly.


SAP role: invoicing clerk This role provides access to the invoicemanagement function. The main targetgroup of this role is invoicing clerks,who are responsible for the incominginvoices in the logistics department.The invoice management functionallows the processing of incomingelectronic invoices (with and withoutpurchase order reference) on anexception basis. The invoicing clerkrole contains one work center for

This functionalityaccomplishes the following:- It streamlines invoiceverification by delivering ahigh degree of processautomation.- It improves efficiency andeffectiveness through thepersonalization of theinformation.

processing invoices and monitoring thecomplete exception handling process.It can be enhanced with additional workcenters, especially in companies inwhich single individuals often havevarious different jobs.

In work overview, the invoicing clerkcan start all tasks and get access to alldocuments involved in the invoicemanagement process. He or she cansearch for related invoices and invoiceexceptions. Alternatively, the clerk cancreate a document or start the relatedservice without any previousselections.The work center providespreprocessing of incoming invoices ontop of existing invoice verification. Ifthere are no exceptions, the invoicesare automatically posted. In the case ofexceptions, various workflow andmonitoring activities are triggered andtracked, including notification ofvendors about exceptions.A work list enables the invoicing clerkto monitor the incoming invoicesquickly and also shows all invoiceexceptions. In the case of exceptions,various workflow and other activitiesare offered, including informingsuppliers and noninvoice specialistusers.With regard to analytics, appropriatereports and queries on every workcenter support relevant user scenarioswith respective business intelligencequeries, such as excessive invoicedocuments or invoice documentoverview.


SAP role: supplier This role provides suppliers with asingle point of access to data andtransactions in the SAP Supplier Self-Service component, thereforeintegrating self-service capabilities aspart of the end-to-end procurementprocess. Extending the capabilities ofSAP ERP to business partners,specifically to a company’s supplierbase, is one of the next logical steps inthe evolution of the SAP ERPapplication. The introduction ofaccessibility to information andtransactions for suppliers brings self-service functionalities to SAP ERP,which allow companies to furtherstreamline their processes andinformation exchange and, therefore, tofurther capitalize on their investments.Work centers support various activitiesassociated with orders, purchase orderresponses, and invoices, as well as

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves productivity andcollaboration withsuppliers. - It speeds upthe procurement process. -It reduces costs. - Itexpands value propositionby linking any kind ofsuppliers throughappropriate and costeffective channels.

reporting activities. The main targetgroup is small suppliers without theirown enterprise resource planning(ERP) software. Usually these aresmall to middle-sized businesses inwhich individual employees take on avariety of tasks. The employee workingwith the supplier role accesses data inthe customer’s system and uses thisdata to start both internal andscollaborative processes. - In workoverview, you can start all tasks andget access to all documents involved inthe collaboration process with yourcustomer. You can see a status-relatedoverview of all documents, as well asincoming alerts that need yourimmediate attention. - You can searchfor information on requests, purchaseorder responses, or invoices. Thedocument overview provides quickaccess to documents, such as requestsfor quotation, purchase orders,shipping notifications, confirmations,goods receipt confirmations, andinvoices. - You can create shippingnotifications, confirmations, or invoices.- With administration, you canadminister your company’s access tothe portal by requesting user accessrights, and administer your own or yourcompany’s master data in the portal. -With regard to analytics, appropriatereports and queries on every workcenter support relevant user scenarioswith respective business intelligencequeries, such as sales value reportingor evaluations.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Management of internalcontrols

Management of internal controlsaccomplishes the following: - Itsupports documentation, assessment,and testing of internal controls neededto fulfill the requirements of Sections302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actof 2002 (SOX), as well as theCommittee of SponsoringOrganizations of the TreadwayCommission (COSO I) framework andother internal control initiatives.- It provides scheduling functionalityand workflow-supported issue-remediation functionalities.- It includes predefined and easilycustomized management reports,ranging from a high-level overview ofthe status of internal control to detailedanalyses.

SOX makes management responsiblefor the effectiveness of disclosurecontrols and procedures for financialreporting, operations, and compliance

Management of internalcontrols produces thefollowing benefits: - Lowerrisk of failing to comply withfinancial complianceregulation- Reduced internalcommunication andadministration expensesrelated to compliancedocumentation- Improved managementreporting that highlightsissues before legal andregulatory reportingdeadlines, to reduce therisk of noncompliance

(Section 302) and requires managersto document internal controls, assesstheir effectiveness, and prepare areport on the state of internal controlsin their organization (Section 404).SOX is applicable not only to UnitedStates–based companies and theirforeign subsidiaries but also to foreigncompanies that are registered with theU.S. Securities and ExchangeCommission.

Management of internal controlscentralizes the documentation ofinternal controls and assessments ofcontrol design, efficiency,effectiveness, and managementreporting to support companies in theirSOX and other internal controlinitiatives. The scheduling functionalityand workflow-supported issueremediation ensure on-time disclosuresand reduce internal communication andadministration expenses related tocompliance. Predefined andcustomizable management reportsprovide managers, as well as internaland external auditors, with an overviewof the state of internal control.

mySAP ERP2004


Audit information support This function offers new roles thatsupport two different business auditapproaches:

- An account-oriented approach thatprovides a balance sheet, an incomestatement, and segment reporting, aswell as internal activity allocation and aconsolidated financial statement- A process-oriented approach thatsupports two different processes: orderto cash and purchase to order

The audit information function providesmethodical approaches for businessand system auditing, comprising astructured collection of preconfiguredSAP evaluation programs. The auditinformation function is the external orinternal auditor’s toolbox within an SAPenvironment, providing online controlsand data export functionality tospecialized auditing software. Thisfunction has been enhanced to offer amore complete suite of preconfiguredbusiness audit functionality. Theenhanced scope of this functionincludes further components withinfinancial applications, such as assetaccounting, cost accounting, cashjournal, consolidation, real estate, andtreasury, and within operationapplications, such as procurement.

This functionality lowersrisk of internal auditfailures, improves ability tosatisfy requirements ofinternal audit commitees,improves quality of internaland external auditing, andimproves efficiency ofinternal and externalaudits.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Management of internalcontrols: customer-defined fields

Customers can create their ownattributes for control-related masterdata such as organizational units,controls, and processes. In addition,fields can be added to assessments,test logs, issues, and remediationplans. These fields can be madeavailable in reporting and can helpcompanies deliver on company-specificrequests by auditors.

This function provides thefollowing benefits: - Itimproves managerialinsight into internal controlsanalysis and reporting.- It improves effectivenessof processes in compliancewith the Sarbanes-OxleyAct.- It reduces risk of failure tocomply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.


Management of internalcontrols: import of third-party tests

This function accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports the direct importof third-party test results of controleffectiveness (from separately licensedtesting tools) to support the testingrequired by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.- It enables authorized users todocument the results of their control-effectiveness tests, in accordance witha predefined testing procedure.- It provides master data structures thatfacilitate data mapping with dedicatedcontrol testing environments.

New functionality in SAP ERP supportsthe import of third-party tests of controleffectiveness results directly intomanagement of internal controls tosupport the testing required by theSarbanes-Oxley Act. To implement thisfunctionality, the customer must beusing a separately licensed testing tool(Virsa, Approva, SecurInfo) in whichthe customer's side of the interface hasbeen developed for pushing the testresults into management of internalcontrols.

This function provides thefollowing benefits: - Lowercost of compliance throughthe automation of testingprocedures- Real-time identification ofinternal control violations orfraudulent transactions- Improved effectiveness ofprocesses in compliancewith the Sarbanes-OxleyAct


Management of internalcontrols: upload of masterdata

This function supports upload ofprocess- and control-relateddocumentation – which is required forcompliance with the Sarbanes-OxleyAct, Section 404 – from otherapplications, such as Microsoft Excel,with a standardized Extensible MarkupLanguage (XML) interface.

This function provides thefollowing benefits: - Lowercost of compliance throughthe automated processdocumentations- Real-time identification ofinternal control violations orfraudulent transactions- Improved effectiveness ofprocesses in compliancewith the Sarbanes-OxleyAct


Management of internalcontrols: massassignment of testers

This function supports massassignment of testers to controls (testobjects) within a cycle or business unit.

This function provides thefollowing benefits: -Improved automation ofactivities that ensurecompliance with theSarbanes-Oxley Act- Elimination of manualassignment processes- Improved ability tomonitor key controls


Management of internalcontrols: audit informationfunction interface

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables authorizedtesters to document the results of theircontrol effectiveness tests in themanagement of internal controls.- It allows testers to drill down to theindividual document level in the auditinformation function, if necessary, totrack down results.

The audit information function is alisting of SAP ERP reports that can beaccessed through a hierarchicallystructured menu of reports. Auditing ismade easier because data ranges foranalysis can be limited and there is noneed to learn transaction codes andnavigation.

In accordance with the predefinedtesting procedure, the tester uses a linkin management of internal controls toopen the audit information function in aWeb-based transaction. The tester istaken to a report that has beenassigned to test a particular control (ina particular system – for example, a“logistics control” would bring the testerautomatically into an audit informationfunction in the business unit’s logisticssoftware).

Using selection criteria as provided inthe testing procedure, the testerexecutes the report. The auditinformation report is displayed. Theuser can drill down to the individualdocument level if necessary to trackdown results.

The tester enters the results of thereport in management of internalcontrols. If problems were identified,the tester initiates any necessaryremediation activities to fix problemswith the control.

This function provides thefollowing benefits: -Improved automation ofactivities that ensurecompliance with theSarbanes-Oxley Act- Elimination of manualassignment processes- Improved ability tomonitor key controls

SAP ERP 6.0 Analytics FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Cost center planning andbudgeting: expressplanning

The express planning self-servicecomposite application combinesvarious services into one convenientand easy-to-use planning applicationfor occasional users such as linemanagers:

- It supports the technical preparationof planning, communication, executionof planning, and review and release ofplanning details.- It includes planning guidelines forreference.- It provides status overview forplanners and planning supervisors.- It integrates planning software such

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itlowers the cost of planningand budgeting.- It improves accuracy ofplans.- It better enables you tomonitor changes andapprovals to plans.- It enhances businessperformance through moreeffective planning andperformance management.

as the former SAP BusinessInformation Warehouse (SAP BW)component (now part of SAPNetWeaver); the former SAP BusinessPlanning and Simulation ServiceSelect; and SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC)–based costcenter planning.

This functionality helps with planningfor the entire organization. It improvesthe productivity of the entireorganization during planning cyclesand produce a better audit trail of allassociated documentation, e-mail, andunstructured information. Expressplanning bundles all this into a singleapplication and presents it in astructured way to the user. A statusmanager tells you at any time what youhave done already and what still has tobe done. Altogether, this makesplanning much easier for the user.

Express planning is a new collaborativeplanning function that acceleratesplanning and is available with “roadmap” user interfaces, making it easy touse, even for occasional users. Thestandard end users for expressplanning are occasional users: forexample, line managers. ExpresspPlanning is not a new planningtechnology but a new compositefunction framework. As a compositefunction, express planning combinesvarious services (such as planning andreporting services, master datamaintenance services, and internalservice requests) into a singleapplication framework. As a self-service function, express planningguides users through a series ofbusiness process steps to allow themto accomplish tasks related to planningwithout additional training.


Cost center planning andbudgeting: planningcoordination andmonitoring

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports planningprocess organization throughcollaboration rooms.- It provides monitor with statusinformation on the progress of planningtasks.- It offers links to jump directly into asingle planning task of a singleplanning user – for example, forinserting comments or approvingcertain parts of the planning.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itlowers the cost of planningand budgeting.- It improves accuracy ofplans.- It better enables you tomonitor changes andapprovals to plans.- It enhances businessperformance through moreeffective planning andperformance management.


Product design costestimate

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It imports bills of materials

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - It

and routing from SAP R/3 and anyother logistics software.- It imports existing cost estimates fromSAP R/3 software.- It enables you to develop target costsand accurately estimate productprofitability.- It performs simulations and modeloutcomes of your production plans.

enables manufacturingorganizations to makeaccurate price predictionsbefore production.- It allows more accuratemeasurement of productprofitability.- It improves ability toforecast productprofitability.- It enables engineeringstaff to evaluate costimplications of designdecisions.- It improves ability ofproduction staff to evaluatechange requests.

mySAP ERP2004


General ledger: datastructure standardization

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides single datastructure across various ledgers.- It offers a simplified approach toextend the general ledger functionalityas needed.- It lowers the cost of expandinggeneral ledger and training accountingstaff.- It smoothes the transition path fromthe existing general ledger.

SAP ERP contains a new cross-industry and cross-country generalledger, which, because of itsarchitecture, provides considerableadvantages with regard totransparency and compliance, theoption of enhancement with industry-specific and customer-specific terms,fast close, reduction of total cost ofownership (TCO) on implementation,and extended options for reflectingparallel accounting standards. The newgeneral ledger functionality existsparallel to the classic general ledgerthat is the current functionality in SAPR/3 and SAP R/3 Enterprise. Upgradecustomers can continue to use theclassic functions for the time being.SAP plans to provide a migration fromthe classic to the new general ledger atthe start of unrestricted shipment.

In the standard SAP offering, the newgeneral ledger has a data structure thatis equally suitable for financialstatement reporting, for managementreporting, and as a source for analyticalapplications. This means thatcustomers no longer have to implementadditional components with partiallyredundant ledgers (profit center ledger,cost of sales ledger, special purposeledger, consolidation staging ledger,

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsimplifies datamanagement.- It enables more flexibleconsolidated reporting andanalysis.- It eliminates need formanual postings to variousledgers.

industry-specific ledger) in addition tothe general ledger, as was the case inSAP R/3 and SAP R/3 Enterprise.

mySAP ERP2004


General ledger:extensions

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows organizations toadd dimensions to general ledger asbusiness evolves.- It offers an extensible general ledgerin which standard data structure isused.- It maintains existing functionality fromcurrent general ledger.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itquickly modifies generalledger to fit businessneeds.- It reduces requirementsfor technical migration ortraining.- It eliminates the need tomaintain separate ledgers.

mySAP ERP2004


General ledger:document online split

This funcitonality accomplishes thefollowing: - It simplifies the generationof financial statements and reports onsegments or dimensions that areunique to an industry.- It eliminates the need for businessesto create new or special ledgers foreach view of the company by allowingdocuments to be automaticallybalanced online for any desired “view”of the company.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsupports transparency andfast closes.- It simplifies the ability toreport by industry-specificrequirements.- It enables greater internalcontrol when generatingindustry-specific financialstatements.

mySAP ERP2004


General ledger: real-timeintegration fromcontrolling

This functionality automatically reflectsany postings from managementaccounting (for example, cost centerallocations) in the general ledger at theappropriate level of detail.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Iteliminates need for aseparate reconciliationledger.- It eliminates reconciliationprocesses betweenfinancial and managerialaccounting.- It increases theopportunity to close month-end books faster.

mySAP ERP2004


General ledger: parallelaccounting

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides additionalfunctionality for “parallel ledgers” toreduce costs. - It enables organizationsto use identical interfaces and functionsto process all ledgers in the generalledger, as well as to update ledgersindividually or simultaneously.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces manual postingsto individual ledgers.- It enables greaterefficiency of accountingstaff.- Its document numberingimproves internal controlfor managing parallelledgers.

mySAP ERP2004


Fast close support This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides a simplifiedoverview of the entire closing processthrough a closing cockpit for period-endclosing of individual financialstatements.- It offers an intuitive user interface forscheduling and beginning the closingprocess.- It enables reconciliation of open itemsand intercompany balances in generalledger accounts.- It supports loading of intercompanydata from non-SAP software through a

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced errors throughtransparency and supportfor compliance through aconcise overview of theclosing status andremaining tasks- Significantly reduced timeto reconcile intercompanyactivities- Improved employeeproductivity and reducedcosts

new interface.

There is an increasing worldwidedemand by companies’ management,as well as external institutions, such asregulators and stock exchanges, toreduce time spent on closing thebooks. SAP software supports the fastand efficient creation of accurate andtransparent financial statements bymeans of application integration,process automation, comprehensivereconciliation, and collaborationfunctionality.


General ledger:document online splitsimulation

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It offers functionality tosimulate the result of an online split,which can be previewed and analyzedbefore a document is posted.- It allows posted documents to beanalyzed with regard to theconfiguration that led to the resultingsplit.- It offers standard customizing contentfor processing special indicatortransactions, such as down paymentsand down payment clearings.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased transparency ofpostings in the new generalledger- Improved usability- Necessity for lessadditional customizing tosupport standardprocesses such as downpayments and so on


General ledger: period-end closing – taxaccounting

A program (data retention tool [DART])creates data files to support theperiodic transfer of value-added tax–related data to tax authorities. Thesefiles are then sent to the tax authorities.

Note: this functionality has also beenmade available in SAP R/3 and the2004 version of SAP ERP.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Compliance with U.S. taxlaw (IRS RevenueProcedure 98-25)- Increased reporting andauditing capability


General ledger: period-end closing

The reporting tools available in theaudit information function now alsosupport the new general ledger.

Note: this functionality is also availablein the 2004 version of SAP ERP withsupport package 10.

This functionality improvesbusiness and tax auditcapability.


General ledger:depreciation of fixedassets

This functionality offers a completelyautomated depreciation of fixed assets,even for customers from countries withspecial requirements in this area, suchas Japan and Russia.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Greater flexibility andeasier compliance,especially for customers inJapan and Russia- Improved compliance withInternational AccountingStandards (IAS)


General ledger: migrationfrom classic to newgeneral ledger

This functionality supports SAP R/3and SAP R/3 Enterprise customers intheir migration efforts, providingstandardized migration paths andprograms.

Note: this functionality is also availablein the 2004 version of SAP ERP withsupport package 10. If a customer

This functionality reducesmigration effort and costs.

wants to apply as a pilot, he has tocreate an open source software ticketaccording to note 812919 and will beprovided with further informationconcerning the next steps).


General ledger: defaultderivation of profit center

This functionality supports derivation ofthe default profit center.

This functionality reducesthe need for additionalcustomizing effort.


General ledger:enhanced reporting

This functionality offers the following: -Enhanced standard line-item reportingfor the fields segment and profit center- Reconciliation report for totals anddocuments


This functionality reducesthe need for additionalefforts in generatingspecific reports onstandard content.


General ledger: statisticalkey figures

This functionality allows allocationwithin general ledger through the useof statistical key figures as a basis.

This functionality providesgreater flexiblity forallocations within generalledger.


General ledger: archivingof documents

This function allows archiving ofdocuments and totals created in thenew general ledger.


This functionality results inbetter performance of theSAP software and lowermaintenance costs.


General ledger: euroconversion

This functionality creates zero balanceon document level when changing overto euro currency.

This functionality improvesaudit capability.


General ledger:enhanced interfaces andintegration to new generalledger

This functionality offers enhancedinterfaces and integration concerningthe applications public sector, financialaccounting–contract accounting,human capital management, travelmanagement, and material ledger(transfer prices).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved ability to supportpublic sector accountingrequirements- Improved integration withhuman resources, traveland expense, and contractaccounting solutions

mySAP ERP2004


Credit management:credit limit managementand control

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides a portal for creditmanagers to view, analyze, andchange current credit limits forcustomers.- It enables access and visibility tocustomer credit scores according toexternal or internally createdstandards.- It displays intuitive view of customercredit risk levels and order limits.- It triggers a notification process if anexception is needed.

SAP Credit Managementhelps companies managetheir customers’ creditlines. Companies cananalyze credit informationby using both external andinternal information toadapt the customer scoringto fit the reality. SAP CreditManagement makes use ofthe latest components ofthe SAP NetWeavertechnology platform,including SAP NetWeaverMaster Data Management,SAP NetWeaver Portal,and SAP NetWeaverExchange Infrastructure.Effective creditmanagement can reduce

arrears and preventpotential nonpayment afterdelivery has occurred. SAPCredit Management meetsall the prerequisites for acompany-wide creditpolicy, includingautomated, real-timedecisions and access toboth internal and externalcredit information by allemployees. By bringingcustomer data from varioussources together, SAPCredit Managementenables centralizedcustomer credit checks andhelps companies avoid therisk that customers woulduse different distributionchannels to extend theircredit limits. SAP CreditManagement can be usedby companies in allindustries.

mySAP ERP2004


Credit management:credit information support

Requesting external credit informationis completely integrated in SAP CreditManagement and enables companiesto request information electronicallyusing appropriate Extensible MarkupLanguage (XML) interfaces. Becausecredit departments often use severalexternal credit information providers,SAP Credit Management can save theinformation provided by such aninterface separately according to thedata provider.

This functionality supports creditmanagers in determining andmanaging the external and internalcredit information on customers –information used primarily to set upinput parameters for the credit rulesengine in SAP ERP, which can makecredit decisions or automaticallycalculate credit limits.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to utilize externaland internal credit ratingsin a single portal- Ability of companies togenerate credit standardsby using external data- Ability to develop anindustry-specific creditrating system

mySAP ERP2004


Credit management:credit rules automation

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows organizations toapply or change credit rules to groupsof customers.- It enables automated calculations ofcredit limits on the basis of newstandards or changes to externalstandards.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to change new creditrules without transformingprocesses- Simplified implementationof new credit rules andstandards- Ability of creditdepartment to changestandards faster and reactto market conditions

mySAP ERP2004


Credit management:credit decision support

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It helps credit managers

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -

visualize customer credit risks andlimits.- It reduces training costs for creditmanagers through an intuitive userinterface.- It allows credit managers to makedecisions faster and with greatercertainty through improved reporting.

Credit decision support contains, forexample, evaluations for analyzing thecredit history for a customer and foranalyzing payment or purchasebehavior.

Enhanced customer care- Reduced customer creditrisks- Reduced levels of baddebt or default accounts

mySAP ERP2004


Collections management This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables greaterproductivity through a single view ofcustomer accounts receivable status.- It enables individual collectionsmanagers to set promise-to-pay flagsthat include automatic workflow triggersif dates have passed.- It offers customer-improved invoicehistory overview.- It simplifies the task of applyingcredits to open invoices or splittingpayments to multiple invoices.

SAP Collections Management providesnew functions that enable you todisplay and process receivables percustomer. All open invoices aredisplayed, with their status, at customeraccount level, and this enables fastfurther processing. It is thereforepossible to create and monitorpromises to pay, to create disputecases, and to display a detailed invoicehistory.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Enhanced productivity ofcollections and accountsreceivable departments- Increased collectionsrates, lower days salesoutstanding (DSO)- Customer-orientedapproach to the accountsreceivable process

mySAP ERP2004


In-house cash This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides integration withcash management and treasurymanagement features.- It provides new payment orders,flexible routing, and new currencyconversion functionalities.- It supports international paymentswith real-time exchange rateinformation.

SAP In-House Cash is an applicationfor companies that operate globally tomanage their intragroup and externalpayment transactions more efficientlyby setting up a virtual house bank. WithSAP In-House Cash, internationalcompanies can centrally processpayments made by their affiliates bynetting and consolidating internalaccounts. You can use SAP In-HouseCash to pay external business partners

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Accurate current accountsforecasting for cashmanagers- Reduced complexity ofintercompany netting andpayments- Reduced cost ofintercompany payments orcross-border settlements

on behalf of the subsidiaries or toforward incoming payments fromexternal business partners to thecorrect subsidiary.

mySAP ERP2004


Dispute management This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables organizations toprocess receivables-related disputes.- It supports structuring andstreamlining the dispute resolutionprocess and reduces processing timethrough an electronic communicationprocess.- It integrates with accounts receivable,sales and distribution, SAP CustomerRelationship Management (SAP CRM),and SAP Business Workflow (includinge-mail notification).- It supports automatic creation ofdispute cases for underpaymentsgenerated by the electronic accountstatement.- It offers a correspondence functionthat enables standard letters, faxes,and e-mail to be sent automatically.- It supports various communicationchannels, including those through SAPBiller Direct and SAP CollectionsManagement.

SAP Dispute Management containsfunctions for processing receivables-related disputes such as reducedpayments and disputes because of acustomer action. SAP DisputeManagement enables companies tostructure and streamline the process ofdispute resolution and to reduceprocessing time. Communication ismanaged entirely in electronic form.SAP Dispute Management is closelyintegrated with the accounts receivablefunction but also with the sales anddistribution function, SAP CRM, andSAP Business Workflow.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced days salesoutstanding (DSO)- Reduced days deductionoutstanding (DDO)- Improved liquidity andliquidity forecasting- Accelerated processesthrough automation- Improved customerrelationships throughtargeted inquiries and fastprocessing of complaints- Reduced costs throughearly identification andnotification about possibleproblems in the logisticsvalue chain or internalprocesses

mySAP ERP2004


Electronic billpresentment andpayment (SAP BillerDirect)

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables companies todeploy Web-based billing, invoicing,account management, and paymentservices through Internet portals.- It supports Internet-basedauthorization of automatic paymentdebits.- It enables collaboration withcustomers and trading partners withoutrequiring paper- and electronic datainterchange (EDI)–based paymentmethods.- It provides a portal for suppliers toview invoices and payments.- It supports the completecommunication process from bill

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced billing andsettlement transactioncosts- Improved payment andexception processing- Improved cash flow- Integrated data both inaccounts receivable andaccounts payable, whicheliminates the need toreenter information- Reduced accountingerrors on the customer side- Reduced processing timeon the supplier side

presentation to discrepancy handlingand final reconciliation.- It eliminates duplicate data entry byintegrating data in accounts receivableand accounts payable.- It reduces administrative burden witheasy Web-based configurationmanagement.

This functionality allows corporateentities to present invoice and accountinformation through the Internet. SAPBiller Direct supports the completecommunication process frompresenting the bill through dealing withdiscrepancies to the final reconciliation.

SAP Biller Direct also supports theauthorization or cancellation ofautomatic debits through the Internet.This function is of particular interest tothe utilities and telecommunicationsectors. It also enables thepresentment of vendor information inthe Web. At the same time, billrecipients can import bill data into theirSAP software in Extensible MarkupLanguage (XML) form. There arefurther improvements in the areasdiscount, partial payments, andconfiguration. SAP Biller Direct is anapplication based on the Java 2platform, enterprise edition–compatiblefunctionality of SAP NetWeaver.

mySAP ERP2004


Treasury and riskmanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It improves compliance withthe International Financial ReportingStandards (IFRS) and financialaccounting standards (FAS), includinghedge accounting, and supports theSarbanes-Oxley Act and Germanregulations.- It adds new products for foreignexchange trading.

The SAP Treasury and RiskManagement application is used tomanage financial transactions and theassociated financial risk. Commoninstruments can be handled within themoney market, foreign exchange,derivatives, and securities functions,both on the investment side and on theborrowing side. Financial risks can bemonitored through the use of risk tools,and a range of derivatives can beemployed to limit the risk.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved corporatecontrols, by integratingtreasury reporting withfinance and accounting- Greater array oftransaction support- Elimination of the need tosupport a treasurymanagement functionseparate from finance andaccounting


Credit management:credit limit managementand control

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides a list ofdocuments that are blocked because oftheir credit status.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itlowers the cost ofoperating your credit

- It offers automated work lists for creditlimit checks triggered by sales ordersand delivery documents.

The major processes in creditmanagement that are subject tocontinuous improvements developmentin SAP ERP are as follows:

- Credit check called by sales ordersand delivery documents (delivery andshipping)- Liability updates triggered by salesorders, delivery documents, and billingdocuments- List of documents that are blockedbecause of their credit status (blockedsales order list)- Rebuilding of liabilities from salesdocuments (linked partner messages)Exposure from deliveries is decreasedonly if the corresponding financialaccounting–accounts receivableinvoice is sent to credit management.

department.- It improves productivity ofindividual credit analystswithin your creditdepartment.- It improves ability of creditmanagers to monitor risksthroughout the entire valuechain.- It drives down customercredit risk and levels of baddebt.


Credit management:credit decision support

This functionality improves reportingand scoring abilities.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itlowers the cost ofoperating your creditdepartment.- It improves productivity ofindividual credit analystswithin your creditdepartment.- It improves ability of creditmanagers to monitor risksthroughout the entire valuechain.- It drives down customercredit risk and levels of baddebt.


In-house cash This functionality release workflows forin-house cash payment orders. Youcan define the workflow for in-housecash payment orders and assign thepossible users for the workflow.

The SAP BusinessWorkflow tool can be usedwith this functionality.


Collections management This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables the definition oforganization-specific rules for collectingreceivables and determining theselection and prioritization ofcustomers to be contacted.- It presents a work list with prioritizedaccounts to collections specialistsautomatically, based on definedcollection rules and strategies.- It enables collections specialists toremove customers from their work listuntil the resubmission date.- It allows collections specialists todocument customer contacts andprovides an overview of past contacts

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced days salesoutstanding (DSO)- Increased efficiency incollecting receivables fromcomplex transactions orcontracts- Improved customerrelationships- Ensured collectionstrategy execution withautomatic creation of worklists- Improved userproductivity

to facilitate contact preparation andoptimize contact results.

A focus area in financial supply chainmanagement is the SAP CollectionsManagement application in whichcollection specialists can processautomatically created work lists toensure efficient execution. Userproductivity enhancements were alsomade to bank statement reporting inthe SAP Cash and LiquidityManagement application. Specifically,a report was added that helpscustomers to do better cashmanagement reporting. SAPCollections Management is notlicensed separately.

- Reduced preparation timefor customer contacts


Electronic billpresentment andpayment

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides integration withthe SAP Dispute Managementapplication, thereby allowing users toupload or download businessdocuments.- It offers various options for filteringinvoices, such as by sold-to party.- It provides a company administratormode that allows companyadministrators to create and maintaintheir users' profiles themselves.

Within SAP Biller Direct, dispute-handling functions are enhanced, andan additional company administratormode allows company administratorsto maintain their users' profilesthemselves. This component isseparately priced.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves your disputeresolution processes anddrives down days salesoutstanding (DSO).- It accelerates your abilityto manage supplier andbusiness customerrelationships.- It improves insight andability to examine invoiceinformation.


Treasury and riskmanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It offers new instruments fordebt management and asset-backedsecurities.- It provides significantly improvedreporting and hedge-accountingcapabilities.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves youreffectiveness in managingfinancial instrument andhedging transactions.- It improves the accuracyand speed of reportinginvestment income andlosses.- It reduces currencyexposure and risk.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Space management This functionality provides enhancedmaintenance of the linkage thatconnects architectural views (physicalstructure of a building) and rentalobjects (the different rental spaces tolease out) to the real estate contract.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Better management of theallocation and utilization ofspace- Enhanced transparencyof vacancies in the spaceutilization- Faster creation of rentalobjects and relatedcontracts

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Rental vacancymanagement

This functionality enables managers toassign the reasons why a vacancy hasoccurred (and the date on which itoccurred).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Analysis of conditionchanges by reasons- Easier assignmentthrough automatic settingof change reasons,depending on theadjustment method duringthe adjustment process

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Rent adjustments This functionality allows rentadjustments to be made according torepresentative lists of rents andcomparable objects.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Higher legal reliability ofrent adjustments throughautomation of thecalculation procedure- Increased revenuesthrough improved usage ofadjustment opportunities

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Service chargesettlements

This functionality supports meteredconsumption for the apportionment ofservice charges if meters are assignedto settlement units or pooled spaces.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved distribution ofconsumptions through theassignment of meters topooled spaces- Enhanced settlementpossibilities as a result of aone-, two-, or three-levelhierarchy of meters for thesettlement units

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Integration to financialaccounting

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables easier retrieval ofrelated open times by using the real-estate contract number in the incomingpayment transaction.- It enables open items to be easilydistributed into multiple installments.- It allows assets to be created andassigned directly from buildings andproperties.- It facilitates reporting, revenue, andcost planning on real estate objects byallowing real estate master data to beeasily assigned to individual sets.

Until this release, the financialaccounting functions used for realestate–related transactions were notable to reflect the specific informationimportant for real estate. Now thenumber of the real estate contract isincluded in the incoming paymenttransaction. Also, the tenant account isdisplayed in standard reporting forfinancial accounting. In addition, youcan record an installment agreement inthe software by splitting an open itemin financial accounting into smalleramounts later on.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easier posting of incomingpayments by betterselection function- Time savings throughautomatic generation ofinstallments- Simplified creation andassignment of assets- Faster selection ofspecific parts of a realestate portfolio

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

RE-FX Reports and invoicing This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It includes new reports for


plant maintenance (costs onmaintenance orders), asset accounting(depreciation of real-estate objects),and controlling (costs on internal ordersfor real estate objects).- It allows rent invoices to be printedfrom the periodic postings function anddispatched to tenants (Note: Line itemson the invoice are grouped together,and the invoice number is based on thereal estate document.)

Enhanced analysis optionsfor joining data from theSAP Real EstateManagement applicationwith data originating fromother SAP ERPapplications- Simplified creation ofinvoices to real estatecontracts

SAP ERP 6.0 CorporateServices

RE-FX Real estate search This application enables the following: -Search for offered objects (vacantobjects) on the basis of the prospect’sproperty requirements and generalprospect data- Creation of a contract offer, when afitting real estate object is found, bycopying all relevant prospect and rentalobject data to the offer document- Monitoring of contract offer approvalsor rejections and creation of theaccompanying correspondence forproperty managers

Real estate search is a functionalitythat was not available in previousreleases. It supports the lease-outprocess. In real estate search, youcollect the prospect’s requirements forthe property that the prospect wishes torent, as well as all data on the prospectin the real estate search request.

This functionality providesthe real estate managerwith enhanced insight intodemand for property andown supply, and itoptimizes the occupancylevels within the manager'sreal estate portfolio.

The process is automatedand integrated to masterdata and contractmanagement processes,and it allows for accurateoccupancy reporting.


RE-FX Land use management This functionality enables managementand viewing of public law–relatedinformation found in cadastral andproperty registers about parcels of landand properties, as well as related rightsand encumbrances, such as rights ofways and contracts for usage andsales. (This functionality has beenreleased only for Germany).

This functionality supportsbetter decision making andbusiness insight.


RE-FX Condominium ownershipassociation (COA)management

Condominium ownership association(released only for Germany)accomplishes the following: - Itprovides real estate managers with aseparate book of accounts per realestate and enables real estatemanagers to manage various suchassociations on their behalf.- It enables viewing of specific masterdata such as mandates andmanagement contract.- It supports regularly scheduledprocesses:> Calculation of event-driven fees> Creation of a proposal for the nextyear’s annual budget> Final settlement of costs to theowners

This functionality enablesmore efficient managementof condominium ownershipassociations.

In comparison to standard propertymanagement, the condominiumownership association functionalityfocuses on the management ofcommunities of owners per real estate.The community gives the real estatemanager the “power of attorney”(mandate) to manage the property andall associated activities.


RE-FX Adjustment measure This functionality enables the following:- Using the adjustment measure, thereal estate manager can set new rentsor increase rents for any rental objectsand, on the basis of this action, make arent adjustment.- Adjustment measures are especiallysuited for adjusting conditions andnotifying tenants when the adjustmentis based on the following:> Modernization measures> Expert opinion> Special assessments forcondominiums (condominiumownership association)

In general, you can use the adjustmentmeasure when rental conditions forobjects are to be adjusted through aparticular adjustment method, and anadjustment for these conditions shouldbe calculated.

Adjustment according tomodernization isconsidered by Germanorganizations as a legalrequirement.

Organizations profit froman earlier, faster, and saferincrease of revenues andreturn on their(modernization)investment. Additionalmanagement costs arereduced.


RE-FX Integration to financialaccounting

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It adapts one-time postingtransactions and templates to standardfinancial accounting interfaces to bettermeet the needs of the real estatemanager.- It utilizes the accrual engine to postaccruals and deferrals to the correctperiods for expenses and revenuesfrom real estate contracts.- It offers tax summarization for thesummarization of tax lines, which isrequired in some countries, such asItaly and Austria. This compresses alltax postings sharing certain criteria intoone line.- It allows input tax distribution inaccounting objects for real estate tomeet taxation requirements, therebyavoiding time-intensive manual checksand transfer postings.- It integrates with public sectorcontract accounting to allow for unifiedopen-item accounting in the publicsector through real estate processes,while being able to transfer thesedocuments to general ledgeraccounting.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Optimization of integrationwith other parts of SAPERP (such as controllingand plant management)- Increased efficiencythrough automatedprocesses- Better compliance with(local) legislation andtaxation requirements inthe area of real estate


RE-FX Service chargesettlements

Because of local law, organizations insome countries have to calculate, in

This functionality enablesorganizations to ensure

addition to the service costs, theapportionment loss risk, whileexecuting service charge settlement.This functionality is a legal requirementand was not available in previousreleases.

that taxation requirementsare met and to avoid time-intensive work on manualchecks and transferpostings.


RE-FX Localization support:Germany

This functionality includes the following:- Data retention tool(DART)/Grundsätze zum Datenzugriffund zur Prüfbarkeit digitaler Unterlagen(GDPDU) compliance (reportingsupport for tax authorities)- Land use management -Condominium ownership association

This functionality enablesbetter compliance with(local) legislation andtaxation requirements inthe area of real estate.


RE-FX Localization support: Italy This functionality calculates thefollowing: - Imposta comunale sugliimmobili (local property taxes and fees)- Imposta di registro (registration tax)- Posta di bollo (stamp tax)



RE-FX Localization support:Austria

This functionality calculates thefollowing: - Condition adjustments(Austrian real estate, 1/15 adjustment)- Service charge settlement (currentoccupancy principle)- Correspondence (according toAustrian real estate template)



RE-FX Localization support:Switzerland

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Creation ofEinzahlungsscheine mitReferenznummer (ESR) (referencenumbers) in credit postings of vendorcontract- Service cost settlement (calculation ofheating material consumption; refermanagement fee to vendor andinvoice/document printing; exchange ofdata tapes in individual heating costsettlement; results of meter reading forconsumption of energy)- Correspondence (including forms thatare released by the state ofSwitzerland)


mySAP ERP2004


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Business unit analyst roletesting 123

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides monitors to trackaggregate key figures for a businessunit and identify budget overruns,postings that exceed a given threshold,and unusual postings.- It offers hierarchical reports to helpvisualize the relationships betweenprofit centers, cost centers, and ordersin the business unit and to facilitatenavigation through large numbers ofitems, such as information for multiplecost centers.

The business unit analyst is typicallypart of the management team for his orher unit with responsibility for thefinancial health of the unit. Thebusiness unit analyst monitors a

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves productivity forthe occasional user bymaking it easier to find allthe relevant reports for hisor her business unit and toaccess the reports withoutfilling out a selectionscreen.- It helps analysts focus onthe information thatmatters, by allowing themto set rules to help themmonitor key figures,budgets, and individualpostings.- It makes it easy to verifyand examine the selected

number of financial and operational keyfigures for his or her business unit andreports these figures to seniormanagement. This analyst also has anadvisory role to the line managers inhis or her business unit, explainingpostings to them and communicatingwith the back office. The business unitanalyst is a key player in the planningprocess and coordinates the handoverto the back office and to corporateplanners. He or she is a supportingplayer in the fast close process,monitoring the key figures for theoperational processes, reportinganomalies to the back office, andsigning off the figures for his or her unitwhen postings are complete. Allorganizations have business unitanalysts, although the key figuresmonitored can differ significantlybetween industries.

information and perform orrequest adjustmentpostings if necessary.- It helps analysts visualizethe relationships betweenthe profit centers, costcenters, and orders in thebusiness unit and helps theuser see how costs rollthrough these structures.- It provides a frameworkfor the planning processand access to the planningdata entered by the linemanagers.- It supports collaborationbetween the business unitanalyst and the managers.


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Business unit analyst role This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides monitors to trackaggregate key figures for a businessunit and to identify budget overruns,postings that exceed a given threshold,and unusual postings.- It offers hierarchical reports to helpvisualize the relationships betweenprofit centers, cost centers, and ordersin the business unit and to facilitatenavigation through large numbers ofitems, such as information for multiplecost centers.

Within the SAP ERP release 6.0, thesolution has been redesigned to helpanalysts to monitor their business unitand collaborate more effectively. Thenew work center approach provides thebusiness unit analyst with a list of alertseach morning that show – dependingon rules for exception handling set bythe analyst – key figures that haveexceeded a threshold, cost centers thatare over budget, unusual postings, andso on. From here, the business unitanalyst can drill down into the detailsbehind the posting and startcollaboration services with, forexample, the cost center managerresponsible for the high variances. Inthe event of errors or changes in theorganization, the analyst can use form-based processes to initiate a correctionposting or request a change: forexample, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area. All form-based business processes have beenreimplemented to use SAP InteractiveForms by Adobe software.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved businessproductivity throughautomated alerts andexception handling- Improved decisionsupport and employeeproductivity- Increased quality ofemployee support andproject managementthrough better access tobudgets and project statusinformation- Better usability andenriched user experience

A separate work center focuses solelyon the planning process allowing theanalyst to set up a collaborativeplanning process to organize all tasksassociated with planning. This includesad hoc planning tasks and the guidedexpress planning application that leadsthe managers through the process ofplanning head count, costs, equipment,internal orders, and other costs. As themanagers submit their data, thebusiness unit analyst can monitor theirresponses and check the results bothin total and individually, returning thework item to the manager for furtherwork: for example, if the planned travelcosts exceed the organizationguideline.

An additional work center shows theanalyst the master data in his or herarea of responsibility, and a dedicatedanalytics work center provides accessto all the reporting applications that theanalyst works with. This application hasbeen expanded in SAP ERP to includeprojects in addition to the profit centers,cost centers, and orders available inthe 2004 version of SAP ERP.

mySAP ERP2004

Analytics FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Briefing book This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It makes it easy to createcustom reports, summarizing specificdata in the SAP Balanced Scorecardapplication for different audiences.(Note: Users simply drag and dropdesired data from the scorecard intothe briefing book, tailoring contents forparticular audiences as needed whilekeeping other SAP BalancedScorecard data confidential.)- It enables PC-based download thatcan be forwarded to the relevantparties either as an Adobe PDF file oras a printout.

In general, the strategy managementprocess communicates strategies andobjectives throughout the entireorganization through the SAP BalancedScorecard. It supports value-basedmanagement, management byobjectives, and strategic initiatives.

Reporting for strategy managementhas to consider the individual needs ofthe recipients of the different types ofinformation.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Less time needed toprepare reports based ondata from the SAPBalanced Scorecardapplication- Personalized collection ofdata from SAP BalancedScorecard- Many options for printingand viewing through theuse of Adobe PDF files

mySAP ERP2004


Legal and managementconsolidation: integrationof statutory and

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It delivers time- andversion-dependent assignment validity

This release extends theexisting online analyticalprocessing (OLAP)–based

managementconsolidation

from statutory and managerialconsolidation units.- It provides specific definition of firstconsolidation/divestiture accountingdates through consolidation unitcombinations.- It supports customer-definedattributes of consolidation unitcombinations.

The process of consolidationencompasses extensive functions forthe efficient collection of data frominternal and external accounting andfor ensuring the necessary quality anddetails of the data. These functionsoffer an almost fully automatic creationof consolidated financial statements fora broad spectrum of accountingmethods in compliance with variousgenerally accepted accounting rules.External and internal group reportingcan be built on a basis of shared,consolidated data, so that time-intensive reconciliation andsynchronization of different sets of dataare no longer necessary. Thus, anefficient, integrated consolidationprocess for statutory and managementreporting contributes significantly torealizing a fast-close strategy.

consolidation functionalityin various places withregard to usability,compliance withInternational AccountingStandards (IAS) andInternational FinancialReporting Standards(IFRS), and a reduction intotal cost of ownership(TCO). The concepts of fullintegration of statutory andmanagement consolidationare extended with newfunctionality andenhancements in the areaof master data. The userinterface is more clearlystructured. The logic ofconsolidation ofinvestments has beenextended to automaticallysupport new requirementsfor IAS and IFRS.Furthermore, this releasesignificantly facilitates theintegrated collection ofdata from subsidiaries.

mySAP ERP2004


Legal and managementconsolidation:consolidation ofinvestments

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports goodwill in localcurrency.- It provides automatic treatment ofmethod change between equity methodand purchase method.- It supports organizational changes.- It enables amortization/write-up ofinvestments.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves cost ofgenerating consolidatedfinancial statements.- It improves accuracy offinancial reporting.- It enables more effectivetreatment of investmentaccounting.- It supports consolidatedfinancial reporting forcomplex, multinationalorganizations.

mySAP ERP2004


Legal and managementconsolidation: datacollection capabilities

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables users to readdata from an integrated business datawarehouse.- It supports conversion of data frombusiness data warehouse or flat file.- It enables customers to usecustomized calculations to update databefore the consolidation process.- The cut-and-paste functionality canbe used to move data from third-partysoftware to consolidation software.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Less complexity in therelationship betweenoperational software andthe consolidations software- Ability to link third-partyaccounting software to theconsolidation software- Improved usability, whichaccelerates theconsolidation process andimproves close times- Support of consolidatedfinancial reporting forcomplex, multinational

organizationsmySAP ERP2004


Legal and managementconsolidation: reportingfeatures

This functionality provides the followingfeatures: - Configurable task logs- Simpler configuration of reporting fordata matrices- Database list with report logic- Extensible Business ReportingLanguage (XBRL) outbound interface(support for multiple periods)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Quick and handy ad hocanalysis of preliminaryconsolidated data- Easy creation ofperformance-optimizedreports- Information tailored to theuser’s needs


Legal and managementconsolidation:consolidation ofinvestments

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - New alternative posting logicprovides enhances flexibility inhandling goodwill in investmentconsolidations, including decrease ofownership.- Handling of manual goodwill entryand correction is facilitated.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased automationduring the creation ofconsolidated financialstatement and thusreduced closing times- Support of legalcompliance- More flexibility in goodwilltreatment


Legal and managementconsolidation: interunitprofit elimination intransferred assets

Automated functionality for theelimination of interunit profit intransferred assets is characterized asfollows:- It enables the elimination of interunitprofit in transferred assets, includingfunctionality for the treatment oftransfer chains.- It creates automatic postings tocorrect ongoing depreciations.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Lower total cost ofownership (TCO): nomanual eliminationdocuments ncesessary toexecute consolidationsteps- Faster closing: predefinedbusiness logic forautomatic postings, whicheliminates recurringadjustments after a manualparallel posting- Better compliance as aresult of standard businesslogic for new legalrequirements fromInternational FinancialReporting Standard (IFRS)3


Legal and managementconsolidation: interunitprofit elimination ininventory

This functionality enables elimination ofinterunit profit in the following:- Inventory supply chains, while allinterunit profit along the supply chain isconsidered within a consolidation group- Inventory in upstream, downstream,and horizontal transactionsAlso, delivery between purchased andat-equity units can be handled invarious combinations.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Lower total cost ofownership (TCO): nomanual eliminationdocuments necessary toexecute consolidationsteps- Faster closing: predefinedbusiness logic forautomatic postings, whicheliminates recurringadjustments after a manualparallel posting- Better compliance as aresult of standard businesslogic for new legalrequirements from

International FinancialReporting Standard (IFRS)3


Legal and managementconsolidation: masterdata integration

This functionality provides support forreading master data from an InfoObject(the smallest information object in theformer SAP Business InformationWarehouse [SAP BW] component,which is now part of SAP NetWeaver),either from its physical storage in theformer SAP BW or through a remoteconnection from its origin.It also provides the ability to loadmaster data that has been extractedfrom SAP BW with traditional businessintelligence extractors into the SAPSEM: BCS workshop.Moreover, it allows you read an infoobject's master data, not from physicalstorage in SAP BW, but online throughremote connection from the originallocation in SAP R/3 or SAP ERPCentral Component.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Streamlined maintenanceof master data in integratedscenarios- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO): noprogramming of dowloadinterfaces necessary tocreate files that arereadable by SAP SEM:BCS flexible file uploadfunctionality


Legal and managementconsolidation: migrationsupport

Improved migration support from theenterprise controlling component forconsolidation to SAP StrategicEnterprise Management ischaracterized as follows:- Downloadable reports can be used tocreate flat files (for chart of accounts;financial statement items andhierarchies; subassignments; andconsolidation units, consolidationgroups, and hierarchies) that can beuploaded with standard methods formaster data file upload in the SAPSEM: BCS workshop.- Flexible file upload of SAP SEM: BCShas been enhanced to read transactiondata files in formats created by periodicextract or special ledger rollup.- Statistical items can be recalculatedin C/I; no reopening of already closedperiods is necessary.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itlowers cost of migrationand shortens projectschedules.- Facilitated projectorganization: the migrationproject can, as a first step,fully concentrate switchingthe consolidation softwarewithout the need forsubsidiaries to change theirdata extraction method;switching the dataextraction method can bedone as a second stepwhenever it fits best in theproject schedule.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

FI, CO, AM,FSCM

SAP Employee Self-Service: for travel andexpenses

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It integrates maps tosupport hotel and airport searches,indicating exact distances todestination addresses.- It integrates airline and car rentallogos, hotel images, and amenitiesinformation in availability searches.- It integrates external Web contentregarding up-to-date visa, health, andsecurity information, as well asimportant travel news.- It integrates company-specific textson and links to important policyinformation.- It maintains personal traveler profilesthrough new self-service functions.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy and direct access toa range of travel servicesfor employees- Improved useracceptance- Minimized training costsand decreased help-deskcalls- Reduced administrativecosts

- It supports subsequent assignment ofimported credit card data to expensereports.- It provides several options, includingcountry-specific versions.

SAP Travel Management provides afully integrated end-to-end trip life-cyclemanagement solution to improveprocesses in pretrip approval, onlinebooking, expense reporting, and datawarehousing. This process optimizationresults in a reduction in indirect travelcosts, lower travel agency transactionfees, enhanced supplier negotiations,and higher company policy compliance.For SAP ERP, the major new travelmanagement development is in thearea of people-centric user interfaceredesign, increasing user productivityfor travelers as self-service users. Theenhancements include the redesign ofthe user interface and the integration ofexternal services such as maps andvisa, health, and security information.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

FI-TV Enhancements in mobiletravel expenses for SAPERP

The SAP Mobile Time and Travelapplication has been enhanced asfollows:- Usage with the 2004 version of SAPERP provides the following:> Redesigned, step-by-step guideddata user interface, in completeanalogy to the new online self-serviceapplication> Enablement of offline users to attachcredit card receipts directly to expensereports> Receipt itemization functions to breakdown complex receipts such as hotelbills- Usage with version 6.0 of SAP ERPprovides the above plus:> Travel requests and travel plans thatare created in the online SAP ERPapplication can be brought down to theoffline application> Ability to customize for long-termtravel (for example 90-days-rule)> Integration with CollaberationProjects (cProjects) application

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced costs, byeliminating paper-basedprocesses and double dataentry- Speedier billing cycles forservices rendered, whichincrease cash flow- Increased visibility ofaccounting data


FI-TV Self-service for managers(approvers) and travelarrangers

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Enhanced process supportfor managers (highlighting of policyexceptions, instant access to mostimportant travel data, details ofbusiness trips in summarized Adobeform, and one-click approval function)- Personalized access for travelarrangers

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Accelerated approvalprocesses and reducedindirect costs- Increased transparencyabout anticipated costs formanagers- Faster access to data ofother employees for teamassistants


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Pretrip budget availabilitycontrol in fundsmanagement

This functionality enhances availabilitycontrol of funds management budgetsat the stage of travel requests(estimated amounts) and travel plan(exact costs of online booking).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -More accurate availabilitycontrol before start of abusiness trip, at the time ofpretrip approval- Elimination of manualavailability control andpaper-based processes


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Travel planning andonline booking

The direct hotel connects functionalityincludes a generic SAP interface basedon SAP NetWeaver ExchangeInfrastructure (SAP NetWeaver XI) tocomputer reservation software forhotels.

The low-cost carrier airlines and Webfares functionality includes a genericSAP interface based on SAPNetWeaver XI to consolidator systemsfor low-cost carriers or Web fare withfull integration into SAP TravelManagement booking processes:

- Services not registered in centralreservation software (for example,taxis, shuttles, and so on) can noweasily be requested and their bookingstatus can be updated in a travel plan.- Processing status at the agency sidecan now be made transparent to users,and communication dialogue betweentraveler, travel preparer, and agency isimproved with an additional status field.- Enhancements for car rental bookingsinclude special drop-off and pickupaddresses, as well as handling ofnegotiated fares differentiated byorganizational area.- German Rail (NVS) bookings throughthe Amadeus global travel distributionprogram have been integrated in theWeb-based self-service user interface.- Country-specific airline fares such asLufthansa’s “pay as you fly” programcan now be booked online.- A new program for the offlinesynchronization of Amadeus bookingsallows for a much faster update ofbookings that have been changedoutside the SAP software – forexample, by the travel agent. Noadditional system components areneeded any more.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased flexibility in usingdifferent reservationsoftware in the bookingprocess- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO) andimplementation coststhrough service provider–specific integration support- Lower direct purchasingcosts based on access to awider range of low-priceoffers- Significantly reducedcosts for interfacemodifications- Streamlined and moreefficient back-officeprocesses for theinteraction of traveler andtravel agency/sharedservice centers


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Expense reportmanagement andreimbursement

This functionality includes the following:- New print forms as Adobe PDF forms,facilitating the configuration andadaptation of the look and feel(including the option for bar codes andcompany logos) of Adobe PDF formstechnology

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved usability foronline and offline travelmanagement businessscenarios- Significantly reduced

- Automatic distance calculationsbetween start-of-trip and end-of-triplocations based on geocoding services,simplifying audit-proof and tax-proofmileage calculations- Credit card feeds through the genericinterface in SAP NetWeaver ExchangeInfrastructure (SAP NetWeaver XI) thatcapture itemized hotel folio statementsto populate expense reports- Integration with Collaboration Projects(cProjects) to capture travel expenseson project budgets- New user interface for mobile travelexpenses

effort for entering traveland expense data, as wellas associatedadministration efforts, aspaper receipts becomeobsolete- Increased flexibility inimporting credit cardinformation into thesoftware and,subsequently, reducedtotal cost of ownership(TCO)- Reduced cost ofcompliance with theSarbanes-Oxley Actthrough deployment ofstandard, fast-to-implement, compliance-relevant workflows

mySAP ERP2004

ProductDevelopmentandManufacturing

PM SAP Mobile AssetManagement version 2.5

The SAP Mobile Asset Managementapplication assists the field service andthe field maintenance technicians inperforming their daily activities atcustomer sites and within plants with allthe needed data synchronized ontotheir handheld devices. Also, the fieldtechnicians have the ability to capturerelated data on their devices and thensynchronize up with the back-endsoftware. This functionality enables thefollowing:

- Radio frequency identificationmanagement- Order management, in whichtime/material confirmation resides ondevice until final confirmation- Measurement and counter reading:condition recording- Technical object management:display characteristics/classificationdata for equipment and functionallocations- Usability improvements> To show enhancement links on thefront end for activated business add-ins(BAdIs)> To display counterinformation forwarranties and measurement pointsrelated to equipment and functionallocations

This functionality enableseasy and fast access totimely information fromeverywhere, anytime:- Field technicians canresolve problems fasterand better.- It reduces travel time andlowers costs per workorder.- It eliminates or decreasesthe need for paper-basedorders.- It enables easy access tothe latest stock informationbased on actual usage.

Technician can enter datadirectly on site, whichresults in the followingbenefits:- Data entry accuracy (forexample, notification orcounterreading data) isimproved.- Data entry is direct, andthere is no loss of data.- Clerical time spent in theback office re-entering fieldinformation is reduced.- Total cycle time from jobcompletion to invoicesubmission is reduced,with associated cash flowbenefits.

mySAP ERP2004


PM Maintenance costbudgeting

With maintenance cost budgetingfunctionality, SAP offers a cross-application component for product life-cycle management that enablesplanning a maintenance cost budget.Maintenance cost budgeting in general

The benefits of anappropriate budgeting toolinclude the following:- Driving downmaintenance costs- Better data integrity than

helps you budget for all costs formaintenance, inspection, and repair oftechnical assets. In the stricter sense ofSAP R/3 software, maintenance costbudgeting helps you budget for plantmaintenance order costs.Maintenance cost budgeting providesthe following planning scenario withpreconfigured standard entries:- The history-based scenario is derivedfrom records, and the budgetcategories are combined in one overallplanning scenario. In this scenario, youcan create records with the“preventive,” “planned,” and“unplanned” budget categories. - Thead-hoc (hist) scenario is- The maintenance plan scenario iszero based, and in it, you can createrecords only with the "preventive"budget category.- The task list scenario is zero based,and you can create records only withthe "planned" budget category. - Thead hoc (plan) scenario is zero based,and you can create records with the“planned” and “unplanned” budgetcategories.

with spreadsheet-basedbudgeting- Access to your plan datafrom everywhere with auser-friendly front end(Web interfaces)- Ability to reflect changesin the near future- Flexible and accuratereporting- Integration with otherenterprise software- Automatic extraction ofdata from back-endsoftware- Reduction of the budgetpreparation time- Continuous planning withstandardized, automatedbudget processes- Better transparency of thebudget planning process- Support of planning as acompany-wide effort, with agreat number of managersand employeescontributing- Analytical applications, inaddition to use as a tool


PM SAP Mobile AssetManagement version 3.0

This application provides newfunctionality:- Push alert for technicians- Ability to change orders (created inthe back end)- Geographic information system (GIS)integration- Signature capture- Free-sorting functionality- Ability to create and changeequipment and functional location- Usability improvements> Confirmation process (time andmaterial)> Optimized inspection result recording> Enhanced search functionalities> GUI for laptop/Tablet PC

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Italerts technicians todownload new work ordersor notifications.- It improves productivity.- It improves data capturequality.- It provides betterinformation for routeplanning.- It improves the user'sexperience.- It improves and expeditesthe billing cycle.


PM Basic order view The new basic order view functionalitycomes with 19 predefined subscreensthat can be used to create order typestailored to customer-specific needs,including the following: -Responsibilities - Technical referenceobject - Dates (basic or enhancedview) - Description (short or long text) -Operation data (with selected fields ordetailed data) - Partner overview (basicor enhanced view) - Address data withdynamic tabs, depending on thenumber of available addresses -Service-specific data (being invisiblefor plant maintenance orders) -

Benefits of the new basicorder view are summarizedas follows: - Improvedflexibility of user interface -Adjustability to businessneeds and different users -Faster identification ofimportant data - Speeded-up data entry

Notification data (if customized for theorder type to be visible) - Table controlwith operations - Ability to switchbetween old and new GUI at any time


PM Maintenance technicianrole

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides an overview fororders and notifications, includingtechnical object details.- It enables technical structure displaywith the option to access furtherrelevant information and services.- It offers recording of orders,notifications, and confirmations,including after-event order recording foremergency work.- It provides easy access to analysesand reporting.

The maintenance technician roleprovides a simple user interface formaintenance execution, requestprocessing, confirmations, andreporting, and it offers a display of theasset structure.

This role is used mainly bymaintenance technicians. They need toget an overview, always up to date, ofthe maintenance work assigned tothem, and they also need to check thestatus of the technical assets for whichthey are carrying out maintenancework. In addition, they need a tool thateasily makes timely confirmations ofthe work they have done.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy maintenanceprocessing ensures highuser acceptance- Information is always upto date, which leads to timesavings and errorreductions.- Personalization of theinformation improvesefficiency andeffectiveness.

mySAP ERP2004


PP Documentary batch This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports batch tracking,eliminating the need to manage batchinventory.- It manages all required data such asmaterial-tracking numbers to supportlegal regulations.

Industries such as consumer productsand automotive suppliers face legalrequirements to store where-used dataof materials used for production anddelivered to customers. Enabling recallactions is mandatory and a criticalissue for these industries. Although thiscould be achieved by managing of allrelevant materials in batches, thisapproach has a negative impact ondata volume and subsequentprocesses. When batch managementis turned on, entering a batch numberbecomes obligatory for all goodsmovements. Furthermore, inventorypostings must be executed on batchlevel; therefore, costs for inventorymanagement may drastically increase.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itfulfills the trackingrequirements of manyindustries without the needto manage inventory inbatches.- It simplifies internallogistic processes.- It allows traceability ofmaterial flow with minimaltotal cost of ownership(TCO).

Documentary batches are integrated inthe following processes:

- During goods movementsdocumentary Batches can be entered.- Manufacturing orders In contrast to“real” batches, entering documentarybatches is possible only at back-flushand not when maintainingmanufacturing orders (for example, incomponent overview).- Entering documentary batches fordeliveries Delivery transactions mustbe enabled for entering documentarybatches during picking.- Entering documentary batches fortransport orders Entering documentarybatches must be enabled duringtransport order confirmation.

Radio frequency transactions are not inscope, inasmuch as end-customersalready use their own transactions orscreens. In task and resourcemanagement, mainly radio frequencytransactions are used. Therefore,entering documentary batches is notintended.

mySAP ERP2004


PP Plant or productionmanager role

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides overview of thecurrent status of key performanceindicators.- It provides exception alerts.- It offers real-time event management.- It enables easy access to integrateddecision support.

This role offers aggregated informationfor managers that are responsible forproduction processes in one plant ordifferent production plants in onecompany. The information is providedon one portal page in a structuredformat. The portal technology offerseasy integration of information fromdifferent sources and easy handling.

The role addresses plant managers inall industries and in companies of allsizes.

The plant productionmanager role improvesefficiency andeffectiveness through thepersonalization of theinformation to accomplishthe following:

- Proactively respond toproduction events andexceptions to preclude firefighting- Look up and analyzepertinent key performanceindicators to continuouslyimprove operations


PP Production supervisorrole

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports productionpersonnel in order to respond toexceptions and unforeseen changes indemand or supply and to deliversuperior production performancethrough higher transparency.- Manufacturing intelligencedashboards provide configurable entrypages that display alerts, key

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -You can executeproduction plans on timeand within budget.- You can find and resolveproduction problemsquickly and proactively withreal-time exceptiondetection and workflows.

performance indicators, manufacturingcontent, work lists and productionconfirmations, and decision support.

Dashboards have also been created forthe new maintenance technician andquality inspector roles to furtherleverage transparency and promotecollaboration on the shop floor.

- You can monitor,measure, control, andimprove productionperformance.

mySAP ERP2004


PS Management ofcollaborative projects

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - It offers support forcollaborative product developmentprocesses from the planning phase toproduct (or process) validation on thebasis of stage-gate processmethodology.- It offers flexibility in sharinginformation with partners throughMicrosoft Project integration anduploads, in creating project snapshotsand simulation versions, and inassigning substitutes for tasks whensomeone is on vacation.- It includes usability enhancementssuch as an easy-to-customize interfaceand the ability to perform massmaintenance of task lists andchecklists.- It allows sharing of information duringbidding scenarios by setting upcollaboration groups and linkage tosingle folders within a collaborationgroup.

To succeed with today’s complexproduct development efforts,companies need powerful solutionsthat allow them to employ sophisticatedproject management methods thatdrive speed and quality. They alsoneed easy-to-use – and easy-to-implement – tools that enableengineers to work together to innovate,share knowledge, and track progress.

What they do not need, however, is thetraditional stand-alone projectmanagement “point solution,” whichtends to lead to islands of informationand extensive integration efforts lateron. In short, companies need adifferent approach: one that enablesthem to manage product developmentprojects more effectively today, withoutlimiting their options for tomorrow.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps you develop morereliable products in lesstime at lower cost.- It reduces subsequentnonconformity costs.- It enhances businessintegration.- It provides one instancewithin enterprise corecomponent.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Collaboration withpartners and suppliers

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports sharing a varietyof objects such as documents, bills ofmaterial (BOMs), technical assets, andcustom-defined objects with the abilityto view two- and three-dimensional

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenables users to workcollaboratively on productdesign and developmentdata in virtual teams with

objects.- It ensures data confidentiality andintegrity of objects shared with externalpartners by providing securecollaboration through encrypted files.- It is integrated with otherfunctionalities (such as documentmanagement and BOM processing)and with collaboration tools such asWebEx online conferencing.- It simplifies access for occasionalusers through integration with WindowsExplorer.SAP ERP contains a Web-basedcooperation application from SAPProduct Lifecycle Management (SAPPLM), referred to as the CollaborationFolders (cFolders), which is dedicatedto promoting collaboration andexchange of information on the basis ofa structured format between groups ofpeople who need to work together butare regionally dispersed. For example,the collaboration functionality supportscooperation between all the internaland external people involved in productdevelopment in a single joint workarea, whereas the competitivefunctionality supports setting upseparate areas for rival suppliers takingpart in a competitive bidding procedure.

external partners.- It reduces costs and timenecessary for traveling andmeetings.- It reduces number oferrors as a result ofimproved communication.- It increases capacity as aresult of faster time tomarket.- It secures informationduring externalcommunication withexternal partners.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Trials in recipemanagement: newproduct and developmentintroduction processsupport

This functionality provides new productand development introduction (NPDI)process support with recipes,specifications, formulas, materials, andproduction operations generated by therecipe development environment.

The new trial management functionintegrates the definition, planning,execution, and monitoring of trialsduring development in the laboratory,in pilot plants, and in handover toproduction phases. It integrates accessto all information and objects required,including quality inspection definitionsand stability studies for the trials,directly in one work environment: theSAP Recipe Management application.Integration in pilot plants andproduction lines was enhanced to allowfully automated transformation toproduction planning–processinstruction recipes and even creation ofprocess orders to allow ease of use ofprocess management objects normallyhandled only by production. The newfunctionality enhances the existingrecipe development scenario andimplements a new “trial management.”The new function helps research anddevelopment staff in the following

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenhances usability byintegrating product,formula, and qualitydefinition and executioninto one environment.- It speeds up developmentprocess through userguidance and automationof development steps.

ways:

- It enables managers to have controland an overview of ongoing productdevelopment and testing atproduct/recipe level.- It enables developers to manage thetrial and formulation process in aneasier and more guided way, includingthe creation, variations and grouping oftrials. Without exiting the applicationenvironment, a developer can define atrial and the corresponding qualityinspections and stability studies andcan execute and review the trial resultsin the application.

The new enhancements address thedevelopment process throughout thewhole process industry for consumerproducts, chemicals, andpharmaceuticals.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Trials in recipemanagement: recipecreation

The new recipe creation featureenables rapid access to objects andfunctions, as well as providing supportfor faster calculations.

This new function improvesefficiency in recipecreation.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Trials in recipemanagement: trialdevelopment

The new function improves control ofthe trial development process throughintegration with SAP software forproject management and workflow.

This new function speedsup the trial developmentprocess.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Trials in recipemanagement: informationaccess

This enhancement simplifies access toinformation for trials in recipemanagement (including existingrecipes and formulas).

This enhancementsimplifies the developmentprocess and improvesusability and productivity.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Document management:simplified documentmanagement

The simplification of documentmanagement allows employees toaccomplish the following tasks:

- Manage personal and groupdocument structures and documents- Check documents in from MicrosoftWindows Explorer through the drag-and-drop functionality- Check documents in and out directlyfrom Microsoft Office applications- Manage classification and object links

To work efficiently in all kinds ofbusiness processes, such as projectmanagement, research anddevelopment, production, and service,comprehensive documentmanagement is a necessity. In manycases, it has turned out that tightintegration between businessdocuments and other business objects,such as materials, equipment, projects,customers, and production orders, iskey for companies using documentmanagement, and it ensures high-quality processes and saves a lot of

This enhancementsimplifies the handling ofdocuments in SAPsoftware for documentmanagement and providesthe following benefits:

- It reduces the documentmaintenance time.- It facilitates team andgroup work through groupstructures.- It offers intuitive handling.- Its use requires minimaltraining, even foroccasional users.

time. Only a direct link allows thepeople who are involved in any kind ofdocument-based business process todirectly find and access the relevantdocuments without leaving their usualsoftware environment.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Document management:internal and externaldocument access

The improvement of internal andexternal document accessaccomplishes the following:

- It provides internal and external userswith transparent, up-to-date documentssuch as design drawings, contracts,and original application files throughenhanced document-sharing featuresin the document management function.- It facilitates searches for documentsin separate repositories by connectingdocument management and knowledgemanagement functions through aknowledge management connector inthe document management function.

This newly comprehensive, detailedinformation can be a profit-bringingproduction factor only if the informationis available quickly and securely to thevarious decision makers. Electronicsearch techniques reduce labor costswhen multiple or different storagesoftware systems are involved. Toreduce the time spent evaluating thedocuments, the documents need to beclearly presented. It should be possibleto integrate the information determinedinto the editing processes rapidly.

This enhancementprovides Web-based helpfor engineering andlogistical processes, whichsecures and facilitatescross-system collaboration.It provides the followingbenefits:

- It allows efficientdocument retrieval acrossmultiple repositories.- It provides genericservices for the integrationof documents into yourbusiness processes.- It ensures higher qualitybecause of datatransparency.- It reduces access timesand labor costs for routinetasks, which results inlower costs.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Handling documentsmade easy byimprovements in theinterface

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows users to accessand edit computer-aided design (CAD)document structures directly in CADsoftware or from within the SAP ERPapplication, enabling the inclusion ofnew product information in businessprocesses at an early stage.- It offers enhanced viewing options,including tabbed pages for differentviews and the ability to view two- andthree-dimensional files (such asdrawings and CAD models) in a singleview.- It provides ease of use throughautomatic document structure, visualversion control, and mass check-in/checkout.- It supports a variety of industry-standard CAD software systems,including Pro/ENGINEER, CATIA, andAutodesk Inventor.

The CAD desktop is the CADengineer’s workplace on the SAP R/3

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides a single accesspoint to all computer-aideddesign (CAD) documents(multi-CAD back-endintegration).- It supports enterprise-wide collaboration withconcurrent engineering andversioning.- It enhances comfort andflexibility in using the CADdocuments.- It reduces costs throughan enhanced applicationprocess.

side when working with a direct CADintegration to manage CAD parts andassemblies. Information about newproducts is thereby introduced intoother business processes at an earlystage.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Document management:product modeling forconfigurable products

Product modeling for configurableproducts accomplishes the following:

- It eases maintenance of variantconfiguration models in SAP softwareby means of an integrated userinterface.- It ensures tight integration with theexisting logistics processes of variantconfiguration (planning, pricing, orderprocessing, availability checking,production, fulfillment, billing, andfinancial reporting) in SAP ERP.- It offers ease of use through modeltree visualization, a dependencywizard, and drag-and-drop features.

Offering off-the-shelf products is nolonger enough in many industrysectors. In order to meet all of thecustomers' needs, a company must beable to constantly expand its productoffering. Variant configurationaddresses this challenge and ensuresthe necessary product data can bemanaged efficiently. Variantconfiguration is fully integrated intoplanning, pricing, order processing,availability, production, fulfillment,billing, and financial reporting. Thisensures a consistent view of theproduct in sales orders, productionplans, and profitability analysis.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itmakes it easy to define andmaintain product modelsthat require variantconfiguration.- It ensures a consistentview of the product in salesorders, production plans,and profitability analysis.- It reduces costs of masterdata maintenance.- It enables faster ramp-upfor product modelingexperts.

mySAP ERP2004


LO Document management:guided procedures

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows the creation ofcustomized electronic forms that havethe same look and feel as traditionalpaper forms but can be completed andsubmitted online.- It supports flexible businessprocesses by allowing employees tochange the workflow dynamically,which ensures appropriate handling ofexceptions.

Companies that want to optimize theirworkflows often face the samechallenges:

- Too much time and money is lost ininefficient, often paper-based processexecution.- Form-based paper processes areoften distributed manually to one ormore IT systems.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves businessprocesses by replacinginefficient, paper-basedprocesses with automatedbusiness workflowprocesses.- It enhancesresponsiveness by allowingworkflows to be modifiedas needed.- It reduces administrativeburden.

- Current business process workflowscannot be altered during running timeby fully visualizing the ongoingworkflow status through a generic Webuser interface.- Business process workflows are notenabled for ad hoc collaboration.- Employees without specializedsoftware skills lack a flexible tool to setup and execute business processes intheir daily work.

To eliminate these limitations,companies must provide theiremployees with far-reaching access toall information and processes thatenable employees to take informed,timely, and appropriate actions andultimately to meet the goals of theorganization. Original workflowsoftware has proved too static for thesepurposes. It can be changed ad hocduring running time only with greateffort, and it offers little transparencyfor users or process managers incollaborative scenarios.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

LO Data import from externalcontent providers

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides an ExtensibleMarkup Language (XML)–based openinterface for loading content to the SAPEnvironment, Health & Safety (SAPEH&S) application.- It enables a defined interface syntaxand semantics to be made available tointerested providers.- It ensures seamless integration withthird-party content providers throughSAP content-provider certification.

Previously, SAP EH&S itself did notprovide a standard interface foruploading content to the specificationdatabase. Third parties providedinterfaces for proprietary purposesonly.

The aim of the open content connectorin SAP EH&S is to enable customers toimport any SAP EH&S data (typicallyregulatory data, United Nations–listedsubstances, physical/chemical data,and so on) from a content provider.

SAP EH&S addresses all industrieswith a demand for scientific andregulatory data on substances andchemicals. This means both producersand users of products relevant to theenvironment, health, and safety.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -The standardized interfaceavoids product-specificinterfaces and relatedmaintenance costs.- The openness of theinterface has a positiveimpact on content pricing.- Content creation isflexible and fast.- Organizations from alltypes of industries arehelped in better complyingwith regulations.

SAP ERP 6.0 ProductDevelopment

LO Developmentcollaboration with

This functionality is characterized bythe following: - Bill of material (BOM)


andManufacturing

partners and suppliers(Collaboration Folders)

comparisons (single level) and trackingof changes- Integration of product structuremanagement with integrated productand process engineering (iPPE) byallowing the following functions:> Export a filter or focus in iPPE toCollaboration Folders (cFolders)> Change attributes of iPPE nodes andvariants in cFolders> Import changed data back to the SAPERP application- Export of computer-aided design(CAD) assemblies from CAD desktopto cFolders- Web distributed authoring andversioning (DAV)–based connectivitybetween the knowledge managementfunction and cFolders- Easy access for occasional usersthrough integration with MicrosoftWindows Explorer- Work center for developmentcollaboration- Introduction of a “business partner”user type to restrict user informationvisibility based on organizationmembership, such as suppliercompany, and the user administrationfor organizations by external users- Support of manufacturer partnumbers (MPN) and referencedesignators as objects in cFolders(both mainly used in the high-techindustry)

cFolders is a vertical collaborationapplication that enables users to workon design and development projects invirtual teams with external businesspartners. cFolders supports thecollaboration on product structure data(for example, BOM and product variantstructures) and product-relateddocuments (for example, technicaldrawings and CAD models). By theintegration of cFolders in BOMmanagement, it is possible to publishproduct designer (product structuremanagement with iPPE), documentmanagement, and CAD desktopproduct (structure) information from theSAP ERP application to cFolders sothat external users can access thisdata.

After the collaboration is finished,processed results from cFolders can beincorporated in a reconciliation processin the product structure in SAP ERP.The external users do not have directaccess to the SAP ERP application

Better and more effectiveexternal collaboration forproduct development andengineering- Increased ROI through anextended set of objecttypes that can be managedby Collaboration Folders(cFolders), such asimproved collaboration oncomputer-aided design(CAD) and productstructure data- Support for high-techindustry requirements- Reduction in costs fortraining, useradministration, andsoftware integration

during the collaboration. This makesthe data in SAP ERP more secure,because external data is transferredfrom cFolders to SAP ERP only once ithas been checked, and you can triggerthis import only from the SAP ERPapplication.

SAP ERP 6.0 ProductDevelopmentandManufacturing

LO Easy documentmanagement

In the new release, SAP EasyDocument Management is enhancedwith the following developments:

- Extended authorization concept withauthorizations on folder and documentlevel- Thumbnails- Extendable user interface forcustomer-specific enhancements- Mass change of document status bysetting a common status to a list ofdocuments- Document localization with ability toget a list of folders in which a documentis referenced- Digital signature on reaching a certaindocument status- Enhanced offline access with ability tocreate documents and folders offlineand availability of more metadataoffline- Enhanced search function- Viewing and redlining with theengineering client viewer

Product ideas are often collected in theform of drawings or descriptions.Functional specifications for a newproduct are often compiled withcustomers in a specification catalog. Inspecifications, technicians describehow they want to implement theproduct. Additional documents arecreated with increasingly sophisticatedinformation technologies, such ascomputer-aided technology (CAx)systems, digital mock-up, and theInternet, and models are integrated inthe product design phase from the verystart. This massive influx ofinformation, which can take onenormous dimensions even in thedesign phase, has to be managed in avariety of formats throughout thecomplete life cycle of a document.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy-to-use, intuitiveauthorization handling- Simplified and fastdocument managementand maintenance- Reduced access timesand labor costs for routinetasks- Better support for criticalwork areas through digitalsignatures- More flexibility forcustomer-specificimplementations


LO Document management In the new release, SAP EasyDocument Management is enhancedwith the following developments:

- Extended authorization concept withauthorizations on folder and documentlevel- Management of folder and document

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy-to-use, intuitiveauthorization handling- Simplified and fastdocument managementand maintenance- Reduced access times

structures- Thumbnails with integration ofthumbnail viewing within searchfunction

Product ideas are often collected in theform of drawings or descriptions.Functional specifications for a newproduct are often compiled withcustomers in a specification catalog. Inspecifications, technicians describehow they want to implement theproduct. Additional documents arecreated with increasingly sophisticatedinformation technologies, such ascomputer-aided technology (CAx)software, digital mock-up, and theInternet, and models are integrated inthe product design phase from the verystart. This massive influx ofinformation, which can take onenormous dimensions even in thedesign phase, has to be managed in avariety of formats throughout thecomplete life cycle of a document.

and labor costs for routinetasks


LO Computer-aided design(CAD) integration (CADdesktop)

The new release enhances thecomputer-aided design (CAD) desktopwith the following developments:

- Preview functionality (thumbnails)- CAD data export to CollaborationFolders (cFolders), Microsoft Excel,and Extensible Markup Language(XML) files- Display of SAP Easy DocumentManagement structures and CADdocuments- Support for working with folderstructures, facilitating team and groupwork- “Delete assistant” function to delete afull work directory- New “replace component” function inCAD view to replace one componentwith another component, which can befound through integrated searchfunctionality

The key factor for successful productdevelopment is the integration of CADand business software from a holistic,process-oriented standpoint. It meansresolving technical and organizationalstovepipes.

Research and development teamsinside your organization need anenvironment that supports them in theirdaily task of designing products. UsingCAD modeling functions alone doesnot achieve overall product success.Companies must reduce the time from

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced costs through anenhanced applicationprocess- Simplified handling ofcomputer-aided design(CAD) documents througha single point of access toall CAD documents- Reduced need formultiple interfaces byenabling viewing of filesfrom different CADsoftware systems- Increased userproductivity with faster andmore efficient access toCAD documents

the initial product idea to productshipment while meeting customerexpectations of product quality. Eventhe very best product idea will not be acommercial success if developed in aninformation silo, which causes it toreach the market too late.

The traditional strategy for solvingproduct data management issues in aCAD design department was toestablish CAD-centric product datamanagement processes. However, thissolved the problem only for processesfocused on extremely specialized CADdesign tasks. It did not help CADdesign departments support thecomplete product developmentprocess.


LO Engineering changemanagement

The new engineering changemanagement features are as follows:

- Extended undo capability by includingbills of material (BOMs) and variantconfiguration objects- Increased flexibility for changeprocesses – engineering changerequests and engineering changeorders- Support for new object creation forengineering change requests andengineering change orders- Customer screens and customerextensions for the object managementrecord

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Faster correction of errors- Faster processing ofchange requests andchange orders- More flexibility forcustomer-specificimplementations


LO Integrated product andprocess engineering

Integrated product and processengineering (iPPE) brings newinnovations, such as the following:

- Collaboration Folders (cFolders)integration with export of productstructures to cFolders and import ofproduct structures from cFolders- Project management softwareintegration- Archiving of iPPE objects- Improved reporting, variance scheme,and dependency editor, as well as filterand sorting functionality- Use of release managementframework

Enhancements in the area of iPPEfocus on integration and reporting. Newintegration options to link data withcFolders and Microsoft Excel areoffered. Also, extended services andarchiving for engineering changemanagement are available.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itmakes it easy to define andmaintain product modelsthat require variantconfiguration.- It ensures a consistentview of the product in salesorders, production plans,and profitability analyses.- It reduces costs of masterdata maintenance.- It enables faster ramp-upfor product modelingexperts.

SAP ERP 6.0 ProductDevelopment

LO Variant configuration The enhancements in the productmodeling engine for variant

The variant configurationenhancement provides

andManufacturing

configuration enable a wizard-baseddefinition of product variant for sales.

more usability.


LO Basic data and tools Enhanced Whirlwind I (WWI), amodified version of Microsoft Word thatis called from the SAP software to edita document template, is provided formore flexible document creation andgeneration.

Because of the integrated architectureof the basic data and tools of SAPEnvironment, Health & Safety (SAPEH&S), consistency of the dataexchanged between all the SAPsoftware–enabled business processesis ensured automatically. Redundantdata maintenance, therefore, is notnecessary. Up-to-date data anddocuments are always available whenneeded. SAP EH&S basic data andtools can be implemented by everyorganization that handles chemical ornonchemical substances in any form,whether it is in manufacturing,processing, storage, transportation, orend applications.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduction in administrativeefforts for managing largebasic data documents- Enhancement in theflexibility to specify theoutput content of thedocuments


LO Dangerous goodsmanagement

This functionality enables you toaccomplish the following tasks: -Release of packaged products duringthe product definition process- Extended dangerous goods checksfor packaging and product release insales, shipping, and transportationprocesses

The dangerous good managementfunctionality in SAP Environment,Health & Safety (SAP EH&S) supportsall processes connected with themanufacturing and distribution ofdangerous goods and also ensurescompliance with the valid national andinternational legislation.

To comply with the different packagingregulations worldwide, it is necessaryto record the essential packaginginformation in the corresponding SAPEH&S master data and to use thisinformation within the dangerous goodschecks in transactions in different SAPsoftware.

With SAP EH&S dangerous goodsmanagement, it is possible to recordrelevant legal packaging information inthe specification management and thedangerous goods master, which mainlyallows combinations of packagingcodes, and the management of packinginstructions and special packaging

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsimplifies handling of theproduct release process.- It supports compliancewith packaging regulationsthroughout the mainbusiness processes.

provisions.SAP ERP 6.0 Corporate

ServicesLO Waste management This functionality supports flexible data

collection based on disposal data andfacilitates the creation of variants inreports of country-specific waste life-cycle analysis, including error handlingfor unconsidered disposal documents.

SAP Environment, Health & Safety(SAP EH&S) waste managementsupports you in handling wastedisposal processes, complying withnational and international regulationsand laws that are relevant forgeneration, transport, and disposal,and in distributing costs proportionallyamong the departments within theenterprise that generated the waste.

The waste life-cycle analysis is ananalysis of type, quantity, and locationof wastes recovered (recycled) ordisposed of. The results of the wastelife-cycle analysis must be submitted tothe authorities on request. The analysisis often used for creating a wastemanagement concept.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces administrativeefforts to comply withcountry-specific regulationsby simplifying datacollection for waste life-cycle analysis.- It allows the user to adaptthe layout of the report tohis or her individual needs.


LO Industrial hygiene andsafety

This functionality allows the definitionof customer-specific information fieldsto record all relevant data inmeasurements projects.

SAP Environment, Health & Safety(SAP EH&S) industrial hygiene andsafety supports industrial hygiene andsafety professionals and occasionalusers of SAP software, enabling themto obtain and store information on workareas, any substance or material usedor stored in the organization, exposuresituation, status of safety measures,incidents and accidents, health andsafety briefings planned and held, andtechnical equipment (functionallocation, equipment).

This functionality enablesbetter and easiercompliance with nationallaws and customer-specificregulations concerningindustrial health and safety.


LO Occupational healthmanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing - It triggers the proposal ofhealth surveillance protocols on thebasis of multiple parameters,extensible by customer-specificdefinitions.- It enables flexible adjustment ofappointments between theorganization’s medical health centerand employees by integrating thecalendar in the SAP software in thescheduling process.- It speeds data entry for physicians(during diagnoses) and health centerstaff (during repetitive briefconsultations and examinations)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Organizations can usepreventive medicalmanagement with lessadministrative effort andmore transparency.- Enhanced processflexibility facilitates legalcompliance and enables acustomer-specific healthcare engagement.

through several user interfaceenhancements.- It enables assignment of any kind ofdocuments (physician letters,laboratory results, x-ray films, and soon) to employees, medical services, orexaminations, through the documentmanagement functionality.- It provides flexible and customer-specific documents that are based on anew business add-in (BAdI) fordocument generation.

Occupational health management inSAP Environment, Health & Safety(SAP EH&S) supports generalemployee occupational healthcare inan enterprise, as well as the planningand execution of special healthsurveillance protocols and thetreatment of injuries. It is alsosmoothing the path for implementing afull-scale health-care managementprocess in the enterprise.


LO Developmentcollaboration

This new role-based portal fordevelopment collaboration ischaracterized as follows:

- It provides a work center forcollaboration in product developmentand design.- It supports communication withexternal partners and suppliers,including data export and import to theCollaboration Folders (cFolders)application and browsing of the productstructure.- It integrates cFolders notifications intothe work center’s universal work list.

This new role-based portalfor developmentcollaboration improvesproductivity andcollaboration with partnersand suppliers and ensuresdata consistency.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

QM Trial-specific stabilitystudies

An essential part of productdevelopment in process industries –especially in the food and beverageindustry – is the planning, execution,and evaluation of laboratory trials.Closely linked with this process is theneed to conduct stability studies withsamples that originate from thedifferent trials, including qualityinspections. The given solutionperforms the following tasks:- It handles inspection characteristics,trials, and trial-specific stability studies.- It allows direct access to trial-relatedquality inspection data from the recipemanagement workbench.- It ensures more efficient initiation ofstability studies by using buildingblocks with fixed planning parameterssuch as time intervals, storageconditions, and testing plans.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsimplifies and acceleratesthe planning of stabilitystudies through the use ofreusable building blocks,user guidance, andautomation of planningsteps.- It integrates quality-relevant information intothe product developmentprocess.- It supports GoodsManufacturing Practicesrequirements of the U.S.Food and DrugAdministration.

This new process enables theintegration of stability studies intorecipe management and trialmanagement and includes the use ofbuilding blocks during stabilityplanning.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

QM Quality assurance andcontrol: samplemanagement

Enhancements in sample managementare as follows:- Users can archive the physicalsamples related to inspection lots withtheir sample drawing information.- Samples can be flexibly selected forarchiving, as can various displayfunctions for archived samples.- The sample master record isextended with new fields.- Sample-oriented work lists can becreated.

The new development enables thearchiving of physical samples andcompletes the sample managementcapabilities of the quality managementapplication. This function is of specialimportance in the process industries, inwhich the quality managementapplication is used as a laboratoryinformation management system and ahuge number of samples and sampledrawings are handled every day. Thesame applies to service laboratories,which provide sample analysis oncustomer request.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves usability and useracceptance.- It enables better softwareperformance by removingmass data from thesoftware, which results inless real-time data.- It supports GoodsManufacturing Practicesrequirements of the U.S.Food and DrugAdministration.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

QM Quality improvement This functionality enables themaintenance of quality manuals withthe SAP Easy Document Managementapplication.The SAP NetWeaver BusinessIntelligence component is used toanalyze stability studies.

This functionality helpsbusinesses address theongoing challenge ofquality improvement.


QM Quality assurance andcontrol: multiplespecifications

The enablement of multiplespecifications within the qualitymanagement functionality in SAPProduct Lifecycle Management (SAPPLM) supports the entire inspectionprocess, from planning and testingthrough batch classification anddetermination to certificate processing.The business demand arises from thefact that individual specifications mayexist for different customers orcountries, whereas production follows amake-to-stock protocol (non–customer-specific). Thus, the resulting batchcould be within the internalorganization specification but may notbe suitable for a specific customer orcountry because of individualspecifications. For example, exportinga drug to Japan instead of Europe mayrequire two tolerances for a specific

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - timproves operationalefficiency in industryscenarios requiring qualityinspections that are basedon multiple specifications.- It facilitates the allocationof production batches tocustomer orders, throughintegration with inventoryand batch management.

characteristic because of different legalrequirements.As part of the laboratory informationmanagement system offerings withinthe quality management function ofSAP PLM, the functionality providesthe following:- Different inspection specifications foran inspection characteristic, such ascustomer-specific requirements orrequirements specified bypharmacopoeia, authorities, or country-specific legal requirements- Determination of the suitability oradmissibility of a batch on the basis ofmultiple specifications


QM Quality assurance andcontrol: operationcompletion

In order to offer an additional controlmechanism and provide statusinformation on inspections, anoperation completion is required. Afterprocessing the characteristics in aninspection lot, an authorized user mustbe able to complete the operation –that is, to set some kind of a status onoperation level (for example, if allinspections for this particular operationare completed). This information isoften required in making a usagedecision, in order to check precedingsteps.Functions for the following tasks areprovided:- Planning and executing a decision tocomplete an inspection operation bylaboratory personnel- Assigning textual information and avaluation to an inspection lot- Triggering follow-up actions afteroperation completion- Making operation completioninformation available for usagedecisions

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased visibility into theinspection processthroughout the organization- Increased efficiency in thelaboratory- Improved controlmechanism, which coversGood ManufacturingPractices and other U.S.Food and DrugAdministration (FDA)regulations (especiallyimportant for companieswith commercial andindustrial laboratories – forexample, those inregulated industries suchas pharmaceuticals orconsumer products)


QM Flexible reportingfunctionalities

The new tool allows the creation ofanalytical reports on quality datacombined with meaningful graphicalrepresentation, which can be adjustedindividually in the following ways:- Selection of inspection lots, inspectioncharacteristics, and inspection results- Evaluation of actual and archiveddata- Comparison of results for severalcharacteristics- Representation of results in table viewor as graphics, including the option toview several tables or graphics in onescreen- Definition of table and graphicallayouts for customization- Determination and display of keyfigures (customer-specific)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases visibility ofquality data throughout theorganization.- It enables implementationof improved quality controlmechanisms.- It decreases total cost ofownership (TCO) byproviding relevantinformation without theneed to export qualitymanagement data to othercomponents such as SAPNetWeaver BusinessIntelligence.

- Control charts without detailedplanning- Export of selected data and integratedvisualization of external statisticalresults (for example, from a statisticalsubsystem)

Extended reporting functionalities forquality management results arenecessary for simplifying the evaluationprocess. The integration aspect alsoplays an important role: thefunctionalities are available within theoperational system with online and alsowith archived data. A businesswarehousing function cannot alwaysfulfill this requirement.

The new flexible reporting tool enablesyou to create reports and analytics onquality management data incombination with meaningful graphicalrepresentation. These graphics can beadjusted according to the customer’sand user’s needs. The tool also offersthe capability to export the selecteddata through the quality management–statistical interface.


QM Audit management The audit management functionality isversatile in areas such as qualitymanagement, environmentmanagement, safety and securitymanagement, financial revision, andrisk management. Completely self-contained, it does not require any othersoftware and has been transferred fromSAP Customer RelationshipManagement (SAP CRM) to SAPNetWeaver and enhanced withadditional functions (such as links tothe former SAP Business InformationWarehouse [whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver] and SAP ERPquality notifications).

The audit management functionalitysupports the entire audit process for alltypes of audits. It is now available aspart of SAP NetWeaver for all SAPcomponents and offers integration withthe former SAP Business InformationWarehouse. New features include thefollowing:- Creation of quality notifications out ofaudit tasks- Archiving of audits- Object links to other SAP components

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itdecreases total cost ofownership (TCO) byproviding the relevantfunctionality as part of theSAP NetWeavertechnology platform, whichis included in the licensefor SAP ERP.- It is a flexible and easy-to-use tool that assists incompliance with legalrequirements universally.


QM Quality inspector role This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It offers work lists forinspection lots, notifications, tasks, andproduction orders, including technical

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itminimizes cost of defectsand product recalls.

object details.- It allows recording of results, defects,notifications, and confirmations.- It provides easy access to analysesand reporting.

This role addresses quality inspectorsin different industries and processes. Aquality inspector is usually responsiblefor the following tasks:

- Processing of inspection lot - Drawingof samples- Recording of results and defects(values of inspection characteristics,nonconformity data)- Running of quality control charts- Recording of problem notifications- Usage of calibrated test devices- Usage decision making for in-processinspection lots (optional)

These tasks entail highly repetitivesteps and time pressure, whichrequires fast data entry. Personalizedwork lists for inspection lots,notifications, and tasks (for exceptions)are expected. A simple user interfacealso helps fulfill the tasks.

- It reduces cost of qualitycompliance.


PS Project and portfoliomanagement with SAPsoftware

SAP software helps companies with allaspects of project and portfoliomanagement. With CollaborationProjects (cProjects), the project systemfunction, and SAP Resource andPortfolio Management (SAP RPM), thecustomer is empowered to set upcomprehensive project and portfoliomanagement. This solution can beleveraged in various industry scenariosand software, such as new productdevelopment and introduction (NPDI),enterprise IT portfolio management, orSAP for Professional Services.

cProjects, which is an integral part ofSAP ERP, is a powerful and easy-to-use application that enablesoperational project management with aphase-based approach focusing onresources and project roles,documents, and collaboration.

SAP RPM provides the foundation forstrategic portfolio management bycombining financial, strategic, andoperational aspects of the entireportfolio (projects, products, assets,services, and so on).

The customer benefits fromsoftware that includes allaspects of integration intoSAP ERP (logistics, humanresources, and financials),collaboration with internaland external partners, andpromoting project visibilityat all stages. Scalabilityand an open, extendableframework are alsoprovided.


PS Project planning:management ofCollaborative Projects

Collaborative Projects (cProjects) is aWeb-based application that supportscollaborative phase-based project

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved communication

management processes, especially inIT, research and development, andprofessional services with a focus ondeliverables, roles, and commitments.It provides the following:- Flexible project structuring by phases,with gates, tasks, checklists- Process standardization through theuse of templates- Creation of tasks and checklistsdirectly below project definition level,which enhances flexibility in projectplanning- Java-based Gantt chart, which offersadditional features such as printing- Bottom-up scheduling functionalitiesthat include all types of relationships,such as cross-phase relationships, andthe setting of constraint dates- Project versioning, simulation, andstatus reports- Integration of business processeswith the project system function, SAPERP Financials solution, documentmanagement functionality, and qualitymanagement functionality

You use this application to plan andstructure a project. By using projectmanagement methods, you obtain abetter overview of the activities to becarried out and the effect they have onthe schedule. Moreover, projectplanning helps you to estimate theamount of work required to carry outthe project.

with international orexternal partners through asecured Web-basedapplication- More efficient and reliableprojects from improvedproject modeling,scheduling, andvisualization – for example,faster time-to-market inproduct development- Support for industryprocesses such as newproduct development andintroduction (NPDI)


PS Project planning withproject system function

The following tasks are accomplished: -Transfer of material components fromthe product structure of integratedproduct and process engineering(iPPE) to the project system function- Usage of the progress analysisworkbench as a single point of entry inorder to analyze the progress of yourprojects and input their earned valuepercent complete- Open project system ability to uploadand download customer-specific fieldson work breakdown structure (WBS)elements and activities, preventdownload of networks that are markedfor deletion, and transfer networks only(without WBS elements)- New functions in the easy costplanning function: aggregation of itemsby summarizing the values of items atlower levels and archiving ad hoc costestimates

A new project structure overview(transaction CN41N) is available in theproject information system. This

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Prototyping and productionare based on flexible andconfigurable integratedproduct and processengineering (iPPE)structures.- The progress analysisworkbench improvesperformance and dataaccuracy.- The project structureoverview is very userfriendly.- The budgeting and costplanning process isoptimized.

These enhancementsincrease the flexibility andintegration of the projectsystem function, therebyleveraging existinginvestments.

overview is a user-friendly alternativeto CN41 that provides you with themost important functions for viewingyour project information. You canperform the following tasks:- Navigate to detail screens for theproject objects, where you can edit themaster data- Select a number of projects and thenrelease them simultaneously; you canadopt the budget or plan values inthese releases, either with their fullamounts or by using a releasepercentage to weight the values, or youcan limit the adoption of the values toone fiscal year


PS Resource and timemanagement withCollaboration Projects

Collaboration Projects (cProjects) is aWeb-based application that supportsresource management processes asfollows:- Assignment of multiple resources toone role, even in overlapping timeintervals, which allows more than oneemployee to be responsible per projectelement- Optimization of the resource planningprocess by reconciling resourcedemands between the strategic layer(SAP Resource and PortfolioManagement) and cProjects- Ability to allocate resources toprojects on the basis of their availability- Procurement of external services andmaterial for projects, using SAPSupplier Relationship Management- Integration with time recording (cross-application time sheet)- Integration with the SAP TravelManagement application, whichfacilitates the settlement of travelexpenses for a project element

You use this application to plan thenecessary quantitative and qualitativeresources for a project and allocateproject roles to suitable employeesfrom your company. The employeesyou have chosen can record hoursworked on the project afterwards.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved resourceplanning and allocation- Better support for serviceand consulting projects asa result of integratedfunctionalities for externalservice procurement


PS Project execution withCollaboration Projects

Collaboration Projects (cProjects) is aWeb-based application that supportsproject management executionprocesses, based on a projectplanning, as follows:- Project dashboard, which enables aquick overview on “my projects,” “mytasks,” and “my checklist items” to beconfirmed, as well as relevant keyfigures- New standard object links – forexample, to production orders

This functionality enablesmore effective andtransparent projectexecution as a result ofintegration with otherbusiness processes, suchas time confirmation, andimproved communicationbetween project members.

- Issue lists to facilitate tracking anddelegating of issues that arise during aproject- Flexibility to share information withpartners through cFolders integrationand improved internal collaborationthrough virtual room integration

You use this business process to carryout a planned project. You can monitorand control how the project is executedby using a number of differentmechanisms that enable you to reactquickly to any variations from theproject plan.


PS Project accounting withCollaboration Projects

Collaboration Projects (cProjects) is aWeb-based application that supportsproject accounting processes:- New multilevel controlling by meansof work breakdown structure (WBS)hierarchies from project system forflexible accounting of projects incProjects, which enables the following:> Bottom-up planning and top-downbudgeting, billing, and results analysis,aggregating values and quantitiesalong the hierarchy> Either manual creation of WBShierarchies in the project systemfunction and assignment of WBSelements to tasks, phases, or roles, orautomatic creation of WBS hierarchiesand assignments based on cProjectsstructures; alternatively, assignment ofinternal orders as accounting objects> Calculation services that create costestimates based on the assignedcProjects structure (while costs arestored on WBS elements)

- Settlement of costs originating fromvarious sources:> Actual costs derived from recordedand confirmed time on cProjects tasksthrough cross-application time sheetintegration> Costs derived from procured services> Costs derived from project-relatedtravel

You use this business process to plan,budget, and monitor the costs andrevenues of a project. cProjectsprovides accounting integration in SAPERP so that all costs and revenues fora project can be collected.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to leverage existingproject system functioninvestments- Better transparency andinsight, with more flexiblecapabilities to controlproject-related costs- Increased efficiencythrough simplification of thesettlement of project-related costs as a result ofenhanced integration


PS Project self-service – onlyfor Collaboration Projects

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing:- It provides quick access to all project-related information and tasks.- It offers work lists for projects, tasks,

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases transparency ofproject performance andissues.

checklist items, and issues andenables triggering of relevant self-services from those work lists.- It covers most common CollaborationProjects processes with self-servic

- It pushes tasks to theuser through configurablework lists.- It speeds upadministrative work.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

FI-TV Available Web-basedenvironments (WebDynpro developmentenvironment)

The new Web-based employee self-service software for travel managementincludes redesigned and easy-to-usefunctions for the following:- Travel requests- Travel plans (online bookings)- Travel expense reports- Non–travel-related expense reports- Imports from corporate credit cardprograms- Traveler profilesIn addition, the functions can also beused by travel arrangers and teamassistants, handling the application onbehalf of their team members.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved user adoptionacross end-to-endprocesses- Reduced training efforts

mySAP ERP2004

HumanCapitalManagement

HR Recruiting: talentrelationship management

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It includes talentrelationship management, sourcing,evaluation, hiring/reassigning, andretention.- It offers enhanced search-and-matchfunctions.- It provides clear classifications ofcandidates by ranking.- It includes active talent-bondingfeatures such as event invitations andnewsletters.

Talent relationship management is theforward-looking approach of managingrelationships with candidates on a long-term basis and documenting theirqualifications and potential. The basisfor relationship management inrecruitment is the talent warehouse, anadvanced talent database in which theskills and preferences of potentialemployees are managed. Extensivesearch-and-match functions to analyzethe talent warehouse simplifynavigation in the database and makethe recruiter’s job of managingprospects and finding suitablecandidates for open positionssignificantly easier. The talent self-service applications with whichcandidates and applicants access thetalent warehouse, as well as theinternal functions in the SAP E-Recruiting application, are delivered inflexible user-friendly interfaces.Candidates can use the talentwarehouse to register their interestsand skills, as well as communicate theirwish to be considered or informedabout open jobs. On the basis of this

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Intuitive user interface andnew features forcandidates, includingemployee referrals- Ability to find suitable highquality candidates to fillpositions quickly- Ability to discover hiddenpotential in the talent pool

information, companies can usepersonal information services toestablish and maintain long-termrelationships with all of the candidateswho have entered their details in thetalent warehouse. Companies can thensubmit specific job offers, andapplicants can access their own joboffers to apply. The talent warehouse inSAP E-Recruiting provides a wealth ofpossibilities for maintaining good andactive relationships with candidates.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Recruiting: applicanttracking and requisitionmanagement

This functionality supports candidaterankings by recruiters, as well ascandidate and applicationadministration. This functionality alsoprovides comprehensive applicanttracking with support for the followingtasks:- Creating and submitting jobrequirement profiles for approval- Viewing candidate short lists andprofile and application data- Responding to questionnaires aboutcandidates

The recruiter functionality offerseverything that recruiters need to maketheir administrative tasks easier,including functions that noticeablyincrease speed, efficiency, and cost-effectiveness throughout the entireapplication process. Support from therecruiter is available right from the jobrequisition stage and continuesthroughout the process of closing joboffers. Job postings can be directedinto internal channels and transportedvia a human resources functionality–Extensible Markup Language (XML)interface to external job boards. Therecruiter functions regulate incomingapplications, both postal and online,through workflow-supported processes.The recruiter automatically triggersapplication rejections, invitations tointerview, and interview appointments,and it coordinates the activities of allparties involved in the recruitmentprocess. A powerful documentmanagement process manageselectronic application documents andarchives all documents that have beensent and received. The circle of supportin recruitment is closed, withouthindering the openness offered by theintegration options with other functions,such as personnel planning andorganizational management.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Extended support forhandling both unsolicitedapplications, as well asadvanced searches forideal candidates- Improved efficiency ofhiring managers- Reduced sourcing andadministration costs

mySAP ERP2004

HumanCapital

HR Recruiting: analytics This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides a broad range of


Management reports and analyses, includingstandard reports, ad hoc reports, andevaluations, based on key performanceindicators (KPIs), as well as importantstatistics such as time to fill, offerversus acceptance rate, interviewversus offer rate.- It enables the analysis of varioussourcing strategies and alternativerecruitment concepts throughcomprehensive planning and reportingfunctions.

Access to up-to-date information iscrucial for ensuring ongoingoptimization of recruitment processes.In this area, the SAP E-Recruitingapplication reflects SAP’s extensiveexperience in data warehousing. Youcan use a broad spectrum of reportsand analyses that are specificallytailored to the needs of recruitmentfrom standard reports evaluation basedon KPIs. Key statistics concerning timeto hire and cost per hire are just asquick and easy to ascertain as theeffectiveness of all the processesinvolved in recruitment.

Improved decision supportand control- More transparency inmatters such as sourceefficiency- Closing of the loop onyour talent relationshipmanagement

mySAP ERP2004


HR Employee performancemanagement: integrationwith employeedevelopment

This functionality includes the following:- Items of the employee’s currentdevelopment plan integrated into theobjective setting document (if thevalidity period of the item correspondsto the validity period of the objectivesetting document)- Training courses from the SAPLearning Solution integrated into theobjective setting document

Previously, objective settingagreements and appraisals were notintegrated with individual developmentplans.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Training and developmentplan items can be includedin the objective settingdocument.- There is direct linkagebetween personnelobjectives anddevelopment and trainingneeds.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Employee performancemanagement: attachmentprocessing

This functionality ensures thatdocuments associated with employeeappraisals, such as documentation of acertain achievement or notes takenduring the performance feedbackperiod, can be added, displayed, anddeleted in a Web-based softwareenvironment through file attachments.

Extended employeeinformation, such as notestaken during the year, canbe linked to the appraisaldocument.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Employee performancemanagement: appraisalcalibration

This functionality offers comparativeoverviews of appraisal results asreports and graphics.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsupports calibrationprocesses to ensurefairness in employeeappraisals andcompensation packages.- It provides importantdecision support forsuccession management

and individual promotions.mySAP ERP2004


HR Employee performancemanagement: templatemanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows linking of differentappraisal templates to different groupsof employees.- It provides appraisal templates thatcan be customized depending on thejob, personnel area, subarea, or homecountry (in the case of globalcompanies) of the employee beingappraised.

Employees with different jobs orresponsibilities have differentobjectives, and the appraisal processmay also vary. Therefore, companiesoften use different appraisal templatesfor different groups of employees.Previously, you could not check in thesoftware whether a template wassuitable or permitted for an employee.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps businesses to ensurethat employees are fairlyand appropriatelyreviewed.- It speeds up the creationof appraisal documents.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Employee performancemanagement: templatemanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows the entry ofexplanations when an appraisal isexceptionally bad or good.- The entry of one value influences theavailability of other elements (newelements are included in the documentor existing elements are deleted).

The current process supports adding orchanging values for criteria but doesnot allow for subsequent events as areaction on the entered value.However, there are certain situations inwhich it is necessary to have adynamic reaction on certain entries.

This functionality enablesdynamic reactions oncertain entries.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Enterprise learning:integrated collaborationfeatures THIS SHOULDBE SAP LEARNINGSOLUTION. SAP ELWAS NOT AVAILABLEUNTIL ECC 6.0 EP2

This functionality leveragescomponents of the SAP NetWeavertechnology platform to deliver theseenhanced collaboration tools for onlinelearning: - Synchronous collaboration(instant messaging, chat, sharedcontact lists, application, and desktopsharing)- Asynchronous collaboration (teamnews, team calendar, team tasks, anddocument sharing) This functionalityenables the seamless integration ofcollaboration and communication toolswith the SAP Learning Solution.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved effectiveness ofonline learning experience- Improved communicationand learner interaction- Tutorial support- Document sharingSeventy percent of learninghappens outside of atraditional classroomsetting. The integratedcollaboration capabilitiesenable learners tocollaborate by sharingdocument, helpfulwebsites, chats, etc., topromote continuouslearning outside thetraditional classroomsetting

mySAP ERP2004


HR Enterprise learning:content integration THISSHOULD BE SAP

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It enables trainingadministrators to coordinate, integrate,

New internal and externalcontent can easily beintegrated. Enables

LEARNING SOLUTION.SAP EL WAS NOTAVAILABLE UNTIL ECC6.0 EP2

and communicate with external andinternal content providers through aWeb-based interface.- It allows training administrators tocustomize teaching and learningsituations by using Web services tointegrate external functions andservices into the learning technology.

The services and functionalenhancements enable closerintegration between internally hostedand externally hosted training catalogs(external learning managementsoftware or virtual classrooms) andbetween two systems running the SAPLearning Solution. SAP provides anopen interface based on simple objectaccess protocol. Externally hostedlearning services can be integratedseamlessly through SAP NetWeaver,the foundation of enterprise SOA.Learning services can include virtuallearning sessions, externalcollaboration tools, externally hostedcontent, or testing services. From thelearning portal, learners can book,launch, and cancel courses that arehosted by a third-party provider. Thelearning progress is then seamlesslytransfered from the external systemand stored in the learner’s record inSAP.

integration to 3rd partylearning services whichcan include virtual learningsessions, externalcollaboration tools,externally hosted content,or testing services.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Enterprise learning:content authoring THISSHOULD BE SAPLEARNING SOLUTION.SAP EL WAS NOTAVAILABLE UNTIL ECC6.0 EP2

New functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It simplifies authoringprocesses and includes separate viewsfor subject matter experts andinstructional designers.- It speeds the development of newcourse material through a learningstrategy preview - New wizards, areavailable to improve ease of use suchas a configuration wizard and an importwizard.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itensures individual learningexperience.- Instructional designer andsubject matter experts canfocus their efforts onstructuring or creatingcontent in a personalizedenvironment.- Third-party content caneasily be imported andreused. - New wizardsImprove usability

mySAP ERP2004


HR Enterprise learning: newlayout of learning portal,content player, and testplayer THIS SHOULD BESAP LEARNINGSOLUTION. SAP ELWAS NOT AVAILABLEUNTIL ECC 6.0 EP2

This functionality includes a new layoutof the learning portal, content player,and test player for learners.

This functionality providesintuitive navigation forlearners.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Enterprise learning:correspondencemanagement

This functionality providescorrespondence functions for multipledelivery methods (sending notificationsin Adobe PDF format, for example).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itfacilitates communicationwith learners.- It streamlines andautomates administrative

processes.SAP ERP 6.0 Human

CapitalManagement

HR Recruiting: talentrelationship management

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Recruiters are able toproactively cultivate specific pipelinesof applicants suitable for particularroles within the organization.- Candidate questionnaires enablerecruiters to collect valuableinformation about the qualification ofapplicants.

Included are processes that enableapplicants and candidates to self-register and maintain their informationin a talent warehouse. Recruiters havecomprehensive functionality to findpotential hirees quickly, maintain long-term relationships with individualsregistered in the warehouse, and touse advanced applicant tracking andreporting functions. Analytics are alsoavailable to measure the effectivenessof the overall recruiting and hiringprocesses.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Sophisticated talentrelationship managementthat helps organizationsfind the staff they needquickly and maintain long-term relationships- Faster and more efficienthiring processes

SAP ERP 6.0 HumanCapitalManagement

HR Recruiting: integrationwithin SAP ERP

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Quick import of new-hiredata into human resourcesadministrative services- Integration of job boards through theSAP NetWeaver ExchangeInfrastructure component to generatepostings quickly to multiple Web-basedexternal channels

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced administrativeand operational costs- Automated, streamlinedprocesses that make iteasy to outsource specificrecruitment tasks or theentire recruitment function


HR Succession management:redesigned processes

This functionality enables you toidentify and track high-potentialemployees and define key positions toensure that key positions can be filledquickly after becoming vacant.

Succession management enables anorganization to safeguard its keypositions and to ensure continuity inleadership. An organization can identifyspecific positions as key and targetspecific employees as potentialsuccessors.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Minimized businessdisruption through promptfilling of key positions- Better tracking of high-potential employees andtheir development


HR Enterprise learning:content integration

This functionality enables integration ofservices from external serviceproviders, such as the following:

- Receiving learning progressinformation from external contentproviders- Using synchronous learning eventsdelivered by third-party conferencingand classroom applications to registerfor and participate in externally hostedonline events directly through a learnerportal

Enterprise learning provides training,

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -More efficient integration ofthird-party content- Expanded ability to offereducational offerings

education, and knowledge toemployees to ensure that they have theright skills and information necessary todo their jobs effectively. Integration withdevelopment plans, individualobjectives, and the employee profileensures that targeted learning can bedelivered on the basis of need andstrategy and that skills andcertifications gained as a result of thelearning are captured. This functionalitystructures, enables you to provide, andtracks the distribution of information, e-learning (self-paced or synchronous),and classroom training, and itsknowledge-transfer and collaborative-learning functionalities keep theworkforce prepared for the future.


HR Enterprise learning:content authoring

This functionality enables authors tomaintain metadata for content andperform searches in the knowledgemanagement functionality of the SAPNetWeaver technology platform to findand reuse content easily.

In addition, through integration withenterprise portal knowledgemanagement, it is possible to markoutdated content as obsolete.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Greater productivity withtargeted authoringprocesses- Faster development ofnew course materials- Greater ROI by facilitatingthe reuse of content


HR Employee performancemanagement: appraisalmanagement

This functionality provides thefollowing: - Ability to restrict access tothe appraisal document per criteriagroup and criterion per participant, inorder to prevent viewing of areas of theappraisal that should not be seen bycertain appraisers- Facility to write draft notes in anappraisal that cannot be viewed byother appraisers until released by theauthor- Facility to enter explanatory noteswhen the status of a document ischanged: for example, from “review” to“final”- Offline capabilities for objectivesetting and appraisal document editing- Detailed action log that can displaythe following information:> Deleted objectives (which objectivewas deleted when and by whom)> Changes to objectives (whichobjective was changed when and bywhom; what was changed)> Entry of final appraisal (user whoentered; date and time)> Changes of final appraisal (user whochanged; date and time)> Additions of objectives (whichobjectives were added when and bywhom)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Higher quality of feedbackabout an employee’sperformance- Increased efficiency oftracking and monitoring- Increased managerproductivity with the abilityto complete employeereviews while the manageris away from the office

This functionality is available for onlyGermany and the United States.


HR Enterprise compensationmanagement

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Conversion to Web Dynprodevelopment environment supports fullmodification of manager self-serviceplanning sheet and approval processes- Team viewer functionality providesusers with the ability to limit theselection of specific groups orindividual employees for focusedprocessing

Compensation managementaccomplishes the following:

- It manages innovative rewardstrategies such as performance- andcompetency-based pay, variable payplans, and long-term incentives.- It simplifies the comparative analysisof compensation packages, through theuse of internal and external data.- It enables users to set up guidelinesfor the enterprise's compensationpolicy according to the overall strategythrough the compensationmanagement functionalities of SAPERP Human Capital Management.- It changes the guidelines easily inresponse to changes in theorganization's policy.- It supports the combination of fixedand variable compensationcomponents: different employees,departments, and units can be coveredby different compensation plans. - Itprovides an extensive range of optionsthrough a budgeting functionality thatallows the creation of one budget or abudget hierarchy that reflects theorganizational structure.- It offers a job-pricing tool thatcompares internal jobs with externalsurvey data systematically to determinean appropriate range of compensationfor each job.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased customermodification abilities, todrive a lower cost ofownership- Increased processsupport, raising manageracceptance, satisfaction,and efficiency


HR Standardization of humanresources processes andservices

This functionality contains thefollowing: - Preconfigured templates formost important human resourcesprocesses such as hiring,organizational change, birth of a child,and termination, which can be adaptedeasily to an organization’s individualbusiness practices (as they are basedon Adobe Interactive Forms)- Process browser for detailed searchon ongoing and closed processes- Portal role for human resourcesadministrator

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased user productivityas a result of flexibleprocess flows, flexible userinterfaces, andpreconfigured templates- Simplified, adaptableprocesses that can beimplemented to meet theexpectations and goals ofthe organization and theneeds of users- Increased ability to

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Cross-role processing,approval handling, attachmenthandling, automatic transfer of processdata to digital personnel file, and so on- Integration with SAP Employee Self-Service, SAP Manager Self-Service,and employee interaction centerfunctionality This functionality isavailable for only Germany and theUnited States.

automate processes, whichreduces cycle times andcosts


HR Payroll and legalreporting: distribution ofliabilities

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It allows you to split upliabilities for posting purposes.- Funds and segments can be derivedor put into master data and used fordistribution in payroll and posting.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenhances the fundsmanagement functionality- It allows the customer tofulfill information softwarerequirements more easily


HR United States payroll taxreporting

Previous tax forms output is replacedby Adobe Interactive Forms.

This functionality provideseasier creation andmodification of standardtax forms, including the W-2, state unemployment,and all local forms, therebysignificantly reducing theneed for IT support.


HR Enterprise learning:redesign ofcorrespondencemanagement

This development of request-basedcorrespondence provides improvedprocess coverage of thecorrespondence process through theuse of a work list–based approach andstate-of-the-art technology.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itfacilitates communicationwith learners.- It streamlines andautomates administrativeprocesses.- It improves processsupport.- It entails the use of state-of-the-art technology (alsofor form templates).


HR Enterprise learning:redesign of follow-upprocess

This functionality improves processcoverage of the follow-up process.

The process steps of the follow-upprocess (for example, confirmparticipation, set passed/failed) can becarried out by different roles accordingto the user interfaces.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides improved processsupport.- It streamlines andautomates administrativeprocesses by distributingprocess steps to differentroles.


HR Enterprise learning:curriculum enhancements

This functionality providesenhancements in the curriculumconcept such as sequencing of Web-based training, changing a curriculum,and exclusive use of courses forcurricula.

This functionality enablesmore efficient use of thecurriculum concept.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService

SD/LES Resource-related downpayments and billing

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports creation ofdown-payment requests analogous tothe functions offered by resource-related billing.- It enables organizations to bill therequesting company code for servicesprovided through a resource-related

This feature simplifiesbilling of services betweendifferent organizationalunits.

billing document.mySAP ERP2004


SD/LES Internal salesrepresentative role

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides overview of theactual workload and priority of routinetasks.- It executes corresponding functionssuch as maintenance of customermaster data and additional sales data;preparation and processing of inquiries,quotes, sales orders, and salescontracts; billing process monitoring;and report and analysis preparation.- It enables access to relevant reportingfunctions.

The internal sales representativebelongs to a sales team, consisting of asales manager and several salesrepresentatives. Internal salesrepresentatives support and assist thesales team in all aspects of sales. Thisincludes the maintenance of masterdata; the creation of quotations,contracts, and orders; and theperformance of all kinds ofadministrative tasks.

The tasks of the internal salesrepresentative include the following:

- Answering inquiries from customersand prospects to ensure customersatisfaction- Maintaining and updating customermaster data and other sales data- Preparing, entering, and maintaininginquiries, quotations, sales orders, andsales contracts- Ensuring successful ordermanagement and fulfillment- Providing information about orderprocess, including information aboutlogistics execution- Monitoring billing process- Preparing reports and analyses forthe sales manager- Executing general administrativeduties

This new roleaccomplishes the following:

- It improves efficiency andeffectiveness through thepersonalization of theinformation.- It enables internal salesrepresentatives to self-organize the currentworkload and collaborateeffectively.- It minimizes manualeffort.

SAP ERP 6.0 Sales andService

SD/LES E-commerce: quotationand order management

This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Order creation withreference to a contract that has beendisplayed- Lock of sales documents to avoidconcurrent access during the orderchange process- Display of bills of material in theshopping basket- Free goods processing- Processing of grid products for theSAP Apparel and Footwear application- One-step business order processing

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces errors and offersbetter data consistency.- It speeds the ordercreation process.- It encourages use of aprofitable sales interactionchannel.- It reduces administrativetasks by automatingquotations and ordersmanagement.

- Selection of multiple transaction typesin the shopping basket- Credit card support in business-to-business (B2B) Web shop- Material number format conversion- Maintenance of delivery priority in theshopping basket (B2B)- Document search for all documentsacross all sales areas- Interprocess communication-characteristic value display in basketand order confirmation

- It improves customersatisfaction and retentionby delivering accurateinformation to customers.


SD/LES E-commerce: selling overeBay

Creation and management of productlistings on eBay leverages the e-commerce order management andfulfillment capabilities of the SAP ERPapplication by easily tying existing tax,pricing, shipping, and paymentconfigurations to postauctionprocessing. Enhancements in 2005 areas follows: - You can use the business-to-consumer (B2C) checkout instead ofthe eBay checkout. With the B2Ccheckout, you can maximize cross-selling and up-selling opportunities byleveraging B2C functionality, and youcan determine tax and shipping costsby using the elaborate methodsavailable through condition techniquesin SAP ERP. - The winner notificationkeeps the auction winner updated withthe status of the auction and of his orher order - Monitoring through featuressuch as single-activity trace (SAT),heartbeat, and logging is possible. -Creation and publishing of multiple-item auctions and manual retraction ofwinners is possible.

E-commerce selling overeBay offers organizationsintegration of their existingSAP ERP applications withthe world’s largest onlinemarketplace to create andmanage listings on eBay.The new featureaccomplishes the following:- It increase e-commercerevenues. - It streamlinesand leverages existingorder management andfulfillment functionalities.


SD/LES New user interface fororder entry

The Web-based user interface forinquiries, quotations, and sales ordersis easy to learn, easy to use, and easyto adjust.

Employees can enter or updaterelevant sales order information withdirect or indirect customer contact.

New productivity features are asfollows:- Order cockpit for quick access- Flexible and reusable search- Adaptable layouts

This set of enhancementsin sales order managementimproves user productivityby offering better usability,adaptability, andintegration into the internalsales representative role.


SD/LES SAP role: internal salesrepresentative

The internal sales representative rolecontains all the functions to fulfill therequirements of an internal salesrepresentative. This includes taskssuch as answering phone calls fromcustomers and prospective customers,processing incoming inquiries andsales orders, and preparing quotationsand sales contracts.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves efficiency andeffectiveness through thepersonalization of theinformation.- It speeds up sales orderentry.- It accelerates access to

- Target groupThe responsibilities of an internal salesrepresentative (or customer servicerepresentative) include the following:> Answering phone calls fromcustomers and prospective customers> Answering product, price, and orderstatus related questions> Processing incoming inquiries andsales orders> Preparing quotations and salescontracts> Taking sales orders and ensuringsuccessful order processing – forexample, taking care of thecompleteness of sales documents andreleasing delivery-blocked orders> Support for the outside sales force –for example, checking on quotationsand updating customer master data> Preparing reports and sales analysesfor the sales manager and the salesteam

- Work overviewThis work center gives you an overviewof your daily work and gives you easyaccess to your most important tasks.

- Sales documentsThis work center allows you to work onall your sales documents. You cancreate and maintain inquiries,quotations, sales orders, salescontracts, scheduling agreements, andbilling documents.

- Order fulfillmentThis work center allows you to monitororder fulfillment. You can displaydeliveries, back orders, and shipments,and you can check product availability.

- Master dataThis work center enables you to workon all your master data. You can createand maintain business partners,customer agreements, prices andconditions, and products.

current workload.- It accelerates salesanalyses.


SAP role: employee self-services

Using the SAP Employee Self-Serviceapplication, employees maintain theirpersonal information and also controlmany administrative transactions andother processes handled by the humanresources staff. The goal is tostreamline approval processes andtasks such as viewing vacation time orchoosing benefits. This application notonly grants better access to personaldata but also informs employees ofchanges in the life and work events by

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Adobe Forms integration> This allows for lowerform implementation costs.> Familiar form format andprinting functionality areavailable for all users ofthese forms.

- Equipment card> This reduces the

integrating applications with supportinformation.

- Target groupEmployees are the heart of theworkforce. Their jobs range fromworking on an assembly line toknowledge work in the informationeconomy and to management andexecutive positions. Employees areresponsible for ensuring that their datais correct and complete. This isnecessary for internal businessprocesses to run smoothly.- Address bookYou can search for employees byname and find basic information aboutcolleagues and their position in thecompany. You can maintain personalinformation and make it availablecompany-wide. - Working timeYou can record your working times,plan your leave, and display your timedata.- Benefits and paymentYou can display the plans in which youare currently enrolled, enroll in newbenefit plans, and download anenrollment form. You can also displayyour salary statement.- Personal informationYou can manage your addresses, bankinformation, and information aboutfamily members and dependents.- Career and jobYou can view and change your ownskills profile. You can view a list ofopen positions in your company andapply for one of these positions.- PurchasingYou can create a shopping cart withthe goods and services you need. Youcan check the status of your order andconfirm once it is completed.- Work environmentYou can display and change the assetdata assigned to you.- Travel and expensesYou can create your travel request andplan travel services for your businesstrip, including booking flights, hotels,car rentals, and train tickets. You canalso record your travel expenses.- Life and work eventsYou are guided through a number ofsuch events, such as the birth of a childand beginning work at a new company.

administrative burden oftracking and maintainingworking equipment used byemployees.> It provides managerswith full transparency of alltheir employees’equipment (and relatedcosts).

- Employee bankinformation> Employees can maintainthe International BankAccount Number (IBAN).This decreases the cost ofsalary transfers to foreignbanking organizations.> Better support isprovided for internationaloutsourcing models inpayroll.

- Employee communicationand office data> This function reduces theadministrative burden ofmaintaining personneldata.> It ensures greateraccuracy of employeeinformation.> It simplifies access to anemployee’s personaldetails.


HR SAP role: employee self-services

Using the SAP Employee Self-Serviceapplication, employees maintain theirpersonal information and they alsocontrol many administrativetransactions and other processes

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Adobe Forms integration> This allows for lowerform implementation costs.

handled by the human resources staff.The goal is to streamline approvalprocesses and tasks such as viewingvacation time or choosing benefits.This application not only grants betteraccess to personal data but alsoinforms employees of changes in lifeand work events by integratingapplications with support information.

- Target groupEmployees are the heart of theworkforce. Their jobs range fromworking on an assembly line toknowledge work in the informationeconomy and to management andexecutive positions. Employees areresponsible for ensuring that their datais correct and complete. This isnecessary for internal businessprocesses to run smoothly.- Address bookYou can search for employees byname and find basic information aboutcolleagues and their position in thecompany. You can also maintainpersonal information and make itavailable company-wide.- Working timeYou can record your working times,plan your leave, and display your timedata.- Benefits and paymentYou can display the plans in which youare currently enrolled, enroll in newbenefit plans, and download anenrollment form. You can also displayyour salary statement.- Personal informationYou can manage your addresses, bankinformation, and information aboutfamily members and dependents.- Career and jobYou can view and change your ownskills profile. You can also view a list ofopen positions in your company andapply for one of these positions.- PurchasingYou can create a shopping cart withthe goods and services you need. Youcan also check the status of your orderand confirm once it is completed.- Work environmentYou can display and change the assetdata assigned to you.- Travel and expensesYou can create your travel request andplan travel services for your businesstrip, including booking flights, hotels,car rentals, and train tickets. You canalso record your travel expenses.- Life and work events

> Familiar form format andprinting functionality areavailable for all users ofthese forms.

- Equipment card> This reduces theadministrative burden oftracking and maintainingworking equipment used byemployees.> It provides managerswith full transparency of alltheir employees’equipment (and relatedcosts).- Employee bankinformation> Employees can maintainthe International BankAccount Number (IBAN).This decreases the cost ofsalary transfers to foreignbanking organizations.> Better support isprovided for internationaloutsourcing models inpayroll.

- Employee communicationand office data> This function reduces theadministrative burden ofmaintaining personneldata.> It ensures greateraccuracy of employeeinformation.> It simplifies access to anemployee’s personaldetails.

You are guided through a number ofsuch events, such as the birth of a childand beginning work at a new company.


MM SAP role: employee self-services

Using the SAP Employee Self-Serviceapplication, employees maintain theirpersonal information, and they alsocontrol many administrativetransactions and other processeshandled by the human resources staff.The goal is to streamline approvalprocesses and tasks such as viewingvacation time or choosing benefits.This application not only grants betteraccess to personal data but alsoinforms employees of changes in lifeand work events by integratingapplications with support information.

- Target groupEmployees are the heart of theworkforce. Their jobs range fromworking on an assembly line toknowledge work in the informationeconomy and to managers andexecutive positions. Employees areresponsible for ensuring that their datais correct and complete. This isnecessary for internal businessprocesses to run smoothly.- Address bookYou can search for employees byname and find basic information aboutcolleagues and their position in thecompany. You can also maintainpersonal information and make itavailable company-wide.- Working timeYou can record your working times,plan your leave, and display your timedata.- Benefits and paymentYou can display the plans in which youare currently enrolled, enroll in newbenefit plans, and download anenrollment form. You can also displayyour salary statement.- Personal informationYou can manage your addresses, bankinformation, and information aboutfamily members and dependents.- Career and jobYou can view and change your ownskills profile. You can also view a list ofopen positions in your company andapply for one of these positions.- PurchasingYou can create a shopping cart withthe goods and services you need. Youcan also check the status of your orderand confirm once it is completed.- Work environmentYou can display and change the asset


- Equipment card> This reduces theadministrative burden oftracking and maintainingworking equipment used byemployees.> It provides managerswith full transparency of alltheir employees’equipment (and relatedcosts).- Employee bankinformation> Employees can maintainthe International BankAccount Number (IBAN).This decreases the cost ofsalary transfers to foreignbanking organizations.> Better support isprovided for internationaloutsourcing models inpayroll.

- Employee communicationand office data> This function reduces theadministrative burden ofmaintaining personneldata.> It ensures more accurateemployee information.> It simplifies access to anemployee’s personaldetails.

data assigned to you.- Travel and expensesYou can create your travel request andplan travel services for your businesstrip, including booking flights, hotels,car rentals, and train tickets. You canalso record your travel expenses.- Life and work eventsYou are guided through a number ofsuch events, such as the birth of a childand beginning work at a new company.


PM SAP role: employee self-services

Using the SAP Employee Self-Serviceapplication, employees maintain theirpersonal information, and they alsocontrol many administrativetransactions and other processeshandled by the human resources staff.The goal is to streamline approvalprocesses and tasks such as viewingvacation time or choosing benefits.This application not only grants betteraccess to personal data but alsoinforms employees of changes in lifeand work events by integratingapplications with support information.

- Target groupEmployees are the heart of theworkforce. Their jobs range fromworking on an assembly line toknowledge work in the informationeconomy and to management andexecutive positions. Employees areresponsible for ensuring that their datais correct and complete. This isnecessary for internal businessprocesses to run smoothly.- Address bookYou can search for employees byname and find basic information aboutcolleagues and their position in thecompany. You can also maintainpersonal information and make itavailable company-wide.- Working timeYou can record your working times,plan your leave, and display your timedata.- Benefits and paymentYou can display the plans in which youare currently enrolled, enroll in newbenefit plans, and download anenrollment form. You can also displayyour salary statement.- Personal informationYou can manage your addresses, bankinformation, and information aboutfamily members and dependents.- Career and jobYou can view and change your ownskills profile. You can also view a list ofopen positions in your company and


- Equipment card> This reduces theadministrative burden oftracking and maintainingworking equipment used byemployees.> It provides managerswith full transparency of alltheir employees’equipment (and relatedcosts).- Employee bankinformation> Employees can maintainthe International BankAccount Number (IBAN).This decreases the cost ofsalary transfers to foreignbanking organizations.> Better support isprovided for internationaloutsourcing models inpayroll

- Employee communicationand office data> This function reduces theadministrative burden ofmaintaining personneldata.> It ensures more accurateemployee information.> It simplifies access to anemployee’s personaldetails.

apply for one of these positions.- PurchasingYou can create a shopping cart withthe goods and services you need. Youcan also check the status of your orderand confirm once it is completed.- Work environmentYou can display and change the assetdata assigned to you.- Travel and expensesYou can create your travel request andplan travel services for your businesstrip, including booking flights, hotels,car rentals, and train tickets. You canalso record your travel expenses.- Life and work eventsYou are guided through a number ofsuch events, such as the birth of a childand beginning work at a new company.


SAP role: manager self-services

The manager self-services roleprovides line managers, team leaders,project leaders, and department headsin the company with tools to help themaccomplish their goals quickly andeasily. Central departments such ascontrolling or human resources canpresent personalized information in theuser’s portal, enabling managers to findtheir information in their own portal, inthe right place at the right time.

- Target groupSAP Manager Self-Service is the rightapplication for your managers, whetherthey are line, project, or departmentmanagers. You can combine specificinformation and applications that thesetypes of manager participate in. Withthe right analytical information for eachof your managers, whichevermanagement level they are, SAPManager Self-Service enables all yourmanagers to effectively andproductively contribute to thecompany’s overall strategy and toinfluence business outcomes.- Work overviewThis work center allows you to executework items, such as approvals andplanning tasks and to monitor alertsconcerning your budget situation andkey figures. It provides you with areminder of dates, showing today'sbirthdays, jubilees, and other team-related information, and an overview ofabsent employees. It also providesaccess to a range of key figures andallows you to view trends and set rulesfor alerts.- TeamThis work center allows you to see theoverall situation in your team and to

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -New user interface design> This supports managersin their proactive role evenmore effectively.> It provides managerswith better control andtransparency on the overallteam, project, and budgetsituation, as well as thestaffing process.> It improves productivityand reduces trainingneeds.

- Enhanced team viewer> This helps accelerateapproval processessignificantly.> It lowers administrativecosts.> It improves efficiency ofmanagers.

- Better integration ofanalytical data> Structured analyticalinsights provide managerwith content-relatedinformation for theirdecision making.> Different levels ofmanagement get therequired information.

- Express planning> This makes thebudgeting and planningprocess more efficient byincluding a status overviewfor planners, such asmanagers, and for planning

perform services for people in yourteam, perform your human resourcesduties, and initiate requests for newstaff.- BudgetThis work center allows you to see youroverall budget situation and initiateservice requests about issues relatingto your budget. It provides access tomonitoring applications that display theprofit centers, cost centers, any internalorders for which you are responsible,the fixed assets assigned to your costcenters, and the equipment assigned toyour employees.- ProjectsThis work center allows you to see youroverall project situation and initiateproject-related services, includingrequesting external staff andmonitoring budget consumption.- PlanningThis work center allows you to accessexpress planning – a guided planningprocess that brings together elementsof cost center planning and headcountplanning – and compensation planning.It also allows you to view yourobjectives through the SAP BalancedScorecard application.

supervisors, such asbusiness unit analysts.> It increases userproductivity throughenhanced planningcoordination andmonitoring.




- Target groupSAP Manager Self-Service is the rightapplication for your managers, whetherthey are line, project, or departmentmanagers. You can combine specificinformation and applications that thesetypes of manager participate in. Withthe right analytical information for eachof your managers, whichevermanagement level they are, SAPManager Self-Service enables all yourmanagers to effectively andproductively contribute to thecompany’s overall strategy andinfluence business outcomes.- Work overviewThis work center allows you to executework items, such as approvals andplanning tasks, and to monitor alertsconcerning your budget situation and



- Better integration ofanalytical data> Structured analyticalinsights provide managerwith content-relatedinformation for theirdecision making.

key figures. It provides you with areminder of dates, showing today'sbirthdays, jubilees, and other team-related information, and an overview ofabsent employees. It also providesaccess to a range of key figures andallows you to view trends and set rulesfor alerts.- TeamThis work center allows you to see theoverall situation in your team and toperform services for people in yourteam, perform your human resourcesduties, and initiate requests for newstaff.- BudgetThis work center allows you to see youroverall budget situation and initiateservice requests about issues relatingto your budget. It provides access tomonitoring applications that displayprofit centers, cost centers, any internalorders for which you are responsible,the fixed assets assigned to your costcenters, and the equipment assigned toyour employees.- ProjectsThis work center allows you to see youroverall project situation and initiateproject-related services, includingrequesting external staff andmonitoring budget consumption.- PlanningThis work center allows you to accessexpress planning – a guided planningprocess that brings together elementsof cost center planning and headcountplanning – and compensation planning.It also allows you to view yourobjectives through the SAP BalancedScorecard application.

> Different levels ofmanagement get therequired information.

- Express planning> This makes thebudgeting and planningprocess more efficient byincluding a status overviewfor planners, such asmanagers, and for planningsupervisors, such asbusiness unit analysts.> It increases userproductivity throughenhanced planningcoordination andmonitoring.




- Target groupSAP Manager Self-Service is the rightapplication for your managers, whetherthey are line, project, or departmentmanagers. You can combine specificinformation and applications that thesetypes of manager participate in. Withthe right analytical information for eachof your managers, whichever


- Enhanced team viewer> This helps accelerateapproval processessignificantly.> It lowers administrative

management level they are, SAPManager Self-Service enables all yourmanagers to effectively andproductively contribute to thecompany’s overall strategy andinfluence business outcomes.- Work overviewThis work center allows you to executework items, such as approvals andplanning tasks, and to monitor alertsconcerning your budget situation andkey figures. It provides you with areminder of dates, showing today'sbirthdays, jubilees, and other team-related information, and an overview ofabsent employees. It also providesaccess to a range of key figures andallows you to view trends and set rulesfor alerts.- TeamThis work center allows you to see theoverall situation in your team and toperform services for people in yourteam, perform your human resourcesduties, and initiate requests for newstaff.- BudgetThis work center allows you to see youroverall budget situation and initiateservice requests about issues relatingto your budget. It provides access tomonitoring applications that displayprofit centers, cost centers, any internalorders for which you are responsible,the fixed assets assigned to your costcenters, and the equipment assigned toyour employees.- ProjectsThis work center allows you to see youroverall project situation and initiateproject-related services, includingrequesting external staff andmonitoring budget consumption.- PlanningThis work center allows you to accessexpress planning – a guided planningprocess that brings together elementsof cost center planning and headcountplanning – and compensation planning.It also allows you to view yourobjectives through the SAP BalancedScorecard application.

costs.> It improves efficiency ofmanagers.




HR SAP role: manager self-services

The manager self-services roleprovides line managers, team leaders,project leaders, and department headsin the company with tools to help themaccomplish their goals quickly andeasily. Central departments such ascontrolling or human resources canpresent personalized information in theuser’s portal, enabling managers to findtheir information in their own portal, in

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -New user interface design> This supports managersin their proactive role evenmore effectively.> It provides managerswith better control andtransparency on the overallteam, project, and budget

the right place at the right time.

- Target groupSAP Manager Self-Service is the rightapplication for your managers, whetherthey are line, project, or departmentmanagers. You can combine specificinformation and applications that thesetypes of manager participate in. Withthe right analytical information for eachof your managers, whichevermanagement level they are, SAPManager Self-Service enables all yourmanagers to effectively andproductively contribute to thecompany’s overall strategy andinfluence business outcomes.- Work overviewThis work center allows you to executework items, such as approvals andplanning tasks, and to monitor alertsconcerning your budget situation andkey figures. It provides you with areminder of dates, showing today'sbirthdays, jubilees, and other team-related information, and an overview ofabsent employees. It also providesaccess to a range of key figures andallows you to view trends and set rulesfor alerts.- TeamThis work center allows you to see theoverall situation in your team and toperform services for people in yourteam, perform your human resourcesduties, and initiate requests for newstaff.- BudgetThis work center allows you to see youroverall budget situation and initiateservice requests about issues relatingto your budget. It provides access tomonitoring applications that displayprofit centers, cost centers, any internalorders for which you are responsible,the fixed assets assigned to your costcenters, and the equipment assigned toyour employees.- ProjectsThis work center allows you to see youroverall project situation and initiateproject-related services, includingrequesting external staff andmonitoring budget consumption.- PlanningThis work center allows you to accessexpress planning – a guided planningprocess that brings together elementsof cost center planning and headcountplanning – and compensation planning.It also allows you to view yourobjectives through the SAP Balanced

situation, as well as thestaffing process.> It improves productivityand reduces trainingneeds.




Scorecard application.SAP ERP 6.0 Corporate

ServicesPS SAP role: manager self-

services – only forCollaboration Projects

The manager self-service role appliesonly to Collaboration Projects(cProjects).

The SAP Manager Self-Serviceapplication provides line managers,team leaders, project leaders, anddepartment heads in the company withtools to help them accomplish theirgoals quickly and easily. Centraldepartments such as controlling orhuman resources

The new user interfacedesign provides thesebenefits:

- It supports managers intheir proactive role evenmore effectively.- It provides managers withbetter control andtransparency on overallteam, project, and budgetsituation, as well as thestaffing process.- It improves productivity a


PP SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager” role, themanufacturing intelligence dashboardfor the plant manager providesenhanced usability and functionality(regarding key figure monitoring) incomparison to SAP ERP 2004.

Dashboards have also been created forthe new production supervisor,maintenance technician, and qualityinspector roles, to leverage thistransparency and promotecollaboration on the shop floor.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy access to aggregateddata from multiple,heterogeneous softwaresystems - Ability tomonitor, measure, control,and improve productionperformance- Multiple ways topersonalize the key figuremonitor


SAP role: business unitanalyst

The business unit analyst role enablesfinancial analysts and controllers tomonitor the situation within theirbusiness unit, react to criticalsituations, organize the planningprocess, and collaborate effectivelywith the line managers and projectmanagers within their unit.

- Target groupFinancial analysts and controllers,typically part of the management team,are the target group, with responsibilityfor ensuring the financial health of thebusiness unit.- Work overviewThis work center provides the businessunit analyst with a list of alerts eachmorning that show, depending on rulesfor exception handling set by theanalyst, key figures that haveexceeded a threshold, cost centers thatare over budget, unusual postings, andso on. From here, the business unitanalyst can drill down into the detailsbehind the posting and startcollaboration services with, forexample, the cost center managerresponsible for the high variances. Inthe event of errors or changes in theorganization, the analyst can use form-based processes to initiate a correctionposting or request a change (for

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps analysts ensure thefinancial health of their unit.- Collaboration services areseamlessly integrated intomonitoring applications.- It supports a structuredand controlled planningprocess.

example, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area). All form-based processes have beenreimplemented to use interactive formsbased on Adobe software.- PlanningA separate work center focuses solelyon the planning process, allowing theanalyst to set up a collaborativeplanning process to organize all tasksassociated with planning. This includesad hoc planning tasks and the guidedexpress planning application that leadsthe managers through the process ofplanning headcount, costs, equipment,internal orders, and other costs. As themanagers submit their data, thebusiness unit analyst can monitor theirresponses and check the results bothin total and individually, returning thework item to the manager for furtherwork if, for example, the planned travelcosts exceed the company guideline.- Master dataAn additional work center shows theanalyst the master data in his or herarea of responsibility. As in the workoverview, the analyst can use form-based processes to request a change –for example, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area.- AnalyticsA dedicated analytics work centerprovides access to all the reportingapplications that the analyst workswith. Besides profit centers, costcenters, and internal orders, this nowincludes projects as well.




- Target groupFinancial analysts and controllers,typically part of the management team,are the target group, with responsibilityfor ensuring the financial health of thebusiness unit.- Work overviewThis work center provides the businessunit analyst with a list of alerts eachmorning that show, depending on rulesfor exception handling set by theanalyst, key figures that haveexceeded a threshold, cost centers thatare over budget, unusual postings, andso on. From here, the business unit


analyst can drill down into the detailsbehind the posting and startcollaboration services with, forexample, the cost center managerresponsible for the high variances. Inthe event of errors or changes in theorganization, the analyst can use form-based processes to initiate a correctionposting or request a change (forexample, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area). All form-based processes have beenreimplemented to use interactive formsbased on Adobe software.- PlanningA separate work center focuses solelyon the planning process, allowing theanalyst to set up a collaborativeplanning process to organize all tasksassociated with planning. This includesad hoc planning tasks and the guidedexpress planning application that leadsthe managers through the process ofplanning headcount, costs, equipment,internal orders, and other costs. As themanagers submit their data, thebusiness unit analyst can monitor theirresponses and check the results bothin total and individually, returning thework item to the manager for furtherwork if, for example, the planned travelcosts exceed the company guideline.- Master dataAn additional work center shows theanalyst the master data in his or herarea of responsibility. As in the workoverview, the analyst can use form-based processes to request a change –for example, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area.- AnalyticsA dedicated analytics work centerprovides access to all the reportingapplications that the analyst workswith. Besides profit centers, costcenters, and internal orders, this nowincludes projects as well.




- Target groupFinancial analysts and controllers,typically part of the management team,are the target group, with responsibilityfor ensuring the financial health of thebusiness unit.


- Work overviewThis work center provides the businessunit analyst with a list of alerts eachmorning that show, depending on rulesfor exception handling set by theanalyst, key figures that haveexceeded a threshold, cost centers thatare over budget, unusual postings, andso on. From here, the business unitanalyst can drill down into the detailsbehind the posting and startcollaboration services with, forexample, the cost center managerresponsible for the high variances. Inthe event of errors or changes in theorganization, the analyst can use form-based processes to initiate a correctionposting or request a change (forexample, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area). All form-based processes have beenreimplemented to use interactive formsbased on Adobe software.- PlanningA separate work center focuses solelyon the planning process, allowing theanalyst to set up a collaborativeplanning process to organize all tasksassociated with planning. This includesad hoc planning tasks and the guidedexpress planning application that leadsthe managers through the process ofplanning headcount, costs, equipment,internal orders, and other costs. As themanagers submit their data, thebusiness unit analyst can monitor theirresponses and check the results bothin total and individually, returning thework item to the manager for furtherwork if, for example, the planned travelcosts exceed the company guideline.- Master dataAn additional work center shows theanalyst the master data in his or herarea of responsibility. As in the workoverview, the analyst can use form-based processes to request a change –for example, to a profit center or costcenter in his or her area.- AnalyticsA dedicated analytics work centerprovides access to all the reportingapplications that the analyst workswith. Besides profit centers, costcenters, and internal orders, this nowincludes projects as well.


SAP role: humanresources administrator

The human resources (HR)administrator role provides real-timeintegration for collaboration within theentire organization – that is, from theemployee to the management. Beingresponsible for the HR data of the

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides a central role forthe implementation of ashared-service centerconcept in human

employees, an HR administratorreceives work items that are triggeredfrom other roles and processes thathave already been defined within theorganization.

- Target groupPeople in HR administration who needreal software integration forcollaboration within the entireorganization – that is, with employeesas well as with management – are thetargeted group.- Work overviewUsing the universal work list, the HRadministrator receives work items thatare triggered from other roles andprocesses that have already beendefined within the organization. Workitems can be classified according tospecific tasks, priorities, time cutoffs,approvals, pending items, or evenautomatic responses. Data is defined interms of how it needs to be handled –for example, whether approvals arerequired before the data being saved.Adobe interactive forms can also beused either off-line or as integrated inthe entire communications process.Once completed, a form can be saveddirectly to the employee’s file. In fact,the process flows you define areextremely flexible: in some businesspractices, you may choose to have thedata updated as it continues along theprocess. Once the business roles aredefined, you can determine what typeof data needs to be handled orcollected by a business role, how theinformation should be communicatedthrough the organization, and whatdetermines the final checkpoint beforethe data is updated. There arepreestablished templates for processessuch as hiring and maternity leave thatare easily adapted to an organization’sindividual business practices.- ProcessesA process browser enables filtering ofall processes of a specific type:organizational change, benefitenrollment, or even all items that arelate for processing. This type ofoperative reporting enablesorganizations to analyze back-officeadministration in a variety of ways. TheHR administrator has become anintegral component of the businessprocess, but operative costs andexceptions can now easily be identifiedfor all administrative aspects of anorganization.

resources (HR).- It facilitates work for HRadministrators and makesthem much moreproductive through animproved user interface.- It provides valuableinsight into performanceand costs of HRprocesses.- It allows HRadministrators to bettersupport occasional roles,such as manager andemployee.

- AnalyticsCreating operational efficiencies ofadministrative processes, analytics arekey for group or team leaders who areresponsible for the overall workload.Through delivered analytics, workloadscan be planned and moved around sothat a balanced workload is achievedand critical operations can be quicklyaddressed. Workload can be plannedfor all administrators.


SAP role: humanresources administrator

The human resources (HR)administrator role provides real-timeintegration for collaboration within theentire organization – that is, from theemployee to the management. Beingresponsible for the HR data of theemployees, an HR administratorreceives work items that are triggeredfrom other roles and processes thathave already been defined within theorganization.

- Target groupPeople in HR administration who needreal software integration forcollaboration within the entireorganization – that is, with employeesas well as with management – are thetarget group.- Work overviewUsing the universal work list, the HRadministrator receives work items thatare triggered from other roles andprocesses that have already beendefined within the organization. Workitems can be classified according tospecific tasks, priorities, time cutoffs,approvals, pending items, or evenautomatic responses. Data is defined interms of how it needs to be handled –for example, whether approvals arerequired before the data being saved.Adobe interactive forms can also beused either off-line or as integrated inthe entire communications process.Once completed, a form can be saveddirectly to the employee’s file. In fact,the process flows you define areextremely flexible: in some businesspractices, you may choose to have thedata updated as it continues along theprocess. Once the business roles aredefined, you can determine what typeof data needs to be handled orcollected by a business role, how theinformation should be communicatedthrough the organization, and whatdetermines the final checkpoint beforethe data is updated. There arepreestablished templates for processessuch as hiring and maternity leave that

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides a central role forthe implementation of ashared-service centerconcept in humanresources (HR).- It facilitates work for HRadministrators and makesthem much moreproductive through animproved user interface.- It provides valuableinsight into performanceand costs of HRprocesses.- It allows HRadministrators to bettersupport occasional roles,such as manager andemployee.

are easily adapted to an organization’sindividual business practices.- ProcessesA process browser enables filtering ofall processes of a specific type:organizational change, benefitenrollment, or even all items that arelate for processing. This type ofoperative reporting enablesorganizations to analyze back officeadministration in a variety of ways. TheHR administrator has become anintegral component of the businessprocess, but operative costs andexceptions can now easily be identifiedfor all administrative aspects of anorganization.- AnalyticsCreating operational efficiencies ofadministrative processes, analytics arekey for group or team leaders who areresponsible for the overall workload.Through delivered analytics, workloadscan be planned and moved around sothat a balanced workload is achievedand critical operations can be quicklyaddressed. Workload can be plannedfor all administrators.


HR SAP role: humanresources administrator

The human resources (HR)administrator role provides real-timeintegration for collaboration within theentire organization – that is, from theemployee to the management. Beingresponsible for the HR data of theemployees, an HR administratorreceives work items that are triggeredfrom other roles and processes thathave already been defined within theorganization.

- Target groupPeople in HR administration who needreal software integration forcollaboration within the entireorganization – that is, with employeesas well as with management – are thetarget group.- Work overviewUsing the universal work list, the HRadministrator receives work items thatare triggered from other roles andprocesses that have already beendefined within the organization. Workitems can be classified according tospecific tasks, priorities, time cutoffs,approvals, pending items, or evenautomatic responses. Data is defined interms of how it needs to be handled –for example, whether approvals arerequired before the data being saved.Adobe interactive forms can also beused either off-line or as integrated in

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides a central role forthe implementation of ashared-service centerconcept in humanresources (HR).- It facilitates work for HRadministrators and makesthem much moreproductive through animproved user interface.- It provides valuableinsight into performanceand costs of HRprocesses.- It allows HRadministrators to bettersupport occasional roles,such as manager andemployee.

the entire communications process.Once completed, a form can be saveddirectly to the employee’s file. In fact,the process flows you define areextremely flexible: in some businesspractices, you may choose to have thedata updated as it continues along theprocess. Once the business roles aredefined, you can determine what typeof data needs to be handled orcollected by a business role, how theinformation should be communicatedthrough the organization, and whatdetermines the final checkpoint beforethe data is updated. There arepreestablished templates for processessuch as hiring and maternity leave thatare easily adapted to an organization’sindividual business practices.- ProcessesA process browser enables filtering ofall processes of a specific type:organizational change, benefitenrollment, or even all items that arelate for processing. This type ofoperative reporting enablesorganizations to analyze back officeadministration in a variety of ways. TheHR administrator has become anintegral component of the businessprocess, but operative costs andexceptions can now easily be identifiedfor all administrative aspects of anorganization.- AnalyticsCreating operational efficiencies ofadministrative processes, analytics arekey for group or team leaders who areresponsible for the overall workload.Through delivered analytics, workloadscan be planned and moved around sothat a balanced workload is achievedand critical operations can be quicklyaddressed. Workload can be plannedfor all administrators.


SAP role: buyer The buyer role supports buyers in theirday-to-day purchases (operationalprocurement), inasmuch as it providesfor both materials and servicesprocurement.

- Target groupThe main target group is operationalbuyers who are involved mostly inordering activities (operationalprocurement), as well as reporting.Targeted purchasers may operate inseveral industries (cross-industry role)and buy direct materials andmaintenance, repair, and overhaul(MRO) services, as well as otherservices.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to react to questionsand problems immediately- Quick access topersonalized work lists- Analytical insight

- Work overviewYou obtain an overview of your dailywork. The purchasing work list is thepoint of entry for the processing ofcurrent workflow tasks, such as therelease of purchase requisitions andpurchase orders or the processing offaulty vendor confirmations. You canobtain information about forwardedworkflow tasks and obtain an overviewof the tasks you have completed. Thepurchasing group analysis provides anoverview of the workloads of theindividual buyers and buyer groupswithin your company. For this purpose,the software accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data of the former SAPBusiness Information Warehouse (SAPBW) component (whose functionality isnow part of SAP NetWeaver). Thepurchasing group analysis gives youthe option of defining and saving yourown views of the data.- Transaction processingYou obtain an overview of yourpurchasing documents (such aspurchase orders and purchaserequisitions). With the aid of queries,you can assemble your transactions tobe processed in any number of worklists. You therefore have theopportunity to structure and performyour daily work in accordance with yourown needs. The integration of the SAPdocument storage applicationCollaboration Folders (cFolders) allowsyou to display the attachments to yourpurchase transactions directly in theportal.- Vendor informationYou obtain an overview of yourvendors. You can display the contactdata and partner roles of your vendors.You can use a source-of-supplyoverview to view the assortment ofproducts offered by your vendors. Thevendor analysis informs you of thegoods supplied and services performedby your vendors. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The vendoranalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Information on materialYou obtain an overview of yourmaterials. You can display master datafor, and stocks information about, yourmaterials, or you can obtain informationon the possible sources of supply ofthese materials. The material analysis

informs you about the materialsprocured by you. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The materialsanalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Service procurementYou can perform all tasks and accessall documents involved in theprocurement of external services. Youcan start the sourcing application orprocess documents of all types.Alternatively, you can open the worklists for different documents, which arebased on prespecified selectioncriteria. If you know the documentnumber, you can also open documentsdirectly.


SAP role: buyer The buyer role supports buyers in theirday-to-day purchases (operationalprocurement), inasmuch as it providesfor both materials and servicesprocurement.

- Target groupThe main target group is operationalbuyers who are involved mostly inordering activities (operationalprocurement), as well as reporting.Targeted purchasers may operate inseveral industries (cross-industry role)and buy direct materials andmaintenance, repair, and overhaul(MRO) services, as well as otherservices.- Work overviewYou obtain an overview of your dailywork. The purchasing work list is thepoint of entry for the processing ofcurrent workflow tasks, such as therelease of purchase requisitions andpurchase orders or the processing offaulty vendor confirmations. You canobtain information about forwardedworkflow tasks and obtain an overviewof the tasks you have completed. Thepurchasing group analysis provides anoverview of the workloads of theindividual buyers and buyer groupswithin your company. For this purpose,the software accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data of the former SAPBusiness Information Warehouse (SAPBW) component (whose functionality isnow part of SAP NetWeaver). Thepurchasing group analysis gives youthe option of defining and saving yourown views of the data.- Transaction processingYou obtain an overview of your

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to react to questionsand problems immediately- Quick access topersonalized work lists- Analytical insight

purchasing documents (such aspurchase orders and purchaserequisitions). With the aid of queries,you can assemble your transactions tobe processed in any number of worklists. You therefore have theopportunity to structure and performyour daily work in accordance with yourown needs. The integration of the SAPdocument storage applicationCollaboration Folders (cFolders) allowsyou to display the attachments to yourpurchase transactions directly in theportal.- Vendor informationYou obtain an overview of yourvendors. You can display the contactdata and partner roles of your vendors.You can use a source-of-supplyoverview to view the assortment ofproducts offered by your vendors. Thevendor analysis informs you of thegoods supplied and services performedby your vendors. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The vendoranalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Information on materialYou obtain an overview of yourmaterials. You can display master datafor, and stocks information about, yourmaterials, or you can obtain informationon the possible sources of supply ofthese materials. The material analysisinforms you about the materialsprocured by you. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The materialsanalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Service procurementYou can perform all tasks and accessall documents involved in theprocurement of external services. Youcan start the sourcing application orprocess documents of all types.Alternatively, you can open the worklists for different documents, which arebased on prespecified selectioncriteria. If you know the documentnumber, you can also open documentsdirectly.


MM SAP role: buyer The buyer role supports buyers in theirday-to-day purchases (operationalprocurement), inasmuch as it providesfor both materials and servicesprocurement.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Ability to react to questionsand problems immediately- Quick access to

- Target groupThe main target group is operationalbuyers who are involved mostly inordering activities (operationalprocurement), as well as reporting.Targeted purchasers may operate inseveral industries (cross-industry role)and buy direct materials andmaintenance, repair, and overhaul(MRO) services, as well as otherservices.- Work overviewYou obtain an overview of your dailywork. The purchasing work list is thepoint of entry for the processing ofcurrent workflow tasks, such as therelease of purchase requisitions andpurchase orders or the processing offaulty vendor confirmations. You canobtain information about forwardedworkflow tasks and obtain an overviewof the tasks you have completed. Thepurchasing group analysis provides anoverview of the workloads of theindividual buyers and buyer groupswithin your company. For this purpose,the software accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data of the former SAPBusiness Information Warehouse (SAPBW) component (whose functionality isnow part of SAP NetWeaver). Thepurchasing group analysis gives youthe option of defining and saving yourown views of the data.- Transaction processingYou obtain an overview of yourpurchasing documents (such aspurchase orders and purchaserequisitions). With the aid of queries,you can assemble your transactions tobe processed in any number of worklists. You therefore have theopportunity to structure and performyour daily work in accordance with yourown needs. The integration of the SAPdocument storage applicationCollaboration Folders (cFolders) allowsyou to display the attachments to yourpurchase transactions directly in theportal.- Vendor informationYou obtain an overview of yourvendors. You can display the contactdata and partner roles of your vendors.You can use a source-of-supplyoverview to view the assortment ofproducts offered by your vendors. Thevendor analysis informs you of thegoods supplied and services performedby your vendors. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wide

personalized work lists- Analytical insight

consolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The vendoranalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Information on materialYou obtain an overview of yourmaterials. You can display master datafor, and stocks information about, yourmaterials, or you can obtain informationon the possible sources of supply ofthese materials. The material analysisinforms you about the materialsprocured by you. In the process, thesoftware accesses enterprise-wideconsolidated data stored in the formerSAP BW component. The materialsanalysis gives you the option ofdefining and saving your own views ofthe data.- Service procurementYou can perform all tasks and accessall documents involved in theprocurement of external services. Youcan start the sourcing application orprocess documents of all types.Alternatively, you can open the worklists for different documents, which arebased on prespecified selectioncriteria. If you know the documentnumber, you can also open documentsdirectly.


SAP role: invoicing clerk The invoicing clerk role gives access tothe invoice management function. Theinvoice management function allowsthe processing of incoming electronicinvoices (with and without purchaseorder reference) on an exception basis.

The invoicing clerk role contains onework center for invoice processing andmonitoring the complete exceptionhandling process. It can be enhancedwith additional work centers, especiallyin companies in which singleindividuals often have various differentjobs.

- Target groupThe main target group is invoicingclerks, who are responsible forincoming invoices in the logisticsdepartment.- Work overviewYou can start all tasks and get accessto all documents involved in the invoicemanagement process. You can searchfor related invoices and invoiceexceptions. Alternatively, you cancreate a document or start the relatedservice without any previousselections.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Streamlining invoiceverification by delivering ahigh degree of processautomation- Support of collaborationfor resolution of allexceptions

- Work center This providespreprocessing of incoming invoices ontop of existing invoice verification. Ifthere are no exceptions, the invoicesare automatically posted. In the case ofexceptions, various workflow andmonitoring activities are triggered andtracked, including notification ofvendors about exceptions.- Work list This enables the invoicingclerk to monitor the incoming invoicesquickly and also shows all invoiceexceptions. In the case of exceptions, avariety of workflow and other activitiesare offered, including informingsuppliers and noninvoice specialistusers.- AnalyticsAppropriate reports and queries onevery work center support relevantuser scenarios with respectivebusiness intelligence queries, such asexcessive invoice documents or invoicedocument overview.


MM SAP role: invoicing clerk The invoicing clerk role gives access tothe invoice management function. Theinvoice management function allowsthe processing of incoming electronicinvoices (with and without purchaseorder reference) on an exception basis.

The invoicing clerk role contains onework center for invoice processing andmonitoring the complete exceptionhandling process. It can be enhancedwith additional work centers, especiallyin companies in which singleindividuals often have various differentjobs.

- Target groupThe main target group is invoicingclerks, who are responsible forincoming invoices in the logisticsdepartment.- Work overviewYou can start all tasks and get accessto all documents involved in the invoicemanagement process. You can searchfor related invoices and invoiceexceptions. Alternatively, you cancreate a document or start the relatedservice without any previousselections.- Work center This providespreprocessing of incoming invoices ontop of existing invoice verification. Ifthere are no exceptions, the invoicesare automatically posted. In the case ofexceptions, various workflow andmonitoring activities are triggered andtracked, including notification of

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Streamlining invoiceverification by delivering ahigh degree of processautomation- Support of collaborationfor resolution of allexceptions

vendors about exceptions.- Work list This enables the invoicingclerk to monitor the incoming invoicesquickly and also shows all invoiceexceptions. In the case of exceptions, avariety of workflow and other activitiesare offered, including informingsuppliers and noninvoice specialistusers.- AnalyticsAppropriate reports and queries onevery work center support relevantuser scenarios with respectivebusiness intelligence queries, such asexcessive invoice documents or invoicedocument overview.


SAP role: supplier The supplier role provides supplierswith a single point of access to dataand transactions in the SAP SupplierSelf-Service component, thereforeintegrating self-service capabilities aspart of the end-to-end procurementprocess.

Extending the functionalities of SAPERP to business partners, specificallyto a company’s supplier base, is one ofthe next logical steps in the evolution ofthe SAP ERP application. Theintroduction of access functionalities forsuppliers to information andtransactions brings self-servicefunctionalities to SAP ERP that allowcompanies to further streamline theirprocesses and information exchangeand therefore to further capitalize ontheir investments.

Work centers support various activitiesassociated with orders, purchase orderresponses, and invoices, as well asreporting activities:

- Target groupThe main target group is smallsuppliers without their own enterpriseresource planning (ERP) software.Usually these are small to middle-sizedbusinesses in which individualemployees take on a variety of tasks.The employee working with thesupplier role accesses data in thecustomer’s software and uses this datato start internal and collaborativeprocesses.- Work overviewYou can start all tasks and get accessto all documents involved in thecollaboration process with yourcustomer. You can see a status-relatedoverview of all documents, as well asincoming alerts that need your

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves suppliercollaboration and speedsup procurement processeseven if smaller suppliers donot have enterpriseresource planning (ERP)software.- It reduces manualprocesses on the buyerside by directly connectingthe suppliers with thesoftware.

immediate attention.- SearchYou can search for information onrequests, purchase order responses, orinvoices. The document overviewprovides quick access to documents,such as requests for quotation,purchase orders, shipping notifications,confirmations, goods receiptconfirmations, and invoices.- CreateYou can create shipping notifications,confirmations, or invoices.- AdministrationYou can administer your company’saccess to the portal by requesting useraccess rights, and you can administeryour own or your company’s masterdata in the portal.- AnalyticsAppropriate reports and queries onevery work center support relevantuser scenarios with respectivebusiness intelligence queries, such assales value reporting or evaluations.


MM SAP role: supplier The supplier role provides supplierswith a single point of access to dataand transactions in the SAP SupplierSelf-Service component, thereforeintegrating self-service capabilities aspart of the end-to-end procurementprocess.

Extending the functionalities of SAPERP to business partners, specificallyto a company’s supplier base, is one ofthe next logical steps in the evolution ofthe SAP ERP application. Theintroduction of access functionalities forsuppliers to information andtransactions brings self-servicefunctionalities to SAP ERP that allowcompanies to further streamline theirprocesses and information exchangeand therefore to further capitalize ontheir investments.

Work centers support various activitiesassociated with orders, purchase orderresponses, and invoices, as well asreporting activities:

- Target groupThe main target group is smallsuppliers without their own enterpriseresource planning (ERP) software.Usually these are small to middle-sizedbusinesses in which individualemployees take on a variety of tasks.The employee working with thesupplier role accesses data in thecustomer’s software and uses this data

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves suppliercollaboration and speedsup procurement processeseven if smaller suppliers donot have enterpriseresource planning (ERP)software.- It reduces manualprocesses on the buyerside by directly connectingthe suppliers with thesoftware.

to start internal and collaborativeprocesses.- Work overviewYou can start all tasks and get accessto all documents involved in thecollaboration process with yourcustomer. You can see a status-relatedoverview of all documents, as well asincoming alerts that need yourimmediate attention.- SearchYou can search for information onrequests, purchase order responses, orinvoices. The document overviewprovides quick access to documents,such as requests for quotation,purchase orders, shipping notifications,confirmations, goods receiptconfirmations, and invoices.- CreateYou can create shipping notifications,confirmations, or invoices.- AdministrationYou can administer your company’saccess to the portal by requesting useraccess rights, and you can administeryour own or your company’s masterdata in the portal.- AnalyticsAppropriate reports and queries onevery work center support relevantuser scenarios with respectivebusiness intelligence queries, such assales value reporting or evaluations.


PP SAP role: productionsupervisor

In the production supervisor role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager and productionsupervisor roles provide configurableentry pages that deliver alerts, keyperformance indicators (KPIs),manufacturing content, work lists, andproduction confirmations. They alsoprovide the decision support needed byproduction personnel to respond toexceptions and unforeseen changes indemand or supply and to deliversuperior production performancethrough greater transparency.Dashboards have also been created forthe new maintenance technician andquality inspector roles, to leverage thistransparency and promotecollaboration on the shop floor. Thedashboard for the plant manager hasbeen enhanced.

- Target groupThe target group includes people inmiddle management within shop floorexecution and manufacturing, as wellas people leading shifts in production –that is, production supervisors.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -You can executeproduction plans on timeand within budget.- You can find and resolveproduction problemsquickly and proactively withreal-time exceptiondetection and workflows.- You can monitor,measure, control, andimprove productionperformance.

- Work overviewYou can view alerts from production, aswell as your work list. You can createyour own work list, with productionorders, and maintenance and qualitymanagement notifications. You canprint or confirm orders. The stockquantity overview and day's supply arealso displayed.- Shift commentsYou manage comments for a shift aseither a text document or a table. Youcan also view alerts from production,as well as goods receipt quantities.- ConfirmationYou can create new confirmations forproduction orders, and you can displayor cancel existing confirmations.


SAP role: productionsupervisor


- Target groupThe target group includes people inmiddle management within shop floorexecution and manufacturing, as wellas people leading shifts in production –that is, production supervisors.- Work overviewYou can view alerts from production, aswell as your work list. You can createyour own work list, with productionorders, and maintenance and qualitymanagement notifications. You canprint or confirm orders. The stockquantity overview and day's supply arealso displayed.- Shift commentsYou manage comments for a shift aseither a text document or a table. Youcan also view alerts from production,as well as goods receipt quantities.- ConfirmationYou can create new confirmations for


production orders, and you can displayor cancel existing confirmations.


PM SAP role: productionsupervisor


- Target groupThe target group includes people inmiddle management within shop floorexecution and manufacturing, as wellas people leading shifts in production –that is, production supervisors.- Work overviewYou can view alerts from production, aswell as your work list. You can createyour own work list, with productionorders, and maintenance and qualitymanagement notifications. You canprint or confirm orders. The stockquantity overview and day's supply arealso displayed.- Shift commentsYou manage comments for a shift aseither a text document or a table. Youcan also view alerts from production,as well as goods receipt quantities.- ConfirmationYou can create new confirmations forproduction orders, and you can displayor cancel existing confirmations.



SAP role: maintenancetechnician

The maintenance technician roleprovides a simple user interface formaintenance execution, requestprocessing, confirmations, andreporting. It also displays the assetstructure.

- Target groupThis role is used mainly bymaintenance technicians. They need toget an always up-to-date overview ofthe maintenance work assigned tothem, and they also want to check the

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces time spent oninformation exchange.- It improves quality ofmaintenance work.- It leverages transparencyto promote collaboration onthe shop floor.

status of the technical assets for whichthey are carrying out maintenancework. In addition, they need a tool thatfacilitates timely confirmations of thework they have done.- Work overviewThe work overview provides apersonalized work list of maintenanceand service notifications, and ofmaintenance and service orders. Itallows direct access to theconfirmation. You can also create newnotifications and orders, or you can callup after-event order recording.- Structure displayMaintenance tasks are based ontechnical objects (pieces of equipmentand functional locations) in the system.Pieces of equipment can contain amaintenance assembly (that is, a bill ofmaterials [BOM]) through which theconfiguration and possible spare partsfor the particular object are displayed.You can use the technical structureview to display the structure oftechnical objects and to dismantle,install, or replace pieces of equipment.The technical structure view alsodisplays the maintenance schedule fora technical object, as well as thenumber of spare parts that arecurrently available in the plant for thistechnical object.


PM SAP role: maintenancetechnician

The maintenance technician roleprovides a simple user interface formaintenance execution, requestprocessing, confirmations, andreporting. It also displays the assetstructure. - Target group This role isused mainly by maintenancetechnicans on the shop floor.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces time spent oninformation exchange. - Itimproves quality ofmaintenance work. - Itleverages transparency topromote collaboration onthe shop floor.


SAP Work Centerfor developmentcollaboration

The SAP Work Center assessmentpackage for development collaborationprovides a single point of entry for allactivities related to collaboration inproduct development and design, aswell as support for employeesresponsible for communication withexternal partners and suppliers aboutproduct development. This supportincludes data export and import to theCollaboration Folders (cFolders)application and browsing of the productstructure. It also includes an integrationof cFolders notifications into theuniversal work list (UWL) of thesoftware with the SAP NetWeaverPortal.

- Target group

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves partner andsupplier relationships.- It allows for fulltransparency and trackingof the documentsexchanged withdevelopment partners.

The target group includes everyemployee involved in activities relatedto collaboration in product developmentand design, especially those involvedin communicating with externalpartners and suppliers about productdevelopment, including data export andimport, and browsing of the productstructure.- Work overviewThis work center provides you with anoverview of your daily work and givesyou quick access to your mostimportant tasks for developmentcollaboration. You can configure anews feed to keep yourself up to dateon the latest news and developmentsin your area of expertise. You use thework list to process workflow-basedtasks and notifications related to yourdaily work. The integration of back-endservices with the cFolders applicationallows you to cooperate with internaland external partners by using theservices that are available to exchangeproduct information with them.- PublishingThis group of services allows you topublish product structure informationfrom your enterprise resource planning(ERP) software in the cFoldersapplication.- ImportingThis group of services allows you toimport product structure informationfrom the cFolders application to yourERP software.- CollaborationThis service allows you to cooperatewith external business partners byusing cFolders and SAP ProductLifecycle Management (SAP PLM) tosupport your tasks in productdevelopment and design.- Product structureThis group of services provides youwith the tools you need to quickly findand access all your product-relatedinformation (for example, bills ofmaterial, documents, and computer-aided design [CAD] models).


SAP Work Centerfor developmentcollaboration

The SAP Work Center assessmentpackage for development collaborationprovides a single point of entry for allactivities related to collaboration inproduct development and design, aswell as support for employeesresponsible for communication withexternal partners and suppliers aboutproduct development. This supportincludes data export and import to theCollaboration Folders (cFolders)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves partner andsupplier relationships.- It allows for fulltransparency and trackingof the documentsexchanged withdevelopment partners.

application and browsing of the productstructure. It also includes an integrationof cFolders notifications into theuniversal work list (UWL) of thesoftware with the SAP NetWeaverPortal.

- Target groupThe target group includes everyemployee involved in activities relatedto collaboration in product developmentand design, especially those involvedin communicating with externalpartners and suppliers about productdevelopment, including data export andimport, and browsing of the productstructure.- Work overviewThis work center provides you with anoverview of your daily work and givesyou quick access to your mostimportant tasks for developmentcollaboration. You can configure anews feed to keep yourself up to dateon the latest news and developmentsin your area of expertise. You use thework list to process workflow-basedtasks and notifications related to yourdaily work. The integration of back-endservices with the cFolders applicationallows you to cooperate with internaland external partners by using theservices that are available to exchangeproduct information with them.- PublishingThis group of services allows you topublish product structure informationfrom your enterprise resource planning(ERP) software in the cFoldersapplication.- ImportingThis group of services allows you toimport product structure informationfrom the cFolders application to yourERP software.- CollaborationThis service allows you to cooperatewith external business partners byusing cFolders and SAP ProductLifecycle Management (SAP PLM) tosupport your tasks in productdevelopment and design.- Product structureThis group of services provides youwith the tools you need to quickly findand access all your product-relatedinformation (for example, bills ofmaterial, documents, and computer-aided design [CAD] models).


SD/LES SAP role: internal salesrepresentative

The internal sales representative roleprovides all the functions to fulfill therequirements of an internal sales

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves efficiency and

representative. This includes taskssuch as answering phone calls fromcustomers and prospective customers,processing incoming inquiries andsales orders, and preparing quotationsand sales contracts.

- Target groupThe responsibilities of an internal salesrepresentative (or customer servicerepresentative) include the following:> Answering phone calls fromcustomers and prospective customers> Answering product, price, and orderstatus related questions> Processing incoming inquiries andsales orders> Preparing quotations and salescontracts> Taking sales orders and ensuringsuccessful order processing – forexample, taking care of thecompleteness of sales documents,releasing delivery-blocked orders, andso on> Support for the outside sales force –for example, checking on quotations,updating customer master data, and soon> Preparing reports and sales analysesfor the sales manager and the salesteam

- Work overviewThis work center gives you an overviewof your daily work and gives you easyaccess to your most important tasks.

- Sales documentsThis work center allows you to work onall your sales documents. You cancreate and maintain inquiries,quotations, sales orders, salescontracts, scheduling agreements, andbilling documents.

- Order fulfillmentThis work center allows you to monitororder fulfillment. You can displaydeliveries, backorders, and shipments,and you can check product availability.

- Master dataThis work center enables you to workon all your master data. You can createand maintain business partners,customer agreements, prices andconditions, and products.

effectiveness through thepersonalization of theinformation.- It accelerates sales orderentry.- It accelerates access tocurrent workload.- It accelerates salesanalyses.


PS SAP role: project self-services – only forCollaboration Projects

The project self-services role appliesonly to Collaboration Projects(cProjects).The project self-service role provides

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases transparency ofproject performance and

an appealing and intuitive userinterface, supporting project leads andproject team members in the mainareas of their daily work. Project self-service relies on cProjects and isprovided as portal content with SAPERP through a business package.Most frequent cProjects processes inproject maintenance, communication,and confirmation are used as self-services for occasional users.Transparency of project performance isprovided with a work list that can evenbe personalized. - Target group Thetarget group includes project leads andproject team members. - Workoverview In the overview area, aproject work list provides at-a-glanceinformation on relevant project-relatedkey figures based on an evaluationframework that is fed with data fromcProjects and SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC). Key figuresare displayed, such as budget, plannedcosts, and actual costs. In addition, “myprojects,” “my project tasks,” “mychecklist items,” and “my issues” aredisplayed. By selecting an object(project, project task, checklist item, orissue), you can start different servicesor access cProjects directly. - Self-services The following self-services areoffered: > Create project: you create anew project based on a template. >Maintain general task: you create andedit tasks assigned directly to theproject definition. > Maintain openissues: for each project, you can createand edit a list of issues. These issuesare usually of a general nature andcannot be assigned to phases or tasksin the project. > Create e-mail: younotify other people associated with atask or other project objects aboutconcerns you have with this object. >Assign person to project: you assignone or more individuals to a project,using roles. You also create new roles.> Assign person to tasks: you assignone ore more individuals to a task in aproject. > Confirm task: you confirmwork done on a task. > Confirmchecklist Item: you confirm the result ofa checklist item. > Confirm open issue:if assigned to an issue, you enter thetext or close the issue. Common to allself-services is that they are based onstep-by-step guidance that is veryintuitive and easy to follow. - ReportingTo support project analytics, a set ofevaluations from cProjects (forexample, tasks and task assignments,

issues.- It speeds upadministrative work aroundprojects.

completed checklist items) andfinancial reports from the former SAPBusiness Information Warehousecomponent (whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver) and SAP ECCare offered. The following can be usedas reporting objects: cProjects projectdefinition, project definition, workbreakdown structure (WBS) element,and internal order.

SAP ERP 6.0 Analytics PS SAP role: project self-services – only forCollaboration Projects

The project self-services role appliesonly to Collaboration Projects(cProjects).

The project self-service role providesan appealing and intuitive userinterface, supporting project leads andproject team members in the mainareas of their daily work. Project self-service relies on cProjects and isprovided as portal content with SAPERP through a business package.Most frequent cProjects processes inproject maintenance, communication,and confirmation are used as self-services for occasional users.Transparency of project performance isprovided with a work list that can evenbe personalized. - Target group Thetarget group includes project leads andproject team members. - Workoverview In the overview area, aproject work list provides at-a-glanceinformation on relevant project-relatedkey figures based on an evaluationframework that is fed with data fromcProjects and SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC). Key figuresare displayed, such as budget, plannedcosts, and actual costs. In addition, “myprojects,” “my project tasks,” “mychecklist items,” and “my issues” aredisplayed. By selecting an object(project, project task, checklist item, orissue), you can start different servicesor access cProjects directly. - Self-services The following self-services areoffered: > Create project: you create anew project based on a template. >Maintain general task: you create andedit tasks assigned directly to theproject definition. > Maintain openissues: for each project, you can createand edit a list of issues. These issuesare usually of a general nature andcannot be assigned to phases or tasksin the project. > Create e-mail: younotify other people associated with atask or other project objects aboutconcerns you have with this object. >Assign person to project: you assignone or more individuals to a project,

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases transparency ofproject performance andissues.- It speeds upadministrative work aroundprojects.

using roles. You also create new roles.> Assign person to tasks: you assignone ore more individuals to a task in aproject. > Confirm task: you confirmwork done on a task. > Confirmchecklist item: you confirm the result ofa checklist item. > Confirm open issue:if assigned to an issue, you enter thetext or close the issue. Common to allself-services is that they are based onstep-by-step guidance that is veryintuitive and easy to follow. - ReportingTo support project analytics, a set ofevaluations from cProjects (forexample, tasks and task assignments,completed checklist items) andfinancial reports from the former SAPBusiness Information Warehousecomponent (whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver) and SAP ECCare offered. The following can be usedas reporting objects: cProjects projectdefinition, project definition, workbreakdown structure (WBS) element,and internal order.


PS SAP role: project self-services – only forCollaboration Projects

The project self-services role appliesonly to Collaboration Projects(cProjects).

The project self-service role providesan appealing and intuitive userinterface, supporting project leads andproject team members in the mainareas of their daily work. Project self-service relies on cProjects and isprovided as portal content with SAPERP through a business package.Most frequent cProjects processes inproject maintenance, communication,and confirmation are used as self-services for occasional users.Transparency of project performance isprovided with a work list that can evenbe personalized.

- Target groupThe target group includes project leadsand project team members.

- Work overviewIn the overview area, a project work listprovides at-a-glance information onrelevant project-related key figuresbased on an evaluation framework thatis fed with data from cProjects andSAP ERP Central Component (SAPECC). Key figures are displayed, suchas budget, planned costs, and actualcosts. In addition, “my projects,” “myproject tasks,” “my checklist items,” and“my issues” are displayed. By selectingan object (project, project task,

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases transparency ofproject performance andissues.- It speeds upadministrative work aroundprojects.

checklist item, or issue), you can startdifferent services or access cProjectsdirectly.

- Self-servicesThe following self-services are offered:> Create project: you create a newproject based on a template.> Maintain general task: you create andedit tasks assigned directly to theproject definition.> Maintain open issues: for eachproject, you can create and edit a list ofissues. These issues are usually of ageneral nature and cannot be assignedto phases or tasks in the project.> Create e-mail: you notify other peopleassociated with a task or other projectobjects about concerns you have withthis object.> Assign person to project: you assignone or more individuals to a project,using roles. You also create new roles.> Assign person to tasks: you assignone ore more individuals to a task in aproject.> Confirm task: you confirm work doneon a task.> Confirm checklist item: you confirmthe result of a checklist item.> Confirm open issue: if assigned to anissue, you enter the text or close theissue.Common to all self-services is that theyare based on step-by-step guidancethat is very intuitive and easy to follow.

- ReportingTo support project analytics, a set ofevaluations from cProjects (forexample, tasks and task assignments,completed checklist items) andfinancial reports from the former SAPbusiness Information Warehousecomponent (whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver) and SAP ECCare offered. The following can be usedas reporting objects: cProjects projectdefinition, project definition, workbreakdown structure (WBS) element,and internal order.


QM SAP role: qualityinspector

The quality inspector role addressesquality inspectors, who are usuallyresponsible for tasks such as thefollowing:

- Inspection lot processing- Sample drawing- Results and defects recording (valuesof inspection characteristics,nonconformity data)- Running quality control charts

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itminimizes cost of defectsand product recalls.- It reduces cost of qualitycompliance.

These tasks are made up of highlyrepetitive steps with time pressure,necessitating speedy data entry.Personalized work lists for inspectionlots, as well as notifications and tasksfor exceptions, are expected. Thesimple user interface of this role fulfillsthe tasks of a quality inspector.

- Target groupThe target group includes qualityinspectors in various industries andprocesses.- Work overviewYou can display an overview of yourdaily work. Depending on your task,you can access inspection lots,notifications and tasks, productionorders, or confirmations through thework list. You can also use the work listfor inspection lots to record results ordefects for the selected inspection lot.Moreover, you can create qualitynotifications or malfunction reports torecord problems and inform interestedparties. You can use the work list fororders to confirm times and defects forproduction directly.- InspectionsYou can record, change, or displayresults for your inspection. You canrecord defects for an operation in aninspection lot. You can also create aquality notification without a referenceobject if unexpected problems arise.- ConfirmationYou can create confirmations formaterials, times, and defects withreference to production orders.- Additional servicesThere is a selection of other servicesthat quality inspectors need tocomplete their work.


SAP role: qualityinspector

The quality inspector role addressesquality inspectors, who are usuallyresponsible for tasks such as thefollowing:

- Inspection lot processing- Sample drawing- Results and defects recording (valuesof inspection characteristics,nonconformity data)- Running quality control charts

These tasks are made up of highlyrepetitive steps with time pressure,necessitating speedy data entry.Personalized work lists for inspectionlots, as well as notifications and tasksfor exceptions, are expected. The

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itminimizes cost of defectsand product recalls.- It reduces cost of qualitycompliance.

simple user interface of this role fulfillsthe tasks of a quality inspector.

- Target groupThe target group includes qualityinspectors in various industries andprocesses.- Work overviewYou can display an overview of yourdaily work. Depending on your task,you can access inspection lots,notifications and tasks, productionorders, or confirmations through thework list. You can also use the work listfor inspection lots to record results ordefects for the selected inspection lot.Moreover, you can create qualitynotifications or malfunction reports torecord problems and inform interestedparties. You can use the work list fororders to confirm times and defects forproduction directly.- InspectionsYou can record, change, or displayresults for your inspection. You canrecord defects for an operation in aninspection lot. You can also create aquality notification without a referenceobject if unexpected problems arise.- ConfirmationYou can create confirmations formaterials, times, and defects withreference to production orders.- Additional servicesThere is a selection of other servicesthat quality inspectors need tocomplete their work.

BaseFunctionality

Sales andService

HR Configuration of incentivebusiness

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides designfunctionalities for the basic businessstructures.- It includes the identification of thebusiness objects for whichcommissions are to be paid.- It offers several packages of the SAPIncentive and CommissionManagement (ICM) applicationcontaining the functionality needed.

The highly generic design of SAPIncentive and CommissionManagement is open to all industry-and customer-specific parametervalues that may influence theconstruction of this application.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenables you to include allcustomer-specificcommission and incentiveinformation.- It structures systemtables according tocustomer indications.- It enables you tostreamline implementationproject and the SAPIncentive and CommissionManagement application.

BaseFunctionality

Sales andService

HR Management of incentivecompensation plans

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It includes a commissionrecipient database listing all personneleligible for commissions.- It provides standard commissioncontracts in which changes to the

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps ensure consistencyin incentive compensationplans throughout thecompany.

standard contract are automaticallyupdated in individual commissioncontracts.- It supports modification of individualcommission contracts to meet anyunique requirements.- It allows you to automaticallydistinguish the recipient of therespective indirect commission (suchas a manager) from the recipient of adirect commission (such as a salesrepresentative) through anorganizational hierarchy.

Each commission recipient isrepresented by an SAP businesspartner within the SAP Incentive andCommission Management application.The commission recipient is the holderof a position in the organizationalhierarchy with his or her own individualcommission contract. The individualcommission contract is based on thestandard commission contract thatserves as a template.

- It offers simplifiedconfiguration ofcommission contracts.- It helps reduceadministrative burdens forcommission analysts whennew guidelines areimplemented.

BaseFunctionality

Sales andService

HR Calculation of variablecompensation

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It supports calculation ofboth direct sales commissions andincentive compensation.- It provides participation determination,which creates incentive calculations formultiple recipients within a singlecalculation process.- Through a valuation calculationfeature, it supports the alignment ofindividual compensation with corporategoals.- Through a remuneration calculationfeature, it determines the amount ofindividual commissions to be paid.- Through a posting feature, it definesdue dates and commission periods.

Direct sales commission processingallows customers to run commissioncalculation, on the basis of, forexample, sales activities or financialsbookings. Each sales order created oreach invoice booked can trigger acommission calculation process. Thiscommission transactional processingon item level is designed to processextremely high transactional volumes.

In the case of incentive compensation,the SAP Incentive and CommissionManagement application allows you toprocess commission calculations onthe basis of aggregated data, such asan overall revenue figure of a salesteam for one or more periods.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps reduce burdens forcommission administratorsthrough highly automatedcommission processing.- It enables tracking of anycommission transactionthrough the use of highlysophisticated versionsconcept.- It supports betteralignment of compensationwith corporate goals.

BaseFunctionality

Sales andService

HR Compensation resultsanalysis

This functionality provides a variety ofdata analysis tools (including drill-downreports) that allow employees, theirmanagers, and commission analysts toperform comprehensive analyses ofcompensation programs and theirresults.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Insight for managers intothe financial impact ofincentive plans, selectedby product, region, ororganization- Insight into earned andexpected commissions forcommission recipients,based on actual andsimulated figures- Avoidance of time-consuming shadowtracking by commissionrecipients

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService


This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Incentive and commissionmanagement packages for applicationconstruction split up new developmentsinto separate packages.- Importing business object categoriesallows you to import metadata fromother SAP components and software.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itallows you to streamlineimplementation project andthe SAP Incentive andCommission Managementapplication.- It helps you avoid double-maintenance of businessobjects.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService


This functionality is characterized asfollows: - An encapsulated conditiontechnique includes the introduction ofan adapter interface to add a differentcalculation service.- Ending commission contracts enablethe automated ending or deactivatingof a commission contract.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itallows you to link acustomer-specificcalculation service forvaluation, remuneration,and liabilities.- It frees commissionadministrators from manualwork when salesrepresentatives leave thecompany.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService


This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Settlement schedules enablethe temporal distribution of commissionpayments.- Actual commission allows fordiversification of payment triggers.- Threshold value in settlement mayrestrict the billing run, depending onpredefined thresholds.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps automaticallydistribute commissionpayouts on the basis ofcustomer-defined rules.- It enables payouts to belinked to preconditions: forexample, to incomingcustomer payments. - Itavoids expenditures forpaying out only smallamounts.



Further incentive and commissionmanagement packages for applicationconstruction split up new developmentsinto separate packages.

This functionality allowsyou to streamlineimplementation projectsand the SAP Incentive andCommission Managementapplication.



This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Target agreements allowyou to calculate an individual’sprogress toward predefined targets.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved compliance withan organization’s

- Partnerships enable the automatedsplit and distribution of remunerationsamong partnership members.- The entitlement and liability transferfunction facilitates the transfer of openentitlements and liabilities from oneexecutive to another.- The object assignment frameworkincludes a user interface and processdefinition to facilitate the above-mentioned transfers.

compensation policy andgreater employeesatisfaction, with moretransparency incompensation calculations- Determination of allentitled commissionrecipients and associatedsplits- Streamlining ofadministrative processes:for example, when anexecutive retires- Support for assignmentsand reassignments on anad hoc basis or on thebasis of a set of rules


HR Portfolio management This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - The portfolio assignmentsand transfer function enables thestorage of the relationships betweenbusiness objects and executives andthe transfer of existing business objectassignments from one executive toanother.- The object assignment frameworkincludes a user interface and processdefinition to facilitate these transfers.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itfacilitates controlling andtransparency throughbusiness segmentation: forexample, by regionalaspects.- It supports assignmentsand reassignments on anad hoc basis or on thebasis of a set of rules.



This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Valuation by copy servicesoffers a simplified procedure fordetermination and calculation of thevaluation.- Retroactive case processingrepresents a methodology/frameworkthat determines and corrects a chain ofcommission cases.- Workflow for incentive andcommission management casescommunicates the workload ofcommission cases to the rightadministrators.- Parallelization enables parallelprocessing during the settlement run.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itstreamlines theimplementation process todefine simple valuationrules.- It enables therecalculation ofcommissions on the basisof changes in thecontractor commissioncase.- It enhances usabilitythrough administrator-specific information flow.- It enhances performancethrough reduced settlementrunning time.


HR Compensation resultsanalysis

Additional business warehouseextractors for document header,valuation documents, and due datedocuments are available, as arescheduling items to enhance analyticalreporting through the SAP NetWeaverBusiness Intelligence component.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved decision makingthrough insight into thefinancial impact ofincentive plans and theireffect on the performanceof commission recipients- Better compliance withorganizationalcompensation policiesthrough enhancedanalytics

mySAP ERP2004

End-UserService

HR Web Dynpro conversion With the SAP ERP release in 2004 andafter, employee and manager self-


Delivery services functionality have used theWeb Dynpro developmentenvironment. The SAP Employee Self-Service application (which was basedon IT services) and the SAP ManagerSelf-Service application (which was aJava technology) use the sametechnology. In the 2004 SAP ERPrelease, not all of the self-serviceswere converted: mainly employee self-services were converted, as well assome manager self-services.

SAP Employee Self-Service and SAP ManagerSelf-Service applicationsentail use of the sametechnology.- The user interface isimproved, and thereforeuser productivity is higher.

mySAP ERP2004


HR People-centric userinterface

The new people-centric user interfaceof the self-services gives the end usermore guidance through a service andtherefore makes it much easier to use.In the 2004 release of SAP ERP, thefocus in the area of self services wasmainly on improved user interface anduser interaction. All self-services nowhave the same look and feel. The mostimportant user interface conceptsintroduced are as follows:

- The floor plan manager, a blueprintthat enables all self-services to look,feel, and react in the same way- The road map, to guide end usersstep by step through a service (forexample, start, edit, review, andcomplete)- Context-sensitive assistance,providing relevant data and informationto the end user in context of the serviceexecuted

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Intuitive design andnavigation allows people tocomplete their jobs faster.- Occasional users haveeasy access.- Same look and feel of allself-services helps endusers feel morecomfortable with usingthem, which leads to higheracceptance.- Minimal training isneeded.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Cross-site scripting (XSS)home page framework

The home page framework delivers anentry page for all self-services that areoffered to managers or employees withflexible functions. It provides anoverview on the self-services availableand a short description of each. Theavailable services are grouped intofunctional groups through area grouppages and area pages and thereforeallow structured access for the enduser. From there, the user navigates tothe different single services (in the WebDynpro development environment) thatrun in the enterprise portal. On thehome page, the customer can also addadditional content such as externallinks and documents describingguidelines and policies.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -More guidance and easiernavigation- A better overview on theservices offered- Fewer calls to the humanresources service center

mySAP ERP2004


HR Time managementsituations available inWeb Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality provides leaverequest, record working time andrelease working time, and timestatement functions.

See description of WebDynpro conversion.

mySAP ERP2004


HR New time managementfunction: clock-in/clock-out corrections

This functionality minimizes theadministrative burden for timeadministrators (for example,secretaries) by allowing employees to

This functionality reducescycle times.

correct their own time postings andaccount assignments.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Payment functionsavailable in Web Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality provides salarystatement, total compensationstatement, and employment and salaryverification functions.


mySAP ERP2004


HR Career functionsavailable in Web Dynprodevelopment environment

Skill profile See description of WebDynpro conversion.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Personal informationfunctions available inWeb Dynprodevelopment environment

Personal information includes thefollowing:

- Address (including emergencyaddress[ IT0006 subtype 004])- Bank information- Family member/dependent- Personal data

Supported countries for thisfunctionality are Germany, UnitedStates, Japan, Canada, France, UnitedKingdom, Switzerland, TheNetherlands, Sweden, Austria,Australia, South Africa, Spain, Belgium,Denmark, Portugal, Singapore, Italy,India, South Korea, Finland, Brazil,Norway, Mexico, Malaysia, and NewZealand.

With regard to personal IDs, thesupported country for this is Singapore.

The employee search entails thefollowing features:

- Who’s who- Changing own data


mySAP ERP2004


HR Benefits functionsavailable in Web Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality enables enrollment,participation overview, and offlineenrollment (through Adobe PDF file).


mySAP ERP2004


HR Country-specific functionsavailable in Web Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Value of entitlement(Anwartschaften/BAV) (Denmark)- Net calculation of monthly salary(Nettoeinkommen pro Monat)(Denmark)- Semi-retirement Simulation(Altersteilzeitsimulation) (Denmark)- Deferred Compensation(Gehaltsumwandlung) (Denmark)- Tax witholding (W-4) (United States)- W-2 reprint (United States)- IR8A Form (Singapore)- IR8S Form (Singapore)- Personal IDs (Asian countries)- Tax (Australia)- Tax form reprint (Canada)- Tax inquiry (Canada)


mySAP ERP2004


HR Further functionsavailable in Web Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Work environment(financial accounting)

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved support of

Equipment repair request (specificinternal service request), equipmentcard- Seamless integration of other SAPWeb solutionsE-recruiting (internal recruiting), SAPEnterprise Buyer (e-procurement)

different businessprocesses- Additional advantages:see description of WebDynpro conversion

mySAP ERP2004


HR Web Dynpro conversion The following manager self-serviceswere converted to Web Dynprotechnology:

- Team calendar- Personnel change requests- Recruiting (e-recruiting)- Reporting- Headcount planning

See description of WebDynpro conversion

mySAP ERP2004


HR Personnel changerequests: AdobeDesigner integration

This functionality enables integration ofinteractive forms based on Adobesoftware in personnel change requests.

The forms are created with the AdobeDesigner tool.

Some example templates are availablein the standard software. "Interactive"means that fields can be edited duringthe process and different users areinvolved.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Enhanced usability anduser acceptance- Easier implementation ofcustomer-specificemployee change actions- "What you see is whatyou get" editor

mySAP ERP2004


HR E-recruiting integration This functionality enables managers toinitiate a requisition request, either onthe basis of a position, a job, or aprevious requisition or starting fromscratch. The requisition request isrouted to the recruiter, who then startsappropriate recruiting actions.The manager who initiated therequisition request can check thestatus of the requisition on therequisition request overview. Themanager has access to the suitablecandidates that were selected by therecruiter and can evaluate them with aquestionnaire.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenables managers toinitiate a requisition requesteither on the basis of aposition, a job, a previousrequisition or starting fromscratch. The requisitionrequest is routed to therecruiter, who then startsappropriate recruitingactions.- The manager whoinitiated the requisitionrequest can check thestatus of the requisition onthe requisition requestoverview.- The manager has accessto the suitable candidatesthat were selected by therecruiter and can evaluatethem with a questionnaire.

mySAP ERP2004


HR Equipment management This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It provides informationabout physical inventory in area ofresponsibility.- It ensures awareness of equipmentassigned to transferred employees.- It provides monitors to track costcenters and internal orders.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Enhanced control featuresfor the manager- Better manager support inadministrative processes- Reduced cycle times

SAP ERP 6.0 End-UserService

HR Integration of form-basedprocesses

This functionality enables integration ofform-based processes, which allows


Delivery organizations to implement forms moreeasily and quickly with print forms andinteractive forms based on Adobesoftware.

Lower form-based processimplementation costs- Increased end-useracceptance- Easy adaptability ofprocesses


HR User interface technology Most self-services now available arebased on Web Dynpro, the SAPdevelopment environment. Thistechnology has been enhanced withthe following functionality to providebetter adaptability for differentscenarios and different customerneeds:- Modification-free screen adaptationsthrough personalization (for example,hide/unhide fields)- Clickable road maps- Adding of content assistant pattern(CAP) links: for example, policy forleave requests

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easier user interfaceadaptation at less cost- Further improved usability


HR Localization Address, bank information, familymembers/dependents, and personaldata services are available for thefollowing countries:

- Argentina- China- Hong Kong- Indonesia- Philippines- Taiwan- Thailand- Venezuela

Personal ID service is available for thefollowing countries:

- Indonesia- Malaysia- Taiwan- Thailand- Hong Kong

Country-specific functions include thefollowing:

- Superannuation for Australia- Flexible benefits for the UnitedKingdom

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Enhanced support forcountries- Compliance with localregulations, legalrequirements, andguidelines


HR New functions With regard to life and work eventsbased on guided procedures,employees can navigate step by stepthrough personal, payroll, and benefitsinformation by using guided proceduresfor the following events:

- "My first day"- Birth/adoption- Marriage- Divorce

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Employees are led step bystep through processes tomanage their life or workevents. They spend muchless time on searching forrelevant information andguidelines. When allnecessary steps arepresented to them, they

- Termination of employment- Change in employment status- Benefits (annual enrollment)

An example of Adobe interactive formintegration is the code of businessconduct: monitoring of employeeacceptance of corporate guidelines,including data storage.

can complete the processend to end and know thatthey have not missedanything important.- Employees can muchmore efficiently managetheir life and work eventsand therefore canconcentrate more on value-generating tasks.- The human resourcesdepartment is less involvedin administrative processesand can spend more timeon strategic topics.


HR Bank informationenhancements with theInternational BankAccount Number

Employee bank information is extendedby the International Bank AccountNumber (IBAN).

The IBAN is an InternationalOrganization for Standardization (ISO)and European Committee for BankingStandards (ECBS) norm forrepresenting bank code and accountnumber. The goal is easier handling ofcross-border transactions.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itallows the employee tomaintain the InternationalBank Account Number(IBAN). This decreases thecost of salary transfers toforeign bankingorganizations.- It provides better supportfor internationaloutsourcing models inpayroll.


HR Employee communicationand office data

Employees can change their owncommunication and office data withinthe “who is who” service and select aperson directly from an organizationalchart to get personal details.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces the administrativeburden of maintainingpersonnel data.- It ensures more accurateemployee information.- It simplifies access to anemployee’s personaldetails.


HR User interface design The SAP Manager Self-Serviceapplication has been redesigned to befully consistent with the role-basedcontrol and work center paradigm,providing distinct work centers forteam, budget, project, and planning, aswell as a work overview to supportmanagers in these areas ofresponsibility.

SAP Manager Self-Service enablesmore effective resource management.It optimizes human capital and financialmanagement functionalities andimproves logistics processessignificantly. Reminders, budget itemsthat might become critical, and statusinformation on ongoing processesenable managers to control their workbetter and are therefore directlybrought into the managers' workoverview.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Ithelps managers managetheir area of responsibilityeven more proactively.- It provides managers withbetter control andtransparency on overallteam, project, and budgetsituation, as well as thestaffing process.- It improves productivityand reduces trainingneeds.

SAP Manager Self-Service is the rightapplication for managers, whether theyact in the role of line managers, projectmanagers, or department managers.Specific information and applicationsthat these types of managersparticipate in can be combined. Withthe right analytical information for eachmanager, at any management level,SAP Manager Self-Service enablesmanagers to effectively andproductively contribute to theorganization’s overall strategy and toinfluence business outcomes.


HR Functions converted toWeb Dynprodevelopment environment

Examples for additionally convertedfunctions in SAP Manager Self-Serviceare as follows:

- Compensation planning and approval- Employee position- Organizational unit profile

In addition, personnel change requestscan now be launched from the externalemployee information page as relatedactivity.


HR New functions availablein Web Dynprodevelopment environment

This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Time management> Approve time sheet data> Approve time corrections

- Career management: edit positionrequirements profile

Employee self-service in the SAPManager Self-Service application isavailable for the following scenariosand data:

- Changing office and communicationdata- Recording working time- Clocking in/clocking out- Total compensation statement- Addresses- Bank information- Family members/dependents- Personal data- Skills profile- "My trips and expenses"- "My credit card receipts"- Creating travel request- Creating travel plan- Creating expense report- "My travel profile"

Further business-relatedapplications are availableto better support managersin their complete humancapital management taskportfolio.


HR Employee and objectselection

The enhanced object and data providerallows managers more flexibleemployee selection for manager self-services.

The manager has different options to

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved scalability ofemployee search within alarge number of employeesThis also allows higher

select one or multiple employees in hisarea of responsibility, such as thefollowing personnel:

- Directly reporting employees- Employees in an organizational unit(selecting organizational unit from atree structure)- Employees in an organizational unit(selecting organizational unit from alist)- An individual employee (searching foremployee by name, ID, or othercriteria)

level managers to usemanager self-serviceswithout any restrictions.- Enhanced customizingoptions These Allow betteradaptability of the userinterface to individualneeds.- Comfortable searchfunctionalities These allowfor quicker and morespecific object searches.


HR Active work itempresentation

Work items such as approvals appearon the overview page in the work list ofthe SAP Manager Self-Serviceapplication as tasks. In addition, alertscan be configured as part of theuniversal work list (UWL) to directlypoint the manager to areas in whichaction is required.

Active presentation of workitems in one single point ofcontrol allow the managerto work more efficiently.


HR Improved monitoring The key figure monitor give themanager an overview of importantdata. The manager can select the keyfigures he or she wants to monitor on adaily basis and can define rules foralerts and traffic light functions.

A manager can managehis or her area ofresponsibility proactively ifhe or she can define themost critical key figuresand monitor them on anongoing basis. Themanager sees immediatelywhen corrections areneeded and can initiatecorrective actions.


HR Integration of analyticaldata

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Managers receive differentreports directly on the entry page.- Content information is provided whereit is needed for different applications.- Report launch pad allows managersto launch human capital management–and financial accounting–relatedreports from one single place. Forhuman capital management, themanager’s desktop reporting can berecustomized.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Structured analyticalinsights provide managerswith content-relatedinformation for theirdecision making.- Different levels ofmanagement get therequired information.


HR Express planning This functionality has the followingadvantages: - A single point of entry forplanning helps integrate differentapplications and services and includesa structured presentation of varioustasks in a guided procedure.- Users can enter this applicationdirectly through e-mail or a work item.- Organizations can integrate their owncustom-developed applications andservices.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itmakes the budgeting andplanning process moreefficient by including astatus overview forplanners, such asmanagers, and for planningsupervisors, such asbusiness unit analysts.- It increases userproductivity throughenhanced planningcoordination andmonitoring.- It enables users to work

at their own pace withminimal training effort.- It supports setting up ofcollaborative planningrounds, and decentralizedplanning processes.


HR Employee interactioncenter

This functionality helps employees andhuman resources (HR) staff interactmore efficiently through a central pointof contact for HR requests. Employeeshave access to a single, unified sourceof contact and information, andemployee interaction center (EIC)agents and HR staff can easily accessinformation and tools to deliverconsistent, personalized servicesacross multiple communicationchannels.

EIC functionality includes the following:

- Contact management providesfunctions that allow HR staff to manageand process all information aboutemployee requests, as well as to trackcontact history.- Agents and HR staff can record andprocess each procedural step andfollow-up activity for individualemployee requests through activitymanagement.- Integration with records managementprovides knowledge managementfunctionalities to the HR department toimprove contact-handling efficiencyand expedite resolution of employeerequests.- Computer telephony integration (CTI)is enabled with soft-phone features(such as accept call, hold, hang up,and transfer).- Agent inbox is a central workrepository to receive incoming workitems and to sort, search, or forward toHR contacts for processing.- Workflow management supportsescalation and routing rules to helpmanagers define which supervisors,support staff, and departments shouldreceive various incoming requests.- Display and change employee masterdata function allow the EIC agents todirectly access all employee data andmake necessary changes.- Authentication call of self-servicesallows EIC agents to execute self-service transactions on behalf ofemployees.- Integration with SAP portal roles (SAPEmployee Self-Service and SAPManager Self-Service) allows theemployees and managers to contact

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases employeesatisfaction.- It reduces humanresources costs andincreases productivity.- It improves service levels.- It enables out-of-the-boxintegration to humancapital managementprocesses and portal roles.

the EIC directly from a self service.

This functionality enables organizationsto streamline their HR service delivery.The EIC connects a broad user base tohuman capital management servicesthrough multiple delivery channels anytime and anywhere. In addition, effortsfor delivering the same services todifferent groups within an organizationcan be consolidated; HR staff, thusrelieved of this administrative burden,can focus on their strategic mandate.The EIC is an HR help desk and callcenter application that provides a cost-effective, service-oriented solution.This significantly supports HR inexecuting its shared services strategyin meeting organizational andemployee objectives. The deliveredEIC functionality is based on thedecoupled interaction center Web clienttechnology for customer relationshipmanagement (which in turn is based onBSP Technology software).


HR Human capitalmanagement processesand forms

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It facilitates a process-triggered work style and overview ofwork items.- It provides form-based processes forentering and maintaining human capitalmanagement (HCM) data withinteractive forms based on Adobesoftware.- It allows human resourcesadministrators, employees, andmanagers to provide data andcollaboratively work on HCMprocesses.- It enables collaboration with the entireorganization through real integration.- It includes a universal work list (UWL)with work items classified according tospecific tasks, priorities, approvals,pending items, or even automaticresponses.- It offers a process design time thatenables you to model the process flowand workflow according to customers’individual needs and easily adaptprocesses to changes.This unique, new portal role providesreal integration for collaboration withinthe entire organization and enables youto deliver efficient human resourcesservices.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itenables the automation ofpaper-based processes.- It facilitates multiple endusers to contribute to ahuman resources (HR)process.- It allows the HRdepartment to stay incontrol of the process andthe data.- It facilitates work for HRadministrators and makesthem much moreproductive through animproved user interface.- It supports an HRorganization to deliver HRservices efficiently.


HR New portal role for humanresources administrator

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It facilitates a process-triggered work style and overview ofwork items.- It provides a central point of access to

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides central role for theimplementation of ashared-service center

all relevant information and tools thatsupport the administration ofemployees.- It offers enhanced master datamaintenance with faster navigation.- It allows customization of theemployee profile screen forprofessional users, granting access todetailed employee information.- It includes a process browser fordetailed searches on closed andongoing processes.

concept in the humanresources (HR)department. - It facilitateswork for HR administratorsand makes them muchmore productive throughan improved user interface.- It supports HRorganization to deliver HRservices efficiently.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Self-service requisitioning Support for self-service requisitioningwithin the SAP ERP applicationempowers employees throughout thecompany to create and manage routinerequisitions by themselves, includingself-service requisitions formaintenance, repair, and operationsmaterial and services. Catalog contentmanagement in SAP ERP helpsaccelerate ordering for frequentlyordered services, projects, andmaterials and improves compliancewith company purchasing rules.

Self-service requisitioningimproves procurementspeed and responsiveness,while freeing thepurchasing department tofocus on strategic tasks byreducing administrativeburden.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService

SD/LES E-commerce The SAP ERP application providespowerful e-commerce functionalitiesthat can be expanded in an easy, cost-effective manner in line with businessgrowth. Organizations can run acomplete sales process on the Internetand provide business-to-business(B2B) and business-to-consumer (B2C)customers with personalized andinteractive online self-services.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased revenuesThe SAP ERP applicationenables businesses to usethe Internet as a profitablechannel for sales andinteraction. Web shops canbe easily integrated.- Improved customerserviceSAP ERP provides aconvenient, easy-to-useexperience, supportingcustomers with onlineproduct configuration,shopping basket features,product availability checks,and secure transactions,as well as order status andtracking.- Simplified salesprocessesSAP ERP supports avariety of end-to-end salesprocesses with easy-to-useinteractive self-services forcustomers.- Reduced total cost ofownershipE-commerce in SAP ERPis fully integrated withexisting SAP ERPprocesses and systems,which makes it possible toleverage existing

investments to support e-commerce activities.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService

SD/LES Mobile sales for handhelddevices

The SAP ERP application enablessales professionals to access front-and back-office business processesand to manage critical sales activitiesin the field by using standard personaldigital assistants (PDAs) or otherhandheld devices (including those withbar code scanners). In this area, SAPERP provides the following functions:

- Customer managementWith SAP ERP, sales professionalsmay enter, view, and modify detailedcustomer information and view salesorder history for each customer.- Sales order managementSAP ERP enables sales staff to takesales orders with the use of bar codescanners; search, create, and modifysales orders; and list or sort sales orderpartners.- Material managementSupport for material management formobile device sales enables staff toview material lists or details for aspecific material, search material, anddisplay customer-specific prices.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased data entryaccuracyUsing bar code andradiofrequencyidentification technologiesinstead of keystrokesensures that data isentered rapidly and withouterrors.- Simplified andaccelerated processesBy enabling salesprofessionals to createorders in the field, the SAPERP application speedsorder entry and fulfillment.- Reduced datamaintenance andadministrative burdenBecause data from the fieldis entered directly in SAPERP, it is not necessary toreenter field information inback-office or othersoftware.

mySAP ERP2004


PM Computer-aided designintegration

New features allow users to accessand edit computer-aided design (CAD)document structures directly in CADsoftware or from within the SAP ERPapplication, enabling the inclusion ofnew product information in businessprocesses at an early stage. CADintegration supports a variety ofindustry-standard CAD software,including Pro/ENGINEER, CATIA, andAutodesk Inventor. Moreover, becauseeach interface is developed by SAPpartners, businesses are assuredseamless integration.

CAD integration provides a singleaccess point to all CAD documents,which makes it easier for all users toaccess the resources they need, whenthey need them. Enhanced viewingoptions include tabbed pages fordifferent views and the ability to viewtwo- and three-dimensional files (suchas drawings and CAD models) in asingle view. The CAD integration alsosimplifies routine tasks with automaticbills of material, visual version control,mass check-in/check-out, and check-in/check-out assistant functionalities.

Computer-aided design(CAD) integration supportsenterprise-widecollaboration withconcurrent engineering andversioning, which makes iteasy for multiple users tosimultaneously process anassembly and enables thestatus of several processesto be saved in thesoftware.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI-TV SAP Employee Self-Service: for travel andexpenses

As of the 2004 release of SAP ERP,the travel management functionalitycomes with a fully redesigned suite of

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced training efforts,

functions for the self-service user(travelers) and travel arrangers. Thenew functions run on the samebusiness logic, but the user interface isbased on the Web Dynprodevelopment environment and can beintegrated with the SAP NetWeaverPortal component. They cover thefollowing actions:- Create travel request- Create travel plan- Create expense report- Maintain personal traveler profile- Switch to different traveler- View credit card imports- View all personal trip historyIn addition to the visual and navigationredesign, this functionalityaccomplishes the following tasks:- It integrates maps to support hoteland airport searches, indicating exactdistances to destination addresses- It integrates airline and car rentallogos, hotel images, and amenitiesinformation in availability searches- It integrates external Web contentregarding travel security, health, andvisa and immigration information perdestination country

increased user adoptionrates, and thus higher ROIof system deployment- Easy and direct access toa range of travel servicesfor employees- Improved useracceptance- Minimized training costsand decreased help deskcalls- Reduced administrativecostsProgrammers are the"geeks" of the IT fields.

mySAP ERP2004


FI-TV SAP Employee Self-Service: for travel andexpenses

As of the 2004 release of SAP ERP,the travel management functionalitycomes with a fully redesigned suite offunctions for the self-service user(travelers) and travel arrangers. Thenew functions run on the samebusiness logic, but the user interface isbased on the Web Dynprodevelopment environment and can beintegrated with the SAP NetWeaverPortal component. They cover thefollowing actions: - Create travelrequest- Create travel plan- Create expense report- Maintain personal traveler profile- Switch to different traveler- View credit card imports- View all personal trip historyIn addition to the visual and navigationredesign, this functionalityaccomplishes the following tasks:- It integrates maps to support hoteland airport searches, indicating exactdistances to destination addresses.- It integrates airline and car rentallogos, hotel images, and amenitiesinformation in availability searches.- It integrates external Web contentregarding travel security, health, andvisa and immigration information perdestination country.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced training efforts,increased user adoptionrates, and thus higher ROIof system deployment- Easy and direct access toa range of travel servicesfor employees- Improved useracceptance- Minimized training costsand decreased help deskcalls- Reduced administrativecosts

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

FI-TV SAP Employee Self-Service: for Travel andExpenses

As of the 2004 release of SAP ERP,the travel management functionalitycomes with a fully redesigned suite offunctions for the self-service user(travelers) and travel arrangers. Thenew functions run on the samebusiness logic, but the user interface isbased on the Web Dynprodevelopment environment and can beintegrated with the SAP NetWeaverPortal component. They cover thefollowing actions: - Create travelrequest- Create travel plan- Create expense report- Maintain personal traveler profile- Switch to different traveler- View credit card imports- View all personal trip historyIn addition to the visual and navigationredesign, this functionalityaccomplishes the following tasks:- It integrates maps to support hoteland airport searches, indicating exactdistances to destination addresses.- It integrates airline and car rentallogos, hotel images, and amenitiesinformation in availability searches.- It integrates external Web contentregarding travel security, health, andvisa and immigration information perdestination country.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced training efforts,increased user adoptionrates, and thus higher ROIof system deployment- Easy and direct access toa range of travel servicesfor employees- Improved useracceptance- Minimized training costsand decreased help deskcalls- Reduced administrativecosts

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI-TV Travel planning:connection to Sabre

Travel planning has been enhancedwith full connectivity to the Sabre GDS(global distribution system) for onlinebooking of air travel, hotels, and carrentals.

Travel planning – theonline booking function ofthe SAP TravelManagement application –encourages bettercompliance with travelpolicy, increases the use ofpreferred suppliers, andprovides strong reportingfacilities for use in suppliernegotiations.

mySAP ERP2004


FI-TV Travel planning:connection to Sabre


Travel planning – theonline booking function ofthe SAP TravelManagement application –encourages bettercompliance with travelpolicy, increases the use ofpreferred suppliers, andprovides strong reportingfacilities for use in suppliernegotiations.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel planning:connection to Sabre


Travel planning – theonline booking function ofthe SAP TravelManagement application –encourages bettercompliance with travelpolicy, increases the use of

preferred suppliers, andprovides strong reportingfacilities for use in suppliernegotiations.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Travel planning: low-costcarriers in Internet fares

In addition to booking low-cost carriersalready bookable through globaldistribution systems (GDSs), the travelplanning function offers a genericinterface, based on the SAPNetWeaver Exchange Infrastructure(SAP NetWeaver XI) component, toInternet airfare search engines.Customers can download the interfacecontent of certified and other hotelreservation providers into their SAPNetWeaver XI software, thereby flexiblychoosing the provider of their choiceand best local fit.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased flexibility to usedifferent reservationsoftware in the bookingprocess- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO) andimplementation coststhrough service provider–specific integration support- Lower direct purchasingcosts, because of accessto a wider range of low-price offers


FI-TV Travel planning: low-costcarriers in Internet fares




FI-TV Travel planning: low-costcarriers in Internet fares



SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Hotel reservationsoftware in travelplanning

This function includes a genericinterface, based on the SAPNetWeaver Exchange Infrastructure(SAP NetWeaver XI) component, tocomputer reservation software forhotels. Customers can download theinterface content of certified and otherhotel reservation providers into theirSAP NetWeaver XI software, therebyflexibly choosing the provider of theirchoice and best local fit.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased flexibility to usedifferent reservationsystems in the bookingprocess- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO) andimplementation coststhrough service provider–specific integration support- Lower direct purchasing

costs, because of accessto a wider range of low-price offers


FI-TV Hotel reservationsoftware in travelplanning


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased flexibility to usedifferent reservationsystems in the bookingprocess- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO) andimplementation coststhrough service provider–specific integration support- Lower direct purchasingcosts, because of accessto a wider range of low-price offers


FI-TV Hotel reservationsoftware in travelplanning


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased flexibility to usedifferent reservationsystems in the bookingprocess- Lower total cost ofownership (TCO) andimplementation coststhrough service provider–specific integration support- Lower direct purchasingcosts, because of accessto a wider range of low-price offers

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Use of Adobe print forms This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It prints forms as AdobePDF documents for travel requests,travel plans, and expense reports.- It facilitates the configuration andadaptation of look and feel (forexample, the addition of a corporatelogo or image creation of differentdesigns per traveler category).- Forms are easy to print, send, andsave locally.- It includes the option to add in barcodes for an automated receiptimaging process.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved usability foronline and offline travelmanagement situations- Significantly reducedeffort for entering traveland expense data, as wellas associatedadministration efforts, aspaper receipts becomeobsolete- Increased flexibility inimporting information


FI-TV Use of Adobe print forms This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It prints forms as AdobePDF documents for travel requests,travel plans, and expense reports. - Itfacilitates the configuration andadaptation of look and feel (forexample, the addition of a corporatelogo or image creation of differentdesigns per traveler category). - Formsare easy to print, send, and savelocally. - It includes the option to add inbar codes for an automated receiptimaging process.



FI-TV Use of Adobe print forms This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It prints forms as AdobePDF documents for travel requests,travel plans, and expense reports. - Itfacilitates the configuration andadaptation of look and feel (forexample, the addition of a corporatelogo or image creation of differentdesigns per traveler category). - Formsare easy to print, send, and savelocally. - It includes the option to add inbar codes for an automated receiptimaging process.


SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Automatic mileagecalculation for fraudprevention

With the integration of geocodingcontent into the travel expensesfunction, users can rely on the softwareto automatically calculate the drivenmileage between their traveldestinations.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Avoidance of fraud risk- Improvement incompliance with theSarbanes-Oxley Act


FI-TV Automatic mileagecalculation for fraudprevention




FI-TV Automatic mileagecalculation for fraudprevention



SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Automatic receipt imagingand bar code encryption

With the inclusion of bar codes inprinted expense report forms,customers can now easily implementan automatic receipt imaging process.Self-service users (travelers, travelarrangers) can print the bar codedexpense form after having recordedtheir expense report, and then they canscan or fax it, together with their paperreceipts, to a central address. The sentdocuments are automatically convertedinto image files and attached to thecorrect expense report within the SAPsoftware.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced paper costs andpaper shipment costs- Faster receipt audits inthe expenses departmentand shared services center


FI-TV Automatic receipt imagingand bar code encryption

With the inclusion of bar codes inprinted expense report forms,customers can now easily implementan automatic receipt imaging process.Self-service users (travelers, travelarrangers) can print the bar codedexpense form after having recordedtheir expense report, and then they canscan or fax it, together with their paperreceipts, to a central address. The sentdocuments are automatically convertedinto image files and attached to thecorrect expense report within the SAPsoftware.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced paper costs andpaper shipment costs- Faster receipt audits inthe expenses departmentand shared services center

SAP ERP 6.0 Corporate FI-TV Automatic receipt imaging With the inclusion of bar codes in This functionality provides

Services and bar code encryption printed expense report forms,customers can now easily implementan automatic receipt imaging process.Self-service users (travelers, travelarrangers) can print the bar codedexpense form after having recordedtheir expense report, and then they canscan or fax it, together with their paperreceipts, to a central address. The sentdocuments are automatically convertedinto image files and attached to thecorrect expense report within the SAPsoftware.

the following benefits: -Reduced paper costs andpaper shipment costs- Faster receipt audits inthe expenses departmentand shared services center

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Integration withCollaboration Projects

Cost assignments and cost splits in atravel request, travel plan, or expensereport can now also be assigned to aproject number from the CollaborationProjects (cProjects) application.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Clear cost assignment onCollaboration Projects(cProjects) - Improvedspend transparency forcProjects customer


FI-TV Integration withCollaboration Projects


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Clear cost assignment onCollaboration Projects(cProjects)- Improved spendtransparency for cProjectscustomer


FI-TV Integration withCollaboration Projects


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Clear cost assignment onCollaboration Projects(cProjects)- Improved spendtransparency for cProjectscustomer

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Access to central addressdatabase in all processes

Users can pick widely used addressesfrom pick lists (customer addresses,subsidiary sites, and so on) acrossentire self-services process (submittingtravel requests, online booking,claiming expenses).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Faster data input for users- Enhanced reportingoptions on address levels


FI-TV Access to central addressdatabase in all processes




FI-TV Access to central addressdatabase in all processes



SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI-TV Enhancements in travelplanning

This functionality provides thefollowing: - Integration of passivesegments into passenger name record- Mixed itineraries, including servicesbooked online and any customer-specific service requests for booking by

This functionality enablestravel planning as thesingle access point foronline booking, as well asfor service requests to ashared service center or

agency or shared service center- Display of travel agency processingstatus for more efficient communicationbetween traveler, travel arranger, andtravel agency- Negotiated car rental fares perorganizational department- Lufthansa PAF and Air France CAenablement

agency.


FI-TV Enhancements in travelplanning

This functionality provides thefollowing: - Integration of passivesegments into passenger name record- Mixed itineraries, including servicesbooked online and any customer-specific service requests for booking byagency or shared service center- Display of travel agency processingstatus for more efficient communicationbetween traveler, travel arranger, andtravel agency- Negotiated car rental fares perorganizational department- Lufthansa PAF and Air France CAenablement

This functionality enablestravel planning as thesingle access point foronline booking, as well asfor service requests to ashared service center oragency.


FI-TV Enhancements in travelplanning

This functionality provides thefollowing: - Integration of passivesegments into passenger name record- Mixed itineraries, including servicesbooked online and any customer-specific service requests for booking byagency or shared service center- Display of travel agency processingstatus for more efficient communicationbetween traveler, travel arranger, andtravel agency- Negotiated car rental fares perorganizational department- Lufthansa PAF and Air France CAenablement

This functionality enablestravel planning as thesingle access point foronline booking, as well asfor service requests to ashared service center oragency.



This functionality enhances availabilitycontrol of funds management budgetsat the stages of travel requests(estimated amounts) and travel plan(exact costs of online booking).



FI, CO, AM,FSCM


This functionality enhances availabilitycontrol of funds management budgetsat the stages of travel requests(estimated amounts) and travel plan(exact costs of online booking).



Enhancements in mobiletravel expenses for SAPERP

SAP Mobile Time and Travel, whenused in conjunction with SAP ERP,accomplishes the following:- It provides redesigned, step-by-step

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced I19costs byeliminating paper-based

guided data user interface, in completealignment with the new online self-service application.- It enables offline users to attach creditcard receipts directly to expensereports.- It offers receipt itemization functionsto break down complex receipts suchas hotel bills.- Travel requests and travel plans thatare created in the online SAP ERPapplication can be brought down to theoffline application.- Customization options are availablefor long-term travel (for example, the90-days rule).- It can be integrated with CollaborationProjects (cProjects).

processes and double dataentry- Speedier billing cycles forservices rendered increasecash flow- Increased visibility ofaccounting data


FI, CO, AM,FSCM


SAP Mobile Time and Travel, whenused in conjunction with SAP ERP,accomplishes the following:- It provides redesigned, step-by-stepguided data user interface, in completealignment with the new online self-service application.- It enables offline users to attach creditcard receipts directly to expensereports.- It offers receipt itemization functionsto break down complex receipts suchas hotel bills.- Travel requests and travel plans thatare created in the online SAP ERPapplication can be brought down to theoffline application.- Customization options are availablefor long-term travel (for example, the90-days rule).- It can be integrated with CollaborationProjects (cProjects).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced I19costs byeliminating paper-basedprocesses and double dataentry- Speedier billing cycles forservices rendered increasecash flow- Increased visibility ofaccounting data


FI, CO, AM,FSCM


SAP Mobile Time and Travel, whenused in conjuction with SAP ERP,accomplishes the following:- It provides redesigned, step-by-stepguided data user interface, in completealignment with the new online self-service application.- It enables offline users to attach creditcard receipts directly to expensereports.- It offers receipt itemization functionsto break down complex receipts suchas hotel bills.- Travel requests and travel plans thatare created in the online SAP ERPapplication can be brought down to theoffline application.- Customization options are availablefor long-term travel (for example, the90-days rule).- It can be integrated with Collaboration


Projects (cProjects).mySAP ERP2004



SAP Mobile Time and Travel, whenused in conjuction with SAP ERP,accomplishes the following:- It provides a redesigned, step-by-stepguided data user interface, in completealignment with the new online self-service application.- It enables offline users to attach creditcard receipts directly to expensereports.- It offers receipt itemization functionsto break down complex receipts suchas hotel bills.


mySAP ERP2004


FI, CO, AM,FSCM


SAP Mobile Time and Travel, whenused in conjuction with SAP ERP,accomplishes the following:- It provides a redesigned, step-by-stepguided data user interface, in completealignment with the new online self-service application.- It enables offline users to attach creditcard receipts directly to expensereports.- It offers receipt itemization functionsto break down complex receipts suchas hotel bills.



Self-service for managers(approvers) and travelarrangers

This functionality enhances processsupport for managers, including thehighlighting of policy exceptions,instant access to the most importanttravel data, details of business trips insummarized Adobe PDF form, andone-click approval function. It alsoprovides personalized access for travelpreparers (for example, teamassistants) to handle list of employeesthey are responsible for (“favorites”).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Accelerated approvalprocesses and reducedindirect costs- Increased transparencyfor managers- Faster access to otheremployees' data for teamassistants


FI, CO, AM,FSCM

Self-service for managers(approvers) and travelarrangers

This functionality enhances processsupport for managers, including thehighlighting of policy exceptions,instant access to the most importanttravel data, details of business trips insummarized Adobe PDF form, andone-click approval function. It alsoprovides personalized access for travelpreparers (for example, teamassistants) to handle list of employeesthey are responsible for (“favorites”).

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Accelerated approvalprocesses and reducedindirect costs- Increased transparencyfor managers- Faster access to otheremployees' data for teamassistants

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

Travel managementfunctions available asWeb-based software(Web Dynprodevelopmentenvironment)

The Web-based employee self-servicesoftware for travel management includeredesigned and easy-to-use functionsfor the following:- Travel requests- Travel plans (online bookings)- Travel expense reports- Non–travel-related expense reports- Imports from corporate credit cardprograms- Traveler profilesIn addition, the functions can also be

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved user adoptionacross end-to-end process- Reduced training efforts

used by travel arrangers and teamassistants handling the application onbehalf of their team members.

mySAP ERP2004


Travel managementfunctions available asWeb-based software(Web Dynprodevelopmentenvironment)

The Web-based employee self-servicesoftware for travel management includeredesigned and easy-to-use functionsfor the following:- Travel requests- Travel plans (online bookings)- Travel expense reports- Non–travel-related expense reports- Imports from corporate credit cardprograms- Traveler profilesIn addition, the functions can also beused by travel arrangers and teamassistants handling the application onbehalf of their team members.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Improved user adoptionacross end-to-end process- Reduced training efforts


Legal and managementconsolidation:proportionateconsolidation

This functionality provides support forthe accounting principle ofproportionate consolidation:- Data is portionated automaticallythrough the use of reclassificationtasks.- The group-dependent approachsupports the use of the sameconsolidation unit with differentaccounting methods and differentproportion shares.- Support is provided for changes ofaccounting method or proportion share.

Additional functionality forproportionate consolidationreduces the effort formanual adjustments. Thelevel of automation isincreased during thecreation of consolidatedfinancial statements, alongwith reduced closing times.


Legal and managementconsolidation:capitalization andvaluation allowances

This functionality provides newfunctionality for the automatic treatmentof hidden reserves and contingencies,including the following:- Automatic postings for disclosure- Net book value adjustment of hiddenreserves and contingencies

In comparison with theenterprise controlling–consolidation approach,the strategic enterprisemanagement (SEM)–business consolidation(BCS) approach is easierto handle and moreflexible, because it isdecoupled fromconsolidation ofinvestments and can easilybe decentralized:- New functionalitysupports compliance withthe InternationalAccounting Standard.- The level of automation isincreased during thecreation of consolidatedfinancial statements, alongwith reduced closing times.


Collections management:rule-based generation ofcollection work lists

Collections work lists can be generatedon the basis of predefined rules. Therules evaluate the open receivables ofa customer and assign a certain priorityto them. The result is a prioritized list ofcustomers, called a "work list." Thework list is assigned to a collectionagent, who processes the work list

Unique collectionstrategies can be definedfor specific customersegments. This enablesefficient and effectivecollection of receivables,which reduces the dayssales outstanding (DSO).

items (customer accounts) according totheir priority.


Collections management:processing work lists

The collection agent has a variety ofoptions when processing the collectionwork list:- Check the customer's situation (openitems, payments, promises to pay,dispute cases, past customer contacts,resubmissions)- Call the customer- Create promises to pay- Create a dispute case- Create a resubmissionEverything is recorded automatically bythe software in an action log.

All posssible activities andto-do actions of acollections agent can bedone on one screen in aminimum of time. Theresult can be monitoredafterwards.


Collections management:analytics and reporting

The SAP Collections Managementapplication offers comprehensiveanalytical features: work lists, customercontacts, promises to pay, and openitems can be analyzed.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itmeasures the performanceand productivity ofcollection agents.- It monitors theeffectiveness of collectionstrategies.


Credit management:interfacing with externalinformation providers

The SAP Credit Managementapplication offers enhancedfunctionalities for interfacing withexternal credit information providers,including the ability to process updatesfrom the external information providerthrough Extensible Markup Language(XML). In addition, search requests canbe sent to the external informationprovider through XML, and the hit list ofcustomer records returned can beprocessed in SAP Credit Management.

Highly automated real-timeintegration with externalinformation providersguarantees up-to-datecredit information andtherefore improves theprobability of a correctcredit decision.

mySAP ERP2004


Management of internalcontrols: deficiencyanalysis

This functionality allows managementto perform an analysis of controlweakness severity, as necessary formeeting legal reporting requirements.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Reduced effort required tocomply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act reportingrequirements- Increased transparencyinto state of internal controlstructure

mySAP ERP2004


Management of internalcontrols: validation ofcontrol effectivenesstesting

This functionality supports the resultsof the review of effectiveness testingfor internal controls.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itprovides an extra level ofcertainty to ensure testingquality for companies withless experienced testers.- It reduces customizationeffort needed to changeworkflow paths to one click.

mySAP ERP2004


Management of internalcontrols: documentationchange logging

This functionality supports thedocumentation and review of changesto internal control or processdocumentation.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itrecords controldocumentation for auditsafety.- It simplifies reporting ofchanges made to controldocumentation over time.


PP SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager provideenhanced usability and functionality(regarding key figure monitoring) incomparison with the 2004 release ofSAP ERP.


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy access to aggregateddata from multiple,heterogeneous softwaresystems- Ability to monitor,measure, control, andimprove productionperformance- Multiple ways topersonalize the key figuremonitor


PP SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager provideenhanced usability and functionality(regarding key figure monitoring) incomparison with the 2004 release ofSAP ERP.


This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy access to aggregateddata from multiple,heterogeneous softwaresystems- Ability to monitor,measure, control, andimprove productionperformance- Multiple ways topersonalize the key figuremonitor

mySAP ERP2004


MM SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager provideconfigurable entry pages that deliveralerts, key performance indicators(KPIs), and the ability to managereports in knowledge management.Thus, they also provide the decisionsupport needed by productionpersonnel to respond to exceptions andunforeseen changes in demand orsupply and to deliver superiorproduction performance throughgreater transparency.

The target group consists of people inupper management positions in shopfloor and manufacturing, such as plantmanagers.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Easy access to aggregateddata from multiple,heterogeneous softwaresystems- Ability to monitor,measure, control, andimprove productionperformance

mySAP ERP2004


PP SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager provideconfigurable entry pages that deliveralerts, key performance indicators(KPIs), and the ability to managereports in knowledge management.Thus, they also provide the decisionsupport needed by productionpersonnel to respond to exceptions andunforeseen changes in demand orsupply and to deliver superiorproduction performance throughgreater transparency.



mySAP ERP2004


PP SAP role: plant manager In the plant manager role,manufacturing intelligence dashboardsfor the plant manager provideconfigurable entry pages that deliveralerts, key performance indicators(KPIs), and the ability to managereports in knowledge management.Thus, they also provide the decisionsupport needed by productionpersonnel to respond to exceptions andunforeseen changes in demand orsupply and to deliver superiorproduction performance throughgreater transparency.



mySAP ERP2004


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: goodwill inlocal currency

Additional financial data contains keyfigures in the local currency of theinvestee unit:- If goodwill is incurred duringconsolidation of investments, thatgoodwill is calculated in group currencyand translated into local currency.- For the periods that follow, thesoftware translates the goodwill fromlocal currency to group currency;differences in the original value aredisclosed on separate balance sheetitems and subassignments.

This functionality facilitatescompliance with legalrequirements from U.S.generally acceptedaccounting principles (US-GAAP) and InternationalFinancial ReportingStandards (IFRS).

mySAP ERP2004


Enterprise controlling–consolidation:organizational changes

Enterprise controlling–consolidationprovides an alternative option forhandling changes to the consolidationhierarchy -- the so-called organizationalchange logic. An organizational changeis a reorganization of an investmentrelationship within a consolidationgroup, which is disclosed according tomanagement considerations.

When transferring the investment inany affiliate between two investors, thefollowing should happen (so-calledorganizational change logic):- From the point of view of the groupthat contains both investors, theorganizational change shouldessentially have no effect.- From the point of view of the groupthat contains the sending investor butnot the receiving investor, there shouldbe a divestiture without I/S effects. Thismeans that the divesting investorshould not suffer from I/S effects

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Facilitated hierarchychanges for managementconsolidation- Facilitated compliancewith the U.S. generallyaccepted accountingprinciples (US-GAAP)requirement"Reorganization UnderCommon Control"

caused by the organizational change.- From the point of view of the groupthat contains the receiving investor butnot the sending investor, theacquisition should create a goodwillthat equals the reduction of goodwilldivested in the old group. This meansthat the receiving investor suffers fromI/S effects, which occured in thedivesting group, when divestitureshappen in the future.

mySAP ERP2004


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: investmentamortizations and write-up

This functionality provides a separateactivity for the amortization or write-upof investment holdings. Note that in theactivities that follow (such asdivestitures and transfers), noadjustments are made to theinvestment amortization or write-uppostings.

This functionality facilitatestreatment of investmentamortization and write-up.

mySAP ERP2004


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: new optionfor the treatment ofgoodwill

With this functionality, "no amortization"can be choosen as a possibletreatment of goodwill.

This functionality facilitatescompliance for thetreatment of goodwillaccording to InternationalFinancial ReportingStandards (IFRS)(impairment testing insteadof regular amortization).


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: newposting logic for partialdivestiture according toInternational FinancialReporting Standard(IFRS) 3

This functionality provides two optionsfor handling goodwill in partialdivestitures:- Goodwill can be either completelyreduced or not reduced at all.- The decision about which option touse can be made seperately for eachindividual activity.

This functionality facilitatescompliance with legalrequirements ofInternational FinancialReporting Standards(IFRS).


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: activationand amortization ofhidden contingencies

This functionality provides anenhancement in existing functionalityfor hidden reserves:- The flag "hidden contingencies" in thehidden reserve master data is nowinput enabled.- The "hidden contingencies" flag isavailable in the flexible file upload ofhidden reserves.- Separate customization of thesubitems to be used is allowed inhidden contingencies postings.- Enhanced program logic supportshidden contingencies in first andsubsequent consolidations.

This functionality facilitatestreatment of hiddencontingencies.


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: downloadof master data formigration to SAP SEM:BCS workshop

This functionality enables the downloadof master data and hierarchies into flatfiles:- Formats are compatible with SAPSEM: BCS flat file upload.- The functionality is available forsettings related to chart of accountsand consolidation hierarchies.

This functionality facilitatesmigration to the SAP SEM:BCS workshop.

mySAP ERP2004


Enterprise controlling–consolidation: enhancedintegration with SAP

SAP ERP now provides the following:- The ability to read plan data from theInfoProvider object in the SAP

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Closed loop integration

NetWeaver BusinessIntelligence

NetWeaver Business Intelligencecomponent - Real-time reporting ofenterprise controlling–consolidationdata through remote InfoProvider

These features were exclusivelyavailable to customers in formerreleases of SAP R/3. As of the 2004release of SAP ERP, they are availablein enterprise controlling–consolidation;SEM-BCS no longer exists.

between consolidation inenterprise controlling–consolidation and planningin the SAP NetWeaverBusiness Intelligencecomponent - Real-timereporting of data during theclosing process in SAPNetWeaver BusinessIntelligence, includingreporting between dataextraction times

SAP ERP 6.0 SAPNetWeaver

Enabling enterpriseservices

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations have a singleinfrastructure for uniform servicedefinition, implementation, and usagebased on Web services technology andstandards. SAP NetWeaver supportsenterprise services for user interaction,as well as application-to-applicationand business-to-business interactionsthrough synchronous, asynchronous,stateful, and stateless communicationmodels.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itcreates new value fromexisting IT assets throughthe use of Web services. -It provides greater flexiblityfor responding quickly tobusiness change. - Itensures openness andinteroperability betweensoftware systems.


Running an enterpriseportal

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can give theirusers uniform, role-based, and secureaccess to any kind of applications,services, and information. With theSAP NetWeaver Portal, all members ofthe company’s value chain –employees, customers, partners, andsuppliers – have a single, uniform pointof access to the applications, services,and information they need for theirdaily work.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves user productivity.- It increases efficiencywith single sign-on. - Itimproves access torelevant applications andinformation.


Enabling usercollaboration

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, IT organizations can helpindividuals, teams, and project groupscollaborate more efficiently as theyperform their business processes. SAPNetWeaver makes collaboration andknowledge sharing an integral, naturalpart of everyday work and enablesefficient communication.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves user productivity.- It fosters teamwork. - Itimproves communicationbetween groups. - Itimproves decision making.


Business taskmanagement

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, IT organizations can get theright tasks to the right employees andgive employees the means to completetheir tasks on time and with the bestresults. Organizations can coordinate,monitor, and adapt automated processflows across and within businesscomponents.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves user productivity.- It automates tasks forgreater efficiency andreduced errors. - Itimrpoves businessprocesses.


Mobilizing businessprocesses

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can extendexisting and new business processesinto mobile technology. In addition tosupporting simple productivity tools,such as e-mail, SAP NetWeaverintegrates front-end mobile activities

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves user productivityof the mobile workforce. - Itincreases efficiency of themobile workforce. - Itimproves business

with back-end business processes. processes for the mobileworkforce.


Enterprise knowledgemanagement

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can plan, build,and operate an integrated workenvironment for information workers. Itprovides the framework and the tools tointegrate, dissseminate, and work withdistributed, unstructured informationand put it into business context forinformation workers.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves decision making.- It improves contentsharing. - It reducesmanual data maintenance.


Authentication and singlesign-on

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, IT organizations can maintainan appropriate level of security andquality in their intellectual property andinformation assets withoutcompromising flexibility, userproductivity, and collaboration withcustomers and partners

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itincreases user productivitywith single sign-on. - Itreduces support costs ofresetting passwords. - Itreduces total cost ofownership (TCO) withconsolidated access andauthentication.


SAP NetWeaveroperations

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can set up anoptimal environment for administrationand data archiving with SAPNetWeaver. They can centrallymanage business processes andcentrally monitor the underlying SAPNetWeaver components in a highlyeffective manner.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces operational costs.- It improves problemanalysis through alerts,traces, and so on. - Itreduces administrativecosts with centralmanagement. - It improvesavailability of softwaresystems. - It automatesprocesses to increaseeffiency and reduce errors.- It lowers total cost ofownership (TCO) withincreased server utilizationand load balancing.


Software life-cyclemanagement

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can manageSAP software in their systemlandscapes by performingimplementation tasks such as planningchanges, implementing new systems,copying existing systems, or enablingthe creation and propagation ofchanges in the landscape.Organizations can also maintain theirsoftware by applying support packagesand corrections or by upgrading to newsoftware versions.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Simplify theimplementation of complexlandscapes - Simplifysoftware maintenance andupgrades


Developing, Configuring,and AdaptingApplications

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can enhanceSAP applications or to createcomplementary custom applications,using a variety of programming modelsand tools. SAP NetWeaver supportspopular development processes for theJava and ABAP programminglanguages. It also provides model-based development with the SAP

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves developerproductivity with model-based tools. - It reducesdevelopment efforts withreusable components. - Itensures openness andinteroperabilty with othersystems.

NetWeaver Visual Composer tool andprovides portal and mobiledevelopment kits.


Enabling platforminteroperability

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can master theheterogeneity in their landscapesthrough interoperablity of softwaresystems. SAP NetWeaver integratesemployees' work, information,processes, and applications.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itleverages existinginvestments in technology,products, and skills. - Itcreates new value fromexisting IT assets throughthe use of Web sevices. - Itreduces total cost ofownership (TCO) with lessmaintenance and training. -It ensures secure accessthrough single sign-on. - Itimproves management ofsoftware systems.


Business processmanagement

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can model,execute, and monitor process modelsfrom a central integration server.Organizations can use predefinedcontent to configure businessprocesses and can relate software-embedded settings to businessprocess models.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves businessprocesses. - It reducescosts of processinnovation. - It automatesbusiness processes forreduced errors. - Itsimplifies processmanagement. - It increasesflexibility for businessprocess improvement.


Enabling business-to-business processes

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can seamlesslyconnect their own business processeswith those of their partners by usingmessage-based and standards-basedmethods for process integration. SAPNetWeaver supports variouscommunication channels, as well asprocess coordination and surveillance.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves business processbetween partners throughthe use of industrystandards. - It reduces totalcost of ownership (TCO)through industry standardsand central control.


Enabling application-to-application processes

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, SAP and non-SAP softwarecan be seamlessly connected withinorganizations, with the process floworchestrated between software throughthe use of message-based andstandards-based methods for processintegration. With SAP NetWeaver, thedesign, configuration, and execution ofall business processes can bemanaged within the heterogeneoussoftware landscape of an organization.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves businessprocesses. - It executestransactions moresmoothly and quickly. - Itleverages existinginvestments. - It reducesintegration andmaintenance costs.


Business planning andanalytical services

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organziations can collect andtransform data. Using SAP NetWeavertools, organizations simulate businessconditions, perform strategic andoperational planning,and designanalysis processes by using datamining.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itmanages businessintelligence. - It enablesorganizations to predictand react quickly tochange. - It analyzesprocesses forimprovements.

SAP ERP 6.0 SAP Enterprise reporting, With the SAP NetWeaver technology This functionality provides

NetWeaver query, and analysis platform, organizations can provide allthe necessary processes and servicesto meet the information needs ofbusiness users. They can design andprovide applications for formattedreporting, ad hoc queries, interactiveanalyses, information dashboards, andinformation broadcasting.

the following benefits: - Itempowers business usersto access information. - Itimproves analysis of data. -It simplifies integration ofreports and Webapplications. - It simplifiesintegration of businessintelligence data andMicrosoft Excelspreadsheets. - It sharesinformation with usersthrough informationbroadcasts.


Enterprise datawarehousing

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can create andoperate a data warehouse in anenterprise-wide environment,integrating data from heterogeneoussoftware and designing and executingbusiness intelligence models andprocesses. They can combine strategicanalyses and operational reporting andenable the business to report in realtime.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves analytics andreporting. - It improvesdata access. - It optimizesperformance of datasearch and reporting. - Itensures security of data.


Central master datamanagement

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can supportcompany-wide quality standards byensuring that central control of masterdata begins as soon as the data iscreated.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves data quality withcentral ownership. - Itimproves quality withcompany standards.


Master data consolidation With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can search formaster data across linked softwaresystems, identify identical or similarobjects spread across the localsoftware, build consolidated masterdata, and provide ID mapping forunified, company-wide analytics andreporting.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itunifies data for single pointof truth. - It improvesquality of data. - Itimproves analytics andreporting.


Master dataharmonization

With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, organizations can consolidateand harmonize master data. They canensure high quality of master data bydistributing consolidated data that isglobally relevant and can beaugmented with locally relevantinformation.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itunifies data for single pointof truth. - It improvesquality of data. - Itimproves distribution ofrelevant data.


Enterprise search With the SAP NetWeaver technologyplatform, IT organizations canimplement enterprise search. By usinga central, standard, service-enabledplatform, they can enable indexing,search, and retrieval of documentssuch as Adobe PDF files,semistructured data such as responsesto database queries, and structuredbusiness objects such as sales orders.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves search ofrelevant information. - Itincreases searcheffectiveness of structuredand unstructuredinformation.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI General enhancementswithin SAP Treasury andRisk Management

The SAP Treasury and RiskManagement application is used tomanage financial transactions and the

This functionality improvescompliance with theInternational Financial

associated financial risk. Commoninstruments can be handled within themoney market, foreign exchange,derivatives, and securities functions,both on the investment and on theborrowing side. Financial risks can bemonitored through the use of risk tools,and a range of derivatives can beemployed to limit the risk.

Reporting Standards(IFRS) and financialaccounting standards(FAS), including hedgeaccounting, and supportsthe Sarbanes-Oxley Actand German regulations.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in thefinancial instrumentssupported by SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

New products for foreign exchangetrading are as follows:- Foreign exchange average rate option- Foreign exchange basket option- Foreign exchange forward volatilityagreement- Annuity repayment in interest rateinstrument

This functionality improvesfunctionality in the followingways: - Greater array oftransaction support- Elimination of the need tosupport a treasurymanagement systemseparate from finance andaccounting

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in thehedge managementfunction within SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - It is possible to create a newexposure or plan directly from the dealentry screen of an option in the hedgemanagement function- The hypothetical derivative methodcan also be used for options.- The effectiveness calculations for thebenchmark method has beenimproved.- Cash flow data can be uploaded fromthe loans function - It is possible toconduct a prospective effectivenesstest.

This functionality improvescompliance with theInternational FinancialReporting Standards(IFRS) and financialaccounting standards(FAS).

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in themarket risk function ofSAP Treasury and RiskManagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Calibration of the Hull/Whitevolatilities from implicit Black-Scholesvolatilities of swaptions or caps/floors- Master data maintenance in theresults database- Enhancements in net present value(NPV) analysis, value-at-risk individualanalysis, and statistics calculator

Market data providers donot provide Hull-Whitevolatilities; the calibrationenables you to calculateHull-White volatilities withthe normally providedBlack-Scholes volatilities.The usability of themaintenance for the masterdata has been improved,and the figure monitor candisplay the hierarchical andtime-dependent order ofkey figures and evaluationprocedures.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in thecredit risk function of SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It contains enhancements inthe settlement risk calculations.- If the end-of-day calculation haserrors, it is possible to restart thecalculations for a work list instead ofeach deal individually.- The exchange rate type used in theCanada Revenue Agency is no longerfixed to “M,“ but a different exchangerate type can be defined incustomizing.- The derivation rules can be used todetermine which business partner's

Settlement risk calculationsare also possible formoney market instrumentsand Council of MortgageLenders (CML) loans. Limitmanagement data can nowbe loaded into the formerSAP Business InformationWarehouse (SAP BW)component (whosefunctionality is now part ofSAP NetWeaver) in orderto use the reportingpossibilities of SAP BW.

data should be used for credit riskanalyzer.- There are now extractors for theformer SAP Business InformationWarehouse component (whosefunctionality is now part of SAPNetWeaver).

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Enhancement in thefinancial instrumentssupported by SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - A product categoryintroduced in the transaction managerfunction reflects investments in asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities. The accountingrules engine is enhanced to meet therequirements of internationalaccounting standards for theseinstruments. The product is alsoreflected in the market risk analyzer,credit risk analyzer, portfolio analyzer,and statutory reporting.- Another product category introducedin the transaction manager functionreflects securities lending transactionsfrom the lender’s point of view.Calculation of lending fees andconsideration of cash or securitycollateral are possible. The product isalso reflected in the credit risk analyzerand statutory reporting.- Facilities can be classified assyndicated facilities and severalbusiness partners can be assigned. Asubline with a separate currency canbe created within a facility.- Bonds can be issued through the useof the securities function with theadvances of having correct positionmanagement and accurate accountingfor the issued bonds. Emission andbuy-back transactions are possible, asare security account and positionmanagement and detailed reporting.

This functionality improvescorporate controls byintegrating treasuryreporting with finance andaccounting. Its benefits areas follows:- Greater array oftransaction support- Elimination of the need tosupport a treasurymanagement systemseparate from finance andaccounting.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Enhancements in theprocess support functionof SAP Treasury and RiskManagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - The European System ofAccounts (ESA) enables connection tomarket places with automation ofdownload of foreign exchangetransactions (foreign exchange spot,foreign exchange forward, and foreignexchange options) made on marketplaces such as FXall, Currenex, or360T. New interfaces in the BAPIprogramming interface for foreignexchange spot and foreign exchangeforward transactions make it possibleto enter all data for the foreignexchange transaction with oneinterface in BAPI.- Because of currency exposuremanagement, it is possible to bring theexposure into hedge management and

This functionality improvesthe possibilities of straightthrough processing, as wellas the ability to gather datafrom everywhere and usethem as exposures forhedge management.

assign the hedging transactions to theexposure. The exposure is thenallowed to do the hedge accountingaccording to financial accountingstandard (FAS) 133 or InternationalAccounting Standard (IAS) 39.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Enhancements in thehedge managementfunction of SAP Treasuryand Risk Management

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Within hedge management,the caps, floors, and forward rateagreements (FRAs) can be used ashedging instruments.- The BAPI programming interface canbe used to load exposures fromexternal sources, such as cashmanagement, Microsoft Exceldocuments, and accounts receivables.- Reporting is integrated to logicaldatabase.- Starting values are added to the netpresent value (NPV) tableautomatically.- Effectiveness tests are improved.- Open Catalog Interface (OCI)dissolvement is automaticallydistributed over a predefined time.- Hedge accounting in more than oneaccounting area possible: for example,financial accounting standard (FAS)133 in one accounting area andInternational Accounting Standard(IAS) 39 in another.

This functionality improvescompliance with theInternational FinancialReporting Standards(IFRS) and financialaccounting standards(FAS).

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Reporting enhancementsand menu change in SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

The new logical database fortransaction management reportingenables the reporting for transactionswithin the hierarchical structure of thelogical database (Level 1 [main data]and Level 2, such as flows, conditions,and interest adjustments). The logicaldatabase is a basis for writing reportswith different tools and may be used toeasily extract data to the former SAPBusiness Information Warehousecomponent (whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver).

There are some changes to menufunctions: a new unified initialtransaction for creating and processingfinancial transactions in the transactionmanager and a new menu area fordebt management in transactionmanagement; also, the SAP Treasuryand Risk Management menu nowresides under accounting–financialsupply chain management.

This functionality improvesthe reporting possibilities,as well as providing asingle point of entry tocreate or change deals ofall product types.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Enhancement in theportfolio analyzer of SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

Within the framework of the portfolioanalyzer, it is possibele to use singlebenchmarks, as well as compositebenchmarks. Versioning andhistorization of benchmarks aresupported. The analyzer information

It is now possible tocompare your portfolioyields with benchmarkyields to analyze theexcess return rate.

function supports benchmark reporting,too.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Enhancement in thecredit risk function of SAPTreasury and RiskManagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - It connects limitmanagement to the workflow.- It can provide limits of individualdeals. For example, one money marketdeal cannot be for more than$3,000,000.

With the limit management,the workflow isautomatically started assoon as a limit is breached,to inform the manager, andthe limits of individual dealscan be provided.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Enhancement in themarket risk function ofSAP Treasury and RiskManagement

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Financial object integrationcan be activated on the basis ofproduct types. These settings can bemade for all analyzers.- Market data generator is a newtransaction.- There is a formula editor.- Book values can be transferred fromtreasury and treasury management intothe results database.- The new instruments – asset-backedsecurities, mortgage-backed securities,and securities lending – can bereflected in the analyzers.

The enhanced financialobject integration enablesyou to include only specificproduct types from onearea (for example, Councilof Mortgage Lenders). Fortesting purposes, you cannow calculate market datawith the market datagenerator and store themin the database for use inthe analyzers. You are nowenabled to analyze the riskkey figures, as well asaccounting values,together in one report andcreate further key figuresby using the formula editor.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials Cross-systemintercompanyreconciliation

The cross-system intercompanyreconciliation enables you to reconcileopen items of group companies. Aftercollecting the open items from SAP andnon-SAP software into a singledatabase, rules are applied to carry outthe matching of open items. Openitems that cannot be matchedautomatically are presented to the userfor further processing. Reconciliation ofgeneral ledger accounts without openitem management is also available.

This functionality enablesfast close improvementthrough cross-systemintercompanyreconciliation. Manualeffort for intercompanyreconciliation is reduced byan automatic assignmentof open items. Thus, theuser needs only to focuson the mismatch items.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Depreciation calculationasset accounting

The depreciation calculation has beenchanged from a conceptional point ofview. The calculation logic before therelease of SAP ERP is based oncalculating depreciation on movements(for example, acquisition andretirement). For each single movement,the depreciation is calculated when themovement is posted.The new calculation logic is based onperiod intervals. A fiscal year isportioned into period intervals. Thenumber of period intervals depends onthe number of different periods withchanges that affect the depreciationcalculation (for example, acquisitions,retirements, change of depreciationparameters).

An example of new period interval–based depreciation is as follows:- The fiscal year is split up into the

The new period interval–based depreciationfacilitates a more accuratecalculation of depreciation.This applies to thedistribution of the yearlydepreciation on the periods(depreciation of the year isidentical), as well as thecalculation of thedepreciation of a fiscal year(depreciation of the year isdifferent).

defined periods –- in this example, 12periods (= 12 months).- An acquisition of 1.000 is posted inperiod 1. In period 7, a partialretirement of 400 is posted, and inperiod 10, another acquisition, of 200,is posted. The fiscal year is portionedinto three period intervals as threemovements in different periods havebeen posted.- Intervals for depreciation calculationare determined as follows:> First period interval: period 1 up toperiod 6 = 6 months (movement inperiod 1)> Second period interval: period 7 up toperiod 9 = 3 months (movement inperiod 7)> Third period interval: period 10 up toperiod 12 = 3 months (movement inperiod 10)

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Asset master data: timedependency

The depreciation parameters (forexample, useful life, depreciation key)in the asset master data can bemaintained in a time-dependentmanner. Before the release of SAPERP, changes of the depreciationparameters were effective immediatelyfor all open fiscal years. Changing ofdepreciation parameters is noweffective as of the date specified in thedepreciation area.Dependency on time is consideredwhen depreciation is calculated.

An example of changed useful life is asfollows:- Acquisition value: 10.000- Acquisition date: 1/1/2005- Useful life: five years- Depreciation of the year: 2.000

If the useful life has been changed fromfive years to years years effective on1/7/2005, the results are as follows:- Acquisition value: 10.000- Useful life: four years- Depreciation of the year: 2.500The depreciation of the periods 01 to06 of the year 2005 remainsunchanged.

Depreciation of the year 2005 results inthe following:- Periods 01 to 06: 2.000 * (6/12) =1.000- Periods 07 to 12: 2.500 * (6/12) =1.250- Sum = 2.250

Increased user productivityas changes of depreciationparameters can bemaintained in advancebefore they becomeeffective. No manualcorrection postings arenecessary if changes ofdepreciation parametersbecome effective duringthe fiscal year.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Master data search:search engine

As of SAP ERP, the enhanced searchfunctionality is available for a range of


master data, such as assets andvendors. You can use a search term tofind the relevant master records thatmeet the search criteria. A fuzzy logiccan be used to find similar terms: forexample, typing errors that have beenentered in the software, such as this:search term "SEARCH" finds "search"as well as "saerch."

Increased hit rate whenusers search for exisitingmaster records- Increased userproductivity, because theprocess of finding masterrecords is much easier- Fewer duplicates ofmaster records, becausethe risk of creating newrecords for already existingmaster records is reduced

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Generic contractaccounting (financialaccounting–contractaccounts receivable andpayable)

As of the release of SAP ERP, thecontract accounting function is anintegral part of enterprise resourceplanning solutions. Before the SAPERP application was available, thefunction was an add-on to the SAP R/3software.

The contract accounting functionprovides a powerful subledger formanaging accounts receivable andpayable specifically for high-volumebusiness. This high-volume contractaccounting function helps you managefinancial operations efficiently, reducefinancial risk, and improve your cashflow through efficient receivables andcollections management. Seamlessintegration of contract accounting withthe general ledger, controlling, andcash management functions of SAPERP enables a fast-closing processand gives you an accurate view of yourfinancial situation.

Contract accounting with SAP ERP canprocess huge volumes of businesspartner information and transactions. Itcan handle large volumes because ithelps automate business processes.Because your requirements changeover time, you need to be flexible. Thecontract accounting function enablesyou to adapt your processes quicklyand with minimum effort. The openarchitecture means that it fitsseamlessly into your existinglandscape, including SAP and non-SAP software.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces operational costsby minimizing manual workand increasing automation.- It optimizes cash flow byminimizing financial riskand through better trackingof outstanding receivables.- It provides more accuratefinancial figures through fullintegration with the generalledger, controlling, andcash managementfunctionality.- It increases customerloyalty by providing flexiblecustomer service.- It enhances customerrelationship managementstrategy through aconsistent view ofcustomer and accountinginformation.- It is an integral part of theSAP ERP application thatcan be activated easilythrough the switchframework.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Synchronization ofcustomers and vendorswith business partners

Master data of vendors, customers,and business partners can besynchronized in an automated manner.The functionality synchronizescustomers and vendors with businesspartners and the other way around.The synchronization does not have aneffect on your data until you activatethis functionality.

Data of your businesspartners can be storedseparately in vendor,customer, and businesspartner master records.Nevertheless, your masterdata is alwayssynchronizedindependently when orwhere you change a

master record.mySAP ERP2004

Financials Cross-systemintercompanyreconciliation

The cross-system intercompanyreconciliation enables you to reconcileopen items of group companies. Aftercollecting the open items from SAP andnon-SAP software into one singledatabase, rules are applied to carry outthe matching of open items. Openitems that cannot be matchedautomatically are presented to the userfor further processing. Reconciliation ofgeneral ledger accounts without openitem management is also available.

This functionality enablesfast close improvementthrough cross-systemintercompanyreconciliation. Manualeffort for intercompanyreconciliation is reduced byan automatic assignmentof open items. Thus, theuser needs only to focuson the mismatch items.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Depreciation calculationasset accounting

The depreciation calculation has beenchanged from a conceptional point ofview. The calculation logic before therelease of SAP ERP is based oncalculating depreciation onmovements, such as acquisition andretirement. For each single movement,the depreciation is calculated when themovement is posted. The newcalculation logic is based on periodintervals. A fiscal year is portioned intoperiod intervals. The number of periodintervals depends on the number ofdifferent periods with changes thataffect the depreciation calculation (forexample, acquisitions, retirements, andchange of depreciation parameters).

An example of new period interval–based depreciation is as follows:- The fiscal year is split up into thedefined periods – in this example, 12periods (= 12 months).- An acquisition of 1.000 is posted inperiod 1. In period 7, a partialretirement of 400 is posted, and inperiod 10, another acquisition, of 200,is posted. The fiscal year is portionedinto three period intervals as threemovements in different periods havebeen posted.- Intervals for depreciation calculationare determined as follows:> First period interval: period 1 up toperiod 6 = 6 months (movement inperiod 1)> Second period interval: period 7 up toperiod 9 = 3 months (movement inperiod 7)> Third period interval: period 10 up toperiod 12 = 3 months (movement inperiod 10)

The new period interval–based depreciationfacilitates a more accuratecalculation of depreciation.This applies to thedistribution of the yearlydepreciation on the periods(depreciation of the year isidentical), as well as thecalculation of thedepreciation of a fiscal year(depreciation of the year isdifferent).


Asset master data: timedependency

The depreciation parameters (forexample, useful life and depreciationkey) in the asset master data can bemaintained in a time-dependentmanner. Before the the release of SAPERP, changes of the depreciation

Increased user productivityas changes of depreciationparameters can bemaintained in advancebefore they becomeeffective. No manual

parameters were effective immediatelyfor all open fiscal years. Changing ofdepreciation parameters is noweffective as of the date specified in thedepreciation area.Dependency on time is consideredwhen depreciation is calculated.

An example of changed useful life is asfollows:- Acquisition value: 10.000- Acquisition date: 1/1/2005- Useful life: five years- Depreciation of the year: 2.000

If the useful life has been changed fromfive years to four years effective on1/7/2005, the results are as follows:- Acquisition value: 10.000- Useful life: four years- Depreciation of the year: 2.500The depreciation of the periods 01 to06 of the year 2005 remainsunchanged.

Depreciation of the year 2005 results inthe following:- Periods 01 to 06: 2.000 * (6/12) =1.000- Periods 07 to 12: 2.500 * (6/12) =1.250- Sum = 2.250

correction postings arenecessary if changes ofdepreciation parametersbecome effective duringthe fiscal year.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Master data search:search engine

As of the release of SAP ERP, theenhanced search functionality isavailable for a range of master datasuch as assets and vendors. You canuse a search term to find the relevantmaster records that meet the searchcriteria. A fuzzy logic can be used tofind similar terms: for example, typingerrors that have been entered in thesoftware, such as this: search term"SEARCH" finds "search" as well as"saerch."

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Increased hit rate whenusers search for exisitingmaster records- Increased userproductivity, because theprocess of finding masterrecords is much easier- Fewer duplicates ofmaster records, becausethe risk of creating newrecords for already existingmaster records is reduced

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Generic contractaccounting (financialaccounting–contractaccounts receivable andpayable)

As of the release of SAP ERP, thecontract accounting function is anintegral part of enterprise resourceplanning. Before the SAP ERPapplication was available, the functionwas an add-on to the SAP R/3software.

The contract accounting solutionprovides a powerful subledger formanaging accounts receivable andpayable specifically for high-volumebusiness. This high-volume contractaccounting function helps you managefinancial operations efficiently, reduce

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itreduces operational costsby minimizing manual workand increasing automation.- It optimizes cash flow byminimizing financial riskand through better trackingof outstanding receivables.- It provides more accuratefinancial figures through fullintegration with the generalledger, controlling, andcash managementfunctionality.

financial risk, and improve your cashflow through efficient receivables andcollections management. Seamlessintegration of contract accounting withthe general ledger, controlling, andcash management functions of SAPERP enables a fast closing processand gives you an accurate view of yourfinancial situation.

Contract accounting with SAP ERP canprocess huge volumes of businesspartner information and transactions. Itcan handle large volumes because ithelps automate business processes.Because customer requirementschange over time, you need to beflexible. The contract accountingfunction enables you to adapt yourprocesses quickly and with minimumeffort. The open architecture meansthat it fits seamlessly into your existinglandscape, including SAP and non-SAP software.

- It increases customerloyalty by providing flexiblecustomer service.- It enhances customerrelationship managementstrategy through aconsistent view ofcustomer and accountinginformation.- It is an integral part of theSAP ERP application thatcan be activated easilythrough the switchframework.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Synchronization ofcustomers and vendorswith business partners

Master data of vendors, customers,and business partners can besynchronized in an automated manner.The software synchronizes customers'and vendors' data with businesspartners' data and the other wayaround. The synchronization does nothave an effect on your data until youactivate this function.

Data of your businesspartners can be storedseparately in vendor,customer, and businesspartner master records.Nevertheless, your masterdata is alwayssynchronizedindependently when orwhere you change amaster record.


SD/LES Internet pricing andconfigurator

The Internet pricing and configurator isenhanced and integrated to allowconfiguration within the salesdocuments of the SAP ERPapplication; existing model data isreused while its improved functionalityand advanced user interface withinSAP ERP are leveraged.

One configurator can beused across SAP ERP andSAP CustomerRelationship Management(SAP CRM) applications,including Internet salesscenarios, to allow forimproved functionality andan optimized user interfacewhile reducing total cost ofownership.


SD/LES Credit management You can integrate sales and distributioncredit management with the SAP CreditManagement application. With the SAPERP application, you can also use SAPCredit Management in SAP FinancialSupply Chain Management (SAPFSCM) set of applications to performall credit checks and commitmentupdates for all areas of sales (salesand distribution, business finance,credit management).In SAP Credit Management, you canupdate the data from multiple softwaresystems. This enables you to executecredit checks with consistent data in

This functionality enablesintegration of sales anddistribution creditmanagement with SAPCredit Management.

distributed software systems, too.Furthermore, you can connect toexternal credit information providers byExtensible Markup Language (XML)interfaces. Alternatively, you cancontinue to use sales and distributioncredit management (sales anddistribution, business finance, creditmanagement).


SD/LES E-commerce: usermanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Web-based usermanagement for business-to-businessInternet users- Assignment of authorization roles tousers in Web-based user management- Automatic migration of transactionSU05 to transaction SU01 Internetusers

This functionality improvesuser management.


SD/LES E-commerce: catalogmanagement

With the SAP ERP application, youmust carry out product catalogreplication from your enterpriseresource planning solution to the TextRetrieval and Information Extraction(TREX) server for use in the Web shop,using the reportISA_CATALOG_REPLICATION.

This functionality improvescatalog management.


SD/LES Rebate condition recordswith the use of scales

With the SAP ERP application, you canset up rebate agreements so that thescale base value and the rebate scalelevel are derived from the total salesvolume of multiple condition records.You do this by grouping conditionrecords in the rebate agreement.

This functionality improvesuse of scales for rebateagreements.


SD/LES Price catalog (PRICAT):inbound processing(retail)

Inbound message processing of pricecatalog (PRICAT) messages arecharacterized as follows:With SAP ERP Central Component,you can create and change article dataautomatically or in an interface formass data handling. The softwaretakes both single and generic articlesand bills of material and prices intoaccount.

This functionality improvesprice catalog (PRICAT)inbound processing.


SD/LES Enterprise services insales order management

Please check in the EnterpriseServices Workplace site whichenterprise services are available forsales order management on the SAPDeveloper Network site(www.sdn.sap.com).

Enterprise services areavailable for sales ordermanagement.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService

SD/LES Archiving objects The most frequently used archivingobjects have been reworked so thatthey now correspond to a uniformstandard.

This functionality has twomain advantages: thearchiving objects can beused uniformly in archivingprojects, and accessingarchived data acrossdifferent applications hasbeen improved.

mySAP ERP2004

Sales andService

SD/LES Beverage functionsavailable for theconsumer products

With SAP ERP Central Component(SAP ECC), the following functionsfrom the SAP Business All-in-One for

Beverage functions areavailable.

industry Food and Beverage Wholesalerssolution are available for the consumerproducts industry:

- SAP ECC, consumer products (EA-CP 500)> Material sorting> Extra charge> Empties management> Part load lift orders> Pendulum list and indirect sales> Sales returns> Excise duty

- SAP ECC, supply chain managementextension (EA-SCM 500)> Direct store delivery back-end> Master data> Visit control> Transportation planning (includingloading units, aggregation categories)> Vehicle space optimization> Output control (including valuateddelivery note)> Route accounting (including tour dataentry, cash payer, route settlement)

- SAP ECC, industry-specific salesenhancements (EA-ISSE 500)Extended rebate processing

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

PS Catalog interface forservices in project system

You can call up an external catalog in amaintenance order or service order, amaintenance task list, or a network andcopy services from this catalog into theorder or task list or network. You alsonow have the option of storing multiplecatalogs for each of the followingcriteria:- Order type and planning plant- Task list category and plant- Network type and plant

The catalog interface forservices enables you tointegrate external servicecatalogs in your purchasingprocess.

mySAP ERP2004

CorporateServices

PS Overall networkscheduling with selectionoption in project system

You can restrict the number ofnetworks that you want to schedulewhen scheduling hierarchical projectstructures with subnetworks. You canbranch directly from the subnetworkmonitor to the screens for processingor confirming the selected networks.

By using this restriction,you can considerablyreduce the time it takes toschedule large subnetworkstructures.


MM Requirementprioritizations in materialsmanagement

After activating requirementprioritization in customizing and settingappropriate priorities, you can assign arequirement urgency at item level inyour purchasing and reservationdocuments. You assign eachrequirement urgency uniquely to arequirement urgency group incustomizing. The software determinesthe relevant requirement priority(overall priority) of a material requisitionfrom the combination of requirementurgency group and organizational

As of release 6.0 of SAPERP Central Component,you can use therequirement prioritizationfunction to control theservicing of materialrequisitions in the supplychain according to theirurgency. Requirementprioritization serves todetermine a priority for thefurther processing ofrequirement items in the

priority. In the standard SAP software,you define the organizational priority incustomizing through plant–storagelocation combinations. In addition, inthe purchasing and reservation processand in requirements planning, the newbusiness add-in (BAdI), determinationof the organizational priority duringrequirement prioritization, is available.With this BAdI, you can determinefields at header or item level that are tobe evaluated in determining theorganizational priority yourself.

logistics process.


MM Business add-in fordeductible payables

The subcontracting withchargeable componentssoftware comes with a newbusiness add-in (BAdI) foruse with the enterdeductible payablesprogram. You can use theBAdI to accomplish thefollowing actions: - Changethe general ledgeraccounts on which theprogram recordschargeable components -Instruct the program topost data to profitabilityanalysis - Change whichaccounting document typethe program uses fordeductible payables


MM Connection of objects toa search engine

In the quick search, you enter a searchterm. An object is found if the wordoccurs in the object, regardless ofwhich field of the object the wordoccurs in. The search also includestexts that are assigned to the object.The advanced search works the sameway as the quick search, but it offerssome additional fields (attributes) onthe selection screen, which you canuse to filter the hit list according to yourrequirements.The search is not case sensitive. Thesearch term "SEARCH" yields thesame hits as the term "search." Bothterms also yield "Search" and"SeaRCh." You can activate fuzzysearch for both searches. If fuzzysearch is active, similar terms are alsofound: for example, typing errors thathave been created in the software. Ifyou enter "Search" and activate fuzzysearch, the system also finds the term"Search." You start the search asfollows: 1. Call an object for which thesearch engine service is already active(for example, functional location).2. On the initial screen, choose thepossible entries for the object; then you

You can use enhancedsearch functionality for arange of master data. Thisincludes a quick searchand an advanced search.To implement this, theaffected objects areconnected to the textretrieval and informationextraction (TREX) searchengine.

see the matchcode selection.3. When the search engine service isactive, you see two new matchcodes –in this case, the following:- Quick search of functional location bysearch engine- Advanced search of functionallocation by search engine


MM Integration of Web-basedcatalogs in purchasing

You make the technical settings forboth uploads and downloads of catalogdata in customizing for purchasing. Todo so, choose the implementationguide (IMG) activity "Web services: IDand description" under environmentdata. Here you can specify severalcatalogs. The catalog for which youhave set the default indicator is used inthe transactions.

You can make use of Web-based catalogs inpurchasing through theOpen Catalog Interface(OCI). It is possible to bothupload purchasing datafrom the software into acatalog and downloadcatalog data into materialitems of purchasingdocuments (requisitionswith ME51N and purchaseorders with ME21N).


MM Customer enhancements This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Purchasing> Business add-in (BAdI):enhancement in archiving scope(MM_EBAN)(ARC_MM_EBAN_WRITE)> BAdI: enhancement in archivabilitycheck (MM_EBAN)(ARC_MM_EBAN_CHECK)> BAdI: enhancement in archivingscope (MM_EINA)(ARC_MM_EINA_WRITE)> BAdI: enhancement in archivabilitycheck (MM_EINA)(ARC_MM_EINA_CHECK)> BAdI: enhancement in archivingscope (MM_EKKO)(ARC_MM_EKKO_WRITE)> BAdI: enhancement in archivabilitycheck (MM_EKKO)(ARC_MM_EKKO_CHECK)> BAdI: commitment for returns items(ME_COMMITMENT_RETURN)> BAdI: for enjoy purchase requisitioninterfaces in the BAPI programminginterface (ME_BAPI_PR_CUST)> BAdI: in purchasing: BAdI forcustomers in function groups 2014 &2013 (MEOUT_BAPI_CUST)> BAdI: for BAPI_PO_CREATE1 andBAPI_PO_CHANGE(ME_BAPI_PO_CUST)> BAdI: processing options for enjoyoutline agreement: customer(ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST)

- Customer exit LMEKO002 Thefollowing additional fields are availablein the customer exit LMEKO002(enhance communication structure

The following businessadd-ins (BAdIs) areavailable in purchasing.With these BAdIs, you canextend the archiving scopeof certain write and deleteprograms throughadditional database tablesand enhance thearchivability check ofcertain write programs byadding further checks.

KOMP for price determination):> Parameter I_EKKN> Field PS_PSP_PNR (workbreakdown structure [WBS] element)> Field VBELN (sales and distributiondocument number)> Field VBELP (sales and distributiondocument item)Note: The BAdI ME_PO_PRICING isnow also available to populate thecommunication structures KOMK andKOMP.


MM New interfaces in theBAPI programminginterface for outlineagreements

The following new methods (newinterfaces in the BAPI programminginterface) are available in purchasingfor outline agreements. The names ofthe functions are shown in parenthesesin each case: - Contract (MM-PUR-OA-CON) > PurchasingContract.Create(BAPI_CONTRACT_CREATE):creation of a purchase contract >PurchasingContract.Change(BAPI_CONTRACT_CHANGE):changing of a purchase contract >PurchasingContract.GetDetail(BAPI_CONTRACT_GETDETAIL):displaying of details of a purchasecontract - Scheduling agreement (MM-PUR-OA-SCH) >PurchSchedAgreement.Create(BAPI_SAG_CREATE): creation of ascheduling agreement >PurchSchedAgreement.Change(BAPI_SAG_CHANGE): changing of ascheduling agreement >PurchSchedAgreement.GetDetail(BAPI_SAG_GETDETAIL): displayingof details of a purchase schedulingagreement >PurchSchedAgreement.Maintain(BAPI_SCHEDULE_MAINTAIN):mMaintenance of schedulingagreement delivery schedule lines


MM Mass maintenance ofoutline agreements

The following two transactionsavailable:- Mass maintenance for contracts:transaction code MEMASSCONTRACT- Mass maintenance for schedulingagreements: transaction codeMEMASSSA

You can use the massmaintenance functions foroutline agreements(contracts and schedulingagreements) in purchasing.


MM Commitment plan forpurchase contracts

With the function of the commitmentplan for purchase contracts, it ispossible to preplan value consumptionfor a purchase contract. To this end, acommitment plan is generated for eachdocument item of the relevant contract.This commitment plan itself can haveany number of items. You can define avalue and a validity date for eachcommitment plan item. This enablesyou to preplan different values for

different periods of time. The softwaregenerates an earmarked funddocument for a defined commitmentplan item. This earmarked fundsdocument can in turn contain severaldifferent items with different accountassignments. The software adoptsthese account assignments from theitem account assignments of thecommitment plan. If a purchaserequisition or purchase orderreferences this contract, the earmarkedfunds document is copied into thepurchase order, and the accountassignment is adopted from thatdocument. Account assignment to adifferent account assignment object isthen no longer allowed. There is abusiness add-in (BAdl) for commitmentplans for contracts. You can use theBAdl ME_COMMITMENT_PLAN(commitment plan for contracts) tochange commitment plans for contractsand define your own checks.


MM Availability check in"Enjoy purchase orderand requisition"

Display and checking of availability areinvokable separately in the "Enjoypurchase order and requisition"function, in line with the softwarebehavior on the sales side. You invokethe display and checking of availabilityin the "Enjoy purchase order" function(transaction code ME21N) and the"Enjoy purchase requisition" function(transaction code ME51N) as follows: -To display the availability overview,choose the menu path "Environment ->Availability." - To check availability,choose the "Check Availability" icon.Until this release, if you carried out theavailability check for an item of a stocktransport order, the software adoptedconfirmations as per the desireddate/time only. You can define incustomizing how the software reacts ifthe desired quantity cannot beconfirmed for the desired date/time.You have a choice of two settings: -Confirmation as per desired date/time(this is the standard setting andcorresponds to previous softwarebehavior) - Delivery proposal - Fullconfirmation


MM Purchase order: productsubstitution withavailable-to-promise(ATP) check for stocktransport orders

From the technical viewpoint, therequirement is now in the subitems.However, the main item retains theoriginal desired quantities and desireddates/times, so that a renewedavailability check is carried out againwith the desired quantities and desireddates/times. The follow-on functions(delivery creation, goods issue, goods

As of release 6.0 of SAPERP Central Componentand release 5.0 of SAPSupply Chain Management(SAP SCM), productsubstitution with the rules-based available-to-promise(ATP) check of SAP SCMcan also be used for the

receipt) are carried out with referenceto the subitems with the substitutedmaterials. To enable productsubstitution with rules-based available-to-promise (ATP) check of the supplychain management system to be usedfor stock transport orders, the followingprerequisites must be satisfied:In the enterprise resource planning(ERP) software, the following settingshave been made in customizing forpurchasing under the menu path"Purchase Order -> Set Up StockTransport Order -> Assign DeliveryType and Checking Rule":- Delivery proposal or completedelivery has been set in the rule foradoption of ATP results in purchasingfield.- You have maintained a requirementprofile in the ATP check. Either profileat requirements level for advancedplanning and optimization field or youare using master data for productinterchangeability.- In the supply chain managementsoftware, the customizing settings andmaster data for the products involvedhave been maintained for productsubstitution with rules-based ATPcheckRestrictions are as follows: - Locationdetermination is not possible for stocktransport orders.- Contract reference and quotaarrangement are not possible.

availability check in stocktransport orders.The delivery proposals withsubstitute products fromthe ATP check areautomatically adopted inthe stock transport order assubitems for the itemchecked. If the softwarehas generated subitems, itsets the main item tostatistical.


MM Purchase order, stocktransport orders:specification of arequirement profile

In addition to making the customizingsettings available hitherto, you canspecify a requirement profile for stocktransport orders.


MM External services: puttingservice items in thepurchase order on hold(changed)

You can put purchase orders withservice items on hold if these items donot contain any errors. Purchaseorders with service items can also beput on hold if errors occur only atheader level or as a result of theavailability check.


MM Changes to servicemaster data

This functionality contains a businessadd-in (BAdI) to check service masterrecords before archiving(MMSRV_SM_ARCHIVE). You can usethis BAdI to perform your own usagechecks for the archiving of servicemaster records. TheCHECK_ARCHIVABLE method isperformed during the archivingprocess. If a service master recorddoes not satisfy your self-defined checkcriteria, the software does not allow itto be archived. With your definition ofthe check criteria and the use of this

method, you thus also formulate thecondition under which service masterrecords are not to be archived. Twonew interfaces in BAPI enable you toenter and modify data for the servicemaster. Three new BAdIs, available inconjunction with interfacesBAPI_SERVICE_CREATE andBAPI_SERVICE_CHANGE, enable youto accomplish the following tasks: -Change incoming data with the sameeffect as if you had also supplied thedata in modified form in the interface -Change outgoing data without anyeffect on the database (for example, forformatting purposes) - Change the dataof the standard service catalog -Change customer fields that arecontained in "Include CI_ASMDDB" -Inform yourself about changes toservice master data


MM Business add-ins forpurchasing and inventorymanagement

This functionality enhances inventorymanagement:- Business add-in (BAdI):Enhancement in archiving scope(MM_INVBEL)(ARC_MM_INVBEL_WRITE)- BAdI: Enhancement in archivabilitycheck (MM_INVBEL)(ARC_MM_INVBEL_CHECK)

The following businessadd-ins (BAdIs) areavailable in inventorymanagement. With theseBAdIs, you can extend thearchiving scope of certainwrite and delete programsthrough additionaldatabase tables andenhance the archivabilitycheck of certain writeprograms by adding furtherchecks.


MM Archiving programs forpurchasing and inventorymanagement

The following reports for the archivingof purchasing information records,purchase requisitions, and physicalinventory documents are available inthe purchasing function and theinventory management function. -Archiving of purchasing informationrecords: write program (RM06IW47) -Archiving of purchasing informationrecords: delete program (RM06ID47) -Archiving of purchase requisitions:write program (RM06BW47) - Archivingof purchase requisitions: deleteprogram (RM06BD47) - Archiving ofphysical inventory documents: writeprogram (RM07IARCS) - Archiving ofphysical inventory documents: deleteprogram (RM07IDELS)


MM Assignment test You can use the assignment test in thelogistics invoice verification. Theassignment text is a process steppreceeding the invoice verification inbackground processing. The softwarechecks cyclically whether an opengoods receipt exists for the invoicesentered in background processing. Thesoftware begins the invoice verification

only when open goods receipts existfor an invoice. Effects on systemadministration are characterized asfollows: the assignment test should becalled in background processing beforethe report for the invoice verification,because the assignment test helpscreate the worklist for backgroundprocessing. An assignment test isfaster than a complete invoiceverification in background processing,inasmuch as the software does nothave to process as much data from thedatabase and does not have to executeas many checks and reports. Inaddition, the software does not executefull assignment of the open goodsreceipts as in background processing;it executes only basic assignment.


MM Customizing transactionsOX18 replaced by view

The assigned customizing transactionshave been replaced by the followingview in the following implementationguide activity in customizing for theenterprise structure: Assign plant tocompany code: transaction OX18replaced by view V_T001K_Assign.You will find this activity in theimplementation guide under the menupath "Enterprise Structure ->Assignment -> Logistics General ->Assign Plant to Company Code."


MM Goods receipt: newmovement types ininventory management

The following new movement types areavailable in inventory management:- 107: Goods receipt to valuated goodsreceipt blocked stock- 109: Goods receipt from valuatedgoods receipt blocked stock

You can use these twonew movement types foran acceptance at origin(origin acceptance). Youcan maintain movementtypes in customizing forinventory managementthrough the activitycopy/change movementtypes.


MM Functional enhancementsin transaction MIGO

Certain functional restrictions from theSAP retail area are removed in thetransaction for goods movements,MIGO: - Generic article processing isnow possible. - Goods movements withstructured materials (structuredarticles) can now be posted. -Merchandise distribution is nowpossible. - Supplementary logisticsservice is now supported. Thesechanges apply to goods receipt, goodsissue, and return delivery, as well asstock transfer/transfer posting.


MM Variance type as sortcriterion for invoice items

Invoice processing at the invoice itemlevel has been enhanced by theaddition of the variance type field. Thesoftware uses the variance type field toflag possible quantity or pricedifferences in the invoice item in thebackground. Differences between the

goods receipt and purchase orderquantities can represent one possibleerror type. The software is suppliedwith this preset error type. Further errortypes can be implemented on acustomer-specific basis by means ofbusiness add-ins (BAdIs). You canhave the software help you findpossible errors in invoice items (forexample, in your role as invoiceverification clerk) more quickly bysorting faulty items on the basis of thevariance type field. The variance typecan serve as the starting point for thework of the invoice verification clerk.


MM Prepayment of invoices This functionality is characterized asfollows: - You can trigger prepaymentof vendor invoices in logistics invoiceverification. - You use the prepaymentfunction for vendors with whom youhave a good, long-standingrelationship. - The function enablespayment soon after issue of the invoiceand full exploitation of the date ofrequired payment and existing cashdiscounts, by posting the vendorliabilities, taxes, and cash discounts infinancial accounting in advance. Thesoftware executes the payment of theinvoice regardless of the relevantgoods receipt and the outcome of theinvoice verification check. - Mostlogistics invoice verification standardfunctions are not affected by theprepayment function. When thesoftware posts invoices, it continues toexecute the standard checks. If thesoftware has already posted theprepayment document, you can makeonly restricted changes to the headerfields of the invoice. To ensureadequate and orderly financialaccounting postings, a prepaymentclearing account has been added toSAP ERP Central Component. Uponprepayment, the software debits thisaccount and then settles the accountagain after executing the check.


MM Purchasing accountinginformation to the formerSAP BusinessInformation Warehouse

With the transfer of the purchasingaccount information to the former SAPBusiness Information Warehousecomponent (whose functionality is nowpart of SAP NetWeaver), it is nowpossible to maintain InfoCubes,reports, and queries that can determinehow and where the costs frompurchasing documents have beenassigned and controlled.As part of the software, a newdatasource (2LIS_02_ACC) has beencreated and the purchasing extraction

This development isintended to complementthe purchasing informationthat is passed from SAPERP Central Component tothe former SAP BusinessInformation Warehousecomponent.

process extended to cover the accountinformation for purchasing orders,schedule agreements, and contracts.


MM New business add-ins inlogistics invoiceverification

The following new business add-ins(BAdIs) are available in logisticsinvoice verification: - BAdI to changedocument header data in evaluatedreceipt settlement (ERS):MRM_ERS_HDAT_MODIFY - BAdI tochange document lines in ERS:MRM_ERS_IDAT_MODIFY - BAdI tochange customers' own fields:MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS Youmaintain these BAdIs in "Customizingfor Logistics Invoice Verification" under"Maintain Customer-Exits and BusinessAdd-Ins."


MM New interfaces in theBAPI programminginterface in logisticsinvoice verification

The following new methods (newinterfaces in the BAPI programminginterface) are available in logisticsinvoice verification. The names of thefunctions are shown in parentheses ineach case. - Business object incominginvoice: IncomingInvoice (object typeBUS2081) - Post provisional invoice:PreliminaryPostSingle(BAPI_INCOMINGINVOICE_POST) -Delete provisional invoice:DeleteSingle(BAPI_INCOMINGINVOICE_DELETE)- Change provisional invoice: Change(BAPI_INCOMINGINVOICE_CHANGE)To display, choose the menu path"Tools -> Business Framework -> BAPIExplorer."


MM The Netherlands: chainliability

You can use the chain liability softwarefor The Netherlands to determine theincome tax and social securitycontributions of invoiced wages and topost them either directly to theauthorities or to your subcontractor'sblocked account. The solution is basedon an independent enhancementconcept, consisting of the followingnew reports, which you can accessfrom the chain-liability area menuWKAMENUE: - Check expiration datesof certificates This report can be usedto check the validity of yoursubcontractor's certificates if you areposting the amounts to a blockedaccount. - Document flow of purchaseorder line items This report can beused to check the document flow ofpurchase order line items for internalcontrolling purposes. - Changepayment block and payment methodThis report can be used to enforce orremove a payment block or to changethe payment method for open vendoritems. In addition, the transactions for

processing purchase orders andinvoices have been enhanced toinclude a new tab page containingchain liability–specific fields. Effects oncustomizing are characterized asfollows: before you use the new chainliability software for The Netherlands,you have to carry out theimplementation guide activities andactivate the business add-ins incustomizing for materials managementby choosing the menu path "LogisticsInvoice Verification -> Incoming Invoice-> Chain Liability -> Chain Liability forthe Netherlands."


MM Automatic settlement ofplanned delivery costswith evaluated receiptsettlement

A new report (RMMR1MDC), availablewithin the logistics invoice verification,can be used to automatically settleplanned delivery costs. To invoke thereport, from the SAP easy accessscreen, choose the menu path"Logistics -> Materials Management ->Logistics Invoice Verification ->Automatic Settlement -> AutomaticDelivery Cost Settlement" (transactioncode MRDC). Functionality for reportRMMR1MRS is enhanced. You canuse the report RMMR1MRS,"Evaluated receipt settlement withlogistics invoice verification (LIV)"(transaction code MRRL), to settleplanned delivery costs in addition togoods and service items within logisticsinvoice verification. To do so, set therelevant indicator on the initial screenof the report.


MM Empties management inmaterials management

Prerequisite: Extension EA-CP isactive. As of release 6.0 of SAP ERPCentral Component (SAP ECC),empties management is also availablein materials management. This meansthat you can now use sales bills ofmaterials in purchasing and sales andadd empties items to full product itemsin purchase orders. You can alsoprocess these empties items in invoiceverification. The advantages of havingtied empties shown in materialsmanagement documents are asfollows: - Greater degree oftransparency and consistency ofprocesses - Simple price determination- Separate valuations for accountingpurposes of full products and tiedempties - Compatibility with othersoftware in which bills of materials areused (for example, free goodsdiscount) Empties managementincludes input help to assist you whenentering structured empties in thepurchase order. - Effects on existing

data This has no effect on your existingdata set. - Effects on customizing Usethe "Activate SAP ECC extensionsprocess" step to activate the enterpriseextension consumer products. Thenuse the activate empties managementprocess step to activate emptiesmanagement in materialsmanagement.


MM Enhancements forJapanese subcontractingwith chargeablecomponents software

Manual price change programs such asprice update, price change, anddebit/credit material automaticallycover stocks of chargeablecomponents stored at yoursubcontractors' premises.


MM Enhancements for SAPfor Retail seasonalprocurement: open-to-buyfunction

As of release 6.0 of the retail enterpriseextension of SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC), you can usethe open-to-buy (OTB) function inseasonal procurement in combinationwith the SAP NetWeaver BusinessIntelligence (SAP NetWeaver BI)component content 7.0.2 add-on. Youcan use the flexible planning optionsprovided by SAP NetWeaver BI foryour budgets, as well as an integratedcheck in the operational applications.You transfer your planning data fromSAP NetWeaver BI to SAP ECC. Whena purchase order is created or changedin seasonal procurement, an OTBcheck is performed automatically.Percentage tolerances can be definedas part of the configuration settings forthe check. It provides a good exampleof how retail planning and operationalprocurement can be integrated. Ifsufficient budget is available, thesoftware creates the document andupdates the exhausted budget. If thecheck result is negative, the purchaseorder is not created, and you canprocure the budget that is lacking. TheOTB procurement workbench forpurchase orders and grouped purchaseorder documents offers the followingoptions for document changes: - Youchange the current document or otherdocuments belonging to the samebudget and adhere to the plannedvalues from SAP NetWeaver BI. - Youcan adjust the purchase order quantityand delete items or schedule lines. -You can also move the delivery date,thereby accessing a different budget.The detail data is available in theapplication functions of the workbenchinterfaces with special display andchange options. The OTB monitor isanother workbench application that canhelp you monitor the current budget

situation. It provides flexible selectionoptions for the worklist: - OTB transferposting The prerequisite is that you usea scheduled article hierarchy and planbudgets on at least one level of thearticle hierarchy. As soon as a newbudget assignment would result from achanged assignment in the articlehierarchy, the software automaticallylogs OTB-relevant changes in thehierarchy. The OTB transfer postingprovides a report that you can scheduleas a regular job. The followingfunctions of the report are especiallyrelevant: > Determining the openpurchasing items or schedule lines inwhich the budget assignment haschanged, and adjusting the assignmentfor relevant purchase orders >Determining the contracts with aninternal contract apportionment inwhich the budget assignment haschanged, and adjusting the assignmentfor the relevant purchase orders >Transferring the appropriate budgetamounts at the same time as adjustingthe budget assignment -Reorganization of OTB budgets Thereis a report for deleting expired budgetsthat no longer refer to any documents. -OTB-relevant contracts If you want totake OTB contracts into account whenplanning your budgets in SAPNetWeaver BI, you can use an OTBreservation in SAP ECC. Because acontract is usually valid over severalbudget-planning periods, you can usethe internal contract apportionment toreserve and distribute the contract'stotal value to the relevant planningperiods and budgets. You canconfigure the software to exitprocessing with an error message, andyou can choose not to create a contractif the OTB reservation result is negativeor to issue a warning with the option ofcreating the contract. When a purchaseorder is created with a contractreference (in seasonal procurement),an OTB check is carried out against thereserved budget. You can perform theOTB reservation for contracts either atheader or item level. You can use thecontract monitor to monitor contractsand their release. You can also checkthe internal contract apportionment andthe OTB reservation.


MM Enhancements for SAPfor Retail seasonalprocurement:procurement monitoring

This functionality enhancesprocurement monitoring. As of release6.0 of the retail enterprise extension ofSAP ERP Central Component, theseasonal procurement processes

provide procurement monitoring, whichyou can use to monitor procurement-related dates, purchasing budgets(open-to-buy [OTB]), and contracts foroptimized control of your processes.Centralized, automatic schedulingcalculates the operational dates (suchas the transfer date) and informativedates (for example, the sales sampledate). They are monitored in the SAPEvent Management application andposted as an event handler for eachpurchase order item. The softwaredisplays the dates for each article itemas a dateline in the relevantworkbenches for seasonalprocurement. For more informationabout scheduling, see the release note"Seasonal Procurement." There arethree parts to procurement monitoring:- Purchase order monitoring This isused to monitor purchase orders andrelated dates along the process chain,from the purchase order at the externalvendors to the goods receipt at thedistribution center or store. Monitoringis designed to detect date variancesand their impact in plenty of time and totake any necessary measures so thatdates are met. The following views areprovided for the activities describedbelow: > Reactive purchase ordermonitor If there are specific dateoverruns (for example, if a due datesuch as the transfer date has not beenposted or is posted late), you can takethe required measures at item level toprevent any potential delays in delivery.You can carry out all activities manuallyor have the software perform themautomatically on the basis of theactivity profile created in customizing. >Active purchase order monitor You canget information about currentprocurement processes along thelogistics chain, which is made up of theoperational dates in the dateline. If theeconomic conditions change, you canintervene in the procurement processat this point and, for example, cancelpurchase orders. For some purchaseorders with long lead times, theseasonal procurement processesespecially require this type of activeview. - Contract monitoring You canuse the contract monitor to monitorcontracts and their release. You canalso check the internal contractapportionment and the OTBreservation. - OTB monitoring The OTBmonitor helps you to monitor thecurrent budget situation. It offers

flexible selection options for theworklist and provides detail data in theapplication functions with specialdisplay options.


MM SAP for Retail: seasonalprocurement

As of release 6.0 of the retail enterpriseextension of SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC), you can useseasonal procurement processes.These enable you to process purchasetransactions that are adapted to meetthe requirements of the seasonalpurchasing of trading goods: forexample, in the area of fashion. Themain target group consists of buyerswho procure seasonal articles.Seasonal procurement entails the useof the following workbenchapplications, each with a uniformlystructured user interface, to display andprocess your data. The workbencheseach consist of a work list generated bymeans of a selection report andselection-dependent follow-on screens,which are represented on the userinterface as application functions in gridcontrols of the ABAP list viewer. Youcan move directly from any oneworkbench to any other: - Purchaseorder manager with access to thefollowing items: > Order list > Groupedpurchase order document > Purchaseorder - Open-to-buy (OTB)procurement of the following types: >OTB procurement: document changes> OTB procurement: special release >OTB monitor > Reactive purchaseorder monitor > Active purchase ordermonitor > Contract monitor The centralworkbench is the purchase ordermanager, which includes functions forcreating and processing order lists andpurchase order documents. Because ofthe long intervals between budgeting,ordering, and delivering themerchandise, the software supportsyou by providing automatic scheduling(see below). When purchase ordersare generated and manually created,purchase order processing in seasonalprocurement executes an intergratedOTB check. In addition, seasonalprocurement integrates manyapplications for procurementmonitoring. You can use these tomonitor dates, budgets, and contractsand to make manual changes ifnecessary. Seasonal procurement canprocess planning data located in SAPECC, for example, such as data fromoperational assortment planning andcontrol (OAPC) and planned budgetsfrom SAP NetWeaver Business

Intelligence (SAP NetWeaver BI). Thisensures that the planning andoperational processes are integratedthroughout. However, you can alsoenter procurement items manually andwithout a reference to OAPC. Theoverall process is as follows: 1. InOAPC, you plan which articles shouldbe available in which quantity in theassortment in your store or distributioncenter on a specific date, and youtransfer these items to the order list. 2.Depending on your selection, thesoftware collects potential purchaseorder items in the order list and thusprovides an initial work list of purchaseorders to be generated. You can usefast entry to speed up the entry of newitems in the order list. It offers benefitssimilar to those of the copy function,but it empties the variable field values(for example, article, quantity) toenable user-friendly entry. In the orderlist, you create either groupedpurchase order documents or purchaseorders. The order list returns thechanged processing status of the itemto OAPC; then a status confirmation issent for the grouped purchase orderand the purchase order. 3. In thegrouped purchase order document, thesoftware bundles the items inaccordance with fixed conditions (forexample, vendor) and variableconditions (for example, site). You canenhance and choose items manually.The software transfers items with areference to the order list that youmove from the grouped purchase orderdocument deletion back to the orderlist. You can create a purchase orderfor each grouped purchase orderdocument if the budget is sufficient. 4.The OTB check verifies whether thereis sufficient budget for the entiredocument or for each item. The OTBcheck takes place (if activated) eachtime a purchase order is created orchanged. 5. Using OTB procurement,you can procure available budget for adocument for which the OTB checkreturned a negative result. If insufficientbudget exists, you cannot create apurchase order. By changingdocuments that belong to the samebudget, for example, you can release abudget and bring about a positive resultin the OTB check. If theaforementioned document changes arenot possible, the software provides aspecial release function, whereby yougain approval from a superior to

exceed the budget. 6. If the OTB checkdetermines that there is a sufficientbudget, you can generate the purchaseorder and, after release (if necessary),send it to the vendor. The purchaseorder returns the status that theplanned article was ordered to OAPC.Single-store vendor order seasonalprocurement supports a one-levelcross-docking procedure withprepicking, in which exactly oneexternal vendor order is generated foreach store. Cross-docking facilitatesgoods movements in the distributioncenter, while the generation of thesingle-store vendor orders increasesthe number of purchase orderdocuments in the software. In addition,the procedure supports single-recipientvendor orders from the allocation tableand the collective purchase order.


MM Public sectormanagement: principle ofprudence for creditmemos in purchasing

Credit memo processing can bedefined in such a way that the creditmemo impacts the budget only at thecollection point. This necessitates adelay in updating in funds managementby the software until the credit memohas been collected or offset againstanother creditor invoice. The transfer ofthe commitment from the credit memoback to the purchase order can bedelayed so that it does not occur untilreceipt of payment. For the principle ofprudence to be applied to a creditmemo, a derivation strategy must bedefined in customizing. The principle ofprudence can then be used independence on the document type of acredit memo, for example. In theprocess, you can specify whether thebudget relevance of the credit memo isdelayed from parking until posting orfrom parking until receipt of payment.Whether the principle of prudenceapplies to a credit memo can be seenfrom the purchase order history. Thequantity still to be released to thepurchase order commitment ordelayed, or the value of the creditmemo still to be released, can be seenin additional fields (for example, EKBE-MENGE_POP). If a credit memo is notsubject to the principle of prudence,these fields are empty. The fundsmanagement commitment document(document journal, table FMIOI) showsthe value released from the creditmemo. At the same time, the fundsmanagement document belonging tothe credit memo and the financialaccounting line item (fundsmanagement document, table FMIFIIT)

shows the not-yet-released value asstatistical (not relevant to budget). Thefunds management transaction of thisdocument is then marked with "POP."The principle of prudence has no effecton cost accounting commitmentsmanagement.


MM Public sector: service-based commitments inpurchasing

Service-based commitments inpurchasing is characterized as follows:the software updates purchase orderand requisition commitments perservice line. You can display thecommitment documents belonging to apurchase order under the menu path"Purchase Order -> Environment -> ACCommitment Documents." - If you useservice-based commitments for apurchase order, the software mustupdate the purchase order history perservice line. The software thereforesets the indicator for service-basedinvoice verification automatically in thepurchase order. You cannot unset theindicator. - Commitment offsetting afterpurchase order release is notsupported for service-basedcommitments in purchase requisitions.The commitment in the purchaserequisition is offset (reduced, canceledout) when the purchase order is saved.Invoice before goods receipt forservices in purchasing is characterizedas follows: you can post invoices forservices in purchasing before thecorresponding goods receipt has beenposted. To enable this, you must makespecific settings in the item details forthe service order: - If you have not yetposted a goods receipt for a purchaseorder for services, the softwaresuggests the relevant purchase orderitems in the invoice. - If you post theinvoice before the goods receipt andthe goods receipt quantity is smallerthan or the same as the invoicequantity, the price in the goods receiptdocument must be derived from theprice of the service in the invoice. Atthe time of service entry or goodsreceipt, the software automaticallycalculates the price. This cannot thenbe changed.


MM Accessibility All materials management–purchasingand materials management–externalservices customizing transactions havebeen checked for accessibility andadjusted if necessary. This includes theconversion of ABAP lists to ABAP listviewer grids, adding tool tips to iconsand buttons, adding titles to frames etc.With ERP 2005 all accessibility clean-

up tasks in MM-PUR and MM-SRV arefinished.


MM Parking service items It is now possible to put service orderswithout errors or with commitmenterrors on hold.


SRM SAP SupplierRelationshipManagement applicationas add-on in one client toSAP ERP CentralComponent

The following business scenarios arereleased for the SAP SupplierRelationship Management applicationadd-on:

- Service procurement (localdeployment)- Self-service procurement (classicdeployment)- Microsoft Software Update Servicesin connection with both types ofprocurement mentioned above- SAP Invoice Management application- Catalog content management

The following are also included:- Operational usage of contracts (forexample, for the assignment of sourcesof supply)- Request for proposal, as far as knownfrom the temporary labor scenario

As of SAP ERP release6.0, it is possible to deploySAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SAP SRM)as an add-on in one clientto SAP ERP CentralComponent (SAP ECC).This new deploymentoption is suitable for thefollowing types ofcustomers: - Those whodesire a simpleprocurement scenario- Those who do not yet useSAP SRM- Those who are using onlyone back-end type ofsoftware (SAP ECC)- Those who aim to installSAP SRM with a low totalcost of ownership


MM Enterprise services forprocurement

Please check in the EnterpriseServices Workplace site whichenterprise services are available forprocurement on the SAP DeveloperNetwork site (www.sdn.sap.com).

Enterprise services areavailable for procurement.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Archiving The most frequently used archivingobjects have been reworked so thatthey now correspond to a uniformstandard. This has two mainadvantages: the archiving objects canbe used uniformly in archiving projects,and accessing archived data acrossdifferent applications has beenimproved. The changes concern thefollowing areas: - Selection screen Inthe selection screen of the writeprogram, you can specify underprocessing options whether theprogram should be performed in thetest or production mode. If you selectthe detail log checkbox, a uniform logdetailing which objects were processedis delivered in each write program. Forcertain archiving objects, such detaillogs can also be delivered in otherprogram, such as in the deletion orpreparatory program. For moreinformation, see the F1 helpdocumentation. - Progress confirmationA progress message appears every 30minutes in the job log for programsexecuted in the background. Forprogram executed in dialogue mode,the progress message appears in thestatus line every 10 seconds. - Log

With each archiving run, the followinginformation is written to the log (spoollist): > Number of table entries,processed archiving objects, archivingfiles, and so on > Processed businessobjects (such as orders or billingdocuments) As described above, youcan choose in the selection screen ofthe write program whether a detail loglisting the individual business objectsprocessed is issued instead of theusual compact log. - Interrupting thearchiving run To enable you to reactappropriately to a given time frame orrestricted disk place during archiving,the write phase of an archiving run canbe interrupted and then continued at alater point. This function forms part ofarchive administration (transactionSARA). - Customizing specific-to-archiving objects The technical settingsin customizing specific-to-archivingobjects have been examined for theprocessed archiving objects andmodified as necessary. You canimplement the new parameters byactivating the corresponding businessconfiguration (BC) set (transactionSCPR20). The BC set is called"ARCH_." For example, the BC set forarchiving object SD_VBAK isARCH_SD_VBAK. We recommendthat you implement the newparameters. - Network graphic Thenetwork graphic for the individualarchiving objects has been examined,and any necessary adjustments havebeen made. - Enhanced access of thearchive Archive access through thearchive information function and thedocument relationship browser havebeen enhanced and improved. Forsome archiving objects, read accessfrom certain application transactions toarchived data is now available. Thefollowing is true for process andproduction orders: - With the exceptionof interrupting the archiving run, thesearchiving objects were not changed forSAP R/3 Enterprise release 4.70software. See SAP Note 713545. - Noprogress confirmation messages aredisplayed. - Customizing specific-to-archiving objects was not changed. - Ingeneral, no other steps are required forthe upgrade. In particular, you do nothave to create any new variants forwrite and deletion programs. For moreinformation on the changesimplemented, see SAP Note 577847,special features for upgrade from SAPR/3 Enterprise 4.70. The affected

archiving objects were in fact alreadyreworked for SAP R/3 Enterprise 4.70(see SAP Note 577847). For theimplemented changes to take effect,however, they had to be activatedexplicitly. If you have already activatedthem for SAP R/3 Enterprise 4.70, nofurther steps are required for thisupgrade. Effects on systemadministration are as follows: As newwrite and deletion programs have beenassigned to the archiving objects, it isgenerally necessary to check thevariants for scheduling the write anddeletion programs and to make anynecessary adjustments. In particular, itis necessary to enter the new variantsfor the deletion programs incustomizing specific to archivingobjects. We recommend using thevariants SAP&TEST and SAP&PROD.You can also use the BC sets ARCH_to enter these variants. BC sets areactivated by the transaction SCPR20.Note that these actions are notnecessary for any archiving objectsthat have already been upgraded withSAP Note 577847.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Purchase requisitions This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Reference fundsreservation from purchaserequisitions/purchase orders going intostock You can now reference a fundsreservation from a purchase requisitionor a purchase order, even if thesedocuments use account assignmentcategory space, meaning that the orderis not for direct consumption but forinventory stock - Field status forpurchase requisitions/purchase orderswithout account assignment categoriesIt is now possible to customize thefunds management accountassignment elements (and fundsreservations) for purchase requisitionsand purchase orders with accountassignment category space, meaningitems that are not ordered forconsumption but that go into stock.This feature is supported only in thenew transactions (ME2*N and ME5*N).- Effects on customizing If you do notcarry out this customizing and fundsmanagement is active, all the availablefields are displayed as optional. -Redesign of funds managementwarehouse concept The main changesare as follows: > Warehouse fundscenter and any other accountassignment can be derived through theuse of the derivation tool. > Thestatistical indicator must be triggered

through the use of a statisticalcommitment item.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Purchase orders: orderoptimization

To make order optimization availablefor general use, the following changeswere made to the functions that couldpreviously be used only for SAP retailsoftware: - Lifting of plant restrictionsPlants no longer have to be of typestore or distribution center. In nonretailsoftware, order optimization selectsplants of type in the followingtransactions: automatic load building(WLB13), manual load building(WLB5), and replenishment workbench(WOD1). The links from thesetransactions to maintenancetransactions for the site master (WB02)were converted to links to the plantmaster (OX10). - Determiningorderable materials You mustdetermine this list by using the user exitEXIT_SAPLWPOPO_001. - Removinglinks to promotion transactionsBecause promotions can be used onlyin SAP retail software, the options tochoose promotion transactions fromthe menu entries have been removed. -Enhanced order optimization Thefollowing changes have been made tothe order optimization functions: >Messages changed * When errorsoccur during automatic load building,the software now creates informationmessages instead of error messages.This means it can process all error-freeload builds. You can recognize the loadbuilds that contain errors and processthem manually. * In the flow trace forautomatic load building, you can seemore clearly which messages belong toa load build. The software nowindicates the start of processing andthe end of processing of a load buildwith a message. * The existingmessages have been extended toinclude extra information so that youcan make the relevant corrections – forexample, in the master data. > Moredetailed control of order optimization Incustomizing for order optimization,more detailed control of the parametersfor load building and investment buyingis now possible through the use ofprofiles – for example, maximum rangeof coverage for order optimization. Youcan now select a profile from theentries from customizing for orderoptimization in the selection screen fororder optimization. If no profiles havebeen entered, the software uses thefirst entry in table TWBO0. This meansthat the program behavior remains

As of the 2004 release ofSAP ERP, you can useorder optimization even ifyou do not use SAP retailsoftware. The aim of orderoptimization is to bundlerequirements or generateadditional requirements tofulfill order restrictionsdefined for a vendor and tominimize the cost oftransportation.

unchanged after an upgrade, and youdo not have to adjust anything. >Possibility of materials without forecastvalues Automatic load building nowalso considers materials withoutforecast values. Purchase requisitionsand purchase orders are processed inthe same way as materials withforecast values. > Enhanced restrictionprofile check In customizing for orderoptimization, you can now define forrestriction profiles whether an orderrequest link is valid for the minimumrestrictions check. In this case, theminimum restrictions count as beingfulfilled when at least one of theminimum restrictions is fulfilled. >Extension of results list for automaticload building extended * In the resultslist for automatic load building, you cannow select and delete rows in blocks orcreated follow-on documents. Thismakes faster subsequent processingpossible. * All functions that showadditional details screens or branch todisplay transactions have beenswitched to cursor-sensitive logic. *You can now delete individual rows orseveral rows from the results list. Thisreduces the extra manual workrequired. You can make sure manuallythat the load builds created byautomatic load building fulfill arestriction profile. When you deleterows, the totals of the actual values fora restriction profile are reduced. >Possibility of excluding purchaserequisitions from automatic loadbuilding You can now excludepurchase requisitions with certaindocument types from processing inautomatic load building. Theprocurement process for thesepurchase requisitions then takes placeoutside of automatic load building. >New follow-on documents possible * Ifyou do not start automatic load buildingin simulation mode, the software nowoffers purchase requisitions as possibleorder documents in addition topurchase orders. You can determinewhether the load building createspurchase requisitions always or onlywhen all restrictions defined in arestriction profile are fulfilled. If in thelatter case not all the restrictions arefulfilled, the transaction behaves as itwould in simulation mode. Purchaserequisitions as follow-on documentssave you work. You can, for example,delete purchase requisitions or assignthem to another vendor. * You can now

have purchase requistions generatedfor additional quantities from the resultslist. >Validity of the results listdependent on a plant calendar Incustomizing for order optimization, youcan now set the number of calendardays for which the entries in the resultslist for automatic load building are valid.You can set a short validity period andthe validity period of the entries thatwere created after a weekend or publicholiday gives your materialrequirements planning (MRP)controllers sufficient time to check andadjust the results.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Purchase orders: fundsmanagement

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Reference fundsreservation from purchaserequisitions/purchase orders going intostock You can now reference a fundsreservation from a purchase requisitionor a purchase order, even if thesedocuments use account assignmentcategory space, meaning that the orderis not for direct consumption, but forinventory stock. - Field status forpurchase requisitions/purchase orderswithout account assignment categoriesIt is now possible to customize thefunds management accountassignment elements (and fundsreservations) for purchase requisitionsand purchase orders with accountassignment category space, meaningitems that are not ordered forconsumption but that go into stock.This feature is supported only in thenew transactions (ME2*N and ME5*N).- Effects on customizing If you do notcarry out this customizing and fundsmanagement is active, all the availablefields are displayed as optional. -Redesign of funds managementwarehouse concept The main changesare as follows: > Warehouse fundscenter and any other accountassignment can be derived through theuse of of the derivation tool. > Thestatistical indicator must be triggeredthrough the use of a statisticalcommitment item.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Pickup list: batch where-used list display intransaction MB56

Until this release, the top-down andbottom-up analyses in the functionpickup list for batch where-used list(transaction MB5C) were displayedonly in the form of simple output lists.As of release 5.00 of SAP ERP CentralComponent, the function pickup list forbatch where-used list branches to thebatch where-used list itself (transactionMB56). In addition, you can define how

This functionality enablesyou to address safetyissues. In variousindustries, homogeneouspartial quantities of amaterial or product(batches) are usedthroughout the logisticsquantity and value chain.This is because of the

the data in the batch where-used list isdisplayed, in the initial screen.You can use all the settings available inthe batch where-used list. For example,you can expand transfer posting ordisplay vendor batch. However, it is notpossible to limit the selection to validplants in the initial screen of the pickuplist.

following conditions:- Legal requirements (forexample, the guidelines setout by Good ManufacturingPractices or the EuropeanUnion Regulation178/2002)- Regulations onhazardous material- Defect tracing, callbackactivities, and regressionrequirement

The existing batch where-used list enables you toperform the following tasks:- Determine how a batch iscreated and used inproduction through variousstages of production- Display the results in a list

You can use the batchwhere-used list todetermine the following:- In which other batches aspecific batch was used- From which other batchesa batch was createdThis is important in casecomplaints and questionsabout product safety arise(if the composition ofsemifinished and finishedproducts has to bedocumented across allproduction levels).

mySAP ERP2004


MM Business applicationprogramming interfacesfor material reservation

In the business object materialreservation (object type BUS2093:material reservation), the following newand enhanced interfaces in the BAPIprogramming interface exist (thenames of the corresponding functionsare in parentheses): - New interfaces inBAPI > Interface to read reservationitems: Get Items 1(BAPI_RESERVATION_GETITEMS1)This enables you to add the base unitof measure to the returned item data. >Interface to change individualreservations: Change(BAPI_RESERVATION_CHANGE)This enables you to change an existingreservation, including the appending ofnew items. An optional available-to-promise (ATP) check and calendarcheck corresponding to thefunctionality provided by the MB21transaction are also provided for thisinterface. - Changed interface in BAPI– interface to create individualreservations: CreateFromData1

(BAPI_RESERVATION_CREATE1)With this interface, you can optionallyassign an external reservation number.The optional ATP check and calendarcheck corresponding to thefunctionality provided by the MB21transaction are also provided with thisinterface.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Usability enhancementsfor transaction MIGO forthe posting of goodsmovements

For goods movements that refer topurchase orders as referencedocuments (for example, goodsreceipt, goods issue, subsequentadjustment), you can specify theordering plant as an additionalselection criterion directly next to thepurchase order number and the itemnumber. As standard, the field for theplant is hidden. To show this field, youmust set the plant field (field nameGODYNPRO-PO_WERKS) to "readyfor input" in customizing for inventorymanagement in the implementationguide activity field selection for MIGO.

There is a new default value: "copyaccount assignment fields." Whenentering other goods receipts, you cancopy existing account assignment datafrom the previous item to use as thedefault values for a new item. To dothis, you set the copy accountassignment fields indicator in thedefault values. You change the defaultvalues in the menu path "Settings ->Default Values."

Goods movements is monitored withreference to a material document.When you enter the following goodsmovements, it is possible to specify amaterial document, such as thefollowing, as the reference document:- Goods receipt- Goods issue- Transfer posting- Remove from storage

Note that these material documentsmust be documents that have arisenfrom a goods movement withoutreference ("Others") and that are notreversal documents.

It is possible to perform thefollowing actions:- Restrict the selection ofpurchase order items tothose refering to a givenplant when a goodsmovement related topurchase orders is posted -Copy accounting objectinformation from the firstitem to the following oneswhen a goods movement iscreated - Post goodsmovement related tomaterial docurments, whichmeans to provide a meansfor taking existing materialdocuments as a templatefor new goods movements

mySAP ERP2004


MM New report: display list ofinvoice documents

Logistics invoice verification offers youa new report display list of invoicedocuments (RMMR1MDI), which youcan use to display such a list. As anaddition to the existing program invoiceoverview (transaction code MIR6), youhave extended selection criteria anddisplay options. For example, on theinitial screen you can make selections

by one-time customers, invoice grossamount, and entry date. You can alsoshow an expert mode, which enablesyou to select at plant level by financialaccounting document, general ledgeraccount posting, and material posting.In the output list, the report shows bothposted and held invoices. It does notshow invoices without a correspondingfinancial accounting document; such asinvoices planned for verification in thebackground, or which the software hasalready verified as containing errors.

mySAP ERP2004


MM Localization for Franceand Spain: evaluatedreceipt settlement invoicenumbering

The software can automatically numbereach vendor's evaluated receiptsettlement invoices consecutively.Companies in France and Spainrequire this function in order to complywith new laws enacted to implementEuropean Council Directive2001/115/EC.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in thefinancial instrumentssupported by treasuryand risk management

New products for foreign exchangetrading are available:- Foreign exchange average rate option- Foreign exchange basket option- Foreign exchange forward volatilityagreement- Annuity repayment in interest rateinstrument

This functionality providesthe following benefits:- Greater array oftransaction support- Elimination of need tosupport separate treasurymanagement from financeand accounting

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in hedgemanagement withintreasury and riskmanagement

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - It is possible to create a newexposure or plan directly from the dealentry screen of an option in the hedgemanagement functionality.- The hypothetical derivative methodcan also be used for options.- The effectiveness calculations for thebenchmark method has beenimproved.- It is possible to upload cash flow fromloans.- It is possible to conduct a prospectiveeffectiveness test.

This functionality improvescompliance with theinternational financialreporting standards andfinancial accountingstandards.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in themarket risk of treasuryand risk management

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Calibration of the Hull-Whitevolatilities from implicit Black-Scholesvolatilities of swaptions or caps/floors- Master data maintenance in theresults database- Enhancements in net present valueanalysis, value-at-risk individualanalysis, and statistics calculator

Because market dataproviders do not provideHull-White volatilities, thecalibration enables you tocalculate Hull-Whitevolatilities with the normallyprovided Black-Scholesvolatilities. The usability ofthe maintenance for themaster data has beenimproved, and the figuremonitor can display thehierarchical and time-dependent order of keyfigures and evaluationprocedures.

mySAP ERP2004

Financials FI Enhancement in thecredit risk of treasury and

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Enhancements in the

Settlement risk calculationsare also possible for

risk management settlement risk calculations have beenmade.- If the end-of-day calculation haserrors, it is now possible to restart thecalculations for a work list instead ofeach deal individually.- Exchange rate type used by theCanada Revenue Agency (CRA) is nolonger fixed to “M,“ but a differentexchange rate type can be defined incustomizing.- Derivation rules can be used todetermine which business partnershould be used for credit risk analyzer.- There are now extractors for the SAPNetWeaver Business Intelligencecomponent.

money market instrumentsand consumer andmortgage loans. Limitmanagement data can nowbe loaded into the formerSAP Business InformationWarehouse (SAP BW)component (whosefunctionality is nowincluded in the SAPNetWeaver BusinessIntelligence component) inorder to use thecomfortable reportingpossibilities of the formerSAP BW.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Enhancements in theprocess support oftreasury and riskmanagement

This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Enterprise service-oriented architecture enablesconnection to market places withautomation of download of forwardexchange (FX) transactions (FX spot,FX forward, and FX options) made onmarketplaces such as FXall, Currenex,or 360T. New business applicationprogramming interfaces for FX spotand FX forward transactions make itpossible to enter all data for the FXtransaction with one interface in theBAPI programming interfaces. -Currency exposure managementsoftware makes it possible to bring theexposure into the hedge managementfunctionality and assign the hedgingtransactions to the exposure. It is thenallowed to do the hedge accountingaccording to financial accountingstandard (FAS) 133 or InternationalAccounting Standards (IAS) 39.

This functionality improvesthe possibilities of straight-through processing, as wellas the ability to gather datafrom everywhere and use itas exposure for hedgemanagement.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Enhancements in thehedge management oftreasury and riskmanagement

This functionality is characterized asfollows: - Within hedge management,the caps, floors, and forward rateagreements (FRAs) can be used ashedging instruments. - Interfaces in theBAPI programming interface can beused to load exposures from externalsources, such as cash management,Microsoft Excel files, and accountsreceivables. - Reporting is integrated inthe logical database. - Starting valuesare added to the net present valuetable automatically. - Effectivenesstests are improved. - Open cataloginterface dissolvement is automaticallydistributed over a predefined time. -Hedge accounting in more than oneaccounting area is possible, such asadherence to financial accountingstandard (FAS) 133 in one accountingarea and to International Accounting

This functionality improvescompliance with theinternational financialreporting standards andfinancial accountingstandards

Standards (IAS) 39 in another.SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Reporting enhancements

and menu change oftreasury and riskmanagement

The new logical database fortransaction management reportingenables the transactions reportingwithin the database's hierarchicalstructure (for example, level 1 beingmain data and level 2 being flows,conditions, and interest adjustments).The logical database is a basis forwriting reports with different tools andmay be used to easily extract data tothe SAP NetWeaver BusinessIntelligence component. There aresome changes to menu, such as a newunified initial transaction for creatingand processing financial transactions inthe transaction manager software anda new menu area for debt managementin transaction management software.Also, the SAP Treasury and RiskManagement application menu residesnow under the accounting–financialsupply chain management functionality.

This functionality improvesthe reporting possibilities,as well as providing asingle point of entry tocreate or change deals ofall product types.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials FI Enhancement in theportfolio analyzer oftreasury and riskmanagement

Within the framework of portfolioanalyzer, it is possible to use singlebenchmarks, as well as compositebenchmarks. Versioning andhistorization of benchmarks issupported. The analyzer informationfunction supports benchmark reporting,too.

Now it is possible tocompare your portfolioyields with benchmarkyields to analyze theexcess return rate.

SAP ERP 6.0 Financials Enhancement in thecredit risk of treasury andrisk management

This functionality accomplishes thefollowing: - Connection of the SAPLimit Management application to theworkflow - Providion of limits ofindividual deals For example, onemoney market deal cannot be for morethan US$3 billion.

With the SAP LimitManagement application,the workflow isautomatically started toinform the manager assoon as a limit is breached,and the limits of individualdeals can be provided.


Enhancement in themarket risk of treasuryand risk management

Financial object integration can beactivated on the basis of product types.These settings can be made for allanalyzers:- Market data generator (newtransaction)- Formula editor- Transfer of book values from treasuryrisk management-transaction managerinto the results databaseThe new instruments – asset-backedsecurities, mortgage-backed securities,and securities lending – can bereflected in the analyzers.

The enhanced financialobject integration enablesyou to include only specificproduct types from onearea (for example,consumer and mortgageloans). For testingpurposes, you can nowcalculate market data withthe market data generatorand store them in thedatabase for use in theanalyzers. You are nowenabled to analyze the riskkey figures as well asaccounting values togetherin one report and createfurther key figures by usingthe formula editor.


PM Enhanced list editing This functionality addresses thefollowing issues: - Mass changes oforders and notifications - Mass

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itimproves user productivity.

cancellation of confirmations -Enhancements structure list

- It speeds up changeprocess. - It improves dataentry accuracy.


PM Connection to textretrieval and informationextraction (TREX ) searchengine

Two new searches (quick search andadvance search) through the textretrieval and information extraction(TREX) engine are implemented for thefollowing maintenance-related objects:- Functional location - Piece ofequipment - Material master -Document - Class - Characteristic

With the new search, theuser can enter a value orstring, and the software willsearch through all thosefields. With the searchoptions available beforethe text retrieval andinformation extraction(TREX) search engine, theuser had to know whichfield to search for a certainvalue. If the user wasn’tsure about the field, thesearch was rather difficultand time consuming.


PM Mobile work clearancemanagement

SAP mobile work clearancemanagement supports the logout/tag-out process by providing the followingfunctionality: - Confirmation of theexecution of the activity - Rejection ofan activity for switching items only -Confirmation of the completion of theactivity

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itsupports the logout/tag-outprocess. - It replaces theprintout of operational lists.- It improves productivity.


PM New enterprise assetmanagement keyperformance indicators inthe former SAP BusinessInformation Warehouse(whose functionality isnow part of SAPNetWeaver)

This functionality provides four newinformation providers: DataStoreobjects and InfoCubes on costs onmaintenance orders and measurementpoints and documents. Thisfunctionality also provides nine newqueries on the following: - Workmanagement key performanceindicators (maintenance orderscheduling) - Failures and failuremodes of equipment - Measurementpoints/counters and readings

This functionality providesthe following benefits: -Enhanced reportingcapabilities - More flexibility- Transparency ofmaintenance costs


HR Integration of form-basedprocesses

Integration of form-based processesenables organizations to implementforms more easily and quickly with printforms and interactive forms based onAdobe software. In particular, the SAPERP Human Capital Management(SAP ERP HCM) processes and formsapplication (see SAP ERP HCM,workforce process management,section in this solution browser content)provides an optimal integration foremployees, managers, and humanresources administrator to fulfill theirtasks during the strongly collaborativehuman resources processes in whichthey are involved.

This functionality providesthe following benefits: - Itallows for lower form-based processimplementation costs. - Itincreases end-useracceptance and providesbetter contextual guidanceand information. -Processes are easilyadaptable.

mySAP ERP2004


In-house cash With regard to business partnercategories and standard roles, the newrole concept from the business partnerfunctionality is to be used. Theprevious account holder, authorizeddrawer, and bank statement recipientroles are now available as role

Business partner could beused in a more efficientway.

categories and standard roles.mySAP ERP2004


In-house cash With regard to processing foreigncurrencies, changes have been madeto how incoming and outgoingpayments are processed if thetransaction currency differs from thecurrency of the corresponding currentaccount. The currency conversion isbased no longer on payment orders tobe generated but rather on paymentitems. The following new functions areavailable: - Provisional and finalsettlement - Flexible determination ofthe exchange rate type You can defineseparate rate types for buying andselling rates in order to calculate thecredit or debit amounts. - Primary andsecondary exchange rates You candifferentiate between rates that the in-house cash center uses on the moneymarket and rates that are usedinternally.

This functionality reducescomplexity of intercompanynetting and payments andreduces cost ofintercompany payments orcross-border settlements.

mySAP ERP2004


In-house cash With regard to integration in the cashmanagement functionality, you cancreate a financial status for the SAP In-House Cash application that you canuse for the following: - Online display inSAP In-House Cash and the option todownload to a Microsoft Excel file -Forward to the components of the cashmanagement functionality The data canbe displayed in the liquidity forecastand in the cash position. The SAP In-House Cash financial status containsthe following information: - Balances ofcurrent accounts based on a value date- Provisionally posted internal turnover- Provisionally posted external turnover

This functionality providesaccurate current accountsforecasting for cashmanagers.


In-house cash This functionality enables electronicpayments and online access to accountstatements for business controllers andin-house cash center.

This functionality improvesability to link non-SAPsoftware to central in-house banking center. Itprovides the followingbenefits: - Expandedsupport for paymentformats - Lower cost ofoperating an in-house cashor banking center - Moresecure payments throughthe use of digital signatures

SAPenhancementpackage 1 forSAP ERP


HR Employee interactioncenter

Enhancement Package 1 for SAP ERPenables the following improvements forthe employee interaction center: -Usability and design enhancements inthe employee interaction center userinterface - Service level agreements(SLA) monitoring (for example, alerts) -New analytics and reportingfunctionality with specific keyperformance indicators (for example,number of activities, processing time,

This functionality improvesthe return on investment ina human resourcesshared-servicesenvironment by monitoringservice level agreements,as well as by supplyinganalytics for the employeeinteraction center.

and SLA violations) - Enablement ofconcurrent and global employment -Activity enhancements (for example,status handling and follow-up, userinterface design, intuitive navigation) -In-box enhancements (for example,automatic routing and rule modeling,automatic acknowledgment/response,and the substitution concept) -Customer feedback survey



HR Human resourcesadministrator role

Enhancement Package 1 for SAP ERPstreamlines processes and forms tosupport the following activities in thehuman resources administrator role: -Company loans - Salary changes -Change of working time - Bonuspayment - Membership fees - Addressand tax changes. In addition, thispackage contains an improved userinterface for managing personnel files,messages and guides for casual users,improvements to the exchangeinfrastructure for integrating recruitingand organizational managementfunctionality, and improved analytics forshared-service managers andadministrators.

Enhancement Package 1improves SAP ERP HumanCapital Management bysimplifying the userexperience for humanresources shared-serviceadministrators.



HR Talent developmentspecialist

The talent development specialist isspecialized in personnel development.He or she works to build and retain aworkforce for the future and acts as astrategic business partner for thehuman resources manager and the linemanager. The talent developmentspecialist performs tasks in the areasof succession planning, performancemanagement, personnel development,and organizational management. He orshe monitors and analyzes theseareas, assesses the talent pool,identifies key positions in theorganization, triggers personneldevelopment processes, and searchesfor suitable successors for keypositions. These tasks are alwaysperformed in line with the strategicgoals of the organization.

Enhancement Package 1provides a new role, thetalent developmentspecialist, to support thedevelopment of theorganization and itspeople. This role includesthe following functions: -Maintaining key positions -Maintaining job families -Creating and developingqualifications andrequirements profiles -Executing successionplanning - Creating anddeveloping personneldevelopment plans andcareer paths - Trackingperformance feedbackprocesses - Creatingreports in the area ofpersonnel development



Credit management The SAP Credit Managementapplication is improved through theavailability of enterprise service-oriented architecture interfaces toexternal credit information providers.This availability represents a keyenhancement in providing thefollowing: - The ability to search in theprovider’s database for businesspartners without having to specify aunique identifier - The ability to select abusiness partner from the list of

These new features are ofparticular interest forcustomers who are usingthe SAP CreditManagement application.They significantly extendthe integration withexternal credit informationproviders and lead to betterquality credit decisionsmade by your organization.

matches, to choose a unique identifierfor the business partner in the SAPCredit Management application - Theability to receive and processmonitoring updates of past creditreports


Financials FI, CO, AM Collections management The SAP Collections Managementapplication is improved withEnhancement Package 1. Thefollowing functionalities enable you toimprove accounts receivableprocesses: - Analysis of work lists (forexample, degree of work listprocessing) - Customer contactanalysis (for example, contact history) -Analysis of promises to pay andinvoices (for example, statistics ofpromises to pay) - Analysis of openitems linked with organizational units ofin the SAP Collections Managementapplication (for example, due dateanalysis structured by collectionsegment, group, and specialist)

Monitoring the collectionprocess on the basis ofcomprehensive analytics iskey to higher efficiency andreduction in the amount ofoutstanding receivables.Customers who alreadyuse the SAP CollectionsManagement applicationcan further optimize theircollection strategies.


Financials FI, CO, AM Enhancements forelectronic billpresentment andpayment

A new enterprise services packageenables electronic bill presentment andpayment services for billing agents, aswell as authorization and settlementfunctionality for communication withcredit card processors. This enterpriseservices package helps SAP ERP 6.0customers accelerate the processing ofpayments and exceptions, ensureseamless reconciliation and integrationwith multiple internal and other third-party financial applications, andultimately improve customerrelationships through better self-service.

These services improvethe flexibility of electronicbill and presentmentsolutions contained withinthe SAP Biller Directapplication.



PP Enterprise servicespackage formanufacturing executionfunctions

Enhancement Package 1 contains anenterprise services package formanufacturing execution functions toimprove automation and efficiency onthe shop floor. This enterprise servicespackage improves integration ofheterogeneous shop floor functions,reducing manual data input andsynchronizing relevant manufacturingmaster data and transactional databetween the SAP ERP application andthe manufacturing execution functions.

This enterprise servicespackage enables improvedintegration for real-timevisibility of manufacturingdata and provides betterdecision support for plantpersonnel throughaccurate, timelyinformation. It supportsadaptive manufacturing forpredictable andunpredictable changes,with standards based onthe ISA-95 enterprise-control model.



PP Enterprise servicespackage formanufacturing workinstructions

Enhancement Package 1 provide anenterprise services package thatconnects the executive management tothe shop floor by removing paper-based forms from the manufacturingprocess and allowing work instructionsto be created, approved, dispatched,executed, and archived through SAP

This enterprise servicespackage reduces the timeand labor involved in dataentry and design, as wellas in configuring workinstructions. It enablesreal-time visibility intomanufacturing operations,

ERP. which helps you performroot cause analysis muchfaster.



QM Enterprise servicespackage for qualitymanagement functions

Enhancement Package 1 provides anenterprise services package thatimproves manufacturing efficiency anddecision making through an exchangeof inspection lot data, inspectionresults, and notification data betweenquality management activitiesperformed in SAP ERP and thoseperformed in external qualitymanagement software.

This enterprise servicespackage ensures processoptimization in thelaboratory and productionarea; compliance with goodmanufacturing practices,by providing consistentquality data exchangebetween software systems;and more flexibility withlower costs, by integratingquality data into SAP ERP.



PP Enterprise servicespackage for life-cycledata management

Enhancement Package 1 provides anenterprise services package fordocument management connectivity tofacilitate the use of the documentmanagement functionality embedded inthe SAP Product LifecycleManagement (SAP PLM) application.Tthis functionality can be used as adocument repository for businessprocesses – including non-SAPsoftware – in the area of productdevelopment and design. With thisenterprise services package,documents can be uploaded to andretrieved from SAP PLM throughenterprise services.

This enterprise servicespackage helps increase theaccuracy and speed of thedevelopment and designprocess by ensuring theintegration of documentsfrom non-SAP softwareinto SAP ERP. In addition,it contributes to theelimination of redundantdata within the company byproviding central, securedocument storage.


Sales andService

SD Enterprise servicespackage for sales andservice

Enhancement Package 1 provides anenterprise services package for a newcustomer fact sheet that improvesorder-to-cash processes. It serves as areal-time information clearinghouse,gathering and organizing data about acustomer.

This enterprise servicespackage makes customerinteraction more efficientand enables customerservice representatives,sales managers, and fieldsales representatives toleverage a single view ofmaster data, transactions,and analyses for anycustomer.


Industries LO-MD, FI,FI-AP, MM-PUR

Article Maintenance -Inclusion of the ArticleDescription for variantswhen maintaining EANsin the article master

Inclusion of the article description forvariants when maintaining EANs in thearticle master (transactions MM4x):In article master maintenance, a newcolumn was added to the additionaldata under the tab strip "EANMaintenance" to display the articledescriptions of the variants for thegiven logon language. The "ArticleDescription" column was inserted afterthe "VR - Other Vendor Reference"column and can also be moved to suitcustomer-specific requirements. Thecolumn is only visible at generic articlelevel if the EANs of all variants arelisted.

Simplification in the articlemaster maintenance

SAPenhancementpackage 2 for

Industries LO-MD, FI,FI-AP, MM-PUR

Master DataManagement - Enhancedstorage levels for

Enhanced storage levels fortransportation chains and staging time:The storage levels for external

Improved schedulingpossibilities within theprocurement controlling.

SAP ERP transportation chain andstaging time

transportation chains and their stagingtime were enhanced with thefunctionality to provide more detaileddata retention levels to be able tosupport more scenarios within thescheduling of the procurementcontrolling.

Besides the existing storage level forvendor master data (General Data) thetransportation chain and staging timecan be maintained at PurchasingOrganization Data level (includingalternative data on site and/or vendorsubrange level) within vendor masterdata maintenance (transactions XK0x).

Additionally the transportation chainand staging time can also bemaintained in the purchasing inforecordmaintenance (transaction ME1x)similar to the existing maintenancepossibility in the article master datamaintenance (MM4x).

The enhanced reference logic to copydata from a higher data retention levelto lower data retention levels and theaccess logic within the scheduling ofthe procurement controlling were alsochanged. To use these enhancementsthe activation of business functionISR_EARET_PLANNING is requiredand recommended. More details seedocumentation of business functionISR_EARET_PLANNING.


Industries LO-MDS AllocationImprovementsfor contract determinationwithin the allocationtableImprovements forscheduling within theallocation table

Retailers often have to centrallydistribute merchandise among a largenumber of recipients (for example,stores). One example would be fashionmerchandise or promotional items.Using allocation tables, retailers canplan the distribution of this type ofmerchandise and then trigger thenecessary goodsmovements.Merchandise can bedelivered directly from the vendor tothe recipient, from the vendor to adistribution center and then to therecipient, or from a distribution centerto a recipient. Notifications tocoordinate communication betweenheadquarters and the recipients areutilized. After completing the planningstage, the system can automaticallycreate documents for procuring ordelivering the goods.TheEnhancements for EhP2 comprisesmaller improvements in the area ofscheduling and contract determinationfor the allocation table.o ContractDetermination within the Allocation

The improvements of thecontract determination andthe scheduling increasesthe scope of the application"Allocation table" andincreases the efficiency ofthe allocation process.

TableUntil now contracts could beassigned manually to an allocationtable. If the allocation table wascreated with reference to a contract thisinformation was then transferred to thepurchase order generation and thecontract were debited. If no contractwas assigned consciously no contractwould be determined.With theenhancement it is now possible todecide whether a contractdetermination should be carried outautomatically in order to determine theexisting contract when generating theexternal purchase orders out of theallocation table. If a contract exists thiscontract would be determinedautomatically when generating theexternal purchase order.o Schedulingwithin the Allocation TableAlthough thescheduling out of the allocation tablewas already developed there were stillminor features missing. In order to beconsistent with the process ofscheduling within the area of seasonalprocurement smaller adjustments weredone for the scheduling in the processof the creation of the allocation table.Now the scheduling in the allocationtable follows the same logic as in theseasonal procurement.Furthermore the date line (thechronological sequence of dates in theprocurement process chain that aremonitored by order monitoring) is nowdisplayed and changeable within theallocation table (in the previous versionthe date line couldn't be displayed).


Industries LO-MDS Forecasting &Replenishment -structural breaks for DCforecast: Determine thenumber of sites that aresupplied by a certain DCwith a certain article andtransfer that informationto SAP F&R

With this new enhancement it ispossible, to prepare and send thenumber of sites supplied by adistribution center to SAP F&R.Thefollowing information is to be taken intoconsideration:- Listing information for the distributioncenters- Internal sources of supply for the sites(supplying site relationships and sourcelist)- Listing information for the stores

Additional Information forthe forecast determinationin SAP F&R


Industries LO-MDS Forecasting &Replenishment - Interfacefor purchaseorganizations: Transferdefinitions of purchaseorganizations and theirassignments to sites toSAP F&R

With this enhancement it is possible tosupply SAP F&R from the ERP-system with all purchasingorganizations as a new object and withinformation about the assignments ofpurchasing organizations to locations.These assignments of purchasingorganizations will be evaluated in thesource of supply determination

WIth the new informationfrom SAP ERP, SAP F&Ris able to determine withinthe source of supplydetermination the correcttransportation lane (wherethe purchasingorganization is assigned tothe target location), forwhat the source of supplydetermination shall be

extended.SAPenhancementpackage 2 forSAP ERP

Industries LO-MDS Forecasting &Replenishment - Interfacefor contract information:Transfer contractdocuments (outlineagreements) to SAP F&R

With the new interface it is possible totransfer contract information from ERPto F&R. The outbound interfaceprocessing in SAP ERP will guaranteethat only quantity contracts aretransferred to SAP F&R. Valuecontracts are not to be transferred toSAP F&R. Also, transmission ofcontract data only support for F&Rreplenishment-planning-relevantproducts.

Based on the contractinformation, in F&R thereplenishment planner canoptimize decisions relatingto purchase orderquantities and deliverydates that can be changedmanually.


Industries LO-MDS Forecasting &Replenishment -Suppress transfer ofunnecessary data

As there are certain processes, whereonly a part of those data is needed inSAP F&R (e.g. only master data forlisting check required but noorders, no movement data), theinterface logic is enhanced by furthercontrol mechanisms to suppress thetransfer of unnecessary data in suchprocesses.

No transfer of unnecessarydata from SAP ERP toSAP F&R => Simplificationof the interface data


Industries LO-MDS ImprovedERMA:Enhanced logic ofmark-ups and mark-downs possible

Retailers use a variety of inventoryvaluation methods to calculate thevalue of inventory and cost of goodssold. Generally, retailers definethemselves as using one of twodifferent inventory valuation methods:cost method of accounting (CMA) andretail method of accounting (RMA).However, even within these methodsthere are different ways of calculatinginventory.The traditional or classicRMA is an averaging method whereinventory is managed at category ordepartment level and ending inventoryat cost is derived by applying a costpercentage to the ending inventory atretail. The extended or hybrid retailmethod of accounting (ERMA) issimilar to RMA, but it is an alternativeinventory valuation method thatmanages inventory at the moredetailed level of item/location. ERMAuses moving average as the cost flow,but inventory is also tracked in retailvalues and markdowns may cause anadjustment to the inventory values atnot only retail but cost also.Within SAPRetail, ERMA is supported using salesprice valuation or valuation at retail.The focus of this development effort isto improve support for ERMA whenretail price changes take place byenhancing the revaluation profiles andrevaluation program. (Thisdevelopment is also related to theStock Ledger Analytics project as thestock ledger is fed by results calculatedby the revaluation program.) Therevaluation profiles are now able toallow different handling for each price

This feature leads toenhanced logic of mark-ups and mark-downs andto improved ERMA

change type, i.e., mark-up, permanentmark-down, promotional mark-downand POS mark-down. The profiles arenow able to disallow the "maintainmargins" treatment for mark-ups. Also,the revaluation program has beenenhanced to support the changes tothe revaluation profiles.


Industries LO-SRS,SD-POS,BW-BCT,MM-IM

- In-store Customer OrderManagement at the Point-of-Sale and at the ServiceDeskThe Customer orderManagement functionalityof SAP Retail Store wasintegrated to SAPTriversity POS GM toenable an easy to use,integrated, and flexibleOrder Management s

In-store Customer OrderManagement:The Customer OrderManagement functionality of SAPRetail Store was integrated to SAPTriversity POS GM to enable an easyto use, integrated, and flexible ordermanagement solution including thedifferent type of tendering at the Point-of-Sale. This enables the user executeorder-related business processes suchas create, search, display, change,identify, verify, cancel, fulfill, andreturns of orders for different ordertypes and scenarios.The order-relatedpayments are entered as a specifickind of retail item that is immediatelyprocessed in the ERP backend andposted to financials.

Integrated solutions toclose the loops and gaps inthe solution offering,respond to marketdemand, and keep withcompatitors.



- Mobile In-storeInventory ManagementThe new solution formobile In-store InventoryManagement is designedfor retail inventorymanagement on mobiledevices at the store level.Providing seamlessintegration with the SAPfor Retail solutionportfolio,

The new solution for mobile In-storeInventory Management is designed forretail inventory management on mobiledevices at the store level. Providingseamless integration with the SAP forRetail solution portfolio, this mobilesolution brings back-office functionalityonto the shop floor to save time andincrease customer satisfaction byallowing staff to spend more time withcustomers. The solution streamlinesthe inventory management process forstore clerks who work the shop floorand increases their productivity. At thesame time, the software helps ensurethat store merchandise is always onthe shelf, which maximizes sales andincreases customer satisfaction. Thisonline solution runs on handhelddevices and connects directly to SAPERP via a wirelessconnection.Inventory Lookup: Providesdifferent types of stock informationsuch as stock on hand, storagelocation, special stock in store, otherspecial stock such as consignmentstock, and commitment stock. Itconsolidates the sales transaction fromthe POS DM with the stock informationfrom ERP to provide accurate and real-time stock information. There will beand Enterprise Service Bundle aroundthe RFCs used for this functionality.oInventory Adjustment / Store to storetransfer o Planned counting /

Integrated solutions toclose the loops and gaps inthe solution offering,respond to marketdemand. and keep withcompatitors.

Unplanned counting o Receivingwith and without reference document



- Physical Inventoryduring the openinghoursThe physicalinventory during openinghours makes it possibleto conduct countingduring the regular storeopening hours. Thissolution is designed forretail stores that operate24 hours a day and 7days a we

The physical inventory during openinghours makes it possible to conductcounting during the regular storeopening hours. This solution isdesigned for retail stores that operate24 hours a day and 7 days a week.Byuse of this solution, it is possible tocount products while the sameproducts are still being sold at the pointof sale.The current ERP basedPhysical Inventory during openinghours was already available sincerelease 470x200. This solution isbased on the upload of non-aggregated(i.e. transactional) POS sales that aresent via IDOC through the POSinbound interface to ERP. These salestransactions will be the basis for acalculation of the book inventory atcounting time which is the basis for anyinventory difference. The newdevelopment will extend the currentsolution in a way that aggregated salesdata are sent to ERP (e.g. at the end ofa day) and transactional pos data arerequested by ERP from POS DataManagement. This reduces the datavolume on ERP side significantly.

Integrated solutions toclose the loops and gaps inthe solution offering,respond to marketdemand. and keep withcompatitors.


Industries IS-A Vehicle ManagementSystemSearch enginebased interface toTREX,which allows activation ofTREX search viacustomizing;Maintenance of multipleend customers

Search engine based interfacetoTREX, which allows activation ofTREX search via customizing.InVehicle Management System it is nowpossible to maintain multiple endcustomers for a vehicle.

Fast vehicle search viaconfiguration


Industries IS-A Just-In-Time InboundProcess: Use ofAlertframework

JIT-Inbound has been connected to theAlert Framework. JIT-Inbound IDocsand actions raise alerts in the case oferrors.

Process visibility,especially in errorsituations and integrationbetween JIT Call anddelivery


Industries IS-A Just-In-Time OutboundProcess: Use ofAlertframework andIntegration of Delivery

JIT-Outbound has been connected tothe Alert Framework. JIT-Outboundactions raise alerts in case of errors.Alerts are also raised in case ofdeviations of deliveries. Creationand change of deliveries for JIT-Outbound Calls can be done usingtolerance profiles.

Process visibility,especially in errorsituations and integrationbetween JIT Call anddelivery


Industries IS-A SD SchedulingAgreementsReport tocopy schedulingagreements

A new transaction is available toanalyze document flow size of SDScheduling Agreements.Scheduling Agreements exceeding acertain size can be copied to newScheduling Agreements in background.This will lead to improved systemperformance for processing ofScheduling Agreements.

Better handling of highvolume processes

SAP Industries Self-Billing Procedure - In the VSB1 Self Billing monitor the Time saving in handling of

enhancementpackage 2 forSAP ERP

Inbound - New dialogscreen where the usercan perform and save theregrouping of materialitems currently belongingto an unprocessedheader record; Archivingof SBI DB records nowpossible

user is able to regroup material itemswhich are assigned to a certainDelivery/IDoc header to one or evenseveral new headers. - With a newdialog screen the user can perform andsave the regrouping of material itemscurrently belonging to an unprocessedVSBHDR record. - All SBI tableswhich are related to transmission canbe archived using the SAP Archivingfunctionality. Supported are generaland EDI partner specific residencetimes

huge transmissions


Industries QM Quality Notification8D ReportNew form withspecial layout forAutomotive Customers

With this development the customercan use an Automotive Industry liketemplate for the QM 8D Report thatwas only available as consultingsolution before

Collaboration with partnersbetter supported


Industries Dealer Portal - Enhancedvehicle searchfunctionalities andcreation of sales ordersfor VMS late orderassignment

- Within the Dealer Portal the customercan now use enhanced search criteriafor searching vehicles based onconfiguration and he can usecharacteristics in search criteria. -Dealer Portal supports now thescenario of late order assignmentwhere dealer can create sales orderwithout having a vehicle but justspecifying his requirements and oncevehicle is ready importer can assign itto the sales order created.

Improved searchfunctionality for DealerPortalIncreased ProcessFlexibility in Vehicle Salesand Administration


Industries Compatible unitmaintenance

Create, change, or display compatibleunits; create compatible units withreference to existing compatible units.

see description above, allfeatures work together as awhole


Industries Construction measuremaintenance

Create, change, or display constructionmeasures; create constructionmeasures with reference to existingconstruction measures.


Industries Design maintenance Create, change, or display compatibleunit designs.


Industries Work order maintenance Create work orders based oncompatible units. Change, display, orconfirm compatible unit work orders.Schedule the regular creation ofcompatible unit work orders using amaintenance plan. Generatecompatible unit work orders fromcompatible unit designs.


Industries Evaluation of compatibleunits

Evaluate the validity of compatible unitdefinition with reports in ERP and BIcontent


Industries Operation-Level Costing Transactions supported for operation-level costing are as follows: FunctionTransaction CodePM/CS Order IW31,IW32, IW33Purchase Request ME51N,ME52N, ME53NPurchase OrderME21N, ME22N, ME23NContract

ME31K, ME32K, ME33KGoodsReceipt MIGO (MIGO_GR)GoodsIssue MIGO (MIGO_GI)GoodsReservation MB21Confirmation IW41,IW42Invoice VerificationMIROQuotation DP80Billing RequestDP90G/L Account DocumentFB50Vendor Invoice FB60VendorCredit Memo FB65Recurring EntryFBD1Account Assignment ModelFKMTPark G/L Account DocumentFV50Actual Interest CalculationCJZ1, CJZ2


Financials FIN-FSCM SAP Biller Direct: Buy-ide, vendors couldcomplete the XMLformated vendor invoicesand upload into SAPsystem via Portal anddisplay of open bills &payments.

With this functions, it will be possibleto:- Uppload the invoices of XML-Format (optional) in Payer DirectPortal. - Based on configuration inbackend paybale system, uploadedinvoices could be converted into PObacked invoices or normal financialinvoices.- Based on configuration inbackend payable system, uploadedinvoices could bedirectly posted as theinvoices in system or park yourinvoices, review and then post invoiceslater.- Review of open bills andpayments

- Save mail expense forinvoice delivery andreconciliation. - Improveworking efficiency of APaccountants and usabilityof the payable application.-Minimize the manualinvoice key-in errors anddecrease efforts onreconciliation. - Flexiblelysupport both PO backedpurchase and normalfinancial invoice backedpurchase.


Financials FIN-FSCM SAP Biller Direct: Multipleengagement scenarioswith flexible deploymentcapabilities (single ormultiple scenarios againstsingle system)

- Customers could choose B2B andB2C scenarios.- Customers coulddeploy several scenarios upon singleclient and switch scenarios by onlychanging URL address in web browser.

- Optimizing the systemmaintenance andoperations costs bydeploying multiplescenarios upon singlesystem instance- Improveflexibility by adapting bothB2B & B2C scenarios onone single systme, controlcost for system logicimplemented.


Financials FIN-FSCM SAP Biller Direct:Improved usability andproductivity of BillerDirect

With SAP Biller Direct Web users can:-Use a new layout with navigation treeon the left side of the screen in additionto the existing layout with navigationusing tab pages and a header bar. -Keep a clear overview by restricting thenumber of items shown in the Webapplication under Open Items, PaidBills, Payments and Credits.- Makeworking with long lists easier, byfiltering items on the tab pages OpenItems, Paid Bills, Payments and Creditsusing various selection parameters.-Download other archived documents,such as expense reports, as a PDFfrom the optical archive, and not justbills.- Display status information, suchas last logon, latest payments andlatest master data change.

Productivity and flexibilityare improved due toenhanced displaying andseachingfunctionalitiesTransparencyis enhanced by allowingmore support docummentdownload


Industries IS-MP Fast data entry in theTrading Contract

SUMMARY:More efficient data entry forpreconfigured materials or materialvariants in global trade

Usability improvement inmanaging characteristics intrading contractFasterentering and change

DETAILS:Entering characteristic values (max.10) in each line item of trading contract.Function "global and local" is copyingthe characteristic values to related lineitems.Changes in characteristics can beinherited to the referenced line items.

BACKGROUND:DescriptionYou can use the fast entry ofcharacteristics in the trading contract toenter item data as well as characteristicvalue assignments on the Fast Entrytab page in the overview screen. Youcan use the characteristics display tocontrol which characteristics areavailable (max. 10).This greatly reduces entry effort,particularly for materials with fewcharacteristics and for preconfiguredmaterials. In addition, you receiveinformation on the status of theconfiguration. Depending on thecontract type, the status of the SD andMM configurations are displayed.

Global and Local Items in the TradingContractTrading contracts often have severalitems that differ only by a fewcharacteristics. Although mostcharacteristic value assignments forthe various items are identical, it isgenerally necessary to assign values toall characteristics separately.In a trading contract, the characteristicvalue assignments of the global itemcan be passed on to the characteristicsof the local item with the same name.You define in Customizing how thisshould be inherited.

Inheriting Characteristic ValueAssignmentsWhen you change the characteristicvalue assignment of a global item, thechanged values can be passed on tothe local items of the global item. Youdefine in Customizing how this shouldbe inherited.

PreparationCustomizingo Definition of the application group forthe characteristics displayLogistics - General -> SAP GlobalTrade Management -> TradingContract -> Fast Entry ofCharacteristics in the Trading Contract

process for characteristicvalues

-> Define Application Group forCharacteristic Displayo Definition of the characteristic displayfor the overview screenLogistics - General -> SAP GlobalTrade Management -> TradingContract -> Fast Entry ofCharacteristics in the Trading Contract-> Define Characteristics Display forOverview Screeno Set up fast entry for characteristicsper contract typeLogistics - General -> SAP GlobalTrade Management -> TradingContract -> Fast Entry ofCharacteristics in the Trading Contract-> Set Up Fast Entry for CharacteristicValueso Define characteristic transfer per itemcategoryLogistics - General -> SAP GlobalTrade Management -> TradingContract -> Fast Entry ofCharacteristics in the Trading Contract-> Define Transfer of CharacteristicsValuesMaster Datao Create customer and vendor.o Create characteristics and assigncharacteristics to classes of class type300 - variants.o Create various materials(configurable, non-configurable,material variant).o Create characteristics for info records(customer info record, material inforecord, and purchasing info record).o Assign characteristics to classes ofclass type 052 (customer/material inforecord) and class type 057 (purchasinginfo record).o Create configurable materials.o Create customer/material inforecords and purchasing info records forthese materials.o Classify the info records.


Industries IS-MP Sales order fulfillmentwith requirementreduction in pieces

SUMMARY:Enables SD order fulfillment inalternative sales unit of measure“piece”, independently of base unit ofmeasureDETAILS:I Scenario: Fulfillment of sales orders

with materials defined in batch-specificmaterial unit of measure Instead of determining the open order

quantity in base unit of measure, thesales unit “piece” defines the orderfulfillment logic (e.g. number ofdelivered batches = “1 piece oflength”). Delivery dependent tradingunit change (DTUC) now supports

Enablement of SD orderfulfillment in alternate salesunit of measure, “ piece,”independent of base unit ofmeasure quantity–including DTUC process Delivery clerk does not

need to check openquantities in the base unitof measure

fulfillment in piecesBACKGROUND:If alternative sales unit of measure in"piece" is used and the material isdefined with product unit of measure(usually in pieces), the SD requirement"consumption" is done in "piece".


Industries IS-MP Control of batchdetermination inoutbound delivery

DETAIL: User can define in sales order,

whether the batch determination inoutbound delivery use thecharacteristic values of SDconfiguration or the SD batch selectioncriteria. For length-based materials an

automatic calculation of intervals basedon characteristic values of individuallength, minus and plus % toleranceimproves the batch selection process.

BACKGROUND:DescriptionYou can use this function in the salesorder to influence how the batchdetermination is controlled in thedelivery. The Mill Indicator: Control ofBatch Selection can be defined foreach sales order item. In Customizing,you can enter a default setting for eachitem category.In addition, you can carry out aninterval calculation for length-basedprocesses. To do so, you need theexample characteristics "individuallength", "plus tolerance", and "minustolerance" from Mill Products. A "lengthinterval" is calculated from the valuesentered in the variant configuration andtransferred to the batch determinationclass.PreparationCustomizingo In Customizing for Sales andDistribution under Sales -> SalesDocuments -> Sales Document Item ->Define Item Categories, you havemade the settings for batchdetermination.o In Customizing for Logistics - Generalunder Basic Settings for SAP for MillProducts -> Assign Characteristics forSAP for Mill Products you have definedthe control for length-based materials.You activate an LPP material byassigning the characteristic "length" toID '202'. In addition, assign thecharacteristic "plus tolerance" to ID'204' and the characteristic "minustolerance" to ID '205'.CautionNever change any entries that havealready been made, since this would

Improvement in control ofbatch selection process indelivery More flexibility andautomatization

effect existing materials.Master Datao Creating customer master datao Assignment of characteristics to classof class type 300o Assignment of characteristics to classof class type 023 (batch)o Assignment of characteristics to classof class type 023 (batch determination)The prerequisite for this is that theclasses of the variant configurationcontain the same characteristics as thebatch / batch determination.o Creating a material master(configurable material or materialvariant, each with the batch class)o Creating master data for the batchselection including batch selectionclass


Industries IS-MP Changeablecharacteristic values inreturns order

SUMMARY:Scenario: Return orders with referenceto billing documentUser can enter or change the batchclassification of a returned batch“inside” the SD return order (=singlepoint of changes).BACKGROUND:Return handling with characteristicsDescriptionYou can use this Business Scenario tocreate returns orders with configurablematerials. The system transfers thecharacteristics of the batch that wasdelivered to the customer to theconfiguration of the returns order. Inaddition, you can create a new batch ifa characteristic is changed, forexample if quality A is converted to B.PreparationCustomizingDefine Control of CharacteristicTransfer to Item Category LevelIn Customizing for Sales andDistribution under Sales -> SalesDocuments -> Sales Document Item ->Define Item Categories, set theRet.w.BatchRef. indicator in theEnhancements for Mill Productssection. You can also define a defaultvalue for the batch selection.Master DataYou have created the following masterdata:o Customer and vendoro Characteristics and classesAssign the characteristics to the classtypes 023 (batches) and 300 (variants).o Configurable materials

Change of batchcharacteristics during entryof the SD return orderimproves usability andspeeds up entry


Industries IS-MP Alternative Units ofMeasure in Production

Scenario: planning in APO withmaterials using co-products withoutBOM reference

Integrated support ofalternate production unitsin production process

SAP ERP In production order all multiple itemsand components can be created inalternative unit of measure

BACKGROUND:DescriptionWhen creating a multi-item order usingSAP SCM via CIF, you can makeCustomizing settings that control theuse of alternative units of measure.The header material and thecomponents of the production order areassigned the alternative unit ofmeasure.You can use this function in thefollowing scenarios with SAP SCM:o Characteristics-Based Planning withMulti-Item Ordero Long Products Planningo Multiple Output Planningo Interface for Industry-SpecificOptimizero Planning without a Mill Products-specific order type, but with a materialfor characteristics-based planningo Planning without a material forcharacteristics-based planningNoteA production order can containcomponents that are not listed in theBOM because they were addedmanually to the production order, forexample.The SAP SCM function Long ProductsPlanning (LPP) causes additionalcomponents (additional lengths) to becreated, depending on the settings inlength calculation. Only the firstcomponent item (first length) has areference to the BOM, the otherlengths are added by the LPP heuristicas additional items. Only thoseadditional items created by SAP SCMcan use the function for the alternativeunit of measure (today).PreparationCustomizingIn Customizing for Production underShop Floor Control -> Master Data ->Order -> Define Additional Settings forProduction Orders, you define whetheran alternative production unit ofmeasure can be used when aproduction order is created for theorder item.You have set the Create Order Items inAlternative UoM and the CreateComponents in Alternative UoMindicators to '1' (production unit ofmeasure).Master Data1. Use a length-based material (LPP).

2. Create the characteristic 'length' intransaction CT04.3. In transaction CL02, assign thecharacteristics to a class of class type300.4. In transaction MM01, create amaterial master for a configurablematerial or a material variant. Enter analternative production unit of measure.5. In transaction CU41, create aconfiguration profile.6. Create a bill of material and arouting.7. Transfer this master data with anintegration model to SAP SCM.


Industries IS-MP Make-to-Stock Productionfor Configurable Materialswith External Planning.

DETAIL Scenario: Make-to-stock production

with configurable materials andbatches. MRP planning takes place inan external system (APO or otherlegacy planning system) In production order you can change

the characteristic values of a materialvariant Replace workaround in SAP note

454033

DescriptionThis function makes it possible tochange characteristics of aconfigurable material that is planned byan external planning system (outside ofthe ERP system) in make-to-stockproduction.PreparationClassification1. Create your own characteristics.2. Create a class in class type 023 andone in class type 300.Master Data1. Create a configurable material withbatch management. The material isplanned by an external system but notan SCM system.2. Create a configuration profile for thematerial.3. Create a plant-specific materialvariant (client-specific material variantsare not supported in PP).4. Create a routing for the configurablematerial and the material variant ormake the appropriate settings inCustomizing for Production under ShopFloor Control -> Operations -> TaskList Selection -> Define Default Values.Customizing1. In Customizing for Production underMaterial Requirements Planning ->Master Data -> Check MRP Types,create a new MRP type and assignplanning method 1 (planned by

Changeability of productionorder characteristics ifexternal planning softwareis used

external system) to it.2. In Customizing for Production underShop Floor Control -> Master Data ->Order -> Define Order Types, create anew order type. In addition, set theCTMS Charctrstcs Changble indicatorin the IMG activity Define AdditionalSettings for Production Orders.3. In Customizing for Production underShop Floor Control -> Master Data ->Order -> Fast Entry of Characteristicsin Production Order -> DefineCharacteristics Display for OverviewScreen, create a new characteristicsdisplay with your characteristic.Noteso The characteristic values in theconfiguration at header level and in thefirst item are identical.o If you want to use the referencecharacteristics in your order type, youcannot change the characteristicvalues in the configuration of theheader.o If you use reference characteristics inyour order type and create a productionorder for the configurable material, youcan enter the characteristic values inthe configuration of the header but youcannot change them (Independent ItemQuantity must be switched off).


Industries IS-MP Parallel Picking withDTUC

DTUC status is defined on item level.This enables to carry out picking andpacking of delivery items that are notDTUC-relevant or are DTUC-completed, even though other items ofthe delivery are still in DTUCprocessing

Speed up of pickingprocess


Industries IS-MP Enhancement in 'DTUCPool' and Printing DTUCShop Papers

SUMMARY:It is possible to do mass printing ofDTUC shop papers in the background.You do so by using the output control.The system displays a print status(open, printed) in the DTUC pooldisplayAn additional DTUC screen displaysthe WM dataDETAILS: Scenario: Delivery dependent trading

unit change (DTUC) Mass printing of DTUC shop floor

papers in background by using outputcontrol functionality Display of print status (open, printed)

in DTUC list An additional screen displays WM

data (e.g. transfer order, storage bin)within DTUC list

BACKGROUNDS:Enhancements in DTUC - Printing

Mass printing of DTUCpapers in background anddisplay WM data improveshandling and data quality

IMG settings needed for outputdetermination of DTUC shop papersTo implement Output Determination forDTUC shop papers a new output type,i.e. 'DTUC', must be created.Note: In order to allow printerdetermination field 'Print Parameter' on'Print' TabStrip has to be maintained.The print parameter allows selectingdifferent criteria according to which thedetermination of the output device isdone. Creation of an output determination

procedure, i.e. DTUC, which itself willinclude the output type DTUC.Finally the output determinationprocedure has to be assigned to thedesired item category of outbounddelivery items. Note: The relevant settings in IMG

can be found at the following path:Logistics Execution à Shipping à BasicShipping Functionsà Output Control àOutput Determination à MaintainOutput Determination for OutboundDeliveries. Printing is triggered: Within transaction

/SAPMP/LE_LBA_LIST: Printer andprint option are taken from the spooldefaults of user profile, i.e. databasetable USR01. If no spool defaults aremaintained, printer and print optionsare taken from NAST record. Using a report for message mass

processing, e.g. RSNAST00, printerand print options are taken always fromNAST. Note: Mass processing or processing

via background job can be triggered byusing the report SD70AV2A (Outputfrom Deliveries, or online viatransaction VL71) or the generalNAST-message processing reportRSNAST00.

Enhancements in DTUC - Display ofWM information Since the business needs are

differing between displaying the DTUCworklist and the display of thecorresponding transfer requirementsand transfer orders a new ALV Grid willbe displayed within transaction/SAPMP/LBA_WORKLIST Enable mass selection: Users who

want to check on the WM status ofDTUC-related TRs and TOs will usetransaction /SAPMP/LE_LBA_WM Following WM fields are displayed:

Document type, i.e. transfer order ortransfer requirement

Document number Status of the document Number of the associated outbound

delivery and the MaterialStaging/Availability Date

Material, plant, storage location Source storage type and bin of the

batch Destination storage type

The field containing the documentnumber will be a hotspot in order todisplay the document. According to thedocument either transaction LB03(Display TR) or LT21 (Display TO) isdisplayed. It will also be possible to navigate

from the DTUC working list to the list ofthe related WM documents: Afterselecting one or several lines on DTUClist and pressing button 'WMdocuments' (to be created), thecorresponding WM documents will bedisplayed in an ALV grid below theDTUC list. If SAP Warehouse Management

System is used as a decentralized WMsystem, functionality is still available inthe decentralized system. In case ofThird-Party WM software thefunctionality is not possible


Industries IS-MP Classification duringGoods Receipt usingBAPI

SUMMARY:Technological improvement: A newBAPI enables posting of goods receiptof batches with classification in 1-step.In the past, 2 BAPI's were needed.

DETAILS:Finished and semi-finished products inMILL industries are mostly batch-managed materials and planning oftentakes place in SAP SCM usingCharacteristics-Dependent Planning(CDP). Given this, the immediateclassification of batches during goodsreceipts becomes indispensable. Whengoods receipts are posted usingbusiness objects /SAPMP/GMT and/SAPMP/POC using the correspondingIDoc types - without the batches beingclassified, CDP in SAP SCM would notallocate appropriate batches torequirements from customer,production or stock transfer orders.This shortcoming may result in theautomatic creation of unnecessaryplanned orders.Before ERP 2005 EPack 02 it is notpossible to classify batches

Simplify the data exchangebetween ERP systems

simultaneously during goods receipts.An BAPI for GR process duringconfirmation of production orders isalso supported.Details regarding batch attributes whichcan be valuated in goods movementscan be found in note 619913.Look in Business Object Repository(transaction "BAPI"):Business Object /SAPMP/GMC´:Object 'Mill Products: Goods Movementand Batch Classification' enables thebatch classification at the same time ofposting GR.Business Object /SAPMP/PCC:Posting of confirmations of productionorders with automatic goods receiptenables the batch classification at thesame time of posting GR.


Financials FIN-FSCM Bank relationshipmanagement

Close integration with enterpriseapplication functionality Logical structuring of payments intobatches Multiple approval levels for outgoingpayments Audit trail for payment approvaldecisions along with digital signaturesfor internal audit Analysis of payment status informationand full payment-flow transparency aswell as status monitoring for bankstatements SWIFTNet Integration


Financials FIN-FSCM Dispute case attributesand linked receivableopen items

You can define the relationshipbetween dispute case attributes andthe attribution of linked receivable openitems in SAP Dispute Management.Change dispute case attributes canaffect the linked receivable open lineitems. For example, you might set thedunning block in dispute case toprevent a dunning letter from beingsent out.


Financials FIN-FSCM Work center for disputemanagers

SAP Dispute Managementconsolidates all working tasks andinformation for dispute managers andspecialists on one platform It delivers a well-arranged view ofdispute cases that is grouped bypredefined or personalized selectioncriteria. You can select user specific tasks andnavigate from the case to the detailprocessing of the individual disputecases.


Financials FIN-FSCM Improved usability andwork center

SAP Credit Management offers animproved log display of scorecalculations. You can simulate a credit check forbusiness partners. You can define the exposure display

take into account for a credit timehorizon. You can consolidates user-specificblocked order processing, blockedbusiness partners, processing of creditlimit requests, and see an overview ofall notifications.


Financials FIN-FSCM Increased flexibility forcreating dispute cases

You can extend dispute case attributesby adding the extra field Customerdisputed amount in dispute case. Youcan create dispute case identifiedduring document processing, disputecase processing, line item lists, andclearing. You can display customerdisputed objects under linked objects.


Financials FIN-FSCM Vendor invoicing Upload the invoices of XML format(optional) in payer direct portal. Based on configuration in back-endpayable system; uploaded invoices canbe converted into PO-backed invoicesor normal financial invoices Based on configuration in back-endpayables system, uploaded invoicescan be directly posted as the invoicesin system or park invoices, reviewthem, and then post them later Review of open bills and payments.


Financials FIN-FSCM Flexible deploymentscenarios

Customers can choose B2B and B2Cscenarios Customers can deploy severalscenarios on a single client and switchscenarios by changing the URLaddress in the Web browser .


Financials FIN-FSCM Improved usability andproductivity

You can use a new layout withnavigation tree on the left side of thescreen in addition to the existing layoutwith navigation using tab pages and aheader bar. You can see a clear overview byrestricting the number of items shownin the Web application under openitems, paid bills, payments, and credits. You can easily work with long lists byfiltering items on the tab pages foropen items, paid bills, payments, andcredits using various selectionparameters. You can download archiveddocuments other than bills, such asexpense reports, as a PDF file from theoptical archive. You can display status information,such as last logon, latest payments,and latest master data change.


Financials FIN-FSCM ES Bundle - BankRelationshipManagement

Enables seamless communication offinancial transactions of a companywith its house banks over the SWIFTnetwork Provides full payment flowtransparency and enables good controlof payment transactions

Initiate outgoing payments Initiate incoming paymentsvia direct debit Approve, reject, orresubmit payments Receive and processelectronic bank statements

Target market: any company thatinitiates payments and receiveselectronic bank statements from itshouse banks - especially if they rely onmany different house banks


Financials FIN-FSCM ES Bundle - ExternalCash Desk (ServiceIndustries)

Easy-to-use enterprise services to payinvoices at external cash desks in aconnected or disconnected mode withregard to the back-end system forcontract accounts receivable andpayable (FI-CA) Target market: service industries,especially utility and telco companies

Supporting payments ofexternal payment collectors - Online processing ofpayments - Offline mode forcollection of payments andsending collectedpayments as a bundlewhen online Monitoring andreconciliation of paymentscollected by external cashdesks in the enterpriseresource planning ( ERP)back end


Financials FIN-FSCM ES Bundle - ElectronicBill Presentment andPayment (EBPP)

Enables electronic bill presentment andpayment services for billers andauthorization and settlementcapabilities for communication withcredit card processors. Target market: the EBPP bundle is ofvalue to any company of any size thatpresents invoices and processpayments to customers. It is primarilyfor direct business-to-consumerinteractions that require credit cardauthorization and payments.

Supporting credit cardprocessor interfaces


CorporateServices

FI-TV Sarbanes-Oxleycompliance throughdetails of entertainmentreceipts

Additional information on internal andexternal participants of anentertainment activity must be reportedfor Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. Tomeet these legal requirements, a newtable is available in which the travelercan enter all participants. For externalparticipants, the user has to fill thefollowing required fields: last name, firstname, job title, and company. Forinternal employees, the user has toenter only the personnel number.

Reduced costs forSarbanes-Oxleycompliance Enhanced auditfunctionality and fraudprevention


CorporateServices

FI-TV Advanced PassengerInformation System(APIS): Collection ofrequired API beforedeparture

Advanced passenger information (API)is information currently required by theU.S. government about passengersprior to travel. All airlines are requiredto collect this information frompassengers who are traveling to theU.S. and transmit it to U.S. Customsand Border Protection. SAP TravelManagement collects the informationwithin the travel planning process inadvance of departure. This approachautomates the process, preventingcongestion at airports and streamliningpreflight check-in.

Simplification andacceleration of processesat the airport due to earlierdata transfer.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Sarbanes-Oxleycompliance throughdeclaration of private

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has drivencustomers to deploy automatedexpense solutions, including the

Reduced costs forSarbanes-Oxleycompliance

SAP ERP expenses from credit cardcharges

utilization of electronic receipts viacredit card feeds as a conduit tovalidate that internal controls are inplace. Private expenses paid with thecredit card can now be deducted anddisplayed and saved separately.

Enhanced auditfunctionality and fraudprevention


CorporateServices

FI-TV Improvements TravelRequest

Required travel services and travelerpreferences are integrated in travelrequests.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel Planning: Multipleenhancements in airpricing

Amadeus Master Pricer can nowreplace Amadeus Value Pricer forbooking flights. Master Pricer provides betterperformance and better content. Master Pricer checks flight availabilityand fares at the same time.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel Planning:Enhanced display of low-fare availability

Available flights are still sorted by price,but different flight combinations for onefare are shown in one box. Queries for available flights are donein Global Distribution Systems and inLow Cost Carrier Consolidators likeTravel fusion (direct connection via XI).


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel Planning: New sortoptions for hotels

Travelers can sort available hotelsaccording to various parameters, suchas price, star rating, or distance froman address


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel Planning:Improvements forGerman Rail bookings

Tickets can be booked for multipletravelers. BahnCard discounts of alltravelers are taken into account in pricecalculation. Travelers can book train tickets, traintickets including a seat reservation, orseat reservations without train tickets ifthese should be booked centrally Travelers can ask for a BahnTix. Theycan then pick up their tickets at theautomated devices at every trainstation using their BahnCard, creditcard, or reservation number asidentification.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Improvements ExpenseReport

The software reminds travelers ofexisting travel requests and travelplans when creating new expensereports. Attachments (e.g. images of receiptsor an agenda) can be attached to theexpense report.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Duet: Microsoft Officeintegration using Duet™software

Travelers can create travel requestsand approval workflow using MicrosoftOffice.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel PolicyAdministration:Customizing wizards fortravel policyadministration

New wizards simplify the configurationfor travel administrators. The followingviews are available: - Define maximum rates and defaultvalues for expense types - Define maximum amounts for hotelaccommodation

- Edit predefined addresses - Define hotel catalog - Define customer programs - Define agreements betweenproviders on customer programs.


CorporateServices

FI-TV POWLs for rolesTraveler, Approver andassistant

o As of Enhancement Pack 2 so-called POWLs (Personal Object WorkLists) are available for the followingroles: Traveler Assistant: POWLwith data across all travelers in theirarea of responsibility Approver (+Substitution): POWL with trips to beapproved as alternative to UWL +Workflow o The POWL for Travelersreplaces the former All My Tripssection. It gives the traveler anoverview on all his travel requests,travel plans and expenses reports aswell as an access point to add, changeor cancel his trips.o The POWL forAssistants includes the samefunctionalities like the POWL forTravelers. In addition the assistant hasthe possibility to maintain his travelers,i. e. he can add or remove travelersfrom his employee list.o The TravelApproval Workcenter (POWL forApprovers) gives the approver anoverview on travel request, travel plansand expense reports for approval. oFor all POWLs the traveler/companycan decide which columns will bedisplayed and which columns will behidden. Thus, the traveler/companycan quickly see the most importantinformation.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Conversion of completeWebdynpro/Java basedESS to Webdynpro/ABAP

o With the delivery of EhP 2there'll be a technological shift in SAPTravel Management - the enhancedESS will be based on ABAP. ABAPallows to better align maintenance andsupport stacks compared to JAVA.However, set-up and configuration inthe back-end system will not changebecause ABAP and Java run on thesame business logic layer. Thecustomizing will be the same and therewill be no additional effort for thecustomers.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Duet: Creation of travelrequests & travel plansfrom Microsoft Outlook

o From within the Outlook Calendar,Duet allows users to create a a travelrequest or a travel itinerary. Duetaccesses the SAP ERP system toprovide travel options for airlines,hotels and rental cars that arecompliant with corporate travelpolicies.o The employee user cansubmit a travel request, search fortravel options and recreate past travelitineraries.o Using Duet yourcompany can easily achieve higher

adoption rates since employees canbook their trips from within their well-known desktop applications. Thus, youremployees can work more efficientlybecause they do not have to switchbetween various programs/applicationsany longer and they also do not have togo to time-consuming trainings.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Duet: Analytics forManagers within e-mailsand/or as workflowsupport

o The manager can approve or rejecttravel requests and view travel andbudget reports.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Duet: Approval workflowsvia MS outlook

o The manager can approve or rejecttravel requests and view travel andbudget reports.

Reduced barriers touser acceptance Higheradoption rate Lowercosts (reduced usertraining, fewer calls to helpdesk/call center, faster timeto productivityEmployees are moreefficient (reducedcomplexity, less timefocused on software,adoptable to user's needs)


CorporateServices

FI-TV XI: Generic direct accessto corporate rail portals

o As of ERP 2004 SAP offered aconnection to Deutsche Bahn via BIBE(Bahn Internet Booking Engine). WithEnhancement Pack 2 a genericinterface for rail providers was createdbased on the existing XI-interface toDeutsche Bahn (BIBE). Nowconnections to railway companies likeSNCF, Amtrak, UK rail, Trenitalia,Swedish rail etc. are possible.


CorporateServices

FI-TV XI: Enhancements for thegeneric interface for flightbookings to airconsolidators and GNEs

additional fields where added in the Xi-area to improve mapping possibilitiesbetween the different interfaces.



PA-AS, PA-EIC, EP-PCT, CA-ESS, PA-ER

Integration with theemployee interactioncenter

Automated personnel managementprocesses EIC agents can launch and trackprocesses from the EIC. HR administrators can receive follow-up activities from EIC agents and callup activities in their central work lists.They can also start processes andforward them to agents in the EIC. Agents no longer need to enter data orlog in multiple times. The softwareautomatically displays employee dataand updates it in the back-end HRsoftware from SAP.

EIC agents gain directaccess to a process-support tool to helpexpedite resolution andmonitor progress towardsuccessful processexecution. Save time and effort byavoiding multiple data entrywith prepopulatedemployee information anddirect data updates to theback-end HR system Service level complianceand monitoring will improvewith business processautomation andstandardization Productivity and efficiencygains will be realized dueto enhanced cross-rolecollaboration andcommunication between

different groups andorganizational units forprocess support




HCM Processes andForms - Integration mitdem EmployeeInteraction Center (EIC)

Ein Employee Interaction Center ist einwichtiger Baustein eines Shared-Service-Konzeptes. Dabei handelt essich um ein Organisationsmodell, beidem bestimmte Dienstleistungen voneiner hierfür geschaffenenOrganisationseinheit für das gesamteUnternehmen geleistet werden. EICAgenten, die Serviceanfragen überunterschiedlicheKommunikationskanäle beantworten,benötigen den Zugriff aufAnwendungen, die die Prozesse desUnternehmens optimal unterstützen.Die Integration dieser BusinessFunction mit dem EIC unterstütz dieseAnforderung und ermöglicht dasautomatisieren, ausführen undkontrollieren von HR-Prozessen überden gesamten Prozesslebenszyklus.Für mehr Informationen bezüglich derIntegration mit dem EIC wird auf dieBusiness Function Beschreibung derFunktion Employee Interaction Centerverwiesen.

Enable the automationof paper-based processesand forms Streamlineand standardize HRbusiness processes Helpfaciliate communicationbetween cross-roleprocesses (e.g. the EICAgent and the employee)Allow EIC agents toidentifiy follow-upexpectations, ownershipand timelines for processroles, to ensure successfulprocess completionAllow EIC agents tomonitor and controlprocess execution directlyfrom the EIC application(based on pre-definedprocess steps andworkflows defined in HCMprocesses and Forms)Improve business processautomation to savetime/costs and maximizeefficiency and overallproductivity for EICAgents Manage andtrack the complete processlifecycle from beginning toend




HCM Processes andForms - ZusätzlicheServices für Self-Services

HCM Prozesse und Formulare ist einrollenübergreifendesProzessframework welches neben demPersonalsachbearbeiter oder EICAgenten auch Mitarbeiter und Manageran den Prozessen beteiligt. Mitarbeiterund Manager können HR Prozesseselber starten, und soDatenänderungen an die HR Abteilungweitergeben, oder Datenänderungendirekt im System ändern. Für dieBusiness Packages Manager Self-Service können Sie folgende neueServices über diese Business Functionaktivieren. o Prozesse starten oProzesse Anzeigen o PersonalakteAnzeigenDiese Services können in derManager Rolle über die Portalseiten zuMitarbeiterinformationen im Bereichzusätzliche Aktivitäten ausgewähltwerden.Für das Business PackageEmployee Self-Service könnenfolgende neue Services aktiviertwerden:o Prozesse Starteno ProzesseAnzeigen o PersonalakteAnzeigenBeachten Sie, dass Sie mit

Für den Bereich ESS sinddie Services über die Rollein die entsprechendrichtigen Worksetsintergriert. DieStatusnachverfolgung undauch die Übersicht überbereits durchgeführteSchritte kann über denProzess Browsernachvollzogen werden.

der Business Function HCM Prozesseund Formulare auch die zuEnhancement Package 1 verfügbarenFunktion aktivieren. Im EnhancementPackage 1 wurden folgendeErweiterungen zur Verfügung gestellt:oAnalytics: Kennzahlen und Queries fürden Bereich HCM Prozesse undFormulare und HR Shared Services.Informationen hierzu finden Sie unterLINKo Neue Beispielprozesse o SalaryChange Using Annual Salary(International)o Salary Change UsingPay Scale Wage Group and Level(International)o Special Payment(International) o Special PaymentWithout Personnel Department(International)o Change to WorkingTime (International)o Change ofAddress (US)o Company Loan(International)o Membership FeesSports Club (International)WeitereInformationen zu den Prozessen findenSie in der Online Hilfe LINKo NeuesBusiness Package für HRAdministrator 1.1 basierend aufWebDynpro für ABAP. WeitereInformationen zum Business Packagehierzu finden Sie unter LINK und imHinweis 972322.o GenerischeServices definieren. (falls es hier nochInformationen in einer Release Notezum EhP1 gibt bitte mit einbinden)Formularkonfiguration Formular- /Prozesskonfiguration Neue BackendServices für Prozess DesignInformation finden Sie im IMG unter HRAdministrative Services oMeldungsübersteuerung WerkzeugeMessage Mapper Information finden

Sie im IMG unter HR AdministrativeServices o Process Browser mitStatusübersicht für Manager undMitarbeiter o NeuesBenutzeroberfläche für die DigitalPersonnel File



PA-EIC Process control andmonitoring throughintegration with HCMProcesses and Forms

Employee interaction center ( EIC)agents can monitor and track theprogress and status of existing HRprocesses and they can easily accessthe process browser to search forexisting processes HR administrators can receive, view,and update the status of follow-up workitems from the universal work list(UWL).

Help facilitatecommunication betweencross-role processes ( theEIC agent and theemployee) Allow EIC agents toidentify follow-upexpectations, ownership,and timelines for processroles to ensure successfulprocess completion Allow EIC agents tomonitor and controlprocess execution directlyfrom the EIC software

(based on predefinedprocess steps andworkflows defined in HCMprocesses and forms) Manage and track thecomplete process lifecycle, from beginning toend



PA-EIC Execute HR processesfrom a centralized servicecenter

EIC agents can start and executepredefined HR processes, such as newhire and maternity leave, directly fromthe EIC (activity screen). Using the EIC inbox, agents can openand execute workflow items sent by theHR administrator. The software allowsnavigation to Web Dynpro ABAB fromthe EIC software. HR administrators can receive, view,and update the status of follow-up workitems (sent by EIC) from the UWLwithin the enterprise portal.

Streamline and standardizeHR business processes Allow EIC agents toidentify follow-upexpectations, ownership,and timelines for processroles to ensure successfulprocess completion Improve business processautomation to save timeand costs and maximizeefficiency and overallproductivity of EIC agents



PA-EIC Facilitate cross-rolecollaboration andcommunication betweenbusiness partners, usingworkflow technology

EIC agents can open and executeworkflow items sent by the HRadministrator from the EIC inbox. Thesoftware allows navigation to WebDynpro ABAB from the EIC software. HR administrators can receive, view,and update the status of follow-up workitems from the UWL.

Help facilitatecommunication betweencross-role processes ( theEIC agent and theemployee) Improve business processautomation to save timeand costs and maximizeefficiency and overallproductivity for EIC agents Manage and track thecomplete process lifecycle, from beginning toend



PA-EIC HR process automationand standardizationthrough HCM Processand Forms integration

EIC agents can start and executepredefined HR processes, such as newhire and maternity leave, directly fromthe EIC. EIC agents can monitor and track theprogress and status of existing HRprocesses initiated via the EIC. EIC agents can open and executeworkflow items, sent by the HRadministrator from the EIC inbox, usingthe UWL. HR Administrators can receive andview follow-up work items from theUWL and access the process browserto search for existing processes

Streamline and standardizeHR business processes Improve business processautomation to save timeand costs and maximizeefficiency Manage and track thecomplete process lifecycle, from beginning toend Help facilitatecommunication betweencross-role processes ( theEIC agent and theemployee) Allow EIC agents toidentify follow-upexpectations, ownership,and timelines for processroles to ensure successfulprocess completion Allow EIC agents tomonitor and controlprocess execution directlyfrom the EIC

SAP Human PE-LSO Support for common e- The Sharable Content Object Support of common


CapitalManagement

learning standards Reference Model (SCORM) is acollection of technical specificationsand standards that define how Web-based learning content is created andprovided to learners. Support forSCORM ensures that learning contentcan be exchanged between differentlearning management systems. The Aviation Industry CBT Committeeregulates how communication and dataare exchanged on Web-based learningplatforms in the aviation industry. Itcontains control and reporting optionsand enables data exchange betweenlearning programs and betweenlearning administration programs.

standards like SCORM2004 and AICCEnhanced flexibility indeploying e-learningcontentEnhanced reportingcapabilities



PE-LSO Web-based access forinstructors and tutors

Web-based access for instructors andtutors on the instructor portal Instructor and tutor work lists includeall courses of the responsibleinstructor, and they provide anoverview of the tasks to be completedfor better course management

Paper-based processescan be replaced ( handingout the attendance list forsignature) Administrative tasks incourse administration canbe taken over by instructordirectly ( replacingparticipants) Work list of courseseliminates a need forpaper-basedcommunication



PE-LSO Course program You use the course program to make acourse offering available to learners. Content is structured into blocks thatcan be identified as mandatory oroptional and may or may not besequenced. Content is a mixture of curricula andcourse types that may or may not havescheduled dates and can be bookedanytime. The content may or may notbe sequenced and can havealternatives (which learners can selectfrom).



PE-LSO Integrated virtual learningrooms

Course administrators can seamlesslycreate course dates with virtuallearning rooms by assigning aninstructor as a course resource, justlike for any other course. Learners can access virtual learningrooms in the learning portal to takecourses that are led by instructors. Instructors will receive a personalroom automatically; they can alsocreate and manage virtual rooms in theinstructor portal and assign virtualrooms to courses.

Virtual learning room ispart of the solution Instructors can managetheir virtual learning roomsor just use their personaldefault room from theirinstructor portal Course administrators canset up courses with virtuallearning rooms in thefamiliar process Learners join the virtuallearning rooms from thelearning portal



PE-LSO - - SAP LearningSolution- SAP EnterpriseLearning - Rapid E-learning Authoring Tool

A rapid E-Learning authoring toolis provided as part of the AuthoringEnvironment. This rapid E-Learningauthoring tool enables users to createAICC, SCORM 1.2 and SCORM 2004

compliant E-Learning content usingMicrosoft® PowerPoint. The contentpackage created by this tool can bepublished to SAP Enterprise Learning(environment), using the AuthoringEnvironment. Users need the AdobeFlash Plug-In installed in their browserto view the courses created with thistool.


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

ES Bundle - TravelManagement

HCM services for SAP TravelManagement provide an option toupload master data related to businesstravel from non-SAP HR systems,reservation systems, e-mail databases,and credit card companies. Data canalso be transferred from SAP TravelManagement to reservation systems. Target market: all companies using orimplementing SAP Travel Management

Import master data fromnon-SAP HR systems toSAP Travel Management Import traveler profile datafrom external reservationsystems into SAP TravelManagement Update reservationsystems with actualtraveler profile data fromSAP Travel Management Import master data fromcredit card companies intoSAP Travel Management Import data from third-party e-mail systems toSAP Travel Management


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

Service to create, updateand delete/delimit Travelmini master data fromnon-SAP HR systems

When the Travel management systemis set up initially, all existing employeemini master data from the external non-SAP system can be imported to theTravel Management system. For thecontinuous operating mode, customersare able to import changes in employeemaster data from the external non-SAPsystem to the Travel Managementsystem on a regular basis.


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

Service to read and sendtraveler profile to GlobalDistribution System(GDS)/agency system

The traveler profile (employee minimaster plus personal travelpreferences) can be read in SAP andtransferred to an external system (GDSor travel agency profile database).


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

Service to create travelerpreferences fromGDS/agency system

Travelers can store their personnelpreferences for business travel andcreate a personal profile using self-services. All preference data for TravelManagement is held in SAP TravelManagement as the master system.Using this inbound operation travelerpreferences can initially be importedfrom the GDS/agency system into theTravel Management system.


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

Service to create, updateand delete/delimitcorporate credit cardinformation from creditcard company databases

Credit card numbers change, validitydates change or employees enroll forthe corporate card program. Thereforeit is helpful for corporations to receiveall changes about employees'corporate card numbers and validitydates from the card providers. Thisservice enables you to import creditcard information into the TravelManagement system.


CorporateServices

PA-PA, FI-TV

Service to create, updateand delete/delimit emailaddresses from externalemail databases

In order to simplify the initial set-up,customers can take over the emailaddresses from an external emailsystem such as MS Outlook or LotusNotes. This inbound operation createsand updates the E-mail addresses ofan employee in IT0105 (Subtype 10)for one or more Work Agreements.


Industries LO-MD,MM-PUR,SD-POS,SD-EDI

Global DataSynchronization -Enhancements on theGDS/PRICATmaintenance

The development comprises thefollowing enhancements on theGDS/PRICAT maintenance: Show short text in login language onitem level Article text on level BOM (bill ofmaterial) Show description of characteristicvalue on base unit and characteristiclevel; show description ofcharacteristics in characteristics level After changing SATNR Field inw_pricat_maintain and saving this linean update is needed so that thechanged line appears with thecorresponding other variants. Thevariant will appear with the new genericmaterial group number which isgrouped under the appropriate genericarticle. PRICAT inbound processing - Assignadditional EAN to existing article



Article maintenance Inclusion of the article description forvariants when maintaining EANs in thearticle master: in article mastermaintenance, a new column wasadded to the additional data under thetab strip "EAN Maintenance" to displaythe article descriptions of the variantsfor the given logon language.



Master Data Maintenance Enhanced storage levels fortransportation chain and staging time:The storage levels for externaltransportation chains and their stagingtime were enhanced with thefunctionality to provide more detaileddata retention levels to be able tosupport more scenarios within thescheduling of the procurementcontrolling. Department Store / ShopMaintenance: When creating a newshop under a department store, all thesales area segments of the departmentstore are copied to the new shop.When creating a new shop under adepartment store, all company codesegments of the department store arecopied to the new shop. Assignment of follow-up/replacementarticle to original article: In order tomap SAP F&R follow-up- andreplacement functionality,

enhancements are made in the masterdata maintenance in ERP Enhanced article hierarchymaintenance: Retail customers use thearticle hierarchy to plan theirassortment structure and to representany number of hierarchical groupingsof articles, particularly the CDT(consumer decision tree), as it is usedin category management. The followingenhancements are available: - Consistency Check Report - New User Interface for the SimulationFunction - New User Interface for the CopyFunction



Operational AssortmentPlanning and Control(OAPC)

With Operational Assortment Planningand Control (OAPC), retailers canspecify the materials and quantities toorder, both for delivery to the storesand put-away quantities for thedistribution center. To do this, apurchasing list is created and materialsadded to it. The materials can alreadyexist in the ERP system, be PRICATmaterials received from vendors viaIDocs, or brand new materials forwhich no information exists yet. Fornew materials, additional colors orsizes can be specified. Theseenhancements for the application of theOAPC comprise: - Display of Assortments - Use of Structured Articles - Third-Party Order Processing - Filtering of Purchasing List items atCharacteristic Level



Layout Workbench Check whether the plannedpresentation date of the article for astore lies within the validity period ofthe layout version to which the article isassigned. Indicator to transfer an article from thelayout module to the purchasing list(OAPC). The new indicator allowsarticles to be transferred to purchasinglist for stock replenishment only.



Assortment list and POS-outbound processing

Price reference articles in the HighPerformance Retailing (HPR)assortment list Mass reorganization in POS outboundand assortment list area Consideration of conditions flagged fordeletion BAdI enhancements for HPRassortment list: authorization check


Industries Article Substitution Replace an article with a differentarticle (follow-up or replacement article)because the article is out of stock,discontinued, and so on . Assignments of the substitute article

Substitute articles duringcreation of internaldeliveries and inforecasting andreplenishment provides

can be maintained by the customer.The assignments will be consideredwhen creating deliveries. During the creation of a delivery for astock transfer order, substitute articleassignments are evaluated and,depending on certain events and therelated master data, the original articlein the delivery can be substituted. Thesubstitute article will be deliveredinstead of the original article (from thestock transfer order).

flexibility in thereplenishment process Lost sales in the store canbe avoided


Industries Improved Extended RetailMethod of Accounting

Extended retail method of accounting( ERMA) is an alternate inventoryvaluation method (instead of RMA) thatmanages inventory at the item andlocation level. It uses moving averageprice for the cost flow. Inventory is alsotracked in retail values. Markdownsmay cause an adjustment to theinventory values and costs. The revaluation profiles can now allowdifferent handling for each price-change type, such as mark-up orpermanent mark-down. The profilescan now disallow the maintain-marginstreatment for mark-ups. The system provides a series of retailand cost stock-ledger reports, orhistorical comparison reports. Thereports will collect and presentinventory-related transactions andcalculate key ratios under the cost orextended retail methods of inventoryaccounting.

This feature leads toenhanced logic for mark-ups and mark-downs andto improved ERMA. New stock ledger reportingleads to enhanced logic formark-ups and mark-downsand to improved ERMA.


Industries Stock Ledger Reporting This development effort is to provide aseries of retail and cost stock ledgerreports, including, period reports,period-to-date reports, and historicalcomparison reports. These reports willcollect and present inventory-relatedtransactions and calculate key ratiosunder either the cost or extended retailmethods of inventory accounting.Users shall be able to initially selectdata for display and then be able todrilldown into more detailed layers andbe able to filter the results.

In order to properly support thesereports in BW, some technicalenhancements in ERP were alsorequired.


Industries Forecasting andReplenishment*:Characteristics-baseddetermination ofreferences for articles

The new function will enhance theautomatic assignment of references toan article-site combination in the ERPsystem. It is possible to (automatically)assign articles that have certain,predefined article attributes in commonto an article-site combination asreferences.

SAP Industries Forecasting and During a promotion period the space


Replenishment*:Promotional Planning

allocated to goods storage for an articleduring standard periods (outside ofpromotions) is to be increased. Itshould also be possible to order anddeliver more frequently during thepromotion and use more frequentreplenishment options to provide abetter response to the actual quantitysold and to provide improvedavailability of promotional merchandizegoods than during standard periods.The solution was enhanced with thefollowing functionalities: Maintainalternative minimum and maximumstock levels Maintain alternative order and deliverydates for promotions Transfer Time-Dependent Minimumand Maximum Stock Levels to SAPF&R Transfer Time-DependentProcurement Cycles to SAP F&R.


Industries Forecasting andReplenishment*:Structural breaks for DCforecast

Determine the number of sites that aresupplied by a certain DC with a certainarticle and transfer that information toSAP F&R ).The following information is to be takeninto consideration: Listing information for the distributioncenters Internal sources of supply for the sites(supplying site relationships and sourcelist) Listing information for the stores


Industries Forecasting andReplenishment*: Interfacefor purchaseorganizations

Transfer definitions of purchaseorganizations and their assignments tosites to SAP F&R


Industries Forecasting andReplenishment*: Interfacefor contract information

Transfer contract documents (outlineagreements) to SAP F&R


Industries Forecasting andReplenishment*:Suppress transfer ofunnecessary data

As there are certain processes, whereonly a part of those data is needed inSAP F&R (e.g. only master data forlisting check required but no orders, nomovement data), the interface logic isenhanced by further controlmechanisms to suppress the transfer ofunnecessary data in such processes.


Industries Allocation: improvementsfor contract determinationand scheduling

Contract Determination within theAllocation Table Enhanced scheduling within theAllocation Table


Industries LO-AB Integration of SAP CreditManagement

Real-time and comprehensive creditlimit checks ensure timely informationabout customers and prevent financialrisks. Users can benefit from the wholescope of SAP's Credit Management.

SAP Industries LO-AB Integration of the Variant The Variant Configuration is a


Configuration completely new business processvariant to handle special products.


Industries LO-AB Collection invoices Creation of independent collectioninvoices towards suppliers andcustomers


Industries LO-GT Fully integrated, scalable,end-to-end solution forsourcing, selling, tradingand logistic processing ofcommodities of any kind

Enables end-to-end commoditymanagement scenarios (buying,trading, and selling of commodities) inconnection with Commodity SL of EBSpartner Triple Point Technology A commodity is a product thattradeson a commodity exchange: agriculturalproducts, metals, oil, gas, electricitycoal, emissions, and weather It is important for all companies thatmanage commodities in procurement,sell commodities, or trade commoditiesas such.

Integrated trading systeminto SAP ERP to manageprocurement, selling, andtrading of commodities -including commodity riskmanagement World-class front-office-trading delivered by EBSpartner, Triple pointTechnology Full transparency alongthe supply chain Commodity tradingplatform as the basis forcommodity accountingcompliance


Industries LO-GT Transparency and controlover all aspects of yourcommodities

Integration of data from deal capture(partner system) down to financials


Industries LO-GT ES Bundle - Trade &Commodity Management

Commodity Management comprisesthe activities of purchasing, selling,trading, logistic and financial planningand execution of commodities.

Create physical dealincluding estimated costsin trading system Replicate physical deal asTrading Order in ERP Add unplanned costs totrading order Create planned and actualmovements, transferinformation to tradingsystem to update P/Lreporting Create invoices and settleexpenses. Transfer actualcosts to trading system forinclusion in P/L reporting


Industries LO-GT - Compensationmanagement -Bereitstellung von B2BeSOA Services imBereich desKonditionskontraktes alsauch Bereitstellung derMappings für die EDINachricht EDI845

The necessary elements for acommodity management solution thatneed to reflect in the applicationsystem can be depicted as follows:The yellow background symbolized thecore of the commodity management.Most of the activities lie in the "frontoffice" part. In the integrated solutionthe front office part is covered by apartner solution, the business functionhere covers the enablement of thepartner software to the SAP ERPbackbone.The front office (partnerapplication) comprises those activitiesthat interface to the outside word, inour case the activities carried out bythe dealer, the normal trading activities.The upper box "situation analysis,

decision support and future simulation"is the cockpit a trader needs to get aview of the internal and external world,to simulate possible future scenariosand come to a decision. In comprisesinformation as:- External marketinformation (commodity prices,company news, etc)- Internal demandand supply information (How much of acertain commodity is needed/ do wehave for production supply?)- PositionReporting (Overview over the openbuying and selling positions (physicaland paper) in quantity and value)-Value at Risk reporting (How big is therisk of loss?) including calculationsbased on mathematical models -Exposure Management and hedgeaccounting: How big is the trader's risk,his "exposure". Which part of thisexposure is hedged and is that hedgesufficient effective?The two boxes"physical dealing" and "paper dealing"stand for the handling of physical andpaper contracts. Physical and papercontracts influence each other,because every opening of a physicalcontract (position) creates an"exposure" (risk exposure). The tradercan decide to hedge this riskcompletely, partially or not at all. Everyopening of a paper contract without anunderlying physical deal exposurecreates off course an exposure aswell.Typically, there are four possiblecategories of exposure risk:-Commodity price risk- Currency risk (ifthe contract is in a foreign currency therate may change)- Credit risk (thecreditor might not pay his bill)- Freightrisk (all future around the world quoteFOB prices. Therefore, if a trade issettled for delivery 12 months later withthe CIF price as a reference, the sellerneeds to hedge the position againstchanges in the shipping cost aswell.)The following building elementsare in the mid- and back office, handledby SAP ERP:- Logistic planning andexecution: Beside of non-materialcommodities as electricity all goodshave to be transported and shipped.Customers have to be invoiced andbills have to be paid. Although this canbe said of any kind of selling orpurchasing process, there are certain"specialties" that need special care andtherefore attention of a commoditymanagement solution: oTransportation: Vessel reservationand organization Transportoptimization Fluid handling (e.g.

temperature dependence) ExpenseHandlingo Invoicing: Delta invoicehandling: Often, an invoice is send to acustomer before the price is finallyfixed. By the time of fixing, the pricebased on the underlying index a deltainvoice is needed therefore that takesthe invoices already send intoaccount.- Margin processing andsettlement: For exchange-tradedderivatives, the handling of the initialand the variation margin has to becarried out. For all derivatives, brokerand similar fees must be handled.Finally, the contracts have to bematched and settled. - The exposuremanagement and hedge accounting isa very important topic on the financialside. Strict rules exist here under whichfinancial derivatives can be kept fromthe profit and loss sheetAlthough veryspecial handling requirements existdepended on the commodity, theabove-described elements are thenecessary basis for any commoditymanagement solution.


Industries LO-GT - CompensationManagement - ErweiterteGeschäftsprozesslogikund Flexibilität bei derErstellung vonVergütungsabrechnungen(Funktionale Erweiterung)

The necessary elements for acommodity management solution thatneed to reflect in the applicationsystem can be depicted as follows:The yellow background symbolized thecore of the commodity management.Most of the activities lie in the "frontoffice" part. In the integrated solutionthe front office part is covered by apartner solution, the business functionhere covers the enablement of thepartner software to the SAP ERPbackbone.The front office (partnerapplication) comprises those activitiesthat interface to the outside word, inour case the activities carried out bythe dealer, the normal trading activities.The upper box "situation analysis,decision support and future simulation"is the cockpit a trader needs to get aview of the internal and external world,to simulate possible future scenariosand come to a decision. In comprisesinformation as:- External marketinformation (commodity prices,company news, etc)- Internal demandand supply information (How much of acertain commodity is needed/ do wehave for production supply?)- PositionReporting (Overview over the openbuying and selling positions (physicaland paper) in quantity and value)-Value at Risk reporting (How big is therisk of loss?) including calculationsbased on mathematical models -Exposure Management and hedge

accounting: How big is the trader's risk,his "exposure". Which part of thisexposure is hedged and is that hedgesufficient effective?The two boxes"physical dealing" and "paper dealing"stand for the handling of physical andpaper contracts. Physical and papercontracts influence each other,because every opening of a physicalcontract (position) creates an"exposure" (risk exposure). The tradercan decide to hedge this riskcompletely, partially or not at all. Everyopening of a paper contract without anunderlying physical deal exposurecreates off course an exposure aswell.Typically, there are four possiblecategories of exposure risk:-Commodity price risk- Currency risk (ifthe contract is in a foreign currency therate may change)- Credit risk (thecreditor might not pay his bill)- Freightrisk (all future around the world quoteFOB prices. Therefore, if a trade issettled for delivery 12 months later withthe CIF price as a reference, the sellerneeds to hedge the position againstchanges in the shipping cost aswell.)The following building elementsare in the mid- and back office, handledby SAP ERP:- Logistic planning andexecution: Beside of non-materialcommodities as electricity all goodshave to be transported and shipped.Customers have to be invoiced andbills have to be paid. Although this canbe said of any kind of selling orpurchasing process, there are certain"specialties" that need special care andtherefore attention of a commoditymanagement solution: oTransportation: Vessel reservationand organization Transportoptimization Fluid handling (e.g.temperature dependence) ExpenseHandlingo Invoicing: Delta invoicehandling: Often, an invoice is send to acustomer before the price is finallyfixed. By the time of fixing, the pricebased on the underlying index a deltainvoice is needed therefore that takesthe invoices already send intoaccount.- Margin processing andsettlement: For exchange-tradedderivatives, the handling of the initialand the variation margin has to becarried out. For all derivatives, brokerand similar fees must be handled.Finally, the contracts have to bematched and settled. - The exposuremanagement and hedge accounting isa very important topic on the financial

side. Strict rules exist here under whichfinancial derivatives can be kept fromthe profit and loss sheetAlthough veryspecial handling requirements existdepended on the commodity, theabove-described elements are thenecessary basis for any commoditymanagement solution.


Industries MM-PUR,MM-IV, SD-FT

Integration of SAP GRCGlobal Trade Services

SAP GRC Global Trade Services is anapplication to support importantbusiness processes like import andexport control, restitution, and trade-preference handling The new developments help toimprove the connection SAP GRCGlobal Trade Services to SAP forRetail.



Goods Receipt CapacityCheck

The buyer will be informed when thecapacity at the warehouse isinsufficient for a particular date and theamount of merchandise insufficient forthe particular goods receipt area. The buyer can decide to move thereceipt to another time slot or toanother goods receipt area if thecapacity is insufficient. In the event of acapacity bottleneck, the buyer willreceive an overview of the capacity atthe goods receipt area duringgeneration of the purchase order.

Connection of the processof purchase order creationand the capacity (forprocessing merchandise)at the goods receipt area Improvement intransparency for the buyerin terms of making qualifieddecisions about the timeslot in which certainmerchandise is ordered Optimization of workload(capacity) at the goodsreceipt area



Invoice Reduction With this feature, an interface isavailable for electronically providinginformation about the reduction of theinvoice. A new field, reason for invoicereduction, is available.

Improvement of datainterchange byelectronically providinginformation about thereduction of the invoice The efficiency of invoicemanagement improvesbecause of this feature


Industries IS-U Utilities Customer Care:Retail view of thederegulated energymarket

Simplified business processes for callcenter agents in an intuitive, browser-based work environment Target market: for energy retailers inderegulated markets and for customerservice-centric utilities in general

Simplified, easy-to-learn,and easy-to-use call centerprocesses Extended contractmanagement, includingutilities-specific productproposal and bill simulationthrough seamlessintegration of commercialand technical processes


Industries IS-U Service Oriented ProcessSupport (AMI Services)

Seamless integration and automationof the processes for disconnection andreconnection of a meter and uploadand download of profile values Target market: any utility in aregulated and liberalized market

Reduction of operationalcosts due to processautomation Less integration effortthrough state-of-the-artnative connectivity topartner product


Industries IS-U Collections Managementin Contract AccountsReceivables andPayables

Collection activities can be determinedand executed based on customers'collection strategies Create and manage lists of collectionswork items; track progress of the work

Reduction of custom coderequirements Improve collectionsprocess Better organization of

Complete view of all work lists thatitems are assigned to and the currentprogress of the work Work items are displayed by priority,showing all relevant information for acollector and allowing drill-down intofurther details The collector adds notes, updates thestatus, resubmits, or forwards a workitem to another agent. Target market: utilities with a largenumber of customers

collection activities Improve cash flow Increase working capital Efficient collections Better review capability forcollection managers


Industries IS-U Enhancement ofderegulationinfrastructure

Possibility to implement severalderegulated divisions together (bydefining division-specific switchprocesses for electricity and gas) Enhancement of the framework for theEDM-calculation workbench Enhancing the formula profilecalculation by using flexible inputparameters (variables)


Industries IS-U Enhancements inCustomer FinancialsManagement

Create variants for the account balancedisplay via customizing Direct debit limit in the payment run Deactivation of an installment planaffects creditworthiness


Industries IS-U Localization of strategiccountries (e.g. China)

Example for localization: the possibilityto administrate transformer as devicesin the system.


Industries IS-U Customer Feedback Depending on the individual customerrequirement


Industries IS-U Waste ManagementCockpit

Central transaction for confirmation ofwaste disposal orders (WDOs) Optimized and simplified handlingreduces processing time of WDOs Integration of business processexception management ( BPEM)enables monitoring of mass creation ofWDOs Central transaction for management ofoperational and logistics costs

Improved usability of orderprocessing Increased speed of orderprocessing Flexibility of confirmationsettings for differentprocess scenarios of awaste disposal company Increased route-profitability view Granular route and itemcost-allocation capabilities


Industries IS-U Collections Managementin Contract AccountsReceivables andPayables

Determination and execution ofcollection activities based on collectionstrategies Managing Collections Worklists andprocessing of Collections Work Items Processing Promises to Pay Display additional financial informationsuch as the last payment of a customer Payments at external cash desk (newEnterprise Services for integration withcash systems) Delta-Update extraction of businesspartner items and dunning history intoBI


Industries IS-U Enhancements wastedisposal processing

Functional enhancements for weighingand sales order processing


Industries IS-U Enhancements inCustomer FinancialsManagement

Create variants for the account balancedisplay via customizing Direct debit limit in the payment run Deactivation of an installment planaffects creditworthiness


Industries IS-U Neue und erweiterteWaageschnellerfassungmit zusätzlichenFunktionen undProzessen

¡ Besonders übersichtliche undbenutzerfreundliche Gestaltung durchneuen Bildaufbau.¡ ZusätzlicheKontrollmöglichkeiten über die FelderAbfallbehandlung, Vorgangsart,Entsorgungsanlagenauftragsart unddas Kennzeichen für externeAnlieferung. Einfache Belegung derEntsorgungsanlagenauftragsart überDrucktaste Steuerung.¡Benutzerspezifische Voreinstellungenfür die Zuordnung von Profilgruppenund Entsorgungsanlagen zur Waage¡Speichern von Favoriten - z. B. alsVorlagen für andere Arbeitsabläufe¡Neuer allgemeiner Objektservice fürdas Anfügen von Notizen oder Dateien(z. B. Fotos) zu einem Wiegebeleg¡Zuordnung mehrerer Wiegedatensätzezu einer Entsorgungsauftragsposition¡Automatisches Splitting des Materialsbei Wareneingang¡ Relevanz fürWarenbewegung und Abrechnung überWaageprozessarten wieEigenverwiegung oderKontrollverwiegung definierbar¡Preissimulation für externeVerwiegung¡ Eingabe vonSchichtdatum und -zeit¡ Abbilden desMaterials über Chargen¡ ManuelleEingabe des Taragewichts¡ Definitionzusätzlicher Angaben für dasTaragewicht wie Personen,Schneeketten usw.¡ Eingabe mehrerBehälter mit Behältertyp oderEquipmentnummer¡ Gewichtsprüfunghinsichtlich vereinbarter Mengen bzw.deren Überschreitung¡ Storno einesWiegebelegs, bei der die Buchung ausder Materialwirtschaft ebenfallsstorniert wird¡ Neuer Data Identifier fürdie Datenfindung für folgendeSzenarien:1. Datenfindung über Kfz-Kennzeichnen2. Datenfindung überVertrag und/oder Geschäftspartner3.Datenfindung über Favoriten-Identifikationsnummer4. Datenfindungüber Entsorgungsauftrag und PositionoErweiterte Stammdatenverwaltung¡Bearbeiten des Ansprechpartners inder Standplatzverwaltung¡ NeuesServiceintervall Tagesfrequenz¡

Hinterlegen einerAbrechnungsrelevanz für Hinweise¡Bearbeiten von Behälteranteilen fürSD-Verträge¡ NeueentsorgungsspezifischeStammdatenvorlagentypenNEWCUSTWASTE_SD undNEWCUSTWASTE_ISU


CorporateServices

IS-AD Maintenance eventbuilder

The maintenance event builder is anintuitive, easy-to-use work bench toplan maintenance events The maintenance event builderhandles the following activities: - Revision: describes an opportunity toperform maintenance on assets andallows maintenance planner to group aset of maintenance requests that canbe performed during that opportunity - Notifications: work requirements arelisted so that planner can view, selectand assign outstanding maintenancenotifications to a maintenanceopportunity - Orders: planner can create plantmaintenance or customer serviceorders from the task lists and task listhierarchies in the notifications. - Project: planner can use a projectnetwork so that orders can besequenced for optimized execution - Planning: the planning board displaysall planned events for given technicalobjects and maintenance events.

Usability is increased Planning is streamlined Planning is somewhatautomated


CorporateServices

IS-AD Hierarchical task list Maintenance of complex technicalobjects includes many tasks that arestructured hierarchically. Hierarchy tasklists can reference other hierarchy tasklists or task lists, so users can build ahierarchy of maintenance tasks to becompleted.

Hierarchical task list allowsorganization ofmaintenance package in aclear block of steps Hierarchical task listallows the creation ofmaster data centrally formultiple plants Hierarchical task listsimplifies variantconfigurationimplementation and allowsthe usage of a task list fora large number of similarpieces of equipment andassets


CorporateServices

IS-AD ES Bundle - AssetConfiguration

The management of the configurationfor complex systems like ships,vehicles or aircraft can be done by theasset user alone, by a contractor ormanufacturer alone and on every pointin between. This ES bundle supports theprocesses to create new referencestructures for assets as well as themaintenance (change/update) of thesereference structures on dependence ofthe contract, in the customer and/or in

Creation and establishmentof initial structure toexchange asset relateddata and information. Creation of referencestructures for complexsystem structures. Maintenance and changemanagement for complexstructures. Creation and maintenanceof allowed structures.

the service provider system. The Version 2 completes the alreadydefined and presented ES BundleAsset Configuration (EhP2)

Creation and changes ofmaintenance requirementsfor complex structures


CorporateServices

IS-AD ES Bundle - MaintenanceProcessing

This ES bundle provides enterpriseservices for the exchange of daterelated to maintenance planning, assetconfiguration, and notification databetween the enterprise assetmanagement (EAM) software in SAPERP and other EAM applications orsystems. The enterprise services can beconsumed by external, third-partysystems or composite applications(reliability-centered maintenance andoptimization: RCMO) to integrateexternal EAM systems with the EAMsoftware from SAP. Version 2 completes the ES bundle formaintenance processing (EhP2)

Gives maintenancepersonnel an easy way tohandle service bulletinsprovided by OEMs and putthe bulletins into action. Alert maintenancesupervisors whenwarranties for specificpieces of equipment arenearing the end of theirlives Compile all data neededfor a maintenancesupervisor to decidewhether it is more cost-efficient to repair or replacea certain part or piece ofequipment Provide a user-friendly,end-to-end solution forhandling maintenanceorders


CorporateServices

IS-AD ES Bundle - MaintenanceService Collaboration

The maintenance activities for complexsystems like ships, vehicles or aircraftcan be done by the asset user alone,by a contractor or manufacturer aloneand on every point in between. This ES bundle supports the keepingthe as maintained structure of thecomplex system uptodate when acontractor performs repair andoverhaul on dependence of thecontract, in the customer and/or in theservice provider system. The Version 2 completes the alreadydefined and presented ES BundleMaintenance Service Collaboration(EhP2)

Initiate maintenanceactivity Plan maintenance Execute maintenance Update data Close maintenance activity


CorporateServices

PM, CS,EP-PCT,PCT-MAN

New pool role 'BasicMaintenance Processing'

Basic maintenance processing is ageneric role with a new simplified userinterface. It supports an end-to-end approach fornon-professional users to handlemaintenance, including defect logging,message processing, and workconfirmation. Process steps such as createorder ,create purchase requisition, andcreate confirmation are hidden in thebackground. Basic maintenance processing is aneasy-to-implement, predefined, andpreconfigured system.

Streamline the overallprocess of defect handlingin the company. Give all employees anoption to log defects onbroken equipment easily. Transparency ofmaintenance effort andassociated costs. Ready-to-use,preconfigured roles for abasic maintenanceprocess. Transparency ofmaintenance status anddetails on maintenancenotifications.

SAPenhancement

CorporateServices

PM, CS,EP-PCT,

New role 'MaintenancePlanner'

For large maintenance organizationsthat have implemented SAP software

Simplification of systemaccess.

package 2 forSAP ERP

PCT-MAN for plant maintenance, the newmaintenance planner role provides aWeb-based user interface formaintenance planning. The predefined work centers enablemaintenance planners to access andmanage maintenance-related data,perform analytics, and acceleratemaintenance planning processes. The maintenance planner role focuseson collaboration, new features for workprocessing and structure display, andenhanced analytics to support aplanner in planning, coordinating, andscheduling maintenance work in aorganization.

Increasing theeffectiveness andefficiency of maintenanceplanning work. Accessibility of allmaintenance-relevantinformation throughpredefined personal workareas. Flexible datarepresentation in abusiness context.


CorporateServices

PM, CS,EP-PCT,PCT-MAN

New role 'MaintenanceSupervisor'

For large maintenance organizationsthat have implemented SAP softwarefor plant maintenance, the newmaintenance supervisor role provides aWeb-based user interface formonitoring maintenance activities. The predefined work centers enablemaintenance planners to access andmanage maintenance-related data,conduct analytics, and optimize andmonitor resource usage within asupervisor's area of responsibility. The maintenance supervisor rolefocuses on collaboration, new featuresfor work processing, structure display,and enhanced analytics to support thedaily work of an supervisor in amaintenance organization.

Simplification of systemaccess. Optimize resource usageof maintenance workcenters. Accessibility of allmaintenance-relevantinformation through pre-defined personal workareas. Flexible datarepresentation in abusiness context.



MM Description field forinventory documents

Within the inventory document there isan additional text field which can beused to have a more detaileddescription of the inventory, e.g."Inventory for men shirts



MM Invoice verification For invoice documents there is a newfield "complaints reason" on item level(transaction MIRO, MIR6,MIR7). This field can be switched. This allowsfor better analysis and efficiencyimprovements of the complainsprocess. In addition a new BAPI methodCOMPLIANT and a corresponding Idocis available. This allows to handleinformation about invoice reductionautomatically within the ERP system.Until now it was only possible to handlethis information paper based.



MM Capacity check forunloading points forgoods receipt

During creation of purchase orders apurchaser can check if the unloadingpoint for the goods has enoughcapacity for the planned delivery date.If there is not enough capacity at theunloading point, the purchase ordercan be changed accordingly by shiftingto different unloading points or

changing the delivery data.SAPenhancementpackage 2 forSAP ERP

Analytics PP Kanban The new tabular representation of thekanban board facilitates kanbanevaluation and provides even moreflexible control. Users have intuitiveand extensive options forpersonalization. The business add-ins for kanbanenable you to adjust the representationto the additional requirements of yourbusiness processes with a minimum ofeffort. You can create a replenishmentstrategy with reporting points. You can invoke delayed replenishmentelements. The new BAPIs for kanban help yourealize your own scenarios andinterfaces for managing control cyclesand kanbans.

Better accessibility Better visibility intoproduction processes Better integration withnon-SAP systems


Analytics PP Production smoothingand sequencing inrepetitive manufacturing

A new procedure for productionsmoothing (leveling) is available forsequencing in repetitive manufacturingusing the heijunka process. You can change the sequenceschedule interactively. You can change the visualizationprofile. With the business add-in forsequencing, you can specify your ownscheduling sequence for plannedorders.

Convert uneven customerpulls into an even andpredictable manufacturingschedule Stabilize the material andvalue flows Decrease production leadtimes and inventories Increase productionflexibility and deliveryreliability


Analytics PP New features inevaluations for MRP andlong-term planning

Enhanced transparency and planningfunctionality in manufacturingrequirements planning Planning and integration with SAPAdvanced Planning & Optimization(SAP APO) has been improved withmaterial requirements planning (MRP)based on SAP ERP.


Analytics PP Neuerungen in denAuswertungen derBedarfsplanung und derLangfristplanung

Sie können neben der klassischenEinzelmaterialsicht die integriertePlanungssituation mehrerer Materialienals Materialgruppierung in der Bedarfs-und Bestandsliste nutzen. Für dieAuswahl einer Materialgruppierunghaben Sie dabei folgendeMöglichkeiten: ProduktgruppenWerksübergreifendeMaterialgruppierung APO-Ersetzungsketten Kundenspezifischdefinierte MaterialgruppierungSiehe DarstellungMaterialgruppierungen



PP-PI Process managementusing an enhancedexecution steps (XStep)repository

Environments with mandatoryapprovals: the software provides anapproval procedure for standardXSteps that includes controlled statusmanagement and a digital signature forcertain statuses. Where-used list: at the level of the

Reduction of time formaintenance of processinstructions Flexible changemanagement

standard XStep, you can perform thewhere-used function using the contextmenu. The where-used function checkswhether the standard XStep isreferenced in process orders, recipes,and the repository. Export and import of standard XStepobjects: you can transfer standardXStep objects to another repositoryusing XML-based export and importfunctions. Automatic number assignment andautomatic calculation of the validityperiod for new versions.



PP-PI Campaign weighing usinga template in the SAPxApp ManufacturingIntegration andIntelligence (SAP xMII)composite application

Process industries use campaignweighing to weigh materials for multipleprocess orders at the same time. Thecampaign weighing feature updates theprocess orders for materials that havealready been weighed. Once thematerials are weighed for a processorder, they cannot be weighed again.

Processing multipleprocess orders Enable the operator tomanage weighing of thesame material effectively Support optimization ofresources like rooms andscales Maximize use of standardfunctionality within the SAPsoftware



PP-PI ES Bundle - BatchTraceability and Analytics

This ES bundle addresses the trackingof batches and lots of material througha process, continuous, or discreteproduction environment. Batch trackinginformation is coordinated with plantinventory, laboratory analyses, andinventory movement information toprovide powerful lot genealogy reports.This information can also be combinedwith appropriate data on equipmentfrom real-time data systems. With thehelp of this bundle, batch tracing canalso be performed beyond companyboundaries.

Triggers batch traceabilitybased on a customercomplaint, batch number,or handling unit number Cross-company batchtraceability End-to-end batchtraceability to cover thecomplete view of thesupply chain In-depth analysis byintegrating relevant shopfloor automation systemswith SAP ERP Recall defective product ifthe batch is defective Inform supplier if rawmaterial batch is defective



PP-PI ES Bundle - Integration ofManufacturing ExecutionSystems

Increases automation and efficiency onthe shop floor by integratingheterogeneous shop floor systems,reducing manual data input, andsynchronizing manufacturing relevantmaster data and transactional databetween SAP ERP 2005 andmanufacturing execution systems. Target market: manufacturers in anyindustry that performs productionplanning and quality management in anexisting SAP environment withmanufacturing execution systems onthe plant floor. Especially relevant todiscrete, process, and repetitivemanufacturing industries.

Production planner andsupervisor complete aprocess beginning withreceipt of a productionorder defining what is to beproduced, at whichlocation, and how muchcapacity is required Plant manager overseesmultiple manufacturingoperations in disparatelocations

SAPenhancement

ProductDevelopment

PP-PI ES Bundle - TechnicalDocument Management

Facilitates the usage of the documentmanagement system in SAP PLM as a

Viewer integration: third-party viewer


andManufacturing

Connectivity document repository for businessprocesses, including non-SAPapplications, in the area of productdevelopment and design. Allows the upload of documents toSAP PLM and the retrieval ofdocuments from SAP PLM throughenterprise services. Target market: customers andpartners who want to integrateadditional functionality into the SAPPLM application; focus on consumerproducts and discrete industries

Real-time designcollaboration toolintegration Computer aidedengineering softwareintegration Integration of niche CADsystems Partner compositesfacilitating copying fromdocuments in a non-SAPsystem to the documentmanagement system andthe use of the documentsin SAP ERP processes



PP-PI ES Bundle - Integration ofQuality ManagementSystems

Improves manufacturing efficiency anddecision making through the exchangeof inspection lot data, inspectionresults, and notification data betweenquality management functionality inSAP ERP and external qualitymanagement systems Target market: Any manufacturingindustry

Exchange quality-relatedinformation between SAPERP and compositeapplications (SAP xMII),external QM systems, ortest devices Record inspection resultsor defects and decide onproduct quality Create and update qualitynotifications Create new inspection lotsor physical samples Leverage multiple userinterface technologies toconsume the enterpriseservices ( SAP xMII orother compositeapplications from partners,Web Dynpro, Adobe forms,and SAP NetWeaverVisual composer)


Analytics SD-BIL Enhancements ofcomplaints handling

Complaints processing is based onbilling documents about which acomplaint has been made. The stock transfer order is handled viaportable data capture devices. Theretailer receives a printout of the billingdocument together with themerchandise. When a retailer detects adeviation within goods receiptprocessing (wrong merchandise, wrongquantity, wrong price, or merchandiseis damaged), the supplied site reportsthe discrepancy or complaint by phoneor fax, referring to the billing number,line item number, and the reason forthe complaint. You can create one complaintreferencing multiple invoice documents

New dialog to createcomplaints with referenceto one billing document New dialog to createcomplaints with referenceto several billingdocuments These two new featuressupport the user inhandling the mass volumeof complaints


Analytics SD-BIL Improved DownPayments

Down payment for customers nowpossible in the sales order during salesprocess (previously possible only withbilling plans and order-related billing) The value of the down payment istaken as statistical condition in the

Down payment forcustomers now possiblewith delivery-related billing Down payments areautomatically cleared fromthe billing document and

sales order and taken over into thebilling document From the billing document, the downpayment is cleared to financialaccounting Possible for order and delivery-relatedbilling.

transferred to financialaccounting


Analytics SD-BIL ES Bundle - CustomerFact Sheet

Real-time customer informationclearinghouse that gathers andorganizes information about acustomer and enables more efficientcustomer interactions Gives customer servicerepresentatives, sales managers, andfield sales representatives the ability toleverage a single view of master data,transactions, and analyses for anycustomer Target market: any industry that isdoing order management in an existingSAP environment -especially largerbusiness-to-business companies inmanufacturing, technology, andconsumer products

Sales associate field call Customer servicerepresentative phone call Customer servicerepresentative escalationcall Sales manager analysis Sales manager incomingorder analysis


Analytics SD-BIL ES Bundle - CustomerService Execution

This bundle provides a collection ofenterprise services enabling scenariosfor the after-market service life cycle(technical field service management). Facilitates and extends the use of SAPService and Asset Management as thesolution for processing servicerequests, service orders, servicecontracts, and installed baseinformation.

Rapid and easy creation ofservice requests usingremote monitoring systemsor Adobe forms Connect remote workersto service managementbusiness processes viavoice-enabled mobilitysolutions Seamless collaborationwith third-party resourceplanning and optimizationsolutions Streamlined and user-friendly way to handleservice managementbusiness object via partnercomposites


Analytics SD-BIL ES Bundle - Order toCash

The ES bundle order-to-cash enablescustomers enables and partners tobuild individual composite applicationsfor order-to-cash processes (A2Xintegration).

Flexible design of customerself-service ordermanagement scenarios Integration of foreign salesorganizations throughsales order managementcockpits Build individual ordermanagement cockpits forinternal users in sales andcustomer service


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Determination andexecution of collectionactivities based oncollection strategies

Collection activities can be determinedand executed in a flexible and dynamicway based on each customers owncollection strategies - Added flexibility

Reduction of custom coderequirements Now standard withinsolution


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Managing CollectionsWork Lists

Create and manage lists collectionsworkitems, track progress of work

Improve collectionsprocess Better organization of thecollection activities

Improve cash flow Increase working capital


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Processing CollectionsWork Items

Collectors get a complete view of allwork lists that they are assigned to andtheir current progress of work. Work items from a list are displayed bypriority, showing all relevantinformation for a collector and allowingfor drill-down into further details whereneeded. When selecting a work itemfor processing, all necessary functionsfor the collections process are madeavailable for the collector. The collector can add notes, updatethe status, re-submit or forward a workitem to another agent

Efficient collections Better review capability forcollection managers


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Processing Promises toPay

The Interaction Center agent canaccept a commitment from a businesspartner to pay selected receivables onone or more specified days. A promiseto pay has a link to those receivableswhich are promised to be paid andstores relevant details of a givenpromise to pay. Additionally it providesthe possibility to keep Tracking promises and availableevaluations which show to whichdegree a customer adhered to hispromises.

Efficient collections Better linking and recordkeeping of promises to payfrom customers Single view of promise topay and AR record


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Display addition financialinformation such as thelast payment of acustomer

Display addition financial informationsuch as the last payment of a customer


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Payments at externalcash desk (newEnterprise Services forintegration with cashsystems)

Greater flexibility to link to non-SAPcash control systems

Expanded collectionroutines using externalcash systems Easy posting and clearingof AR balances using cash-desk routine


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Extract business partneritems and dunning historyinto BI using Delta-Update

Extract business partner items anddunning history into BI using Delta-Update

Delta extraction is asignificant performancegain Dunning history can beanalyzed


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Create variants for theaccount balance displayvia customizing

Additionally to the existing sums in theaccount balance you can customizeown balance variants


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Direct debit limit in thepayment run

In the Financial Customer CareInteraction Center functionality of SAPCRM can now additional information ofa customer be displayed (for instancelast payment of the customer).


Industries FI-CA, IS-M Deactivation of aninstallment plan affectscreditworthiness

When an installment plan isdeactivated, the credit worthiness ofthe business partner can be updated


Industries IS-M Business partnerprocessing

Manage business partners in the rolesWholesaler and Point of Sale using theSAP Business Partner functions.

SAP ERPSAPenhancementpackage 2 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-M Sales Planning Manage forecasts of sales andsurcharge quantities. You can specifyconstant service quantities andminimum and maximum quantities forcustomer groups that request the samedelivery quantity each day (forexample, hotels or airlines).


Industries IS-M Purchase Planning Automate planning of purchase ordersby calculating and distributingquantities based on historical orderdata.


Industries IS-M Customer InteractionCenter

The Customer Interaction Centercontains functions for entering andprocessing quantity planning,subsequent deliveries, complaints, andreturns when dealing with customersand vendors.


Industries IS-M Goods Receipt Entering goods receipts, creatingquality notifications, and generatingpurchase orders for inbound deliveries.


Industries IS-M Returns Manage recalls and customer returns.Generate a goods receipt document forfull-copy returns and post it to stocks.Based on the returns reported and thegoods receipts entered, you can planreturns to the publisher. Report returnquantities that are relevant for creditmemos and those relevant for deliveryto the publisher and generate returnpurchase orders for them.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Long-Term SeatingArrangements and MovePlanning

Within Corporate Real EstateManagement you can manage long-term seating arrangements and moveplanning. You can specify that roomsor other real estate objects can becontinuously occupied, and recordwhich employees occupy theseobjects. Furthermore you can planinternal moves of employees from oneobject to another.

Increased space utilizationand reduced operatingcosts Improved investmentdecisions throughcomprehensive analysis ofspace demand and offer Full transparency andallocation of costs &revenues to departments


CorporateServices

RE-FX Real Estate RoomReservation

Within Real Estate Room Reservationyou can manage and optimize theorganization of meetings and rooms.The functionality allows you to reserverooms. In addition, you can bookservices for the rooms, such as lunchor additional chairs, and also requestequipment. You can bill for all of these.

Easier and faster creationof room reservations formeetings. Single source of record. Simplified and optimizedorganization of meetings. Improved cost awareness. Better utilization ofmeeting rooms. Increased transparencyand better cost control. Reduced TCO andimplementation costs. Reduced processingcosts.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Managing Contracts inSAP Real EstateManagement

Within Managing Contracts in RE wedeliver enhancements in the followingareas:

Optimized contractmanagement. Improved business partner

SAP ERP Conditions in Foreign Currency Condition Split (Multiple Vendors). One time conditions. Cash Management and Forecast. Display results of sales based rentagreements in cashflow.

management. Compliance with localrequirement (US).Cash managementprovides a liquidity forecastbased on the receivablesand liabilities arising fromreal estate contracts.Integrate the veryimportant area of propertymanagement into theoverall processes such asControlling, Reporting andFinancials.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Enhanced ServiceCharge Settlement

Within Service Charge Settlement wedeliver enhancements in the followingareas: Accrual/Defferal of Service Charges Differing Posting Term Optimizes UI for the settlement ofservice charges

Compliance with local legalrequirement


CorporateServices

RE-FX Graphical Integration If you activate this subfunction, astandard tab page is available inmaster data processing on which agraphic (CAD/GIS) can be displayedfor the object.So that a graphic can be displayed onthis tab page, you need to haveimplemented and activated a graphicsystem by creating the appropriateclasses (see the technicaldocumentation).Set the indicator if you want to displaygraphical data in this way.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Accrual/Deferral ofService Charges


CorporateServices

RE-FX Integration with CashManagement andForecast

If you activate this subfunction, you canuse the integration with cashmanagement and forecast.Set the indicator if you want to use thissubfunction. You also have to make thenecessary settings in Customizing andyou have to create the necessary cashmanagement data (see SAP Note156239).

Cash managementprovides a liquidity forecastbased on the receivablesand liabilities arising fromreal estate contracts. Thisforecast shows the planneditems resulting from thecash flow. These items aretransferred to cashmanagement when youperform periodic posting inRE-FX.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Other Enhancements If you activate this subfunction, you canuse the following enhancements:You can assign multiple objects forcontracts and for the cost efficiencyanalysis using different groups (see therelease note for multiple assignment). Ifyou do not set the indicator, thisfunction is not available on theinterface.If you made the appropriate settings inCustomizing in the master data area,

the following additional fields areavailable:The Function field for business entity,building, landThe fields for processing thehierarchical location for landIf you want to have conditions oncontracts, rental objects, or contractoffers that are in a currency that differsfrom the local currency of the companycode, then you can activate thisfunction in the Make Basic Settings inCompany Code IMG activity. Set theDiffering Condition Currency indicator.(See the release note for conditions inforeign currency).For one-time conditions, you canmanually enter a valid-to date and adue date that differs from that in thefrequency term (see the release notefor conditions).If you want to copy proposedconditions to the contract, then you canalso copy the adjustment terms that areassigned to the conditions. Therefore,when this subapplication is active,there is a new indicator, TransferAdjustment Terms, in the dialog box forthe transfer of conditions. This indicatoris automatically set as standard (seethe release note for conditions).In the sales-based rent agreement, youcan specify that the results of thesales-based settlement are postedusing periodic posting (transaction:RERAPP). For more information seethe release note on sales-basedsettlement


CorporateServices

RE-FX Automatically ActiveFunctions

The following functions areautomatically available if the businessfunction is switched on:

- Accrual/Deferral of Tax Amounts- COA: Statement of Reserve Fund- Information System: Item Overviewfor Multiple Contracts- Country Specifics for Austria: VATCalculation for COA


Sales andService

CA Integration of the SAPSupply ChainManagement (SAP SCM)and SAP ERPapplications

Data sources have been extended toproduce a history from SAP ERP forspare parts planning in SAP SCM. SAP ERP provides the followingadditional data over the position level inSAP SCM: - Relevant for goods movement - Customer-facing location - Types of customer-facing location - First stock-holding location - Types of first stock-holding location - Reason for cancellation of offers andorders

- Cancellation reason code - Abnormal demand - Restrictions of the search for location - Super ordinate position with parts liststructures - Counter of the quotient for quantityunit conversion - Denominator for the conversion ofthe quantities required - Base unit of measure - Counter (factor) for conversion salesunit in stores unit - Denominator (divisor) for conversionsales unit in stores unit - Goods issue date/time - Higher-level schedule line


Sales andService

CA ES Bundle - InventoryLookup

Never say no: prevent lost sales andcustomer and employee dissatisfactionin out-of-stock situations by providingstore associates with real-time andcurrent in-store inventory informationacross neighboring stores Get informed and keep up withcompetitors: perform inventory lookupany where at any time to makebusiness decisions.

Inventory lookup in sales,service, and operationalbusiness processes Inventory lookupintegrated in other in-storebusiness processes suchas customer ordermanagement Inventory lookup on in-store kiosk


Analytics SD Optimized Sales OrderManagement

Optimized material search with creationand integrated supplier catalog searchin sales order Detail material view with cross, up,and down-selling; availability and priceinformation; and order history for salesorder items Optimized search for sales and billingdocuments with advanced searchengine from SAP New PDF-based print forms forcontacts/activities, mailing/campaigns,customer fact sheet, sales documents,billing documents, and invoice list

Improved sales order entrymakes searches formaterials more efficientand intuitive. Search engine from SAPsimplifies complexsearches. On-the-fly creation of newmaterials based onsupplier catalog searchesallows flexible reactions tocustomer demand andreduces master datamaintenance costs. Precise productinformation and a detailedhistory of a customer'sprevious orders and pricesallows maintenance of astable margin and sustainscustomer satisfaction.


Analytics SD Enhanced InternalRepresentative Role ForImproved UserProductivity

Work Center Views for "Customers","Sales", "Order Fulfillment", "Billing /Complaints" and "Prices". Powerful work lists for process andaccess simplification, e.g. Order StatusTracking, Delivery Due Orders, Call OffSituation of Contracts, MonitoringIndividual Purchasing. Customer Cockpit which provides aholistic customer view and centralizedsales transactions. Price and Availability Information withcustomer specific prices and ATPquantities (Available To Promise) in

Support internal sales staffon real-time reaction tocustomer inquiries andcomplaints with centralizedcustomer and order statusinformation and simplifiedsales processes. Improved user productivitythrough an easy-to-useand intuitive user interfaceas well as quick access topersonalized work lists. Improve customersatisfaction with better and

different plants on one screen. faster customer service.SAPenhancementpackage 2 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-UT, IS-T Determination andexecution of collectionactivities based oncollection strategies

Collection activities can be determinedand executed in a flexible and dynamicway based on each customer'scollection strategies for added flexibility

Reduction of custom coderequirements Now standard withinsolution


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Managing CollectionsWorklists

Create and manage lists collectionswork items; track progress of work

Improve collectionsprocess Better organization of thecollection activities Improve cash flow Increase working capital


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Processing CollectionsWork Items

Complete view of all work lists thatwork items are assigned to and thecurrent progress of the work. Work items from a list are displayed bypriority, showing all relevantinformation for a collector and allowingdrill-down into further details whenneeded. The collector can add notes, updatethe status, resubmit, or forward a workitem to another agent.



Industries IS-UT, IS-T Processing Promises toPay

The interaction center agent canaccept a commitment from a businesspartner to pay selected receivables onone or more specified days. A promise to pay has a link to thereceivables that are promised to bepaid and stores relevant details on agiven promise to pay. It also provides an option to keep trackof such promises and to provideevaluations that show how well acustomer adhered to the promises. Target market: utilities with a largenumber of customers.

Efficient collections Better linking and recordkeeping of promises to payfrom customers Single view of promise topay and AR record


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Display addition financialinformation such as thelast payment of acustomer

Display addition financial informationsuch as the last payment of a customer


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Payments at externalcash desk (newEnterprise Services forintegration with cashsystems)

Greater flexibility to link to non-SAPcash control systems

Expanded collectionroutines using outside cashsystems Easy posting and clearingof AR balances using cash-desk routine


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Extract business partneritems and dunning historyinto BI using Delta-Update

Extract business partner items anddunning history into BI using Delta-Update


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Create variants for theaccount balance displayvia customizing

Additionally to the existing sums in theaccount balance you can customizeown balance variants


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Direct debit limit in thepayment run

In the Financial Customer CareInteraction Center functionality of SAPCRM can now additional information ofa customer be displayed (for instancelast payment of the customer).

SAP Industries IS-UT, IS-T Deactivation of an When an installment plan is


installment plan affectscreditworthiness

deactivated, the credit worthiness ofthe business partner can be updated


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Adjust and release cashsecurity deposits

Release cash security deposit creditsfor clearing and payment Adjust cash security deposit amounts(for instance according to theconsumption pattern of the customer)


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Transfer open items Transfer open items from any contractaccounts to the contract account to beinvoiced. The posting items created from thetransfer can be processedsubsequently during invoicing.


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Generate and processclarification cases

You can create clarification casesmanually or automatically in variousprocesses of Invoicing. Contract account checks and errormessages in the invoicing process cantrigger the creation of a clarificationcase. In mass creation, the clarification caseis created automatically; in individualcreation, you can decide in dialogwhether to create a clarification case. Clarification cases can be clarifiedautomatically during the invoicingprocess. You can use clarification processing indialog to process and completeclarification cases. A clarification worklist supports theindividual selection and processing ofclarification cases.


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Validation check When billing documents are transferredfrom external billing systems using aBAPI or IDoc-interface, billingdocuments can be checked, identifiedas implausible and clarification casescan be created. During the analysis of invoicing orders,source documents can be checked andclarification cases can be created.


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Import billing accountsfrom external systems

Extract business partner items in Deltamode Extract dunning history in delta mode Bi content based on business partneritems and dunning history

Efficient import of billingaccounts Integration with CRMsystem


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Import Event DetailRecords from externalsystems

Import EDRs that are created in arating system Process EDRs according to variouscategories Comprehensive enhancement conceptsupports the definition of project-specific EDR categories Use of a BAPI

Fast and efficient importand storage of EDRs Integration with ratingsystem


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Create Billing Orders Billing cycles, such as monthly on the15th day of the month, can be used Billing orders are generated andprocessed by the billing process

Fast and efficient creationof billing orders to enablegrouping and aggregationof EDRs

When a billing account is billed, abilling period is created, which defineswhich EDRs are to be billed Billing in FI-CA also supports thebilling of non-EDR-based invoicecomponent Billing documents are forwarded to theinvoicing process

Effective processing ofbills Integration of non-EDR-based invoice components Standard interface toinvoicing process


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Creation of BillingDocuments

When a billing account is billed, abilling period is created, which defineswhich EDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CA also supports thebilling of non-EDR-based invoicecomponents, such as a basic charge ofa service charge Billing documents are forwarded to theinvoicing process


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Portal for NetworkOperation Manager

You can integrate an external systemto monitor telecommunicationsnetworks using predefined interfaces Generation of emergency repair ordersfor network alarms reported by theexternal network monitoring systemwith an automatic transfer ofinformation Rule-based dispatching of emergencyrepair orders to site technicians

Integrated third-partynetwork monitoring systemà reduced IT costs throughstandardized interfaces Accelerated, more efficientcreation and dispatching ofemergency repair orders Improved networkavailability through shortertime to repair End-to-end businessprocess integration Higher transparency of theoverall process


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Portal for Site Technician Work list with emergency repair orders,scheduled maintenance orders, orother type of orders Processing functions for orders ( orderacceptance, rejection, deferral, change,and so on) GANTT chart to support orderscheduling Easy way to confirm planned work andto enter or confirm unplanned work(after-event recording) Access to additional functions (displaystock overview, check spare partavailability, and request material) You can integrate an external networkinventory system using predefinedinterfaces

Accelerated, more efficientprocessing of emergencyrepair orders Reduced carrying costsand stranded assets Improved networkavailability through shortertime to repair End-to-end businessprocess integration Higher transparency of theoverall process


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Portal for WorkforceManager

Overview of the site technician team(attendance overview, team calendar,and reminder of dates) Key figure monitor and alert work listcan be personalized Work list with open orders for theworkforce manager team that violatedefined rules (such as order rejectedby site technician, order will violateinternal service level agreement withina defined period, and order assigned toabsent site technician) Access to personnel development of

Lower operationalexpenditures (OpEx) by ahigher degree of efficiencyand productivity Improved networkavailability through shortertime to repair End-to-end businessprocess integration Higher transparency forthe overall process

employees (appraisals, profile match-up, training, and so on)


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Integration of 3rd partysystems

Predefined interfaces within the portalsfor an easy integration of 3rd partytools and platforms (for example anetwork monitoring system or anetwork inventory system)


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Telco specific BI content Emergency / maintenance orders perregion, work center, employee, etc. Orders violating internal service levelagreements Malfunctions by material / functionallocation, MTTR / MTBR for technicalobjects Damage and cause analysis permaterial, functional location, region,etc. Mean-time to repairs / Mean-timebetween repairs Equipments which are installed but notin-service

More detailed businessinsights Better business planningand decision making Improved businessintelligence


Industries IS-UT, IS-T Network Operations -Telco specific BI content

Telco specific BI content, for example:- Emergency / maintenance orders perregion- Orders violating internal servicelevel agreements- Malfunctions bymaterial / functional location - Damageanalysis per material, functionallocation, region, etc. (SAP PM)- Mean-time to repairs / Mean-time betweenrepairs (SAP PM)- Equipmentswhich are installed but not in-service


Financials FI-CAX Determination andexecution of collectionactivities based uponcollection strategies

Collection activities can be determinedand executed in a flexible and dynamicway based on each customers owncollection strategies - Added flexibilty.

Reduction of custom coderequirementsNow standard withinsolution


Financials FI-CAX Management ofcollections work lists

Create and manage lists collectionswork items, track progress of work.

Improve collectionsprocess Better organization ofcollection activities Improve cash flow Increase working capital


Financials FI-CAX Processing of collectionswork items

Complete view of all work lists that thework items are assigned to and thecurrent progress of the work.Work items from a list are displayed bypriority, showing all relevantinformation for a collector and allowingdrilldown into further details.The collector can add notes, updatethe status, resubmit, or forward a workitem to another agent.



Financials FI-CAX Processing of promises topay

The interaction center agent canaccept a commitment from a businesspartner to pay selected receivables onone or more specified days.A promise to pay has a link to thereceivables that are promised to bepaid and stores relevant details of agiven promise to pay.It also provides an option to keep track

Efficient collections Better linking and recordkeeping for promises topay from customers Single view of promise-to-pay and accountsreceivable (AR) record

of such promises and to haveevaluations available that show thedegree to which a given customeradhered to promises.


Financials FI-CAX Display of additionfinancial information,such as the last paymentof a customer

The software displays addition financialinformation, such as the last paymentof a customer.


Financials FI-CAX Payments at ExternalCash Desk

Greater flexibility to link to non-SAPcash control systems.

Expanded collectionroutines using outside cashsystems Easy posting and clearingof AR balances using cashdesk routine


Financials FI-CAX Data transfer Extract business partner items in deltamodeExtract dunning history in delta modeSAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence(SAP NetWeaver BI) content based onbusiness partner items and dunninghistory

Delta extraction is a hugeperformance gain Dunning history can beanalyzed now


Financials FI-CAX Create variants for theaccount balance displayvia customizing

You can customize your own balancevariants in addition to the existing sumsin the account balance.

A amount limit to be payedby direct debit can be set


Financials FI-CAX Direct debit limit in thepayment run

Additional customer information, suchas the last customer payment, can beshown in the financial customer careinteraction center of SAP CRM.


Financials FI-CAX Deactivation of aninstallment plan affectscreditworthiness

You can update the creditworthiness ofa business partner when youdeactivate an installment plan.


Financials FIN-SEM Multiperiod Consolidation Execute task groups and tasks for atime interval that includes multipleperiods in one step:Execute task groups in the remainingperiods of a consolidation cycleBlock, unblock or reset tasks groupsand individual tasks in the remainingperiodsNavigate between periods of aconsolidation cycle using buttons withinthe consolidation monitor

Significant reduction oftime and costs for planconsolidation


Financials FIN-SEM Workflow for approval forchanging the task status

SAP Business Workflow is nowintegrated with the consolidationmonitor- If the user of the consolidationmonitor decides to lock a task, the taskstatus changes to "locked - to beapproved"- Approver receives a note in the inboxof the business workplace- Once approved, the status changes to"locked"- Workflow can be activated perindividual task

Reduced costs ofcompliance Increased transparencyand documented sign-offprocedure for the reportedfinancial data ofsubsidiaries


Financials FIN-SEM Restatement Adjustment of data in past periodswithout changing original data recordsand monitor status

SAP ERP Delta logic provides an efficientapproach without unnecessarymultiplication of data volume - For each restatement reason, youdefine technically independent dataslices that represent the delta betweenactual and restated data - Data of all posting levels can beloaded or entered into such a data slicewith automatic and manual datatransfer procedures - Further processing in validations,currency translation, balance carryforward, and customer-defined tasks


Financials FIN-SEM Web Dynproconsolidation monitor

Web Dynpro-based version of theconsolidation monitor. Compared withSAP GUI it provides additionalfeatures: - Creation of automatic tasks in newwindow - Any number of monitor layouts peruser - Improved search and personalizationfunctions; favorites - Clear display of fixed characteristicsin an individual screen area

Reduced total cost ofownership ( TCO) forconnecting subsidiarieswith Web Dynpro withoutlocal installations Significantly facilitatedhandling of the systemtargeting the occasionaluser


Financials FIN-SEM Reporting of theconsolidation monitorstatus

Define SAP NetWeaver BI queries toreport on the status of the consolidationmonitor Statistical reports of status:percentage of subsidiaries with statusof "error" Use of standard SAP NetWeaver BIcomponent to create queries, reports,and Web applications Use in dashboards based on SAPNetWeaver Visual Composer

Easy access to monitorstatus information on astatistical level withoutexpert skills Flexible adjustment toindividual needs on thebasis of SAP NetWeaverBI reporting Link to SAP NetWeaverPortal provides anoverview of theconsolidation processwithin the daily workenvironment


Financials FIN-SEM Automatic data transfer You can load documents with postinglevels 02, 12, 20, 22 and 30 into theconsolidation system so consolidationgroups can now transfer and copydata. You can copy data from otherconsolidation areas even if the sourceand target consolidation area usedifferent data models. The software now automaticallytransfers automatically created goodwillentries, consolidated assets, and thesequence and sorting of activities soyou can use a complete set of financialdata.


Financials FIN-SEM Manual postings Parked documents and sampledocuments for manual postings - You can park documents (save themas drafts), then later reopen, finalize,and post the document. The softwaredeletes the parked document when the

final document is posted - You can create a sample document(a template for a manual document) forfrequent postings with the same lineitem structure. The sample documentremains defined when you post adocument based on the sampledocument. Workflow for approving manuallyentered documents - You can activateworkflow approval by document type.You define the condition that triggersthe workflow in customizing using avalidation rule. - If you post a document with activatedworkflow, the document is set to Forapproval status instead of posting. Thestatus triggers the workflow. - Each person responsible forapproving documents receives anotification and can approve or rejectthe document, as well as addcomments. Approved documents areposted. If a document is rejected, theperson who entered it is notified andcan either delete the document or editit and restart the approval workflow.


Financials FIN-SEM Deferred taxes The posting of deferred taxes has beensimplified and enhanced: - You can choose posting items andsub items of deferred taxes in thebalance sheet based on the line itemsand sub items in the original document - You can trigger deferred taxes withtriggering items in the balance sheet,even if there is no net effect on netincome. - New customizing settings are time-and version dependent, as well asglobal and valid for all document types. - You can suppress posting of deferredtaxes even if it is activated on thedocument type - You can reverse debit and creditdecisions made by the software


Financials FIN-SEM Interunit elimination ofprofit in inventory

You can now read inventory data fromthe totals data base as well as from theadditional financial data area.


Financials FIN-FSCM Dispute case attributesand linked receivableopen items

Change dispute case attributes canaffect the linked receivable open lineitems. For example, the dunning blockmight be set in a dispute case toprevent the dunning letter from beingsent.

Reduce manual efforts inmanaging receivable lineitems and improveefficiency in collection anddispute resolution.Prevent conflict information(dunning for payment andbilling disputingcommunication) againstthe same open line itemfrom sending to customersImprove working accuracy

in both bill disputing andreceivable systemMinimize unnecessarywrite-offs


Financials FIN-FSCM Work center for disputemanagers

Consolidate all working tasks andinformation for the dispute managerand specialists on one platform Deliver a well-arranged view of adispute case, grouped by predefined orpersonalized selection criteria Select user-specific tasks andnavigate from the case to detailedprocessing of individual dispute cases. Improved log display of scorecalculation You could directly initiate a simulationof credit check for a business partner inSAP Credit Management The exposure display take intoaccount credit time horizon if defined Work center for SAP CreditManagement consolidates user specificblocked order processing, blockedbusiness partners, processing of creditlimit request, overview of all kinds ofnotification

Provides information fordaily processing of disputecases including all disputesof a customer and cross-customer evaluations Increases flexibility andproductivity by quicklylocating tasks andinformation bycustomizable groupingcriteria Improve work efficiency byfocusing on the user-specific information andtasks and deliveringrelevant reports in real time


Financials FIN-FSCM Improved usability andwork center

SAP Credit Management offers animproved log display of scorecalculations. You can simulate a credit check forbusiness partners. You can define the exposure displaytake into account for a credit timehorizon. You can consolidates user-specificblocked order processing, blockedbusiness partners, processing of creditlimit requests, and see an overview ofall notifications.


Financials FIN-FSCM Increased flexibility forcreating dispute cases

You can extend dispute case attributesby adding the extra field Customerdisputed amount in dispute case. You can create dispute case identifiedduring document processing, disputecase processing, line item lists, andclearing. You can display customer disputedobjects under linked objects.


Financials FIN-FSCM


CorporateServices

RE-FX Rent Adjustment Basedon Cost EfficiencyAnalysis

Within adjustment of Conditions wedeliver a new adjustment method: CostEfficiency Analysis (Please note:released for Germany only).

Compliance with localrequirement (Germany).


CorporateServices

RE-FX Condition Split There are two views:

Vendor view: The payment for acondition is made to several businesspartners with vendor accounts.

Customer view: The payment for acondition is made by several businesspartners with customer accounts.You define the distribution in contractprocessing for the Postings term on thePosting Parameters tab page. Ifmultiple partners are assigned to thecontract, then you can activateprocessing for the condition split bychoosing Multiple Partners (ConditionSplit) in the Partner field. A tableappears where you can enter differentpayment data for the different partners,such as, house bank, partner bank,payment method, dunning block. Youthen assign these posting terms todifferent conditions and activate thecontracts.It is not possible to distribute conditionsof the following objects:

Conditions of internal contractsConditions of rental objectsConditions of contracts in companycodes where withholding tax is activeConditions of contracts that areintegrated with PSCDIn addition, fields that are relevant forfollow-up posting are locked when achange to a field would result in follow-up postings. The locked fields can beprocessed at the request of the user.Fields that are relevant for follow-upposting are:

Fields of the posting term:PartnerTax TypeTax GroupGross (indicator)Tax JurisdictionFields of the frequency term:FrequencyFrequency InFrequency StartUser-Defined StartProratedAmount ReferenceDifferencesCalculation MethodFixed PeriodsFields of the organizational assignmentterm:Tax JurisdictionFields of the condition:All fields except the term fields whichdo not result in follow-up postings



Exchange of MPNbetween SAP ECC andcFolders

By checking the Include ManufacturingPart Numbers checkbox in transationsCFE02 and CFI02, MPNs areconsidered when exchanging BOMsbetween SAP ECC and cFolders.

Being able to publish allthe information necessaryfor contract manufacturers(document, material, BOM,and MPN) to cFolders

enables the customer toset up efficientcollaboration with contractmanufacturers.


Financials FI-GL Parallel accounting:ledger-group-specificposting and clearing

You use this function to performposting and clearing in specific ledgergroups using a new transaction, whichis similar to existing transaction F-03(clearing G/L account), so that noadditional training to handle thetransaction is necessary. Only G/Laccounts with the corresponding flag atthe company-code-level will allow suchprocessing. An example for use of thistransaction would be the posting ofprovisions (lawsuits, closing costs, andso on) at period end. With the newtransaction, you can post to the samedocuments that are open-item-managed and specific to G/L accountledger (groups) with different valuesand amounts according to variousaccounting principles.

More transparency andefficiency when monitoringindividual businesstransactions.More transparency andefficiency during closing.No need to post toadditional accounts tocover multi-GAAPrequirements.


Financials FIN-FB-XR Support for XBRLspecificaton 2.1

Support for features of XBRLspecification 2.1

Create XBRL reports thatcomply with specification2.1


Financials FI-GL Planning: cumulativedisplay and new interfacefor uploading plan data.

You can perform manual planning forprofit centers using a cumulativedisplay for balance sheet accounts. COplan data (also secondary costelements) is transferred to the newG/L. You can use a new BAPI toupload plan data into the new G/L froman external data source.

More business-orienteddisplay of the planningvalues. More planningflexibility and consistency.More flexibility andconsiderable time-savingswhen uploading plan datafrom an external file.


Financials FIN-FB-XR Dimensional taxonomies Support of dimensional taxonomiesand mapping of XBRL dimensions tofields in SAP NetWeaver

Risk reporting of banksaccording to Basel II inXBRL format


Financials FIN-FB-XR Periodic scheduling ofreport creation

Definition of variants for periodicscheduling of the creation of severalXBRL reports

Automatic periodic creationof several XBRL reports


Financials FI-GL Reporting: new profitcenter (PC) reports andmigration of classic PCreports.

In drill-down reports, you can selectprofit center groups without anyrestriction on the number of singlevalues within the group. The profitcenter group selection will be used fordata selection and for drill-downnavigation in the selected data.Migration of classic PC reports: themigration tool allows selecting a sourcelibrary or reports and a target library.The system analyzes which of theselected reports can be migrated (froma technical point of view) and allowsmigrating a set of reports, includingdependent objects, such as sets,variables, and key figures. The result ofthe migration is logged in a persistentlog.

More transparency in termsof information on profitcenters and more time fordecision making. Less timeneeded to define your ownreports because of betterstandard reporting for profitcenters


Financials FI-GL Profit center:authorization check (post,clear, and displaydocuments).

When the user wants to post adocument, the transaction will besuccessful only if authorization is givenfor all the profit centers involved. Anadditional selection criterion is offeredduring clearing, allowing the user toconcentrate on the profit centers to becleared. During document change anddisplay, the system offers only the lineitems of the authorized profit centers.During reporting, the authorizationcheck for profit center applies to thestandard hierarchy and all alternatehierarchies.

Better option for performingbasic transactions in adecentralized environment.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Integration of RE-FXContract with FundsManagement

- Lease-in contracts: fundsmanagement commitment can becreated. - Lease-out contract: fundsreservation can be created. - Follow-onprocess of periodic posting reduces theamount of the earmarked fundsdocument. - New functionality isembedded in an approval process thatcan trigger workflow.

Seamless integration ofreal estate contract withfunds management forearmarked fundsdocuments.


Industries IS-HER-CM FunctionalEnhancements of SAPStudentLifecycle Management

The functionality is intended to supportactual implementation projects for SAPStudent Lifecycle Management

The functionality containedin this business functionmakes implementationmuch easier and fast, to adegree that fully satisfiesend-user expectations in atypical universityenvironment


Industries PSM-GM-GTR

Support Funding fromMultiple Sources

Allows the grantor manager or clerk todefine various funding sources thatdefine the percentage distribution andthe relevant account assignments.

Automatically assign therequested payments andrepayments to the correctbudget bucket(s).



Creation and Change ofPrecommitments andForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments arecreated as budget precommitmentsand forecasts of revenue in fundsmanagement for each application. Thisoptional process is defined on aprogram level.

The defined grant budgetfor a program is notexceeded during theapplication phase



Creation and Change ofCommitments andForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments arecreated as budget commitments andforecasts of revenue in fundsmanagement for each agreement. Thisoptional process is defined on aprogram level.

The defined grant budgetfor a program is notexceeded during theagreement phase



Support Funding fromMultiple Sources

Allows the grantor manager or clerk todefine various funding sources todefine the percentage distribution andthe relevant account assignments.

Automatically assigns therequested payments andrepayments to the correctbudget bucket(s).



PP-PI-PMA-PMC

Improvement for UsersEntering Data orDownloading Data from aPI Sheet

- New printing feature - Ease of use duringmanufacturing execution


Industries LO-MDS Cross-Docking Interfaceto External, Non-SAPWarehouse ManagementSystem

Extends the existing interface toexternal, non-SAP warehousemanagement systems based on BAPIand IDoc technology to support theretail-specific cross-docking process.

Merchandise distributionprocesses are supported incase the customer has adecentralized warehousemanagement system

architecture.SAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP


Automatic Creation ofFunded Program Basedon a CRM Program

Once a grantor program is released inSAP CRM, a corresponding fundedprogram is automatically created infunds management. This optionalprocess depends on the programsettings.

Automation of processes



Creation and Change ofOpen Items in PSCD

This is the core of grantor integrationbetween SAP CRM and SAP ERP. Thecontractual obligations of the grantagreement are defined in SAP CRM;the final repayment and payments arecreated in collection and disbursementin SAP Public for Sector as open items.The integration also provides delta-handling. If an agreement is amended,adjustment postings will be created.

Seamless integration ofcontractal processing withfinancial execution.



PP-MRP-PE, PP-SFC-IS

Enhancements in theEvaluations for MaterialRequirements Planning(PP-MRP-PE)

Adds new selection options on thecollective display of the initial stockscreen.Offers a new tab to enable the targetedselection of materials with criticalranges of coverage.Displays customer-specific selectionoptions.Provides initial screen for collectivedisplay of MRP lists.Improves statistical evaluations inheader details.Evaluates range of coverage based onmaterial-specific limit values for stockand receipt of days' supplies.Calculates and displays the delay ofsales orders on a multilevel basis.

Optimizes evaluation andanalysis of the supply anddemand situation



Notification of ClearedItem and Open ItemCreation from PSCD toSAP CRM

Once an open or cleared item iscreated or changed in PSCD, theinformation is sent to SAP CRM and isavailable for display in the agreementand claim.

The program clerk canbetter understand thefinancial status of thecontract agreement andmust refer a granteeapplicant to the accountingdepartment less often.




Mass Extraction ofPlanning Data

Makes new report available for theextraction of planning data -- Speedsthe extraction of mass data frommaterial requirements planning --Optimizes transfers to database tablesor customer-specific applications

Offers better integrationwith non-SAP applications




Enhancements in theOrder Information Systemand Mass Processing

Defines representation of detail lists inthe order information system and inmass processing -- Changes list typesand columns in the output lists --Makes fields ready to accept input --Offers new lists such ad production listand material/production version --Enhances confirmation in massprocessing -- Confirms real actualquantities in the confirmation process --Offers order operation-related statusinformation for the predecessor &successor operation --Provides newmass-processing functions for planned

Offers higher flexibility andbetter transparency in theorder information systemand in the evaluation ofproduction processes

orderSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

Industries ICM Editiing of standardcontract in portal insteadof customizing of ICM.

SAP Netweaver Portal enables you tocreate, change, and delete standardcontracts in the consolidation systemand in the productive environment. --Portal services also allows you to workon the assignment of agreements andrules.

Provides a centralapproach via Workcenter inSAP NetWeaver Portal --Speeds time-to-market forcompensation planchanges -- Streamlinesusage via guidedprocedures -- Offers hightransparency for standardcontract maintenance


Industries ICM Reading commissioncases from archive

Allows user to read a specificcommission case or document from thearchive during run time -- Enables infostructure to index the archive file --Easily finds the archive key and offset -- Facilitates fetching the exactcommission case or document from thearchive file.

Offers data consistency forbusiness object valuation


Industries ICM Qualifying authorizationfor remunerationagreements

Facilitates authorization checks onusers before any activity onperformance-related agreements

Improves securitystandards for changes oncompensation planelements


Industries ICM additional analyse modefor determination processin ICM

Enhanced determination enables: -Flexible and configurable determinationprocess-Improved visualization of entered datastructures-Thorough testing of determinationsettings-Simplified determination configuration-Improved visualization of resultpresentation

Speeds configurationdetermination Grants hightransparency of processesSupports auditibiltystandards


Industries ICM Portal Role SalesRepresentative

New design for the Workcenter withthree iView items allows salesrepresentatives to:• Mittels der grafischen DarstellungIhrer Vergütungs- undZahlungsansprüche erhalten Sieschnell einen Überblick über Ihreaktuellen Zahlen• In der der Zielerreichungsauskunfthaben Sie die Möglichkeit sichelementare und komplexe Ziele sowiederen Zielereichungsgradeanzuzeigen.• Mit Hilfe der Geschäftsobjektsuchekönnen Sie sich Ihre getätigtenAbschlüsse im Einzelnen detaillierteranzeigen lassen.

Allows salesrepresentatives to enter theportal with only a browserFacilitates access toinformation -- such aspersonal KPI figures


Industries ICM Local CurrencyConversion in ICM

Offers local currency changeoverframework to convert ICM currencyProvides standard LCC conversionpackage

Complies with all legalrequirements for country-specific, currencyconversion


Sales andService

SAP_APPL Improved Integration ofArchived Bills withBusiness Transactions

- Creation of credit or debit memorequests on archived billingdocuments: when creating a salesdocument in reference to a billingdocument (transaction VA01), userscan now enter an archived bill. The

Billing documents can bearchived faster becausethey are now accessible inbusiness transactions

system searches first first in thedatabase and then in the archive.- Improved display of billingdocuments: in the transaction todisplay billing documents (VF03), userscan now display archived bills as well.The system searches first in thedatabase and then in the archive. (Thebehavior is now identical to that of thetransaction to display sales orders(VA03).


Sales andService

SAP_APPL User Exits for Rebate-Handling

The use of campaigns, target groups,or product segments with SAP CRMcauses problems within rebatedetermination in SAP ERP forcustomers with large data volumes.Campaigns, target groups, or productsegments lead to multiple value fieldsand a great number of combinations forrebate determination. Technically, tableVBOX, which is used in retroactiverebate agreements to find all possiblerelevant invoices for a rebate condition,would grow too large.The user exits in ERP rebate handlingallow SAP customers to implement aspecial logic for these kinds of fieldsand to better manage and suppresswriting of the VBOX.

Better handling ofcampaigns, target groups,or product segments inrebate processing forcustomers with large datavolumes.


Industries FS-CM Integration with externalclaims investigationsystems

Extends functionality and services forseamless integration with externalclaims investigation systems:-Identifies fraudulent claims-Sends claim data to external systems-Retrieves search results-Evaluates returned hits for fraud-Communicates based on ACORDindustry standards

-Speeds up claimshandling via fully automaticfraud detection-Provides seamlessintegration with third-partyfraud databases (e.g. ISOClaimSearch,UNIWAGNIS, CUE)-Reduces claims costs bycorrectly identifyingfraudulent claims


Financials FIN-FSCM-TRM

Hedge managementfunctionalities

Enables the creation of hedgerelationships "Net Investment in aForeign Subsidiary" using moneymarket instruments as hedgeinstrumentsAllows customers to producenecessary hedge documentationProvides two additional fields to workwith hedge plans: Grouping andProgramEnables the choice of existingexposures from FX dealKeeps a detailed log of theEffectiveness TestMakes market data available for allhedging relationshipsAllows customers to add notesmanually to hedge items &relationships as freetext

Streamlines hedgedocumentation to ensurecomplianceEnsures availability ofdifferent prduct types toaccomplish net investmenthedgesAllows the grouping ofcustomer-definable fieldsEnables customer to addadditional information totheir hedge relationships

SAPenhancement


Amortization for MoneyMarket instruments

Whenever the nominal amount of amoney market transaction differs from

Handles the amortization ofmoney market transactions


the payment amount (premium ordiscount) there may be the need of theamortization of the premium ordiscount. This functionality isautomated with this enhancement.

in TRMEnables treasurydepartment to generatecorrect figures foramortization automatically



New product group forCommodity paper deals

Enables tracking of commodity paperdeals such as futures, traded options,and commodity forwards in treasuryand risk managementAutomates accounting for deals suchas margin processingMarket Risk Analyzer to calculate NetPresent Values of commodity futures,forwards, and optionsVia the partnership with Triple Point asa front office system, customers have aintegrated view of the physical positionand paper deal side

Allows treasury departmentto track, post, and evaluatecommodity paper dealswithin TRMEnables integration ofphysical and papercommodity position viapartnership with TPTAutomates accountingentries as well as marginprocessingCalculates NPV forcommodity paper dealswith the Market RiskAnalyzerCalculates Value at Risk ofcommodity Futures,Forwards and Options



Relative limits New functionality has been introducedto define and evaluate the relativelimits of a portfolio. This functionalityenables corporations to define limitsflexibly and insurance companies tocomply with regulatory processes ininvestment management.

Sets up limits on a relativebasis for key figures inportfolios



New key figure modifiedduration is available

New key figures such as modifiedduration and yield to maturity havebeen added to the Market RiskAnalyzer to analyze sensitivity ofinterest-rate instruments in a portfolio.

Added new key figures tocalculate yield to maturityand modified duration insecurities or portfolios


Industries IS-CWM,FIN-BAC-INV

More functions in theInventory Display Report

- Quick branches from inventorydisplay to reservations and otherrequirements- Display of fixed-bin information withininventory display

Immediate acces tonecessary information forshop-floor employees



BAPI for materialmasterin CWM is now available

A material master within a CWMsystem can now be maintained bymeans of a BAPI.

Customer do not have todevelop workarounds whenimporting and maintainingMaterial Master.



Mass maintenance ofMaterial Mastersupported

Mass maintenance of Material Masterin a CWM system now supports CWM-specific material master fields.

Mass maintenance ofCWM-specific fields inMaterial Master is nowpossible.



Activity-based GR/IRclearing

GR/IR (Goods Receipt / InvoiceReceipt) clearing can be triggeredautomatically by respective goodsmovements or invoice receipts

Reduced need to run the GR/IRclearing regularly as a batch report

The posting date for GR/IR clearingtransaction FAIP04 and respectivereports for batch runs is nowdetermined based on the documents tobe settled, instead of on manual entry.

There is a more timelycalculation of newinventory price formaterials valuated withvaluaton procedure"Moving-average Price"when using activity-basedGR/IR clearing.More accuratedetermination of postingdate and period of theGR/IR clearing posting is

realized.SAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP


Dynamic Price Release New price for a material isautomatically released with a goodsmovement during the price validityperiod of the price.

More accurate valuation ofgoods movements - bymaking sure that availableprices are taken intoaccount.Jobs for price release areless time critical.


Industries IS-R Services for Integration ofa Partner Solution for In-Store Food Production

Store fresh item management (FIM)offers comprehensive management ofa fresh department's data and tools toimprove productivity, reduce shrink,and increase profitability. Store FIMprovides scale managment,management of fresh departmentinventory (including perpetualinventory), shrink management tools,item forecasting and replenishment,receipe management, in-storeproduction planning, support for meatcutting, and markdown management.

Solving the store fresh itemmanagement challengesimproves and optimizes:sales margins, inventorycosts, and total bottom-lineprofitability


Industries IS-R Product Lookup:Customer OrderingProcess at the POS andService Desk

The new function for product lookupcan use a TREX search to find andverify a product based on differentsearch criteria.

Enable store associates tofind and verify a productbased on a shortdescription during thecustomer ordermanagement businessprocess or during otherservice-oriented, customer-facing business processes.


Analytics FIN-BA Batch Processing forCalculation

Batch process for calculation: a usercan schedule the calculation of costingstructures as a background job.

Performance, backgroundprocessing, and updatingdata automatically andperiodically.


Analytics FIN-BA Enhanced Copy AsBehavior

1. Opportunity and project node can becopied2. Object type (P)CE(M) can bechanged while copying

1. Opportunity and projectnode can be copied2. Object type can bechanged while copying(P)CE(M)


Analytics FIN-BA Where-Used List The where-used list allows a user tofind all uses of a chosen object acrossdifferent working environments. Usesof the object in structures without aworking environment are also found.

The where-used list allowsa user to find all uses of achosen object acrossdifferent workingenvironments. Uses of theobject in structures withouta working environment arealso found.


Analytics FIN-BA Overjump Status The new functionality, status overjump,allows a status change from one statusto another freely, without any limitationof the status sequence. The permittedstatus change is determined by thepredefined status overjump table.When a status overjump is performed,proper status inheritance and statuspropagation follows.

The ability to change thestatus regardless of thesequence without loosingthe status inheritancefunctionality in a hierachy.Status inheritance logiccan be customizedindirectly with statusrelationship customizing.



PY-AU-CE;PY-AT; PY-AT-PS; PY-PT-PS; PY-

Australia : Retrofit ofConcurrent EmploymentAdd-On into SAPstandard

Customer can manage employees withmore than one contract at the samepoint in time in master data and timemanagement. -- Customer can execute

Allows the management ofemployees with more thanone contract at the samepoint in time in masterdata

RU; PY-NPO

payroll for these employees. --Customer can create statutoryreporting for these employees.

and time management --Enables the execution ofpayroll for theseemployees -- Speeds thecreation of statutoryreporting for theseemployees



PY-AU-CE;PY-AT; PY-AT-PS; PY-PT-PS; PY-RU; PY-NPO

Austria: Retrofit of PublicSector Add-On for Austriaand PensionsreformAustria

1) "Pensionsreform": New pensioncalculation for pensions in public sector2) Family allowance-calculation fororphans: This functionality was missingin the SAP payroll for Austria3) Subway tax: New version of subwaytax calculation and better integration inpayroll4) Pension statements: A statement issent via electronic data turn table(ELDA) in the month of retirement forpensioner.5) Special calculation rules forgarnishment: In public sector, there arespecial kinds of calculation necessaryfor garnishment6) Tax calculation acc. §67(3) EStG forspecial situations like inactive periods.A virtual tax base is evaluatedaccording to Austrian tax law.

Improves user experienceby offering better defaultvalues in master data --especially for payrollrelevant infotypesImplements functionality formore exeptional situationsin payroll calculation


CorporateServices

SAP_APPL;EA_APPL

Pool Asset Managment This new functionality supports theprocess of managing general-purposeassets (example: pool vehicles). A usercan request such a pool asset: adispatcher assigns the available assetsto the request, sets the reservation,and informs the requester. Thefunctionality also covers the issue andreturn of this assest. At the end of thisprocess, cost allocation for usage ofthe asset is performed.

Supportf or this singleprocess of requestingassets. The greatestbenefit is integration withother areas, such asmaintenance and financialsin SAP ERP. The assetsare objects in SAP ERPthat can be maintenainedin parallel (example: plantmaintenance).




Portugal : New HCMPublic Sector solution forPortugal

Customer can manage SAP HCMpublic sector Portugal organization-specific data in organizationalmanagement -- Customer can managespecific master data for public sectoremployees in family allowances orseniority as well as time managementdata. -- Customer can execute payrollfor these employees includingcalculations for special day rates, basicsalary for public sector, depending ontheir category, etc. -- Customer cancreate statutory reporting such as thepublic sector database, the socialbalance, ADSE Healthexpenses, etc.

Allows the management ofSAP HCM public sectorPortugal organization-specific data inorganizationalmanagement -- Enablesthe management ofspecific master data forpublic sector employees --Speeds the execution ofpayroll for theseemployees includingspecific features -- Enablesthe creation of statutoryreporting




Russia : Introduced off-cycle processes in payroll

Customer can run advance payment inthe middle of the month.

Allows the running ofadvance payment in themiddle of the monthwithout workaroundsolutions.

SAPenhancement

HumanCapital

PY-AU-CE;PY-AT; PY-

NPO : Retrofit of NPOAdd-On into SAP

Customer can manage non-profitorganization specific data in

Allows the management ofNon Profit Organization-


Management AT-PS; PY-PT-PS; PY-RU; PY-NPO

standard organizational management --Customer can manage employees forNPOs in master data and timemanagement -- Customer can executepayroll for these employees. --Customer can create statutoryreporting for these employees.

specific data inorganizationalmanagement -- Enablesthe management ofemployees for NPOs --Speeds the execution ofpayroll for theseemployees -- Enables thecreation of statutoryreporting for theseemployees


Industries ECC-DIMP FFFC for product datareplication

PDR framework easily replicates datain the deployed system landscape --Functionality includes Form Fit andFunction classes -- Ensures distributionof all material numbers in an FFFC arerelevant in deployed ERP system

Optimizes data quality --Enhances businessprocesses -- Offers bettersupport of processes



PP-SFC-EXE-CON

ConfirmationTransactions EnableEntering and Report theShift

The new feature lets you indicate theshift in which a specific confirmationwas issued.

With the help of thisinformation, you can trackwhich quantities have beenproduced in which shifts,see which shift created themost scrap, and performcustomer-specificcalculations.



PP-SFC-EXE-CON

Inserting and CollectingCustomer-Specific Datawith ConfirmationTransactions

Additional data can be defined incustomizing; the data is displayed inthe corresponding confirmationtransactions. With the help of thesefields, you can report the exactinformation related to a confirmationthat you want.

Customers can collectadditional data based ontheir individual needs toperform additional analytics(like calculation of overallequipment efficiency).



PP-SFC-EXE-CON

Splitting Quantity Fieldsinto Subdivided QuantityFields

With customizing, you can split thequantity fields (yield, rework, andscrap) in confirmation transactions intoseveral subdivided quantity fields. Forexample: instead of the single fieldscrap, you can define several fields forscrap. If customized accordingly, a QMnotification is created automatically if apredefined subfield is filled.

Confirmed quantities canbe differentiated. Analysisof produced quantities canbe performed in detail.Faster reaction from QMpersonnel due to automaticcreation of QM notification.



multipleapplicationcomponents

Roles in SAP All-in-One The business function contains objectsthat allow for simplified access toexisting ERP functionality: 1. Rolesmaintained in the profile generator(transaction PFCG). The roles offeraccess to functions and processes infinancials, controlling, materialsmanagement, production planning, andsales and distribution. Technically,each area can include multiple roleswith different authorizations (forprofessional users, power users, andmanagers). 2. Work lists in the form ofPOWER lists in SAP ERP: POWERlists are based on the Web Dynprodevelopment environment. POWER isan acronym for personal object workentity repository. POWER lists displayobjects that are assigned to a user in arole. The user can execute different

With this business function,users in small and midsizecompanies have a modernuser interface that allowsmore efficient processingof daily tasks inaccounting, controlling,materials management,production planning, andsales and distribution.

tasks for each object in the list. 3.Reports that are created with POWERlist technology: The reports usuallysimpler navigation to further objectsthan work lists do.



Creation or Change ofPreccommitments orForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments arecreated as budget precommitments orforecast of revenue for each applicationin funds management. This optionalprocess is defined on a program level.

The defined grant budgetfor a program is notexceeded during theapplication phase.



Creation or Change ofOpen Items in AP/AR

This is the core of grantor integrationbetween SAP CRM and SAP ERP.While in SAP CRM, the contractualobligations to the grant agreement aredefined and the final repayment andpayments are created in AP/AR asopen items. Integration also providesdelta-handling. If an agreement isamended, adjustment postings will becreated.

Seamless integration fromcontractal processing withfinancial execution.



Automatic Creation of aFunded Program Basedon a CRM Program

Once a grantor program is released inSAP CRM, a funded program isautomatically created in fundsmanagement. This optional processdepends on the program settings.

Automation of processes



Notification of Creation ofa Cleared Item or OpenItem in AP/AR to SAPCRM

Once an open item is created orchanged, or a cleared item is createdor changed in AP/AR, the information issent back to SAP CRM and is availablefor display in the agreement or claim.

The program clerk canbetter understand thefinancial status of thecontract agreement andmust refer a granteeapplicant to the accountingdepartment less often.


Industries PSM-FM Generation of FundsManagement MasterData

You can use the automatic creation ofFM master data(RFFMMD_AUTOCREATION) report tocreate funds management master data(commitment item, funds center, andfunded program) from FI or COaccount assignment elements orchange existing FM accountassignments. You can use thefollowing source data:

For commitment items: G/L accountsor cost elements

For funds centers: cost centers,internal orders, or WBS elements

For funded programs: internal ordersor WBS elements

The report derives the name of thetarget object using the FM derivationtool based on the source object.

Supports automaticcreation or changing ofmaster data in fundsmanagement. Thebusiness function helpskeep account assignmentsfrom other components (FI,CO, and project system)synchronized with fundsmanagement.


Industries PSM-FM Enhanced Features ofFM Derivation ToolFMDERIVE

You can use the funds managementderivation tool FMDERIVE to definederivation strategies for which groups(sets) of cost centers, cost elements,internal orders, and WBS elements arepermitted as source parameters.

You can use the update FM derivationrules in accordance with group changereport

Reduced TCO becauseseveral users can work inFMDERIVE in parallel.

(RFFM_ENH_DERIVATION_TOOL) toreconstruct the rules for the derivationstrategies in which groups occur assource parameters that use yourvalues if the values of the groups havechanged.

Several users can now work on thesame step (derivation rule) for thesame derivation strategy at the sametime. As a prerequisite, the variousdata intervals of the same rule mustdiffer in at least one of the values of thesource account assignment.


Industries PSM-FM Budgeting - Allows more fields on budgetdocuments to be changed before andafter posting a document and recordsthe changes in a change history log. -Streamlined processes: ALV functionsadded to the budgeting workbench; anability to hide and display lines that areautomatically generated for a budgetdocument; improved layout forbudgeting workbench sender andreceiver transactions; and introductionof budget type groups for maintainingbudget process configuration.”

Before posting: the need toreenter preposteddocuments when changingtheir data is reduced.Layout: input can bereduced for BCS budgetingtransactions. Budget typegroups: severalconfigurations take lesstime because of groupingbudget types.


Industries PSM-FM Integrate MaterialReservations with FM

The new functionality will create afunds reservation document in fundsmanagement in the background whenthe material reservation is posted. Thefunds reservation will check andreserve budget. If no budget isavailable, standard availability controlwill issue a message to the user.

Customers can now checkbudget when they requestinventory out of stock. Thisfunction helps many publicsector customers whoneed to check and reservebudget at the earliestpossible stage. With thisnew functionality, budgetchecks can be performedon the material reservationrather than waiting until thematerial has been issued..


Industries PSM-FM Plan Data Transfer toBudget and ControlSystem

The existing plan data transfer to thebudget and control system has beenenhanced to include selections for realestate sbjects.

Manual processes can beeliminated.


Industries PSM-FM Rule-Based AccountAssignment Distribution

You can now use the existing rule-based account assignment tool togenerate a rule-based distribution ofaccount assignments with the transferof time recording to project system andcontrolling.You define rules that stipulate thedistribution of the account assignment(COBL object) originally entered on thereceiver object in time recording for thetransfer. As a result, you can generateseveral lines with different accountassignments.

Requires fewer userinterventions and manualcalculations.


Analytics FIN-SEM-BCS

Sign-off Task - Sign-off Task can be executed in theConsolidation Monitor, on consolidationunits or groups -- blocking all of theprevious tasks automatically, andtriggering sign-off process.

Automates the preparation,review, and sign-offprocess with Sign-off Task-- Streamlines steps androles with SAP Business

- Financial reports (in format of BWQuery, plain texts, or files like Word,PowerPoint, Excel, PDF) can beattached for next review. -Sign-off Taskcan be finished for the consolidationunit(s) or group(s); and the task isblocked in the Consolidation Monitor

Workflow capability --Block tasks inconsolidation monitor andtriggers sign-off process --Prepares financial reportsfor reviewing, commenting,and sign-off -- Ensurescompliance throughapproval process


Industries IS-R Valuation and Collectionof Retail Price Changes

The system collects and valuates allrelevant, in-scope inventory-relatedtransactions throughout the definedperiod by type with key information.Key price-change transaction typesare: markups, markup cancellations;markdowns (permanent, promotional,and POS); and markdowncancellations. The reference point isthe original price when the item isintroduced.How pricing transactions are classifiedin these four types affects key ratios forcumulative margin and markuppercentage and gross marginpercentage. In RMA, the cumulativemargin and markup percentage is usedto back into ending inventory andCOGS at the end of the period.

The collection of pricechanges into buckets andthe usage for calculation ofRMA values smoothes outmargins over a season orperiod. For financials,involvement of pricechanges effect a moreconservative and lowervaluation of stock.



Flexible upload withdocument approvalprocess

- Flexible upload of document functioncan trigger document approval processjust like manual posting function- Function is only enabled when flexibleupload method is in update mode: "DoNot Modify" or "Overwrite", and InputType "Periodic"

Enables same approvalprocess for flexible uploadof documents as manualposting



More compliant commentfunction in approvalprocess

- Comment function is enabled forstatus change with workflow function- Editing of saved comment in approvalprocess is forbidden

More compliant approvalprocesses.


Financials XX-CSC-CN; RE-FX-LC-PT

China: interfacing with theGolden Tax System(government-ownedsystem)

The function enables customers tocreate an outbound file of all VATinvoices that can then be uploaded tothe external GTS system. The inboundfile from the GTS system is read andthe GTI number is updated back toSAP software.

Interfacing with the GoldenTax Systems allowsprinting VAT invoices withno need for third-partysoftware.


Financials XX-CSC-CN; RE-FX-LC-PT

Portugal: flexible realestate management

The Municipal Property Tax (IMI)objects are represented as parcelsfrom the Land Use Management (LUM)functionality. A special IMI Data screenfor the parcels displays all the relevantparameters of the municipal propertytax object for every calendar year. Allproperty tax objects of a company areallocated to a special type of realestate contract (Property Tax type)whose business partner is the Ministryof Finance. An IMI cockpit tool allowsthe generation of cash flow items foraccruals and installments. Monthlyaccruals and the one-time or two-time

Comprehensive masterdata for property taxobjects representing thecadastral entries of acompany.Transparent administrationof property tax objects of acompany in one list.Full chain of postingactivities.Handling of mass propertytax data.

installments are posted by the PropertyTax contract periodically.


Industries IS-R Initial Setup of Inventory The new report ensures that all thetasks that the SAP Legacy SystemMigration Workbench tool cannot coverare actually performed to provide aconsistent and complete data transfer.A new report to import the original retailprice from a legacy system into theSAP software with a data file isprovided. The main functionality of thisreport is to read the data form the file,carry out validity checks, and store thedata in table WRF_ORGPRICE.

The system can nowimport all relevant data forswitching from a legacysystem to SAP software touse the new RMAfunctionality, no matterwhat level was used forvaluation in the legacysystem. MBEW can befilled automatically evenwhen there is no item costvalue in the legacy system.


Industries EA-DFPS Organizational Flexibility Enhances concept for handlingoperations and exercises -- Providesextra functionality for manningsuggestions and assignments --Assigns technical objects to forceelements -- Handles infrastructureobjects in conjunction with forceelements and processes for armedforces -- Provides additional andenhanced functions to create, copy, ormaintain objects or assignments in thesystem -- Offers additional functions forannual exercise and deploymentplanning

Interacts with numerousdecentralized ERPsystems -- Supportsautarchy processesoptimally -- Improvesrobustness and scalabilityof landscapes -- Supportscross system processesbetter -- Streamlinesintegration of infrastructure


Industries EA-DFPS Accounting Enhances system support via pre-definition when defining cost and profitcentersIntegrates permit processes for proficcenter activationEnhances handling of accountingobjects

Enables interaction ofnumerous decentralizedERP systemsOffers better support ofautarchy processesImproves robustness andscalability of landscapesOptimizes support of cross-system processesStreamlines integration ofinfrastructures


Industries IS-R Post RMA CalculationResults to GeneralLedger

Agency business documents post theresults of the RMA calculation to theG/L ending inventory at cost and atcost of goods sold. Other related FIaccounts reflect the results of the RMAcalculation in SAP NetWeaver BI.The location is the lowest level forposting to G/L accounts. The profitcenter concept is supported for thislevel.Postings to financials can be carriedout at the company code, distributionchain, and site level. The systemmonitors to ensure that postings aresuccessful and alerts users to failures.Postings to the G/L can be displayed atthe company code, distribution chain,site, and valuation level for a selectedperiod. Double posting or counting isprohibited. Postings can be reversedand reprocessed.

- RMA is considered amore conservativevaluation (markdownsshow an affect onvaluation)- Compliant with U.S.GAAP and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act- Accounting clerk doesn’thave to switch systems tosee stock values- Advantages of the BFo Easy to switch from RMAto cost and vice versao Advantages of RMA canbe derived (tracking andcalculating inventoryinformation that drivesmargins, reporting, buying,pricing, and othermerchandising decisions)with or without posting to

the G/LSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

Industries EA-DFPS Materials Management Provides autarchy capable warehousemanagementSupplies a deployment monitorEnhances distributed-materialsmanagement in multi-systemlandscapes

Enables interaction ofnumerous decentralizedERP systemsProvides better support ofautarchy processesImproves robustness andscalability of landscapesOptimizes support of cross-system processes


Industries EA-DFPS Plant Maintenance andUnit (Line) Maintenance

Enhances transfer of technical objectsEnables short-term transfer ofmodifying rights for objectsCreates structure documentation formaintenance purposes, in PDF formatAdds flexibility to account assignmentchanges by maintaining accountingrules

Enables interaction ofnumerous decentralizedERP systemsOptimizes support ofautarchy processesProvides better support ofcross-system processesStreamlines integration ofinfrastructures


Industries EA-DFPS System architecture Provides enhancements in useradministration (role manager)Optimizes system administration fordata distributionStreamlines data distribution (serveralnew objects)Facilitates better archiving

Enables interaction ofnumerous decentralizedERP systemsOptimizes support ofautarchy processesImproves robustness andscalability of landscapesProvides better support ofcross-system processesFacilitates integration ofinfrastructures


Financials AC New web application toselect and monitor closetasklists

Provides the supervisor and theprocessor of a close task with a list ofthe relevant close task lists. Details ofthe task can be accessed from the list.

Fast close: moves controlof process from Excelworkbooks and e-mails tothe system, making thetasks to be performed andthe progress transparent toall stakeholders (includingthose not actively involvedin the close).


Financials AC Tree view containingclose tasks byorganizational unit.

Presents all close tasks in a treestructure organized by organizationalunit. The individual folders canrepresent a controlling area, one ormore company codes, or a phase orfolder. Displays the status, responsiblepersons, and duration of each closetask.

Clear definition ofresponsibilities andvisualization of progressacross business units


Financials AC Calendar view thatvisualizes the closeschedule, taskdependencies, andstatus.

Visualizes the close schedule withrespect to calendar days, enablingstakeholders to see which tasks are tobe performed and when, the relativeduration of the tasks, dependenciesbetween tasks, and the status of eachtask. Selection of tasks by phases (anew entity in close).

Visualization of close tasksas a calendar allows thebusiness user to seedependencies betweentasks and to identifybottlenecks. Visualizationof status information allowsbusiness user to initiateremediation actions. Theultimate result is a fasterclose.

SAPenhancement

Financials AC Logs, comments, anddocumentation assigned

Provides access to all system logs,error logs, documentation, and

Compliant process: internaland external auditors have


to close tasks comments relating to a close. access to all relateddocuments. Usability:improved access toprocess-relevantinformation.


Financials AC SAP Central ProcessScheduler initiates closetasks in remote systems

Allows inclusion of remote tasks thathave been created in SAP CentralProcess Scheduler in the task list forthe local close in SAP ECC. SAPCentral Process Scheduler used tomanage cross-system dependencies,event-based scheduling, and parallelprocessing. Allows central monitoringof completion of remote tasks in SAPECC.

Expedites a core businessprocess by minimizing thewait time between closetasks.


Industries IS-R New Selection Screen forPrice Catalog

- The path to the maintenance screenis now reduced from three to twoscreens.- New entry transaction: w_sync. Thistransaction works in parallel with thew_pricat_maintain (old) transaction.- The selection screen includesselection possibilities on top, a folderstructure at the lower left, and thedetails of the selected catalog at thelower right.- The maintenance groups can beassigned and changed more flexibly..

- Simplification of the userinterface- More intuitive userinterface- Customers can alsoselect in a folder structure,which is more familiar tothem- This functionality enablesbetter organizationbecause it gives bettervisibility and transparency- Fewer user interfaces:now only a selection andmaintenance screen(formerly three)- Multiple search capabilityoptions


Industries IS-R Full GDS Support forRetail including SampleImplementation of a DataPool

- Complete GDSN item synchronizationis supported for entire messageorchestration.- The GDS functionality is available forthe Agentrics data pool as a sampleimplementation.- Subscription and notificationfunctionality of GDS messageorchestration are adjusted.- Predelivered rules in VE-Processor(Validation and Enrichment Processor).- New User Interface for the dataselection including also Workflowcapabilities.

- Good visibility of theentire process.- Efficient starting point fora GDS strategy.- Detailed business contentfor the integration of aGDSN-certified data pool.


Industries IS-R Enhancements RuleEngine

- Rule engine (EV processor) has anenhanced refactoring function.- Rule engine (EV processor) isenhanced with a work-list function.- A service is provided to retrieve theusage list for each element.

- Faster definition of newrules.- Better insight into therules used.- Easier reuse of existingrules.


Financials AC Task scheduling basedon factory calendar

When the task list is created for aspecific close, the tasks are assignedto calendar days based on the key dateand the offsets (example: payroll onkey date -1; allocations on key date+1). This function takes account of thefactory calendar to ensure that thetasks are scheduled only for working

Ensures that tasks are notscheduled at a time whenno one will be available tosupport the tasks.

days.SAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

Industries LE-DSD Truck Stock Visibility Truck Stock Visibility and MaterialMovements:- Differentiate between stock loaded onvehicles from warehouse stock- Provide inventory management forgoods loaded on vehicles for trackingstock - Reflect loading, reloading, andunloading activities- Manage status of goods -- indicating"Loaded", "On Route", and so on- Track stock remaining on vehiclesafter unloading- Provide detailed (truck level) andaggregated (warehouse level) view ofloaded goods

- Gives materialrequirements planning(MRP) controllers acomplete view of theinventory located in thewarehouse as opposed togoods being loaded and onthe way to the customer- Allows MRP controllers toview and track all goodsloaded on each singlevehicle at time of loading ordeparture and settlement- Give transportationplanners overview ofprocessing status - such asdeliveries loaded ordeliveries already on route


Industries LE-DSD Loading Confirmation - A warehouse checker can count andrecord the loaded goods and quantitiesright after loading -- thus validating thematch between planned and actualload.- In case of missmatches, a warehousechecker can take corrective action --such as reloading or confirming itsstatus.- A warehouse clerk can confirmcorrective action after execution.- A Warehouse checker can seal theloaded truck and record the sealnumbers as part of loadingconfirmation.- Counting and recording can beexecuted on individual material orcounting group level.- Loading confirmation results aretallied during check-out and differencedetermination.

Warehouse checkerseasily confirm loading toensure vehicles carrycorrect load. This ensuresgoods are delivered tocustomers complete andon time -- as ordered andplanned.


Industries LE-DSD Lean Messages fordrivers

- Scheduler clerk can use messages toprovide relevant information to drivers.- Clerk can assign messages relevantto a longer period of visit plans. -Messages are carried over to each visitlist created from the specific visit plan.- One-time messages can bemaintained by the scheduler clerk forthe visit list.- Messages can be related to a visitplan/list in general or for a specific visit.- Customer related texts can be linkedto visit plans or visit lists by textdetermination.- Messages can be printed out as partof tour information.

-Messages from SchedulerClerk are used to supportdriver by providing specifictour or customer-relatedinformation. - Clerks arealso able to guide andsteer driver with adequateadvice and tasks.


Analytics CO-OM-IS,FI-GL-IS,FI-AR-IS,FI-AP-IS,CO-PC-IS

Simplified Reporting fornew General Ledger

Simplifies reporting for new generalledger

Provides ease of use --Ensures minimal learningcurve -- Supplies aconsistent UI



Simplified Reporting forAccounts Payable

Simplifies and streamlines reporting foraccounts payable

Provides ease of use --Ensures low learning curve-- Drives consistency



Simplified Reporting forAccounts Receivable

Simplifies and streamlines reporting foraccounts receivable

Ensures ease of use --Minimizes learning time --Drives consistency



Simplified Reporting forCost Center and OrderAccounting

Simplifies and streamlines reporting forcost center and order accounting

Ensures ease of use --Provides easy-to-learnprocedures -- Drivesconsistency



Simplified Reporting forProduct Costing in Make-to-Stock Environment

Simplifies reporting for product costingin make-to-stock environment

Ensures ease of use evenfor non-professionals



Simplified Reporting forProduct Cost Planning

Simplifies and streamlines reporting forproduct cost planning

Ensures ease of use


Industries LO-GT Condition Record CopyWithin Condition Contract

Provide copy function for a conditionrecord within a condition contract

Facilitated maintenance


Industries LE-DSD Counting Groups forcheck-out, check-in andloading confirmation

- Counting groups can be used togroup different materials according totheir packaging unit.- The checker or driver can record thecounting results during check-out andcheck-in -- on a counting group ormaterial level.- The warehouse checker can recordthe counting results during duringloading confirmation -- on a countinggroup or material level.- Materials can be assigned to countinggroups in the Material Master.

Checkers, warehousecheckers, and DSD driverscan execute check-out,check-in or loadingconfirmation much fasterand easier.


Industries LE-DSD More route accountingcapabilities in Tour DataEntry

- Settlement clerks entering the tourdata manually can execute differencedetermination in tour data entryrepeatedly before the tour getsreleased.

- Settlement clerks need touse only one tour dataentry -- no need to switchto another dialog - Enablesfast and easy tourprocessing.


Industries LE-DSD Visit Control Interfaces - It provides BAPI interfaces thatconnect DSD visit control to routeoptimization tools.- Visit plans and vist lists can be read,created, and changed.- A Scheduler Clerk can drag and dropmultiple customers from one vist planor list to another.

It combines DSDprocesses with a moredynamic visit-controlapproach by integratingthird party routeoptimization.


Industries LE-DSD Improved SettlementCockpit functionality

- Settlement clerks working with thesettlement cockpit can executedifference determination repeatedlybefore the tour gets released.

Optimizes support of asettlement clerk's dailytasks.

- Settlement clerks can canceldeliveries in the settlement cockpit.- Settlement clerks can delete emptyvisits in the settlement cockpit.


Industries LE-DSD More flexibility andautomation of FinalSettlement Run

- Sales order generation can occurdecoupled from the final settlement run-- after the tour data is available.- The final settlement run can beexecuted as a background job -- nointeraction from the settlement clerk.- Ranges for acceptable materials andpayment differences are defined usingtolerance groups -- that decide chargesand ensure the automated settlementrun is not interrupted.- Interim accounts can be defined andused to achieve separate booking logicfor the various payment types, anddifferent logic is used to charge diversedifferences.- Separate methods for handlingpayment postings can be defined inpayment type level such as credit cardpayments.

- Flexibly adapts settlementprocess to supportcustomer-specificprocesses regardinghandling of payments anddifferences- Fast processing and lessneed for settlement clerksto interact in non-criticalcases -- leading to reducedprocess costs and higherefficiency


Industries LE-DSD Tour Status Management - It provides holistic statusmanagement covering the life-cycle ofa tour.- Administrators can control overall tourprocessing across various components-- such as loading confirmation orsettlement.- Administrators can use tour statusreporting to identify causes for errorsduring processing and take correctiveaction.- Can be used by settlement clerks toselect tours in the settlement cockpitand for tour data entry.

- Adapts tour processinglogic across the variouscomponents involved- Provides first-entry-pointerror resolution for anadministrator- Gives settlement clerkseasier access to tours viatour status



EP-PCT-MGR-HR

Requisition RequestForm

Through creation and maintenance ofrequisition requests with one or morepre-defined forms, a manager caninitiate the recruitment process- Starting with necessary position andvacancy data- Through easy navigation andselection functionalities-- Including multilevel approvalworkflow based on organizationalmanagement-- With automated notification to therecruiting department after approval ofthe request

SAP Manager Self-Serviceas a single point of entryfor all HR tasks, includingrecruitment tasks, thatmanagers have to perform.The user interface is easyto use and offers an optionto track the most importantinformation managers needduring a recruitment cycle.



EP-PCT-MGR-HR

Requisition Request andActivity Monitor

Easy and quick overview of the statusof a manager's requisition request:Follow-up activities like the necessaryapprovals, posting, and publicationinformation The most importantstatistical information regarding thestatus of the overall recruitment cycle(like the number of incomingapplications, number of rejected

Easy and quick overview ofthe status of a manager'srequisition request:Follow-up activities like thenecessary approvals,posting, and publicationinformation The mostimportant statisticalinformation regarding the

applications, and so on)An option to rate and rank a candidatewith regard to the available talent pooland to an existing position that acandidate has applied for

status of the overallrecruitment cycle (like thenumber of incomingapplications, number ofrejected applications, andso on)An option to rate and ranka candidate with regard tothe available talent pooland to an existing positionthat a candidate hasapplied for



EP-PCT-MGR-HR

Delegation andSubstitution Scenario

Managers can define a delegate orsubstitute for their recruiting tasks inthe event of a known absence.

Delegation and substitutionshould guarantee that arecruitment process flowswithout any interruption ordelay because of anabsent (hiring) manager.



EP-PCT-MGR-HR

Candidate andApplication Assessment(Activity Management)

Easy option for hiring managers toclassify a candidate in terms of thecompany's talent poolA quick and easy and fast option formanagers to classify a candidate'sapplication for an existing position(initiated by a manager's requisitionrequest)A quick option to provide detailedfeedback on a candidate's applicationto the HR department (recruitmentdepartment)

Improved efficiency andeffectiveness in the overallrecruiting process:*Manager can enterfeedback on proposedcandidates and applicants*Recruiter has immediateaccess to a manager'sfeedback and can continuethe recruiting process*No media breaks in theoverall process


Industries PSM-FG Upward and DownwardAdjustments

Option for adjustments calculated atthe document level, rather than rheaccounting line level, for net posting atthe overall fund level.

Based on configuration, theflexibility to determine thelevel for adjustments andthe netting of adjustmentscould significantly reducethe number of PYadjustments reported totreasury.


Industries PSM-FG BCS LegalEnhancements: NewFederal-Specific FieldsAdded to the BCSHeader

Added transfer agency, transferaccount, and trading partner to thebudgeting workbench header.

Users can enter thesefields directly into thebudget transaction withoutupdating the derivationrules first. (Rules can stillbe used if desired.)


Industries IS-AD-MPN Uniqueness of MPN-MRPSets

If two FFF classes are merged, andthey both contain MPN-MRP sets withthe same name, an error message isdisplayed.

Helps facilitate consitentmaster data.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange in POwith reference to aContract

A PO-item (Purchase Order Item) iscreated with reference to a contract. Ifmaterial exchange is carried out, andthe sub items do not refer to theoriginal contract anymore, a messageis displayed to warn users that theoriginal contract is not being referred toand updated anymore. The message isof the type: (Error, Warning,Information) and is customizable.

Offers consistencybetween purchase ordersand contracts

SAPenhancement

Industries IS-AD-MPN 'BADI_ADPIC_IC_MATS- for additional

It defines materials as interchangeableif they do not belong to an FFF class, a

Optimizes flexibility in MPNfunctionality.


interchangeable material super session chain, or a restrictedinterchangeability relationship. This isrealized through the use of a BAdI and,when implemented, additionalmaterials are defined asinterchangeable in the implementation.It also checks whether those materialsare being considered throughout theinterchangeability process.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange in PMorders by ATP-Check

-Maintenance orders allow exchange ofinterchangeable MPN materials-A screen shows those materials andtriggers material exchange- User selects material due and fills inquantity until status is set --Newcomponent items appear for theselected materials

Allows automated materialexchange(proposal/suggestion) inmaintenance orders.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange in PPorders by ATP Check

-PP orders allow exchange ofinterchangeable MPN materials-A screen shows those materials andtriggers material exchange- User selects material due and fills inquantity until status is set --Newcomponent items appear for theselected materials

Allows automated materialexchange(proposal/suggestion) inPP orders.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange in PSorders

-PS orders allow exchange ofinterchangeable MPN materials-A screen shows those materials andtriggers material exchange- User selects material due and fills inquantity until status is set --Newcomponent items appear for theselected materials

It allows automatedmaterial exchange(proposal/suggestion) inPS orders.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange inMIGO - Generic GoodsIssue

The functionality of goods issue postinghas been enhanced to allow theexchange of interchangeable MPNmaterials -- for example, when referingto a PM order, STO, PP order,manually created reservation, and soon.

It automates materialexchange(proposal/suggestion) ingoods issue posting.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Archiving of documentswith a MPN link

Functionality has been enhanced toprevent the archiving of documents stillassigned to a restrictedinterchangeability relationship.

It optimizes master dataconsistency.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Archiving of FFF classes Functionality has been enhanced toprevent the archiving of FFF classeswith members still assigned.

Offers master dataconsistency


Industries IS-AD-MPN Archiving ofinterchangeable materials

Functionality has been enhanced toprevent the archiving ofinterchangeable materials in an FFFclass, restricted interchangeabilityrelationship, or a super session chain.

Offers master dataconsistency


Industries PSM-FG Document Chain The document chain report allows entryof a document number within the order-to-cash or procure-to-pay process, andbecause of the document chaintransaction, both related predecessorand successor documents can bedisplayed. Various views are available,

Streamlined audit process

including funds management view andledger view. The document chainfeature can be accessed as a stand-alone transaction or can be called fromthe transaction register report.


Industries PSM-FG Cancelled Funds: AssetTransfer

Extended customizing to allowmaintenance of distinct transfer-in andtransfer-out accounts. Adjustedinterface for intercompany transfer inasset management of financialaccounting to accommodate separationof accounts. The impovement can beused to transfer cancelled funds.

Enhances the use of assetmanagement andeliminates manualadjustment postings.


Industries IS-R Inventory Lookup:Customer OrderingProcess at the POS andService Desk

The COM business process wasenhanced with flexible andsophisticated functionality for productlookup. This functional enhancementsupports starting a COM process with aproduct lookup, or starting a productlookup within the order entry screen. Itprovides users with real-time andcurrent inventory information andavailable-to-promise (ATP) informationfor their own store and for neighboringstores. The inventory information onunrestricted use is a consolidation ofthe stock information from SAP ERPwith the sales information from SAPPOS Data Management.

Real-time access to thecurrent inventoryinformation acrossneighboring stores duringorder processing andcustomer service.



PA-ER Search Using AdditionalSearch Criteria andOperators

-Recruiters are able to use all Booleanoperators, such as AND, OR, NOT andNEAR when performing searches.-They can also use range operatorssuch as GREATER THAN,>=GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO,<= LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO, or<>NOT EQUAL TO.-They can also search for candidatesby the dates they last updated theirprofiles, the person who last updatedtheir profiles, their IDs, and by usingassigned requisition information.

Simplifies and expeditesthe process of findingcandidates for positions



New key figures forPortfolio Benchmarking

New key figures in the area of portfoliobenchmarking have been added --such as Jensen Ratio, Sharpe Ratio,and so on to better analyze return onportfolios via benchmarks andperformance ratios.

Customers get betterinsight into investmentratios like Jensen Ratio,Sharpe Ratio



New accountingfunctionalities for financialinstruments

Prepares elimination of gains andlosses for intra-group transactionsEnhances the impairment processProvides valuation in monetary valuefor sale positions in foreign currency

Meets auditingrequirementsManages risk andcomplianceProvides fast close


Analytics PA-ER-SP SAP NetWeaver BIBusiness Content forSuccession Planning

Provides reporting on key positions andon successors orincumbentsrespectivelyMonitors the number of key positionswith or without successors according toreadinessCompares key position successors andincumbents using all relevant factors

Optimizes the quality ofsuccession planning andtalent management withina company


Analytics PA-ER-SP BI Business Content forPerformanceManagement

- Guarantees performance tracking andfeedback processes within theorganization- Optimizes comparison of potentialand performance for selectedemployees- Displays the data for potential andperformance in a 'Calibration Grid'- Compares any other two selectedcriteria groups within performancemanagement using query functionality

Managers and talentspecialists can analyze orcompare the potential andperformance of selectedemployees via tables andgraphics



Enhancement of listedoptions

Supports life cycle of exchange tradedoptions (normal style): open,close,partial close, expiration, andaccounting Calculates NPV in MarketRisk Analyzer

Allows insurance assetmanagement departmentor treasury department totrack, post, and evaluatelisted options


CorporateServices

IS-ADEC-LBK, IS-ADEC-MEB

Service-Enabling ofExisting Logbook in SAPERP

The following processes are service-enabled:Create, change, and read log entrydetailsComplete log entryLink and unlink measurementdocuments to a log entryLink and unlink maintenance request toa log entryMaintain maintenance request deferralinformationFind log entry by technical object

Logbook objects are fullyservice-enabled forautomatic change ofrelated objects


Industries IS-PS-CA Registering Taxpayer This feature supports single-viewregistration of the taxpayer. Theregistration can be established throughmultiple channels, including batchupload. The process can set uptaxpayer accounts for mulitple taxtypes and create the filing freqency andfiling obligations. Coupon books can betriggered from the registration.

Leverage a single, uniquetaxpayer identifier to lowertaxpayer service costs andcomplexity and provideconsistent service viamultiple, 24x7 channels


Industries IS-PS-CA Form-Based Tax ReturnProcessing

Tax agencies can use this feature tovalidate tax return data, satisfy tax-filing obligations, and check againstreceived payments. A rules engineraises exceptions can calculate the taxliability, additional interest, and penalty.Tax returns with exceptions are routedto the appropriate tax officer. Thesystem allows you to submit varioustypes of tax returns, such as amendedor joint returns. Tax liability iscalculated by using the business rulesframework. Tax returns with exceptionsare routed to the universal work list andassigned to a tax officer. Within thework center, the tax officer processesthe tax return, resolves exceptions, andhas access to taxpayer details andaccount balances.

Collect money faster,reduce tax administrationcomplexity, and loweroperating costs with broadenterprise tax and revenuemanagement.Reduce TCO for creatingtax forms based on SAPInteractive Forms softwareby Adobe, the businessrules framework, and SAPBusiness Workflow.


Industries IS-PS-CA Tax Object Processing Tax agencies can use this feature tocalculate the tax liability for tax objects(vehicles and property). The businessrules framework can be used to set upthe calculation based on the attributes

Reduced TCO for creatingbusiness rules based onthe business rulesframework.Support for multiple tax

of the tax object. and revenue types acrossthe government enterprisewith a standardized andconfigurable system.


Industries IS-PS-CA Managing Collections This process is tuned to handle high-volumes of outstanding tax liabilitesand tax filing obligations. Taxpayeraccounts are evaluated based on thecollection strategy assigned to thetaxpayer or to one or more accounts ofthe taxpayer. Based on taxpayerattributes and information about theoutstanding debts, the collection rundetermines the most effective collectionactivity to be performed. Collectionactivities can be automatic tasks suchas dunning letters, transfers tocollection agencies, and manual tasksof collection agents. The rules used fordetermining collection activities can bemaintained in a flexible decision tree.All taxpayer attributes and contextualinformation about the taxpayer can beconsidered.

Collections managementbecomes more effective,relieving employees ofunproductive routineactivities and empoweringthem to take care of criticalaccounts personally.Uncollected debts andoverdue tax filingobligations are reducedand voluntary complianceis increased.


Industries IS-PS-CA Managing CollectionWork Items

For certain taxpayer accounts,automatic reminder letters areinsufficient. For those cases, thecollection run can create work items,which are part of collection work lists.Collection work items may be used foroutbound collection calls or handlingmore intensive tasks such asgarnishments or bank seizures. Worklists provide collectors with a singlepoint of access to their daily tasks.

This process allowscollection managers andsupervisors to administerand manage daily worklists. Workloadmanagement is improvedby the functionalityprovided with collectionwork lists (seasonalrequirements or the needto substitute collectionagents temporarily due tovacation). Thedetermination of collectors,collection units, andcollection managers can beset up flexibly, based ontaxpayer attributes. Theworkload of the collectionagent can be handled moreefficiently.


Industries LO-GT Commodity Management:Enabling of A2AEnterprise SOA Services

-Streamlines outbound trading-expensemessages for capturing actual expensedata in front-office trading system -Newsynchronous update service

Triple Point and SAPsoftware enable visibilityacross the enterprise andensure transparency foroptimal portfoliomanagement -- reducingrisk, increasing financialexecution, and enablingcompliance for alltransactions.


Industries LO-GT Commodity Management:Triple Point TechnologyInc., Integration with TSW

Integrates the trading and schedulersworkbench (TSW) with the (GTM)trading contract -- enabling setup ofcommodity trading scenarios for oil andgas, including Commodity SL of partnerTriple Point Technology

Triple Point and SAPsoftware enable visibilityacross the enterprise andensure transparency foroptimal portfoliomanagement -- reducing

risk, increasing financialexecution, and enablingcompliance for alltransactions


CorporateServices

QM-PT, EP-PCT-MAN-QI, QM-IM,QM-QN

Tool for Failure Mode andEffect Analysis (FMEA)

Failure mode and effect analysis(FMEA): this new tool enables processand design FMEAs.It includes maintenance of functions,failure, and structure networks, actionsfor the prevention and detection offailures, risk priority number (RPN)calculation, FMEA forms according toVDA96 and QS9000, and onlinereporting and archiving.

- Integrated solution: nodata redundancy- Easy to use- Customers can decidehow to structure the set ofFMEAs for a process orproduct (where to start).- Data available for thecontrol plan (reuse)- Reuse of existing objectsand components such asfailure codes and so on- Function allowscustomer-specific rules forcalculation and so on


CorporateServices


Control Plan The ability to create and maintain acontrol plan enables closed-loopinspection planning integrated withSAP ERP. The control plan offersintegration into the FMEA tool, QMinspection plans, and other relatedbusiness objects used in the productdevelopment process.It helps customers comply with the ISOTS 16949 standard, which requiresimplementation of advanced productquality planning (APQP) methodology.

- Integrated tool for closed-loop inspection planning- Reuse of existing masterand operational data suchas inspectioncharacteristics,notifications (complaints)- Flexibility of the tool- Reuse of control plandata in further inspectionplanning and processes- Data visibility andconsistency


CorporateServices


Digital Signature for Lots,Samples, andNotifications

Digital signature for qualitynotifications: with this new functionality,you can provide digital signatures onstatus changes and when performingdistinct activities at the header or tasklevel of a quality notification.Extended functions for the digitalsignature for inspection lots andphysical samples: the latest digitalsignature tool has been applied tophysical samples and inspection lots toallow signature strategies, multilevelsignatures, more detaileddocumentation, and printing signatureinformation.

Regulatory compliance



LE-IEW* Goods Issue for DirectSales and AccountAssignments

Allows for the creation of outbounddeliveries initiated in SAP EWM toperform direct sales and issues to acost center without first creatingdocuments in SAP ERP.

Independence forwarehouse processingwhile still maintainingintegration to back-endfunctions in SAP ERP.


Industries PSM Extension of SD Serviceswith Public SectorDimensions

Enterprise services for sales ordersnow include public sector master dataelements, like a funds managementfunds center. Public sector customerscan use the services to build compositeapplications to support the sales orderprocess.

Helps facilitate a cross-component and cross-system sales orderprocess, simplifes salesorder processing for non-expert users, and makessales order processingmore efficient and flexiible.

SAP Industries LE-DSD Enablement of further - Electronic images of handwritten Enables the storage of


processes on mobiledevices

signatures related to sales orders,deliveries, and invoices can beuploaded from a mobile device. A salesrepresentative can later display andprint them with the respectivedocument.- Electronic images of handwrittensignatures related to check-out, andcheck-in information can be uploadedfrom a mobile device. Settlement clerkcan later display them in the settlementcockpit.- Unique customer identifiers like GLNcan be printed as a barcode andprepared for download to a mobiledevice. Scanning this customeridentifier can be used to initiate visittime capturing on a mobile device.- The settlement Clerk can display visittimes in the settlement cockpit

non-legally-bindingsignatures with theirrelated documents andvisualizes or prints them, incase any issues come up.



LE-IEW* Expected GoodsReceipts

Goods receipt processing in SAP EWMis based on inbound deliverydocuments provided by SAP ERP. Theinbound deliveries usually representthe advanced shipping notifications(ASNs) provided by a supplier toannounce that a goods issue has beenperformed at that supplier's warehouse,and to indicate that the goods are onthe way to the receiving warehouse.

To support the SAP EWM goodsreceipt functions with data on expectedgoods receipts, required documentsare generated based on open purchaseorders, scheduling agreements, andproduction orders.

Flexibility. Ease of use.



PA-ER Enhancements to theSearch Results Screen

This feature provides additionalcolumns and functions from the searchresults screen. It enables recruiters toquickly preview a candidate’s resumefrom the search result screen as wellas to view an excerpt of a candidate’sdocument with the matched searchterms highlighted. The hit list will alsoinclude a link to the attachment towhich the excerpt belongs. The resultslist contains a new column forcandidate ID so that recruiters canquickly differentiate betweencandidates who may have the samefirst and last names. It will also allowrecruiters to search for other relevantrequisitions to which candidates can beassigned directly from the searchresults screen.

Simplifies and expeditesthe evaluation ofcandidatesSaves time for the morestrategic aspects ofrecruiting top talent



PA-ER Quick Assignment ofCandidates to TalentGroups

This feature enables users to assigncandidates to a talent group directlyfrom the search results screen whenperforming general searches in thetalent pool or searches within the

Enables recruiters toquickly assign candidatesto the appropriate talentgroups and give themindividualized attention

context of a talent group.SAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

CorporateServices


Dual-Control Principle Use of the dual-control principle forresults recording: a result that hasbeen recorded by one user must beprocessed by at least one other userfor valuation and closing.

Integrated solution tocomply with regulations.


CorporateServices


Exponential Display ofSpecifications

Exponential display of specifications:for large numbers, the exponentialdisplay of specification limits in theresults recording transaction is helpfulfor comparing the entered results withthe specification.

Integrated approach. Directaccess to the requiredinformation.


CorporateServices


TREX Search forNotifications

The TREX tool enables searching forstructured data, including full text andattribute search, uses search andclassification technology, and can nowbe applied to notifications.

Highly improved searchcapabilities for notificationsand all related data, whichis often important forcomplaint management(CAPA) or general problemmanagement. Data is nolonger burried ingraveyards.


CorporateServices


Quality Inspector PortalRole

Adjustments for the portal role ofquality inspector: the role wasenhanced with new graphic types forthe display of inspection results. Alltypes of test equipment can now bedisplayed for an operation. Majorimprovements in usability and layout.

- Increased visibility of QMinformation- Process simplification- Enhanced navigationsupport


CorporateServices


QM Evaluation Cockpit Extension: enables evaluation ofdefects, notification tasks via flexibleselection of quality notification data,flexible aggregation of data, correlationdiagrams, and scatter plot and allowsmultilevel batch analysis.

- Flexible setup of layoutand selection criteria- Data aggregation asrequested- Different types ofgraphical views- Evaluation of archivedQM data- Combined approach forlot and defects- Batch data from the entireprocess chain


Industries IS-R Enhancement ofAssortment Plan InboundMessaging, PurchasingList

- Allows purchasing list to receive theassortment plan on an article; articleand color; or article, color, and sizelevel to start follow-on processes- Provides purchasing list with allrequired master data selections andpurchasing list with all necessaryinformation from Merchandise andAssortment Planning to createprepacks- Further enhancements of purchasinglist:Mass confirmation for the release ofmultiple articles from purchasing list.Ability to add short text for purchasinglist. Option to make the purchasing listitem date the goods receipt dateinstead of the presentation date.

Allows assortment plannerto plan targets on theassortment and on a moredetailed level beforereleasing the plan to SAPERP. Depending on theprocess, the planner hasan option to plan on thearticle; article and color; orarticle, color, and size leveland then to release toplanning to the purchasinglist and add furtherinformation to thepurchasing list for laterprocesses (allocation andpurchase order).

SAPenhancement

Industries IS-R Automatic DocumentAdjustement for Agency

New condition records must be takeninto account if condition master records

Simplification throughmass maintenance


Business Documents were changed, created, or deleted aftercreation of documents.


Industries IS-R Mass Handling for SAPNetWeaver BI Upload

The dispatcher implements paralleljobs for SAP NetWeaver BIrecompilation for agency documents(report RMCENEUB, using transactionOLIABW).

Process optimization


Industries IS-R Mass Reversal In agency business, mass processingof documents is quite common. Theneed to schedule several jobs for amass reversal is evident.



Industries IS-R Document to Implement aCentral Bank Statement

In enterprises with a decentralorganization and multiple subsystems,a collection of all relevant items for acentral bank statement is required.Agency business provides thedocument to collect all positions.



Industries IS-R Mass Handling of PriceChanges in AgencyBusiness Documents

The pricing data can be changed afterthe agency business documents arecreated. In this case, repricing isnecessary for the entire document.

Simplification



PA-ER New Candidate Services New candidate services: Hot Jobs,Tell-a-Friend, and Job Agents- Hot Jobs proactively promotespositions at a company by displayingcompany jobs considered important.- Tell-a-Friend allows externalcandidates to email third parties a linkto a job posting along with the jobdescription as an attachment. This isdone from the search results screen,the publication overview, and list offavorite jobs.- Job Agents allows candidates to setup recurring automated alerts for whenpositions matching their criteriabecome available. Candidates candefine how often they wish to beinformed of matching jobs and caneasily opt out of receiving notifications.

- Helps companies activelypromote jobs to candidates- Encourages candidates toreturn to a company’scareer site to search andapply for jobs- Allows companies toreach more candidates byenabling the emailing of jobpostings- Supports employerbranding



PA-ER Support TeamEnhancements

- Unifies the existing user list and usergroup concepts into one standardsupport group -- used for requisitions,application groups, talent groups,dashboards, applications, andagencies- Makes it possible to add user groupsas well as individual users to supportteams -- thus easing maintenance forend users and reducing the number ofentries on the support team infotype- Provides a mechanism for the centraladministration of support groupsthrough the administrator role- Introduces a Business Add In (BADI)and sample implementation thatenables managers to more easilyselect a support group when creating arequisition request

- Simplifies themaintenance of supportteams- Speeds systemperformance- Optimizes end-usersatisfaction

SAP Human PA-ER Creating Invitation and This feature enables recruiters to - This feature enables


CapitalManagement

Reference Activities inMass Processing

create invitation activities and theircorresponding reference activities formultiple candidates in one step.

recruiters to quickly createinvitation and referenceactivities en masse -- thusimproving usability andend-user satisfaction.



PA-ER Defaulting of Job PostingDescriptions

This function enables companies todefine what information they would liketo default in for job posting descriptiontexts published to internal and externaljob seekers. The data that is defaultedto can be pulled from texts defined intheir SAP ERP HCM systems using anew Business Add In (BAdI).

- Standardize job postingdescriptions- Speed the creation of jobposting descriptions withless manual intervention- Ensure protection fromlegal issues



PA-ER New Dashboard forQuestionnaires

This function introduces a newdashboard for managers andrecruiters. The dashboard shows newquestionnaires that still need to becompleted or questionnaires that havealready been completed. The user cancomplete questionnaires directly fromthe dashboard itself.

- Reduces time to completequestionaires- Speeds processing ofquestionnaires- Ensures better end-usersatisfaction



PA-ER Web Services forResume Parsing andBackground Checking

The resume parsing function allowscandidates to easily build their profilesby uploading a resume which can thenbe parsed to fill in the profile fields withthe resume information. -- Resumeparsing is realized using activitieswhich are created in the backgroundwhen parsing is initiated. -- A BADIdetermines the corresponding activitytype. -- A service provider (defaultvendor) is attached to the activity viacustomizing to establish the connectionusing SAP NetWeaver XI. -- Thebackground check functionality enablesa recruiter to send background checkrequests for one or more candidates toa third-party vendor and to check ontheir status with a new dashboard.

- Improves candidate data- Reduces candidate drop-off rates- Offers less manualintervention andmanagement ofbackground checkrequests- Standardizes processingof background checkrequests and theirresponses


Sales andService

SD-SLS Funding Data andContract Limits

- Customer departments often maintainseparate budgets, and contractors maybe required to distribute costsaccordingly. In advanced orderprocessing, funding IDs are used torepresent and allocate the budgets ofindividual customer departments- Basic building block to set upcontracts according to the AccountingClassification Reference Number(ACRN) standard- The funding information is consideredduring every resource-related billingrun so that the billed amount stayswithin budget- Allows definition of contract-specificcapping rules (limits) using standardpricing conditions that will also beconsidered during every resource-related billing run.- Limits can be defined on contractheader and item level

- Meet customer demandsand compliancerequirements regardingallocation anddocumentation of fundingsources for billable costs,reducing penalties for non-compliance and increasingundisputed customerpayments- Ability to process ACRNswill allow automated EDIprocesses, reducinginvoice errors and labor formanual processing- Integrated support ofcontract limits enablesautomated validation ofbillable amounts, reducinginvoice errors andproviding transparency intobudget consumption


Industries SD-BIL-IV-SM

User-Friendly BillingProcess

The simplification provides a guidedprocedure to facilitate WIP selection,accrual creation, pricing decisions, andbill layout definition for resource-relateddebit memo requests.

Process simplificationbecause no hand-offbetween the front officeand the back office isrequired.


CorporateServices

EHS* OH: Report Listing HealthSurveillance Protocolswith Overdue ControlDates

This report provides a direct overviewof employees with health surveillanceprotocols that have an overdue controldate. Based on the results, thereponsible persons can check andinitiate the necessary tasks. Example:inviting employees to the health centeradhere to the health surveillanceprotocols.

This report makes it easyto identify employeeswhose legal or company-specific required healthsurveillance protocols werenot followed.


Industries PSM-GPR Commitment on SRMShopping Cart

This feature records a commitment infunds management when the shoppingcart in SAP SRM is approved.

This feature supportscompliance with publicsector accountingprocedures like FSIO in theUnited States.


CorporateServices

PTU ERPOPS

SAP xMAM: Server-Driven Synch andAutomatic Creation ofDistribution Rules

Support of automatic distribution ruleswith customizing by DOE

Improved performance andscalability


Industries LE-DSD Further data and flexibilityfor for data exchange withmobile devices.

- Historic sales information can beextracted from SAP BusinessInformation Warehouse and preparedfor download to a mobile device.- Customer and material group-basedlistings/exclusions can be extractedand prepared for download to a mobiledevice.- One SAP xMDSD connector instancecan prepare language dependent textsfor download to separate mobiledevices in different languages.- More flexibility in uploading data froma mobile device through improvedBADI-based mapping capabilities.

Prepares and provides therequired data for downloadto a mobile device


Industries PSM-FG Treasury Payments andCollections

IPAC legal changes: adjustment filesand zero-dollar files now provided.IPAC enhancements: procedures toutilize standard payment program andpayment medium workbench togenerate file formats.Payment File Format Legal Changes:Enhancements for revisions toTreasury formatsConsolidate US Federal Payments andCollections: Procedures to utilizestandard Payment Program andPayment Workbench. Consolidated allTreasury related payments andcollections (RFC payments, IPAC, andSF-1080 / SF-1081) under onestandard FI payment process. Updatedfile formats for SPS payments.Updated IPAC formats for latest TASand BETC reporting requirements.

Streamlined processgreatly simplifiesconfiguration, trainingaspects, and daily paymentand collection procedures.IPAC adjustments andzero-dollar transaction arenow supported. IPACedderivations andgenerations for unmatcheditems is now available.


Industries PSM-FG Invoice Status Reporting Report to track and maintain status ofvendor invoices. Both FI and LIV canbe tracked in various stages.

Streamlined informationaccess.


Industries PSM-FG Enhancements to PromtPayment ActFunctionality

Enhancements to add new fields at theline-item level to exclude an item fromPPA and to identify fast-pay items;enhancements to invoice release report(MRBR); options for factory calendar;retention of PPA log data; andenhancements to improper invoicefunctionality.

Continuous improvementsto PPA functionalityexpand the application toensure that payments arebased on all aspects ofPPA guidance: paymentterms and due dates,improper invoices, interestand penalties, and so on.


Industries PSM-FG Enhancements to InvoiceRelease Report

The invoice release program can nowanalyze multiple blocked invoicesagainst multiple goods receipts, identifywhich invoices are fully received, andremove the payment block. Previously,all open invoices had to be fullyreceived before any invoices werereleased.

Allows use of the MRBRprogram and supports thetimely payments that arerequired by the PromptPayment Act. Previouslyvalid invoices remainedblocked -- resulting inassessing late penalties tofederal agencies.


Industries PSM-FG 9,999 Line Invoices inLogistic InvoiceVerification

Ability to post an invoice with 9,999lines.

The FI invoice still has alimitation of 999 lines, butthe limitation will betransparent to the user.The system automaticallycreates multiple FI invoicesfrom the LIV invoice.


Industries PSM-FG Central ContractorRegistration

Enhancements to the communicationmethod and data upload tools for thecentral contractor register (CCR) . TheCCR includes the folllowing features:1.Real-time XML/XI feature2.Real-time point-to-point XML feature3. Updated programs popuate newCCR tables inSAP ERP by using amethod call

Continuous improvementsto CCR communicationtools to ensure that vendordata is accurate and up todate.


Industries EA-PS ReimbursableImprovements

Enhanced status management in salesand distribution to include fundsmanagement updates; enhancedmessage-handling for verification ofcustomer down payments; andenhanced FMDERIVE for sales ordercommitment item.

A sales order approvalprocess and workflow isnow possible beforeupdates to fundsmanagement, and theprocess is more consistentwith the materialsmanagement updateprocess. New message-handling for downpayments simplifiesconfiguration and expandsflexibility. Commitment itemderivation improvementssimplify FMDERIVEconfiguration.



LE-IEW* Batch ManagementEnhancements

Replication of batch selection criteriaInstead of running a batchdetermination in SAP ERP, users cannow replicate batch selection criteria toSAP EWM, where batch searchfunctionality is provided, and which iscapable of taking the warehouse layoutinto account.

Support of the documentary batch

Ability of warehousepersonnel to work in SAPEWM without having to login to SAP ERP to classifyand maintain batches.Ability to select appropriatebatches closer to the actualtime of picking.

functionality together with SAP EWMThis function enables use ofdocumentary batches in an integratedway with SAP EWM. SAP ERP canreceive documentary batches fromSAP EWM during goods receipt fromexternal procurement and goods issuefor customers for materials managedusing documentary batches.



LE-IEW* Goods ReceiptTolerances

In the new release, the tolerance checkno longer takes place during posting inSAP ERP, but in SAP EWM duringgoods receipt at the gate.

The tolerance check in SAP ERP ispurchasing-document based. Tosupport a similar check in SAP EWM,the purchasing data (purchasingquantity, tolerance data) is transferredto this system.

For long-term purchasing scenarios(schedule agreements), the tolerancecheck - based on purchasing quantity -leads to less helpful results for thelatest schedules. Therefore, forscheduling agreements, the tolerancecheck is more appropriate at deliverylevel.

More informationtransparency. Ability toreject excessiveoverdeliveries at time ofreceipt.



LE-IEW* SPM Returns You can now create a return materialauthorization (RMA) for a returndelivery. This function enablesintegration with SAP Suppply NetworkCollaboration, which provides a Webinterface for customers to pack andship approved returns.

Flexibility



LE-IEW* Stock TransferEnhancements

Allows adding additional items orpackaging items to stock transportdeliveries from within SAP EWM. Theinformation is then reflected in the SAPERP stock transport order and in thecorresponding inbound delivery at thereceiving warehouse.

Flexiblity. Ease-of-use.



LE-IEW* Goods Issue Time Enables maintenance and visibility ofthe actual GI time in the outbounddelivery

Flexibility. Ease-of-use.



LE-IEW* Goods Receipt fromProduction Initiated inSAP EWM

Inbound deliveries are created in SAPERP at the time manufacturing orderconfirmation and distributed to SAPEWM. These inbound deliveries reflectthe actual produced quantities and areused directly for putaway.

Inbound deliveries are not createdsynchronously to production. Instead, ascheduled report selects relevantmanufacturing orders for whichplanned inbound deliveries should becreated. These planned inbounddeliveries are only persisted in SAP

Ease-of-use.

EWM, where they are used primarily forinbound delivery creation andsecondarily for workload previewpurposes. Only inbound deliveries canbe used for warehouse processing -putaway and goods receipt posting -whereas expected goods receipts areexcluded.



LE-IEW* Support for Catchweightwith SAP EWM

In SAP ERP without catchweightmanagement, inventory managementuses only the base unit of measure.Quantities in other units of measure arecalculated using fixed conversionfactors.To reduce or avoid incorrect entriescompletely, you can use the definitionof a tolerance group to check whetherthe values entered by a user for thelogistic quantity and parallel quantityare valid.

Use of standard SAP EWMfor food industries.



LE-IEW* Enhancements for SerialNumber Handling

Enhanced integration of serial numberhandling between SAP ERP and SAPEWM:

For the inbound process, traceability ofserial numbers is enabled.With each partial goods receipt, theactual serial numbers are transferredfrom SAP EWM to SAP ERP.For the outbound process, the handlingof predetermined serial numbers issupported.The same applies in the case of adelivery split.

Greater flexibility for serialnumber handling.



LE-IEW* Kit to Stock The kit-to-stock process enables you tohave a lean assembly process in adecentralized warehouse managed bySAP EWM. This process can either bedriven by automatic planning in SAPERP or SAP APO or manual planningin SAP EWM. Depending on where theprocess will be started, the integrationwith SAP ERP will be realizeddifferently:If the process is driven by planning inSAP ERP or SAP APO, productionorders are used in SAP ERP as a basisfor creating inbound and outbounddeliveries. These deliveries are thendistributed to SAP EWM, where avalue-added service order is created.If the process is started manually inSAP EWM by the creation of a value-added service order, the inbound andoutbound deliveries will be replicated toSAP ERP.

Lower inventory. Flexibilityin use of inventory assets.Improved customerservice.



LE-IEW* Invoice Before GoodsIssue

This process enables you to createinvoices before the actual goods issueposting is done. There are two options:

Direct billing

Increased flexibility indeployment.

Triggered from SAP EWM, a bill iscreated and printed in SAP ERPtogether with GTS informationWait for billing requestYou can create billing documents formultiple outbound deliveries in one runand print them along with customsdocuments



LE-IEW* Kit to Order You can use a specific sales bill ofmaterials (BOM) type or kit in a systemlandscape where SAP ERP isconnected to SAP EWM.The kit-to-order process using a salesbill of materials in SAP ERP supportsonly part of the scope that is developedfor the kit-to-order process in the fullservice parts management (SPM)system landscape (SAP CRM, SAPERP, SAP EWM, and SAP APO).

Increased flexibility inapplication deployment



LE-IEW* Integration with SAPAuto-ID Infrastructure forRFID

The following processes are supported:

Receive advanced shipping notification(ASN) for inbound delivery(EPCs only at handling-unit (HU) anditem level)Replicate inbound delivery with EPC atHU header and item levelTo support RFID enabling within SAPEWM for HUs, the incoming data mustbe distributed to SAP EWMReceive EPC from SAP EWM duringgoods issue (EPCs only at HU headerlevel)To support sending the ASN, the EPCinformation is sent from SAP EWM toSAP ERP and copied to the IDoc. Thedata for the outbound delivery has tobe stored.Process of stock transport order (EPCsonly at HU header level during goodsissue)Create inbound delivery from outbounddelivery including EPC data at HUheader level

Improved data flow.Transparency of inventoryand load statuses.



LE-IEW* Direct Outbound Delivery Direct outbound deliveries supportunplanned outbound deliveries anddirect sales in the warehouse. You cancreate these deliveries for external andinternal goods recipients directly in thewarehouse, without having to record asales order or stock transport orderfirst.In SAP EWM, you can also createpackaging materials as additional itemsin outbound deliveries, enabling you toupdate the stocks of these materialsusing the goods issue posting of thedelivery.

Flexibility


Industries PSM-FG Period of Performance Enhanced functionality to determineand control business partners'performance dates. Developed unique

Unified and streamlinedapproach to control thevalidity of invoiced activity.

SAP ERP period-of-performance date fields,checking logic, and enhancements ofvarious document line items, such aspurchase order (including servicelines), sales order, earmarked funds,and expense lines on invoices.Subsequent validations ensure thatactual activity occurred within the timeframe.


Industries PSM-FG Debt Management The new fee-schedule program allowsautomated calculation and posting ofinterest and of penalty andadministrative fees. Application ofpayment ensures that incomingpayments are applied to principal andfees according to federal regulations.Itemized bill combines the principaldocument and all related fees withinone correspondence letter to thecustomer.

Streamlined process withless user intervention.Reduces the number ofuser errors because ofmissing system controls.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-SF-EM

Search for Equipment orFunctional Location UsingSAP EnvironmentalCompl. Data

This feature improves integrationbetween plant maintenance of SAPERP and the SAP EnvironmentalCompliance application. On new tabpages in the search help of equipmentand functional location in plantmaintenance, the user can enterenvironmental compliance data to beused to search for equipment orfunctional locations. The system thensearches for facilities in the SAPEnvironmental Compliance applicationthat fulfill the search criteria anddetermines the equipment or functionallocation that has been assigned to thefacility in the SAP EnvironmentalCompliance application. Thisequipment or functional location then isthe search result in plant maintenance.

This feature improvesintegration between plantmaintenance of SAP ERPand SAP EnvironmentalCompliance, resulting inbidirectional integration oftwo applications that canleverage data forenterprise wide functionsand reporting. Plantmaintenance users cannow use compliance andsafety data to search forequipment and functionallocations directly, whichmakes their daily workmore productive andincreases safety in thecompany.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-SF-EM

Display and EditEnvironmentalCompliance Data in PlantMaintenance

This feature improves integrationbetween plant maintenance of SAPERP and the SAP EnvironmentalCompliance application. The plantmaintenance transactions to changeand display equipment and functionallocations contain a new tab page thatshows important data of the facility thathas been assigned to the equipment orfunctional location in the SAPEnvironmental Compliance application.From the tab page, the user can openthe facility iView of SAP EnvironmentalCompliance to display and change alldata of the facility directly and thereforethe compliance data of the equipmentor functional location, because thefacility contains all the compliance dataof the assigned object.

This feature improvesintegration between plantmaintenance of SAP ERPand SAP EnvironmentalCompliance, resulting inbidirectional integration oftwo applications that canleverage data forenterprise wide functionsand reporting. Plantmaintenance users cannow display and edit theassets’ compliance andsafety data directly in theirapplication, which makestheir daily work moreproductive and increasessafety in the company.


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: Flexible Assignmentof Functional Location inIncident/Accident Log

The Functional Location Plant fieldallows you to assign a functionallocation to an incident/accident log

Flexible assignment offunctional locations andequipment in the

SAP ERP entry regardless of the assigned workarea and plant.

incident/accident log,independent of the workarea assignment.




Russia : New ESSScenarios

Employees can maintain their address,personal data, bank, and familiymember information with SAPEmployee Self-Service.

Allows employees tomaintain their address,personal data, bankinformation and familiymember information withSAP Employee Self-Service.




Russia : New LegalReports

Allows the processing and printing ofdifferent legal forms.

Processes and reportsAwards & DisciplinaryMeasures -- Allows theprinting of form T-54a. --Enables the processingand printing of employeecontracts -- Speeds theprinting of payslips usingHR Forms technology


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: Easier Assignmentof Documents toIndustrial Hygiene andSafety Objects

In addition to the functionality alreadyavailable to attach documents in DMS,you can now check in new documentswith DMS without leaving the currenttransaction.

Attaching documents towork areas, riskassessments, and incidentand accident log objectswithout leaving the currenttransaction andautomatically triggeringassignment in DVS.


Industries LO-MD IUID (item uniqueidentification) support inlogistical processes inERP.

Defines the process steps and thespecific handling of serial numbers andUIIs (unique item identifiers) -- Includesthe capability of generating UIIs --Creates a range of material/serialnumbers inclusively related to UIIs --Maintains logistical process steps --UIIs can be defined to be eitheroptional or mandatory in the processsteps-- Decisions taken by the systemare based on customizing settings andmaster data

Enables accuracy --Speeds tracability -- Lendsspeed and transparacy tologistics for globally-unique, identifiable items


Industries LO-MD IUID (item uniqueidentification) support inpurchasing and inboundlogistics.

Meets the requirements of providingthe customer with UIIs from thesupplier (item unique identifiers) whenthe items are delivered -- Definesembedded items for which UIIS arerequired from the supplier -- BOM (billof materials) can be used toautomatically determine embeddeditems -- EDI message for the purchaseorder carries the information that UIIsare required. -- Provides an ASN(advanced shipping notification)inbound processing that supports UIIs.Stores information in the inbounddelivery automatically during inboundprocessing of the message -- UIIinformation of the inbound delivery isthen used during goods receiptprocessing

Enables specific action forevery purchased item --Defines the need to receiveUIIs from suppliers --Offers integrated UIIrequirements andmessage-based UIIhandling, from purchasingto goods receipt


Industries LO-MD IUID (item uniqueidentification) support insales and outbound

Creates a sales order at supplierswhen customers require UIIs --Supports integration with sales orders -

Integrates IUIDprocessinng with the salesprocess -- Includes EDI

SAP ERP logistics. - Creates a main item which is flaggedto be IUID relevant -- Creates subitems to reflect embedded items --Orders which carry that information canalso be created manually -- Checks thematerial master data for IUIDprocessing during order entry --Relevant items are integrated into anoutbound delivery -- Assigns UII(unique item identifiers) to the deliveryitems and to the packaging information-- ASN (advanced shipping notification)includes the UII information for mainitems and subitems and sends it to thesupplier.

messaging support


Industries IS-AD-MPN Check components of aPM order againstequipment configuration

-Can check components of plantmaintenance orders (e.g. if they areallowed to use or allowed to installsuperior equipment)-Evaluates material interchangeabilitydata maintained in SAP ERP or SAPSCM

Enhances spare-partsmanagement in plantmaintenance orders Helpsmaterial planners checkthe correctness ofcomponents maintained inPM orders


Industries IS-AD-MPN SCM maintained I&S dataused in configurationcheck and partsinstallation

The configuration check in the CCM2transcation and the permissibility checkduring parts installation in IE4Nevalutates the parts interchangeabilitydata maintained in SAP SCM.

-Enables customers whouse the SAP SCM gATPand/or Rules-based ATPcheck to use I&S data inconfiguration andpermissibility check-Allows customers use ofidentical I&S datamaintained in SAP SCM


Industries IS-AD-MPN Automatic advice codeentry for the reservationof a component of a PMorder

When reserving a component of a PMorder, an advice code canautomatically be entered after rules-based ATP (when accepting the ATPresults, caused a material exchange inthe component record).

Provides automatic advicecode entry for thereservation of acomponent, thus avoidingfurther material exchangesand processing


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: Status Check byAssignment of WorkAreas

When you assign a work area to a riskassessment, an injury and illness log,or an incident and accident log, youcan now use the status of the workarea as additional selection criteria.The system issues a message for workareas that have a status of historical.

Avoidance of datainconsistencies



PA-ESS-XX-CE

Single log-on to CE/GEenabled ESS with onePortal User

Reduces administrative effort for usermanagement Increases datatransparency for multiple personnelassignements

Increases datatransparency


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: New EvaluationReports

The risk assessment report calculatesthe number of risk assessments with aspecific criterion, or risk assessmentswith an overdue assessment date. TheIHS safety measures report displaysthe safety measures with exeeded enddates. The incident and accident logreport calculates the number ofincidents and accidents in a specificperiod.

The evaluation reportsprovide lists with detailedinformation, allowing you tomake specific evaluationsand analyses.

SAPenhancement

CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: Additional SelectionCriteria and Output Data

You can now search by more detailedcriteria to find only the relevant data:

Better overview of safetymeasures


of the Safety MeasuresReport

- Reference object (example: incidentand accident log entry)- Safety measures category (example:technical)- Safety measures type (example:technical changes)- Priority (example: high)- Costs- Currency- Protection goal (example: avoidaccident and health risks)- Planned start and end date- Execution (date)- Checks (date)- Person responsible (person)- Administrator (person)- Responsible for checks (person)- Effectiveness (example: successful)


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: New BAPIs inIncident and AccidentLogs

In the incident and accident logbusiness object, BAPIs have beendeveloped for parts of the existingAPIs. That means that creating,changing, deleting, and saving incidentand accident log entries have the sameinterface functions as BAPIs.

Customers can use theBAPIS in the incident andaccident log to build theirown business processlogic.


CorporateServices

EHS* IHS: Functional LocationPlant

The functional location plant fieldallows you to assign a functionallocation to an incident and accident logentry regardless of the assigned workarea and plant. You must, therefore,populate the field for existing incidentand accident log entries: use reportRCBIH_X_IAL_FLPLANT_UPD. Thereport allows you to populate the fieldfor all incident and accident log entriesfor which a functional location has beenassigned, using the plant of theassigned work area.

Flexible assignment offunctional locations toincident and accident



PA-ESS-XX-CE

Manage simultaneouslyall aspects of severalpersonnel assignment

Employees can maintain their own data-- Enterprises keep consistentindividual assignments through oneservice -- Employees can maintain dataper personnel assignment such as torecord work time -- Employees canmaintain inactive personnelassignments -- Employees can accesscombined data through one servicesuch as payroll information --Employees can access various serviceofferings per personnel assignment --Simple recognition whether one singleservice has been launched for onepersonnel assignment

-Eliminates double dataentry-Increases data accuracy-Optimizes all aspects ofpersonnel assignments-Reduces administrativeeffort-Saves time and resourcesfor strategic HR initiatives



PA-ESS-XSS

Enable employees tomaintain foreign addressdata in ESS

Enhances all current localized addressscenarios -- Allows employees tomaintain their foreign addresses --Offers a new international addressscenario based on an internationaladdress screen -- Helps employeesmaintain foreign addresses in countrieswhere prior application did not support

-Promotes well-informedemployee decisions-Eliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensiveadministrative tasks-Saves time and resourcesfor strategic HR initiatives-Keeps accurate employee

a localized solution records-Guarantees a higher ROI



PA-ESS-XSS

Customizingenhancement forPersonal InformationOverview screen

Enhances use-case customizing forSAP Employee Self-Service personalinformation screens -- Customers candecide which data to allow asretroactive and on future datamaintenance -- Enhances customizingfor Bizcard (brief data summary) onpersonal information overview screens-- Enables customers to set-up thefields they would like to display onBizcard according to their businessprocesses

-Promotes well-informedemployee decisions-Eliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensiveadministrative tasks-Saves time and resourcesfor strategic HR initiatives-Keeps accurate employeerecords-Guarantees a higher ROI



PA-ESS-XSS

Enhancement of ESSPersonal informationscreens for US andGermany

Enhances screen views for all US andDE specific personal informationscenarios -- Includes additionalcountry-specific fields for customers toview by using the SAP NetWeaverpersonalization tool

Reduces administrativetasks for maintenance ofadditional country-specificHR data Promotesaccurate employee records


CorporateServices

EHS* BD&T: Faster SecondaryData Determination;Better Performance ofEH&S Expert

Performance of expert in SAP EH&Sduring secondary data determinationhas been improved by not savingspecification data locally on the expertserver and by improving the processingalgorithms.

- Less time for secondarydata determination byexpert in SAP EH&S;higher productivity of theusers involved- Less powerful hardwareneeded; lower hardwarecost


CorporateServices

EHS* BD&T: Improved ContentUpdate with OpenContent Connector

The update of SAP EH&S content isimproved by the following new opencontent connector features:- The substance-group conceptenables content providers to groupsubstances that have identicalproperties into substance groups,which results in an improved datastructure that improves performanceand the amount of memory space thatis required during data update.- The simulation of a data updatecontrasts the current dataset with thedataset after an update. It is displayedin a table view.

- Faster content updatedue to improvedperformance- Less powerful hardwareneeded; lower hardwarecost- Better control of updatedue to an ability to simulatethe update and to comparecurrent data with updateddata


CorporateServices

EHS* BD&T: Lower TCO fromDisplay of WWI ReportsWithout Local WWIInstallation

WWI reports can be displayed withouthaving to install WWI locally on thefront end. If WWI is not installed locally,WWI reports are generated on theWWI server and displayed on the frontend using Microsoft Word.

- Because WWIinstallations are no longerneeded on front ends todisplay WWI reports, fewerWWI installations have tobe updated after acorrection in a supportpackage or with therelease of a new WWIversion, resulting in lowertotal cost of ownership(TCO).- End users who want todisplay only WWI reportsno longer have to worryabout WWI installation ontheir front ends.

SAP Corporate EHS* BD&T: Inheritance - After creating an inheritance Inherited data is now


Services Direct Data Transfer andBetter Visibility inProperty Tree

relationship or after changing sourcedata, the data is now visible at thetarget immediately. The systemperforms inheritance as a backgroundjob only if large volumes of data justifydoing so. The minimum number ofdependent specifications to runinheritance as a background job can bespecified in customizing. New symbolson the property tree indicate whether aproperty contains only passed-on valueassignment instances, only inheritedvalue assignment instances, or bothinherited and passed-on valueassignment instances.

visible at the targetimmediately, so that thetarget now displays anduses all and only up-to-date data, which increasesthe reliability of the data.


CorporateServices

EHS* PS: Notification Check The notification check checks to see ifa product is marketable in a countryaccording to regulations and thereforehelps ensure that products and theircomponents are not sold in countrieswhere regulations prohibit them frombeing imported. To do so, thenotification status is checked forpositive or negative entries. Thenotification check is executed whensaving a sales order, delivery order,and stock transfer. No quantity-dependent regulatory check is carriedout.

The notification checkensures compliance withvarious regulations andtherefore reduces the risksof fines and damage to thereputation of the company.Because the checks arecarried out automatically inthe logistics processes ofsales, shipping, and stocktransfer, processes aresimplified and efforts andcosts are reduced.


CorporateServices

EHS* PS: Support for TSCA12B

Using the substance volume trackingjob, the system sets the TSCA 12Bstatus for each substance. Dependingon the status, a subsequent processcan be started. The system displaysthe TSCA 12B status in the monitoringlist in substance volume tracking.

The support for TSCA 12Bensures compliance withthis regulation andtherefore reduces the risksof fines and damage to thereputation of the company.Because the checks arecarried out automatically inthe logistics processes ofsales, shipping, and stocktransfer, processes aresimplified and efforts andcosts are reduced.


CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Optional Usage ofSpool Management toPrint Labels

Global label management (GLM) nowoffers an option to use spoolmanagement or the GLM print processto print labels.

With the option of usingspool management to printlabels in GLM, local printerinstallations are avoided,which reduces printeradministration effort andincreases return oninvestment (ROI).Furthermore, spoolmanagement makes labelprinting easier and safer,because the system canautomatically determinethe right printer, and theuser can use spoolmanagement functions tosave spooled documents.

SAPenhancement

CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Label Preview withMicrosoft Word Integrated

In global label management (GLM), theuser can view labels only when

With the integration ofMicrosoft Word into the


into SAP GUI Microsoft Word is integrated into SAPGUI. The document is protected andthe Word menu is disabled. Thisapproach ensures that labels cannot bemanipulated or printed.

SAP GUI as a control,users can no longermanipulate or print labelsin the preview function.The requirements of thepharmaceutical industryare now met.


CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Logging of LabelData Changes, UserActivities, and Printing

Within global label management(GLM), the system logs all changesthat are made in the label data screenon the material master and all useractivities and printing activities.

By logging all changes ofthe label data on thematerial master, allauthorized andunauthorized changes tothe label definition can betracked, leading toincreased data security.The monitoring of the GLMuser and print actionshelps for example meet therequirements of thepharmaceutical industry fortracking of all actions in thepackaging process.


CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Direct Access toGLM from LogisticsSystem

Users can call global labelmanagement (GLM) from a secondSAP system and do not notice that theyhave moved to the SAP EH&S instanceon which GLM runs. In detail, the usercalls the label printing transaction(CBGL_MP01) in the second SAPsystem, which is usually a logisticssystem. The system then sends therequest to SAP EH&S and GLM runsthere. The logistic data is automaticallyread from the calling SAP system so,that the user does not recognize thatdifferent SAP systems are workingtogether.

Users can access GLMdirectly from their logisticssystem without noticingthat they have moved tothe central SAP EH&Sinstance. This approachimproves and simplifiesprocesses, and customer-specific developments areno longer necessary toread the logistics data fromthe correct logisticssystem.


CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Increased Accuracyand Safety in LabelingScenarios

In global label management (GLM), theresults of label determination can benarrowed according to the labelingscenario being used, so that aproduction scenario no longer showsshipment labels, for example.For manual label-data entry onscenario and label-tree screens, youcan implement a list of values, checkfunctions, and formatting functions tomake sure that users enter the rightvalues and use the correct format forthe values.

The ability to restrict theresults of labeldetermination by labelingscenario improves thecontents of the label treeand prevents users fromchoosing the wrong labels.The ability to define a list ofvalues, check functions,and formatting functions forlabel data entry improvesdata accuracy andprevents users fromentering the wrong data.Both functions increase thesafety of the labelingprocess.


CorporateServices

EHS* GLM: Greater Flexibilityin Labeling Scenarios

The assignment of a scenario group toa scenario in customizing links thescenario to its logical background andenables better reuse the logic ofdelivered scenarios in copies of thesescenarios or in your own scenarios.Business add-ins influence the

The ability to link ascenario to its logicalbackground helps reusethe delivered scenariosbetter, and the customerhas no need to developproprietary logic. This

program logic at the following locations:pre and post label determination, preand post printing, and serial numberdefinition.

ability saves time andmoney and simplifiesimplementation of GLM.With the new businessadd-ins, customers canadapt GLM to their needsbetter and can implement asolution for electronicsignatures during labelprinting.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Rules-based ATP in SAPSCM for availability checkof components of a PMorder

-A rules-based ATP check can beperformed for a component of a PMorder.-The proposal results of the RBA canbe taken into the component list.-In case of material exchange orlocation substitution, new componentrecords are entered and the originalcomponent record is eventuallyremoved.

-Allows use of the SAPSCM gATP and/or Rules-based ATP check for PM-Orders-Enables completefunctionality & features forinterchangeability andsupersession-Provides global ATPfunctionality, which usesrules-based ATP


Financials AC Local reconciliation Consolidates three ICR reports andtransactions into one. Theconsolidation works only for data thatneeds to be reconciled within onesystem.

Accelerates activities withinclosing and preparation forconsolidation provided allrelevant data is in onesystem.


Financials AC Upload and download ofICR contact data

ICR contact database can bemaintained by loading dataautomatically. A central contact datafile can be used to fill the ICR contactdatabase without entering the datamanually.

Reduces manual effort.



Revaluaton of Costs ofGoods Sold

Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) in FI andCO-PA are revaluated based on a priceavailable in inventory accounting -- withcriteria such as material or posting dateused to select the postings to berevaluated. The postings can also beapplied to additional accounts in such away that it does not affect the originalpostings.

Improved margin reporting,Cost of Goods sold arereported more accurately.


Sales andService

SD-SLS Maintenance of AdditionalContract Data andEnhanced ModificationManagement

- Contract managers can documentadditional key attributes (pricing- andfunding-related information) that arerequired for some contracts,particularly government contracts.- Advanced order processing allowscontract managers to maintainadditional contract data at the headerand item levels.- Contracts are modified on a regularbasis. The enhanced modificationmanagement function is used to trackselected billing-relevant data, thusensuring compliance and auditability.Information that may be subject tomodification management includesprices, rates, funding data,administrative data, schedules, andspecification data.

- Ability to meet FARcontract and billingregulations, specificallyregarding modificationtracking and integrateddocumentation of contractdetails- Reduced penalties fornon-compliance- Improved operationalefficiency. Fewer manualprocesses allow more timefor analyzing invoices andcontract performance(focus on customer's corebusiness)- Simplified data entry andmaintenance with oneintegrated transactionresults in improved data

quality and fewer errorsSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

Sales andService

SD-SLS Enhanced Resource-Related Billing

- Standard resource-related billing(RRB) has been enhanced so that nowall the costs accrued from the start dateof the contract to the billing date arepriced using the latest rates, includingcosts that have already been billed.This is referred to as inception-to-date(ITD) billing.- The values that have already beenbilled (ITD billed values) are subtractedfrom the total, and the difference isbilled to the customer.- The RRB application will be able tostore and read billed amounts fromprevious calculations (ITD costs) onvarious levels of detail, includingcumulated ITD.- Additional reporting capabilities inSAP ERP and SAP NetWeaver BI todisplay billed ITD amounts at the SDdocument level.

- Ability to meet FARcontract and billingregulations, reducingpenalties for non-compliance.- Ability to use retroactiveand ITD billingmethodology.- High confidence of billingdue to direct integration.- Speeds invoice creationand customer payment, nodelay in resourceexpenditure to billing, andimproved cash flow.- Number of invoice errorsreduced, resulting in moreundisputed customerpayments.


Sales andService

SD-SLS Alternative BillingStructures

- The standard software uses the samework breakdown structure (WBS) forproject planning and billing. With theadvanced order processing application,however, you can create an alternativestructure for billing by assigning WBSelements to multiple contract line itemson a percentage basis. This alternativebilling structure is called the documentbilling structure (DBS).- Billing WBS assignments acrosscontracts and project definitions ispossible.- Assignments are used during RRB forthe cost determination process. Thealternative WBS structure decideswhich ratio of actual costs allocatedshould be pulled into the debit memorequest for specific WBS elements.

- Implementing the non-CLIN based WBS solutionallows flexibility for contractmanagers to structureprojects in line with theiroperational managementobjectives.- Implementing the non-CLIN based WBS solutionincreases the number ofcontracts that can besupported by SAP softwareand reduces the number oflegacy systems needed tomaintain the contracts.


CorporateServices

EHS* DG: IntegratingDangerous Goods withHandling Units

Master packaging data can be definedin UN listed substances or indangerous goods. The system usesthis data together with the packagingstatus and code that have been definedin the material master to propose theallowed dangerous goods packagings.The packagings are proposed whenthe user defines the packaging formaterials using the handling unitfunctions in delivery. Packaging andmixed packing checks are alsoprovided.

The integration ofdangerous goods functionsin the processing ofhandling units ensurescompliance with thecorresponding dangerousgoods regulations andtherefore reduces the riskof fines and damage to thereputation of the company.The packaging process issimplified and efforts andcosts are reduced.


CorporateServices

EHS* DG: DynamicClassification ofDangerous Goods

Classification alternatives can bedefined as dangerous goods masterdata. One replacing material can bedefined per classification alternative,and for each replacing material, thedangerous goods master canautomatically be created based on the

The dynamic classificationprovides additionalflexibility in theclassification of dangerousgoods. Now dangerousgoods can be classifiedafter the packaging

data of the classification alternative. Inthe processing of handling units,classification alternatives can bechosen. The system then exchangesthe current material with thereplacement material in the dangerousgoods checks and the dangerousgoods documents and EDI and usesthe dangerous goods data of thereplacement material in these places.

process and aftermeasurements have beentaken. This approachensures compliance withthe correspondingdangerous goodsregulations and thereforereduces the risks of finesand damage to thereputation of the company.The packaging process issimplified and efforts andcosts are reduced.


CorporateServices

EHS* DG: Support forExceptions to DangerousGoods Regulations

Dangerous goods exceptions can bedefined for real substances, dangerousgoods classifications, dangerous goodsmaster records, handling unit headers,and handling unit items. Dangerousgoods exceptions are evaluated atdangerous goods checks and overridethe check results. You can also definetexts to be printed on delivery notes incase of a dangerous goods exceptionor complete documents that will beprinted in addition to the delivery note.

The ability to definedangerous goodsexceptions providesgreater flexibility in theclassification of dangerousgoods and makes it easy tohandle exceptions todangerous goodsregulations in the system.This approach ensurescompliance with thecorresponding dangerousgoods regulations andtherefore reduces the risksof fines and damage to thereputation of the company.Furthermore, processes indangerous goodsmanagement are simplifiedand efforts and costs arereduced.


CorporateServices

EHS* DG: Text Pattern Profiles Text pattern profiles and text patternscan be used to control how dangerousgoods information appears ondocuments, depending on theregulations and the type of thedocument. In detail: for one regulation,several text patterns can be definedand assigned to different text patternprofiles. The text pattern profilescontrol which output type uses theassigned text pattern.

With the ability to defineseveral text patterns and toassign them to differenttext pattern profiles,different text patterns canbe output on different typesof documents for oneregulation. This abilityimproves flexibility andhelps meet legalrequirements better.


CorporateServices

EHS* WA: Greater Flexibilityand Accuracy in WasteQuantity Update

The following functions provide greaterflexibility and accuracy in wastequantity updates:- In waste approvals containingadditional period-based quantities,updates of these quantities andcorresponding quantity checks arepossible. Both can be activated tocontrol the allowed yearly amounts ofwaste quantities in waste disposals.- In a disposal document, you canselect a waste item that is relevant forthe quantity update on the wasteapproval. For the quantity update, thesystem uses the selected waste itemsand the sort sequence of waste codes

The additional period-based quantity update andthe corresponding checksimprove flexibility and helpmeet legal requirementsbetter. The definition of awaste item that is relevantfor the quantity updatemakes the quantity updateat the waste approvalunambiguous andincreases data accuracyand reliability.

on the waste approval. This approachmakes the quantity updateunambiguous.


Industries FS-CM External Reporting toAuthorities andOrganizations

-Provides services for seamlessexternal insurance reporting toauthorities, directly or viaintermediaries-Sends claims data to authorities (e.g.state insurance commissioner) orinsurance industry organizations (e.g.NCCI, ISO)

-Improves quality,efficiency, and accuracy ofstate reporting-Provides flexibility whenworking with legal changes(e.g. frequency of reports)-Ensures high quality ofdata even for multiplereporting parties-Allows integrated,comfortable error handling


Industries FS-CM Integration to DocumentVendor Systems

-Provides services for seamlessintegration of third-party documentvendor solutions-Retrieves and chooses formstemplates -Creates forms on vendorsystems and publishes them-Archives published documents backinto claims

-Improves quality,efficiency, and accuracy ofcustomer communications-Ensures legal complianceof documents and reducesongoing document updateefforts at the carrier-Increases control overclaims correspondencecontent-Eliminates printing costswith online viewing


Industries FS-CM Print Claim File -Prints all or parts of electronic claimsfiles-Based on configurable Adobe forms-Offers modes: prints one file ormultiple files in one step

-Ensures having accurateand most recent data athand in all situations-Reduces preparation timefor external events (e.g.court dates)-Simplifies adjustments


Industries FS-CM Enhancements RoleBased Performer

-Calculates org-units & persons asrole-based performers, based on SAPOrganizational Change Management-Assigns unit members by strategiesautomatically (e.g. workload balancing,round robin, every member in parallel)-Ensures workload calculation for eachmember of unit-Provides one-stop maintenance forclaims-assignment information,assignment history, and performerhistory

-Ensures fasterimplementation projects-Provides high flexibility forbusiness changes-Allows clear and easyresponsibility tracking (e.g.for audit trails)-Allows reuse of SAP Org.Chng. Mgmt. content


Industries FS-CM New Financial Overview -Keeps all financial claims info in oneplace (Payments, Annuities, Reserves,Recoveries, Subrogation, Salvage)-Allows preconfigured views foroverview and detailed view-Ensures simplified navigation-Accords simulation of future paymenteffects (resulting from annuities) onpayments & reserves

-Increases accuracy ofreserving-Makes informed decisionsbased on real-timeinformation-Simplifies claims auditing


Industries FS-CM Portal Role for ClaimHandler and ClaimCenter Agent

-Provides "Insurance Claims Handler"business package for portal role,including claims specific UWL-Delivers personal object list for "myclaims" and key figure monitor basedon analytic services, which provide realtime information concerning work &

Enables claims handlers orclaims center agents toorganize work and trackperformance key figureseasily

performance analysisSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

CorporateServices

EHS* HSM: Flexible HazardousSubstance Check at Put-Away of HazardousSubstances

In the flexible hazardous substancecheck, the system checks if theplanned put-away of a hazardoussubstance is allowed in warehousemanagement. For this purpose, thesystem evaluates the defined checkmethods, other customizing data, andthe hazardous substance master data.

The flexible hazardoussubstance check increasessafety in the storage ofhazardous substances andhelps comply with thecorresponding regulations.


Industries PSM-FM Business Process inActivity-Based Costing asStatistical Cost Object

You can now specify a statisticalbusiness processes just like you canspecify internal orders and workbreakdown structure elements asstatistical. When posting a documentwith CO integration, a statisticalbusiness process (CO Value type 11)can be posted in parallel to the realcost object (CO Value Type 04).

Extends the use of activity-based costing.


Industries FS-CM Payment Improvements - Checks for duplicate payment itemsduring payment creation- Reverses checks that have beencreated manually for a payment- Captures a service period for apayment- Creates a loss payment despite acoverage referral

Improves claims paymenthandling


CorporateServices

EHS* HSM: Ability to Displayand Edit HazardousSubstance Master Data

It is possible to display and edithazardous substance data. Thecorresponding screen is mainly used todisplay data that is distributed to orfilled in the hazardous substancemaster.

With an option to displayand edit hazardoussubstance master data, thedata can be checked andchanged better, ifnecessary. This abilityimproves data accuracy.


Industries FS-CM Single and CollectiveInvoice Improvements

Provides for single invoice:-Checks across multiple claims forduplicate invoice itemsProvides for collective invoice:- Payout and reversal of single invoicesin batch processing- Loss and expenses payments- Performance improvements

Guarantees no doublepayments resulting fromduplicate invoice items


Industries FS-CM Recovery Improvements - Distributes a payment to receivableitems- Provides detailed input help forsubclaim, coverage type, and benefittype in processing ofsubrogation/recovery

Automates distribution ofincoming payments toreceivable items, easingworkload for claimshandlers


CorporateServices

EHS* BD&T: New Functions toAdapt the SpecificationWorkbench to Users'Needs Better

With the following functions, thespecification workbench can be betteradapted to users' needs:- You can define a default searchscreen that the system automaticallyopens when the specificationworkbench is opened. The defaultsetting depends on the user andtransaction.- You can define a default valueassignment type that the systemautomatically opens when aspecification is selected. For every

The functions to adapt thespecification workbench tousers' needs improveproductivity of users.

specification type, one default valueassignment type can be defined.- The layout of the hit list can be saved.


CorporateServices

EHS* BD&T: UsabilityImprovements in theSpecification Workbench

The following functions improve theusability of the specificationworkbench:- During the assignment of a documentusing user-defined texts anddocuments functions, you can directlyupload the document into thedocument management system.- Copy-and-paste for value assignmentinstances now behaves likespreadsheet software.- There is a new button to define thekey date and change number.- You can search for specifications withexception values.- For numeric characteristics, there is avalue help available for the unit ofmeasurement that shows the text of theunit of measurement.

The improvements of theusability of the specificationworkbench improveproductivity of the users.


CorporateServices

EHS* PS: New EvaluationReports for ReportGeneration and Shipping

The following new reports show if thereare any problems in report generationor shipping:- Available and failed generationservers (in percent)- Number of reports in the generationqueue- Number of report requests- Number of generated reports witherrors- Number of rejected reports forshipping orders

With the new reports,responsible persons cancheck for problems inreport generation orshipping and react faster.This ability makesgeneration and shippingprocesses safer.


CorporateServices

EHS* PS: New Functions forReport Generation andShipping

The following functions improve reportgeneration and shipping:- In the display of change marks onreports, the system takes into accountthe exact time of a data modification. Itcan also take into account datachanges that are inherited orreferenced. The relevant indicator canbe set for a reference or inheritancerelationship.- You can start several actions aftergeneration of a report and generate,preview, and print a report using a toolother than WWI.- In report shipping, e-mail bodies andheaders can be configured usingphrases.

- Due to the enhanceddisplay of change marks,the system now can markall relevant changes onreports. Report recipientscan now identify allchanges on a report, suchas a safety data sheet,immediately.- The improvements inreport generation andshipping provide moreflexibility in thecorresponding functionsand processes andtherefore increase returnon investment (ROI).


Industries FS-CM Upload of benefitcalculation rules fromservice provider

Uploads new or updated calculationrules of a service provider into theclaims management system as a basisfor the benefit calculation process, forline of business workers' compensation

Keeps rules for workerscompensation benefitcalculation up to date withless manual effort, by usingthe only solution on themarket which allowsautomatic upload ofcalculation rules (e.g.Workerscomp.com)

SAP Industries FS-CM Other new or extended - Performs checks with ongoing care Streamlines claim-handling


functionality benefits before care insurance benefitdecisions are approved- Manages second injury fund benefits(US specifics)- Offers new fields for country andregion of jurisdiction in the claimsoverview- Defines special rights in a claiminfluencing the payment processCorrespondence:- Deactivates printing from printpreview- Suppresses copy of document toagent- Triggers document template via taskcreation- Handles BRF value requests for allclaim data- Offers performance improvements inrequired field check

process for different linesof business


Industries FS-CM Postprocessing FirstReport of Injury (FROI)

If automatic claim creation via the claimcreation enterprise service runs into anexceptional case (e.g. there is no clearmapping to one business partner or anexisting policy), the post-processingFROI scenario enables the claimcenter agent to handle this exceptionand create the claim.

Enables insurance carriersto receive and process lossand injury informationelectronically



SEM-BCS WorkflowInbox in Webdynpro

- A Web-based SEM-BCS workflowinbox can be navigated fromnotification email.- It allows various workflow instances tobe triggered from within SEM-BCS:document approval workflow, monitorstatus change approval workflow, sign-off workflow.

Allows just the use of aninternet browser toaccomplish approvalprocess tasks



CA-TS Update cProjects DetailFields from CATS classic

With a pop-up in CATS, the user canupdate the following cProjects fields:actual start date, actual finish date,planned work, remaining work,percentage of completion, and notes.

Users can enter all theirtime and labor data in oneUI.


Industries IS-H Mandatory fields for theinpatient process

- New fields in the main transactionClinical Process Builder for the Italianinpatient process are provided, forexample "Italian Tax Number", "LocalHealth Ageny", "ISTAT Code", "Region"- New IMG activities are provided tosupport the Italian inpatient process

For example, the Italian taxnumber can be stored as apatient attribute and can beautomatically generated



PLM-RM Check Compliance ofProduct Formulation withDefined Constraints

- The new compliance check (CC)function in Recipe Management usesthe compliance checking capability ofSAP EH&S to ensure that recipes,formulas, and specifications aredeveloped in compliance withconstraints.- Constraints are defined to allowchecking any number of criteria.- Recipe Management compliancechecks (RM CCs) will ensure that theproduct formulation does not exceedthe limits defined by government

1. Contribute to shorteningthe time-to-market for newand reformulated productsby dramatically reducingthe amount of timerequired to performcompliance checks andapprove new products.2. Reduce the number ofresources required toensure productcompliance.3. Ensure the accuracy of

agencies regarding content ofcontrolled substances.- RM CCs will also be used to ensurethat a product meets necessary goalsfor nutritional content or religiousrestrictions.- RM CCs include a capability to defineand substantiate claims made for aproduct concerning its chemical,nutritional, or dietary composition.

compliance-check results.4. Automate and improvethe effectiveness ofsubstantiating claims madeabout a product'sperformance or benefits.



PA-ER Search for Jobs UsingTime Periods Instead ofCalendar Dates(WebDynpro)

This feature enables candidates toselect values instead of using thecalendar date selection whensearching for jobs using the WebDynpro candidate pages. -- The'Employment start date' and'Publication date' fields are rendered asdropdown lists instead of dateselection. -- Lists contain values suchas "Yesterday", "Last week", "LastMonth" and so on for the publicationdate. -- For the employee start date,values such as "Next week", NextMonth" and so on occur.

- Simplifies search screenused by candidates lookingfor jobs- Reduces candidate drop-off rates



PA-ER Saving Search ResultsWhen Searching Within aRequisition

A new Business Add-In (BAdI) hasbeen provided to make it possible tolog the list candidates found whensearching through a requisition. -- Thelist of candidates found is only logged ifthe recruiter assigns at least onecandidate on the hit list to the selectedrequisition. -- As the list of candidatesfound may become very long, thedefault BAdI implementation onlyconsiders the first fifty candidates onthe hit list.

Allows companies to storesearch data properly incase of legal audit Ensureslegal compliance



PA-ER Business Add-In forDuplication Check

This feature introduces aBusinessAddIn (BAdI) that allowscompanies to define which criteria theywish to use to determine whether acandidate has a duplicate application inthe database. This check is onlyperformed on non-registered externalcandidates. The fallback mechanism tocheck for duplicates is first name, lastname, and e-mail address.

Enables duplicate checkingthrough a BADI and givescompanies the flexibilitythey need to define whatconstitutes a duplicatecandidate.



PA-ER Flexibilization of theRequisition Tab"Organizational Data"

This feature enables customers to hidethe "Positions", "Organizational Unitand Job", and "Account Assignment"tabstrips in the"Organizational Data"container item through flexibilizationcustomizing.

Simplifies maintenance ofthe requisition Ensuresbetter data on therequistion


Industries LO-MD Ability to use UII asreference object duringmaintenance processes

Enables use of UII during processing ofmaintenance -- Allows engineers toidentify parts by scanning the UIIbarcode

Minimizes the number oferrors during data capturein maintenance processing-- Ensures a closeconnection betweenphysical parts andassociated data -- Handlesassociation even beyondthe life-time of the part --

Optimizes quality controlSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP

Industries LO-MD Register IUIDs in the U.S.Department of DefenseIUID Registry

Easily extracts IUID information --Sends information in accordance withU.S. DoD Registry. Includes main itemUIIs and embedded items hierarchy.

Streamlines extractinginformation directly out ofSAP ERP enhancedsystems -- Automates thegathering of IUID data --Ensures high accuracy ofdata


Industries IS-AD-MPN Material exchange usingSAP SCM maintainedI&S data in MIGO

The material exchange function inMIGO uses material interchangeabilitydata maintained in SAP SCM. It is thusavailable for posting goods issue fororders, for stock transport orders, forreservations, and for posting goodsreceipts for purchase orders -- but notfor stock transport orders.

Allows material exchangefunction in MIGO to use thesame I&S data as SAPSCM uses in rules-basedATP -- for stock transportorders or for plantmaintenance


Industries FS-CD NewInformationscontainer

SAP ECC 6.0, Industry ExtensionInsurance, Enhancement Package 3,which includes a follow-up frameworkfor the information container inCollections and Disbursements, hasthe following advantages:-It easily deals with mass data andenables the sending of messagebundles-The new framework also optimizesinformation on a customer-specific andmodification-free basis-It speeds the development ofcompany-specific information

Enables information forsurrounding solutionsregarding exceptions withinFS-CD


Industries FS-CD Broker Report Processingwith Web Applications

Broker and insurance processors cannow also process broker reports withweb applications.The system nowemploys an easy-to-use confirmationprinciple.After receiving correspondence from aninsurance company about the creationof a new broker report, the broker canuse a portal to log on to the WebDynpro applications for broker reportprocessing.

Provides Web access forbrokers and agents toreduce paperwork andincrease efficiency


Industries FS-CD Integration with BusinessIntelligence

Extraction of Business Partner Items:Customers can now extract allbusiness items, both real andstatistical, for evaluation in SAPNetWeaver Business Intelligence. Theextraction can be run as a full update,delta initialization, or delta update.Extraction of Dunning History andDunning Activities:Customers can also extract all dunningheaders, dunning items, and dunningactivities for the evaluation of dunningnotices in SAP NetWeaver BI. Theextraction takes place with the dunningrun and can be run as a full update,delta initialization, or delta update.

-Provides businessintelligence content forbusiness partner items anddunning history -Reducesperformance upload whenproviding businessinformation aboutinsurance customers


Industries FS-CD Archiving New Archiving Objects include:Promise to Pay, External PaymentInformation, Totals Records forExternal Payment Information,

Improves archivingperformance

Collection Work list, Collection WorkItem, and Information Container.Enhancements for Archiving include:Business Partner Archiving, Archivingof Dunning History, DocumentArchiving, Insurance Object, PaymentPlan, and Broker Report.


Industries FS-CD Benefit-Free Periods Speeds sending of information aboutbenefit-free periods with the serviceinterface -- Provides insurance contractbenefit-free period through insurancecontract ID and claim period -- Ensuresthat query response insurance benefit-free periods can occur for an insurancecontract if open items with a due datein the past are dunned, and dunninglevels are defined in customizing

Enables integration withcalculating systems andexternal solutions


Industries FS-CD Provisional PremiumReceivables Suitable forClearing

Automatically clears provisionalpremium receivables with FS-CD --Handles complicated insurancepolicies, where it is not possible todirectly calculate the premium amount,by having customer pay an estimatedamount -- Can also estimate thepremium amount more than once andhave the more recent estimate replacethe older one -- Automatically clearsdown payments that have already beenmade with the current estimate --Correctly calculates the premiumamount so the system delivers acorresponding G/L-relevant premiumreceivable to collections anddisbursements -- Replaces theprovisional estimates and any downpayments that may have been madeand then clears them automatically withthe premium receivable

Increases flexibility andsuccess in provisionalpremium receivables


Industries FS-CD Concluding Operations Foreign Currency Valuation:Customers can assign a ledger groupto a valuation area -- Adjustmentdocuments created are assigned to aledger group as far as possible --Where there is a 1:1 assignmentbetween valuation area and ledgergroup, you no longer have to defineseparate adjustment accounts pervaluation area -- The Ledger Groupimporting parameter has been added tothe interface of event 0580 --Transaction FPW2 for displaying thelog records also displays the ledgergroup (see SAP menu: PeriodicProcessing -> Closing Preparations ->Foreign Currency Valuation)

Increase flexibility inconcluding operations


Industries FS-CD Dunning in FS-CD -Streamlines dunning by using optimalcollection strategy for insurancecompanies-Dunning procedures remain open tofurther strategy

Increases flexibility andsuccess in dunningprocedures

SAP Industries FS-CD Coinsurance Includes main transactions and sub- Increases flexibility in


Enhancements transactions in the reporting functionfor coinsurance using the debitprocedure -- When a coinsurance-relevant document contains at leastone business partner item withappropriately-defined company codeand main & sub transactions, thesystem deals with the document usingthe debit procedure and overwrites thecredit procedure defined for thecorresponding coinsurance key --When handling coinsurance-relevantstatistical items coinsurance reportingis able to process shares for statisticalitems from category 'G' (other statisticalcharges) that are delivered by thepayment plan interface

coinsurance procedures


Industries FS-CD Integration with CustomerRelationshipManagement

Displays information in FinancialCustomer Care, such as last customerpayment -- Information is displayedusing function modules registered incustomizing -- Determines thenecessary data in FI-CA throughfunction module assigned to CRMprofiles

-Increases flexibility-Reduces businessprocess costs-Increases customersatisfaction


Industries FS-CD Tax Calculation forInterest Revenue fromDeposit Contracts

Includes the withholding tax module(CYT) for the taxation of capitalrevenue in balance interest calculationfor FS-CD -- Balances interestcalculation for FS-CD, including thecalculation of interest revenue fordeposits -- Handles legal conditionsand tax laws internationally -- Checksexemption applications for the recipientbusiness partner and perform anupdate in FS-CD by deducting thecapital yield tax if the exemption isexceeded -- Provides integration withthe withholding tax module, enablingsuch tasks to be performed

Easily fulfills all legalrequirements


Industries FS-CD Enhancement PaymentPlan

Payment plan interface now includesledger group and value date fields andpasses these on to the G/L item for thedocuments produced -- It also includesreference transaction, reference key,and logical system fields for originaldocument and passes them on to thedocument header to identify referencetransactions in operational systems --Payment plan interface can now beused to enter coinsurance supplementsthat belong to a payment plan item --System now generates appropriategeneral ledger items for thecoinsurance data during documentcreation

Ensures integration withoperational system andNew Gl


Industries ICM Portfolio Assignment Handles in-force business for allinsurance contracts and customers --Splits work into various segmentsaccording to relevant criteria -- Includesapplied criteria for region, product/line

Allows administration ofinformation in portfolioassignment for any givenobject Facilitatesindependent hosting for

of business, customer group, and so on--Assigns relevant work to an agent --Facilitates new assignments ortransfers when agents leave thecompany or new agents join

lifecycle of objects


Industries FS-CD Quotation Monitoring Informs external systems whether acustomer has accepted a quotation foran amount change -- Levies a specificamount or percentage rate on thepremium within defined periods --Allows customer to accept or refusequotation -- Arranges payment termsfor the quotation upon acceptance --Handles time limit on payments

Easily handles businessrequest for integration ofpolicy processes and FS-CD


Industries FS-CD Promise to pay Handles promise to pay from abusiness partner -- Ensures promise topay definitions and dates --Streamlines payments in the form ofdebit memos or direct debits -- Takescare of adding any charges andinterest on late payments

-Reduces businessprocess costs-Increases customersatisfaction-Enables financialcustomer care scenarios-Speeds customerinteraction via self-services


Industries ICM Credentialing Enables all types of credentials to bedefined -- Streamlines processing andchecking of credential assignmentinformation for business partners --Provides services to support exchangeof assignment information from or toofficials -- Speeds checking ofcredential assignment informationduring runtime of other processes

Provides needed servicesin credentialing --Streamlines complying withlegal requirements --Guarantees high qualitystandards -- Ensures bestresults for process outputs


Industries ICM Additiional Improvements Advanced functionality improvementsinclude:-Actual commissions-Periods, closing, settlement-Guarantees-Reserves-Main menu for roles-ICM package concept-Statistical tool for admins-Correspondence in PDF format-Run administration- Credential checks in ICM- Liability- Clear test data

Better support of businessprocesses throughadvanced functionality


Industries ICM List of features A complete list of improvements can befound in the BF:EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

A complete list of benefitscan be found in the BF:EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01


Industries IS-HER-CM IAP FunctionalEnhancements of SAPStudentLifecycle Management

UI role for student academic advisor isprovided. It allows users to monitor thestudents assigned to them as advisees.

The functionality containedin this business functionmakes implementationmuch easier and faster, toa degree that fully satisfiesend-user expectations in atypical universityenvironment

SAPenhancement

Procurementand Logistics

LE-IEW* Change Delivery Basedon Changes to SD

For an (SD) sales order item, one ormore deliveries may be created and

Improved customerservice. Reduction of


Execution Document distributed to SAP EWM for furtherprocessing. The order quantity remainsopen for changes. If the order itemquantity falls below the deliveryquantity, a change request is sent tothe processing warehouse system(SAP EWM). The warehouse systemmay accept the change with aconfirmation to update the deliveryquantity in SAP ERP. However, if thedelivery update is rejected by SAPEWM, a workflow item can be triggeredin SAP ERP for a manual conflictresolution for the sales order.

manual processing(example: phone calls).



LE-IEW* Goods Receipt WithoutReference in SAP EWM

For delivery items sent from anexternal warehouse where thereference document is missing,purchase orders will be created by thesystem in the background. There is anew authority check available for thisfunctionality. If the creation is permittedand activated, a new purchase orderfor all items of this delivery with amissing predecessor document will becreated, except for packaging materialitems.

Flexibility. Improved dataintegrity.



LE-IEW* GI with AccountAssignment

Accounting information from SAP ERPcan be transferred to SAP EWM, whichuses the information in the context ofgoods issue, direct sales, andwarehouse-internal consumption toread the standard account assignmentcategories (AACs) of cost center,order, and WBS element. In addition tothe standard AACs in SAP ERP,customers can add their own AACs.

Swifter processing. Betterfinancial data on internalconsumption.


Industries MM-PUR,MM-IV,MM-IM,MM-SRV

Support Replication ofPPS POs withHierarchical Structures tothe PO in SAP ERP

In the extended classic scenario, thePO is replicated from SAP SRM to SAPERP. The BAPI that creates the PO inSAP ERP is now capable of handlingthe hierarchical structure that ismaintained in the PO in SAP SRM.That includes replication of functionaland informational line items, materialand service line items, the hierarchicalline item number, and the position of aline item within the hierarchy. The BAPIcreates an appropriate line item in thePO in SAP ERP for each line or sublineitem.

The capability ofsupporting complexprocurement documentswithin SAP ERP.



Display PO withHierarchical Line ItemStructure

Transaction ME21N can display areplicated PO with hierarchical line itemstructure. The hierarchical line itemnumber is visible and the line items aredisplayed in the correct hierarchicalsequence. Navigation allows use of thehierarchical line item number.

The customer can viewand utilize a complex POfrom PPS with heirarchicalitems for follow-onprocesses in extendedclassic mode.



Allow Entry of a GRReferring to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

The hierarchical line item number canbe used as reference when entering agoods receipt in transaction MIGO.

The ability to enter a goodsreceipt for complex itemheirarchies.



Entry of a Service EntrySheet Referring to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

In transaction ML81N, the hierarchicalline item number can be used asreference when entering a serviceentry sheet.

This features enables thecustomer to create serviceentry sheets for complexitem heirarchies.



Allow Entry of an IRRefering to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

In transaction MIRO, the hierarchicalline item number can be used asreference when entering an invoice.

The customer can createan invoice for complex itemheirarchies.


Industries PSM-GPR Period of Performance This functionality allows the user toenter a period of performance(PEROP) on an procurement documentin SAP SRM. The PEROP can be usedwith back-end processing of a goodsreceipt and an invoice receipt. Systemmessages are configured as warningsor errors if GR and IR are postedoutside of the PEROP dates for the POline item.

This features alllows acustomer to implementstringent controls inreceiving and invoicingprocesses.


Industries PSM-GPR Prompt Pay AcceptancePeriod

This functionality allows acceptance ofthe PO line item to occur within thespecified period for the activevalidations.

This features enablescustomers to comply withthe acceptance periodrequirements of the PromptPayment Act.


Industries PSM-GPR Prompt PayEnhancements

This functionality allows a user toidentify a PPS procurement documentline item as fast pay and have the fastpay capabilities of fundsmanagementthat handle follow-up forthe PO.

Compliance with fast payregulations


Industries PSM-GPR,MM-PUR,MM-IV,MM-IM

Follow-On Processes forComplex PricingArrangements

This feature enables receipts (via aservice entry sheet) and invoicesagainst complex pricing arrangements.The pricing arrangements may cosist ofan estimated cost, base, incentive, andan award fee. This feature alsoprovides validation checks againstmaximum fees and ceiling amountsidentified in the PPS purchase order.

Customers who writecomplex contractualarrangements (not justfixed-priced items) mayuse the extended classicscenario of PPS for follow-on document processing.



Portal content for Localand CorporateAccountant Monitors

Provides worksets and iViews for localaccountant monitor and corporateaccountant monitor

- Allows local accountantmonitor and corporateaccountant monitor to beadded to SAP NetWeaverPortal as worksets- Enables their use in SAPNetWeaver Business Client



Include XBRL functionssupporting standard 2.1

Includes the new XBRL functionssupporting standard 2.1 directly in theSEM-BCS workbench

Supports new XBRLfunctions using standard2.1 that can be accessedfrom the SEM-BCSworkbench


Industries PSM-EC Retroactive Assignmentof Expenses to FundingBuckets

Derivation of financing source andassignment of expenditure lineitems.The original accountassignments in the expendituredocument will not be changed, but theexpense will be mapped to one or morefunding options. Accounting standardsand period-end closing operations arenot harmed.

Enhancement to SAP ERP,where accountassignments must bemade during posting.

SAP Industries PSM-EC Automatic Evaluation of For each project (operation), the Automatic instead of


Available and PreferredFunding

system reads a list of preferred fundingand checks the availability of the funds.

manual evaluation


Industries PSM-EC Calculation of EligibleExpenditure Amountswith Taxes and OtherFunding

The system applies different methodsof deducting the non-eligible portion ofthe expense line item and allocates it tothe financing source. It also considerswhether a part of the expense hasalready been assigned to the same ordifferent funding. It also evaluates theeligibility of tax amounts.

Reduce manual workloadConsider cofundingOption to split expensesacross several sponsorsand funding optionsEvaluate tax handling


Industries PSM-EC Different Methods forCalculation of Sponsor'sContribution

The system calculates the contributionfrom a financing source as apercentage of the eligible expenditure.If a financing source is exhausted ornot applicable, the system tries to finda different source. In a cofundingsituation, the system evaluates how thedifferent financing sources relate to oneanother. Some complement eachother, others are used in addition orsimply pay for the uncoveredexpenses. The system also preventsthe calculated contribution fromexceeding the allowed limit.

Many automated checksand a variety of calculationalgorithms reduce themanual workload.


Industries PSM-EC Rework of ProposedExpenditure Certification

The system proposes a list of expenseline items along with the givenfinancing source and the calculatedcontribution. The proposal list isoptimized in the sense that thealgorithm has found available and best-possible funding. The user can directlyaccept this proposal or, if desired,make manual changes, such asexcluding a line item. A tracefunctionality about the calculation of theeligible amount and access to theoriginal line item is also provided.Before saving the expenditurestatement in a final version, aseparation-of-duties approval processcan be launched.

Optimized system proposalalong with the flexibility ofmanual corrections.Traceability of fundingassignment.


Industries PSM-GM-GTE

GM Budget Splitting RuleEnhancement

The new function automatically createsbudget validity periods for yearly timeslices. The first time slice starts with thegrant valid-from date and ends after 12months. The next time slice starts atthe grant valid-from date plus one year.

Automatic splitQuick update if grant startdate changes



Subtractive Cost-SharingMethod

This cost-sharing method relates tohow cost sharing is calculated in thebudgeting workbench and considershow cost sharing relates to the totalbudget (external and internal funds)instead of only external funds.

Correct cost-sharingcalculation



IDC Calculation from andto Grantee's Contribution

IDC expense and recovery posting isbased on IDC-relevant postings to thegrant’s postings to external and internalfunds (total expenses). This IDCmethod is used in conjunction with thesubtractive cost-sharing method. IDCcaps are still used to determine the

European customers cancalculate cost sharing andIDC correctly.

maximum reimbursement by thesponsor.



Accrual and DeferralCalculation and Posting

Evaluates the grant’s billable andrevenue postings to determine whetheran accrued or deferred revenue postingis needed based the grant’s financialdisposition. The calculation can bebased on resource-related billingaccrual or cash-based billing methods.

Processing and tracing ofdeferred and accruedrevenueCompliance with legalrequirements



GM Revaluation andCurrency ConversionEnhancement

New business add-in,GM_CURRENCY_CONVERSION,provided to allow additional flexibility torevalue GM postings based upon thesponsor’s currency.

Synchronization with FIexchange rates.



Archiving Archiving strategies introduced forgrants management master data andbudgeting documents.

Reduced number of grantsand budget documents


Industries FS-SR Integration BAPI: MasterData BaFin to CFMPortfolio Master Data

This function is a precondition forautomatic generation of statutoryreporting master data at the CFMposition indicator object. The functionallows automatic generation of masterdata for all statutory reporting variantsin parallel when the CFM positionindicator is created.

Automatic generation ofstatutory reporting masterdata to CFM positionindicator object



IS-A-RL Returnable PackagingLogistics in SAP ECC

This functionality enables customers tohandle goods movements of returnablepackaging in SAP ERP. Returnablepackaging (RP) accounts reproducethe exchange status of returnablepackaging between two businesspartners. The goods movement ofempty or full returnable packaging istracked in these accounts. Theexchange balance per business partnercan be monitored at any time with theaccount balance.You can carry out account matchingbetween linked accounts with accountstatements that you have received viaEDI. You can also create and sendaccount statements to your returnablepackaging exchange partner, with orwithout the use of EDI.

Returnable packaginglogistics is now alsoavailable for customers ofSAP ECC.



PLM-RM Formula ExplosionModeling

This function allows the user tosimulate different explosion paths for aformula containing items produced by anumber of other possible formulas. Theresult of the modeled formula explosioncan then be viewed and analyzed.

Automated formulaexplosion modeling savestime and effort inperforming and evaluatingdifferent formulacalculation alternatives.Customers can more easilyaccount for the variousexplosion paths, ensuringthat a product formulationachieves the desireddesign criteria.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-THO

Single User Interface forabout 20 Transactions

The takeover and handover workbenchcombines the functionality of about 20different transactions that would have

The function streamlinesthe complex and tedioustask of collecting and

SAP ERP to be executed individually to facilitatetaking or handing over a complextechnical asset.

capturing all requiredinformation on theconfiguration andmaintenance history ofcomplex equipment when itis handed over to asubcontractor or beingreceived from arefurbishment or repaircontractor or from theoriginal OEM in case of aninitial takeover.



PLM-RM New and ImprovedSearch Functions

Improves multilevel search andincorporate the search engine service(SES) to:- Improve performance of formula andrecipe search for the most commonsearches within Recipe Management- Enhance search capabilities tosupport dietary and nutritionalevaluation within the context of theformula and recipe- Support more powerful recipesearching with F4 help

Reduced wait times whenperforming some of themore basic recipe andformula searches.Reduced need fordeveloping customsearches.



PLM-RM Usability Improvements - Simplifies navigation directly intoformulas (without requiring access viarecipes)- Simplifies creation and use of streams(the flow of material between processsteps)

Time saved when workingwith formulas and streams



PLM-RM Initial Data Load Provides an automated method ofmigrating recipes from a legacy systeminto SAP PLM Recipe Management.

Reduced effort for loadingrecipe data from a legacysystem into the RMfunctionality of SAP PLM.Improved data quality fromsemiautomatic loading ofdata and reduction oferrors introduced byrekeying data.



PLM-RM Derived Nutrients andEnergy Values

Determine the nutrient content of theproduct itself, in addition to calculatingit from input materials.The derived nutritional content,calculated from the nutrient content ofthe product itself, may differ from thenutritional content that is calculatedfrom input materials.

Reduces the need todevelop custom programsto perform thesecalculationsReduces the need toperform manualcalculationsReduces the possibility oferrors being introducedwhen nutrient calculationsare performed manually


Industries IS-OIL SAP for Oil and Gas &Sap for Utilities --activates relevantrepository objects

Business function is only created fortechnical reasons. Contained objectshave been shipped earlier as part of IS-OIL.

Business function is onlycreated for technicalreasons. Contained objectshave been shipped earlieras part of IS-OIL.


Industries IS-OIL Basis part of SAP for O &G and SAP for Utilitiesactivates repositoryobjects

Allows IS-OIL and IS-U to run on onesystem or client, if you select businessfunction set "SAP Oil and Gas withUtilities" instead of "SAP Oil and Gas".

Reduces TCO for systemlandscape and integration,if you select businessfunction set "SAP Oil andGas with Utilities" insteadof "SAP Oil and Gas".


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Easy Cost Planning: CostPlanning for NetworkActivity and ActivityElements

Easy cost planning enables you tocalculate planned costs quickly in theSAP software. With this enhancement,you can use this tool to plan costs fornetwork activities and activity elements.

Quick planning and ease ofuse. Complex calculationsand relationships can bedefined in models andhidden from users



Shelf-Life Integration Integration of shelf-life data,propagation of shelf life, and allerting ofshelf-life violation

- Consistent data model- Consideration of shelf-lifeinformation



Subcontracting Option to integrate and plan withmultiple production versions

Better capacity planning



Interchangeability Integration of interchangeability masterdata

Consistent data model



MM-PUR Work Center forPurchasing Documents

- Purchasers can start and trigger allcore purchasing-related activities, suchas processing of purchase requisitions,purchase orders, contracts, schedulingagreements, and requests forquotation.- Users can monitor and track theprogress and status of all activities.-Time-critical events, such as expiringcontracts, can be monitored andappropriated, and follow on activitiescan be triggered.- Exceptional events, such as blockedpurchase orders or overdue deliveries,can be monitored and appropriated,and follow on activities can betriggered.

- Provides personalizationof work lists to cover user-specific needs- Improves userproductivity with a betteroverview and fast accessto all necessary events



MM-PUR Work Center for GoodsReceipt Documents

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for goods receipt processing.- From a list of purchase orders withexpected goods receipt, users candirectly trigger the creation of goodsreceipt documents.- From a list of goods receiptdocuments, the user can trigger follow-on activities, such as posting of returndelivery, subsequent deliveries, orinvoices.- Users can monitor and track theprogress and status of all activities.




MM-PUR Work Center for ServiceEntry Sheet Processing

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for service entry sheet (SES)processing.- From a list of purchase orders withexpected service entry, users candirectly trigger the creation of SESdocuments.- From a list of service entry sheetdocuments the user can trigger followon activities such as posting ofinvoices.- Users can monitor and track theprogress and status of all activities.



Sales andService

SD-BF-CPE;MM-PUR-GF-CPE

Use Flexible PricingRules in Selling,Purchasing, or TradingCommodities

-Defines reference commodity(examples: Arabian light crude orcopper from the London MetalExchange)-Provides averaging over the periods ofquotations (example: last month)-Allows rules for dynamic perioddetermination-Provides rules for currency conversion(examples: daily or average)-Offers rules for quantity conversion-Calculates surcharge (example:margin on top of the stock price)-Provides rules for rounding steps-Ensures high accuracy of intermediatecalculation steps (example in oil: n x100 million US$ are bought or sold)-Analyzes intermediate calculationsteps-Offers evaluation of complex rule(formula) results in price and value-Provides integration into net pricecalculation (surcharges, taxes, and soon)

Meets all requirements forthe selling, purchasing, andtrading of commodities



MM-PUR Work Center for InvoiceDocuments

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for invoice processing.- From a list of purchasing documentsto be invoiced, users can directlytrigger the creation of invoicedocuments.- From a list of invoice documents,users can trigger follow-on activities,like release of invoices.- Users can monitor and track theprogress and status of all activities.

- Personalization of worklists to cover user-specificneeds- Improved userproductivity with a betteroverview and fast accessto all necessary events


Sales andService


Stock Market Data Price quotation data (stock marketprice) is date and time-specificVersioning of price quotation dataprovides for handling of mistakes inprice quotations (provided by dataagencies)

Provides easier way tohandle mistakes in pricequotation data from dataagencies



MM-PUR Work Center forProcessing VendorMaster Data

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for processing vendor masterdata.- From a list of vendors, the user canview a list of all sources of supply, startcreation of new vendor master records,and change or create new info records.- Via integrated analytics, all activitieswith vendors (spend volume within thelast three weeks or the number of openpurchase orders) can be monitored andtracked.

- Personalization of worklists to cover user-specificneeds- Improved userproductivity with a betteroverview and fast accessto all necessary information


Sales andService


Formula Evaluation CanBe Simulated WithoutCreating a Document

-Provides additional tables to keepcurrency exchange rates and pricequotations to test the configuredformulas-Simulates and reproduces historicevaluations (example: using versions ofbusiness rules valid at a specificevaluation date)

Increases pricingconsistency and reducesthe number of pricedisagreements Provides afaster resolution of pricedisagreement betweencustomer and salesdepartments or vendor and

purchasing departmentsSAPenhancementpackage 3 forSAP ERP


MM-PUR Work Center forProcessing MaterialMaster Data

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for processing materialmaster data.- From a list of materials, users canview a list of all sources of supply,display stock and stock requirements,start creation of new material masterrecords, and change or create new inforecords- Via integrated analytics, open ordervalue per product or price trends formaterials can be analyzed.

- Personalization of worklists to cover user-specificneeds- Improved userproductivity trough a betteroverview and fast accessto all necessary information


Sales andService


Formula EvaluationFeatures

Offers an unlimited number of termsHandles fixed prices on formula and onterm levelAllows users to overwrite the evaluatedprice manuallyProvides operators between terms --not limited to addingAllows calendar for stock market to beconfiguredProvides rules to handle floor andceiling pricingSupports percentage surchargesAllows calculation to be based onsingle quotation type (example:Arabian Light) or a quotation typegroup (examples: average of ArabicLight, Brent, and WTI)Allows the calculation of prices withreference to prices in other documentsConverts and rounds off rates or pricesduring calculation of commodity price

Meets requirement forsales, purchasing, andtrading of commodities



MM-PUR Work Center forProcessing ServiceMaster Data

- Users can start and trigger allactivities for processing service masterdata.- From a list of services, users can viewa list of all sources of supply and startcreation of new service master records,model service specifications, andstandard service catalogs.- Via integrated analytics, open ordervalue per service or price trends forservices can be analyzed.

- Personalization of worklists to cover user-specificneeds- Improved userproductivity from a betteroverview and fast accessto all necessary information


Sales andService


Detailed Analysis andTrace Functionality

Provides detailed analysis and tracefunctionality of the CPE formulaassembly and evaluation process

Increases pricingconsistence and reducesthe number of pricedisagreements Providesfaster resolution of pricedisagreement betweencustomer and salesdepartments or vendor andpurchasing departments



MM-PUR New Function forCreation of PurchaseRequisitions

- Creation of purchase requisitions formaterials.- Purchase requisitions can be savedas templates and templates can beused for faster creation of extensivepurchase requisitions without the needof manual data entry.

- Personalization of userinterface to cover user-specific needs- Improved userproductivity from use oftemplates

- Fast maintenance of accountassignment with template functionality.- Personalization of user interfacebased on Web Dynpro.


Sales andService


Commodity Pricing inSales and PurchasingDocuments

Configurable interface to pass datafrom document to formula assemblyand evaluation:- Field catalog- Specific mapping or conversion offield values possibleDetermination of default formulas onheader and on item levelDetermination of formula parts on itemlevelSaving of formulas- Changes in document DB table- Unchanged documents: results andreference to customizing

-Offers strategicallydifferentiating pricing with acustomer-specificenhancement ofcommodity pricing andsaves IT costs


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Access Control ListFunctions for PS ObjectsEnhance AuthorizationCapabilities

Users can maintain authorizations fortheir own objects. By using accesscontrol lists (ACLs), users can managepermission for a specific group to read,change or delete information for theobject .

Improved authorizationcontrol in projects


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Proman Enhancements Additional customer tab strip isavailable, drag-and-drop of materialcomponents operative as long as nopurchase orders are created, andprogress-tracking information formaterial components is visible

- Customer flexibility byproviding enhancementcapabilities.- Consolidation ofinformation from theprocurement process in astructured project view



MM-PUR New Function forCollective Processing ofPurchase Requisitions

- Source of supply assignment formultiple purchase requisition items.- Supplier comparison if more than onesource of supply is available.- Send purchase requisition item toexternal sourcing engine, like thebidding engine in SAP SRM or third-party tool.- Quick change of quantities anddelivery dates.- Bundle purchase requisition itemsand create purchase orders.- Personalization of user interfacebased on Web Dynpro functionality.

- Improved userproductivity- Less training effort forend users- Personalization of userinterface to cover user-specific needs



MM-PUR New Function forDocument Tracing

- Users can start the function from anystep in a procure-to-pay process cycle,from within goods receipt processing,for example- All predecessor and follow-ondocuments of a selected document areshown in an overview- From the overview, users cannavigate to the document and can startprocessing (change, update, delete,and so on) documents if necessary.

- Overview of the entirebusiness process- Improved userproductivity



MM-PUR New Function forCreation and Change ofSchedule Lines

- Display and maintain schedule linesfor a scheduling agreement item- Change schedule lines and add newschedule lines for a given period- Display pricing conditions for a

- Improved userproductivity- Less training effort forend users- Personalization of user

scheduling agreement item- Personalization of user interfacebased on Web Dynpro functionality

interface to cover user-specific needs



MM-PUR Enterprise Search forPurchasing Documents

- A quick and an advanced EnterpriseSearch is provided. For the quicksearch, the user can search using atext string. The system also searchesfor documents with similar names. Forthe advanced search, the user cansearch using a text string andadditional fields.- The Enterprise Search is available forpurchase requests, purchase orders,scheduling agreement, contracts,requests for quotation, and supplierquotes.

- Improved userproductivity with intuitiveand easy-to-use searchfunctionality


Industries LO-MD Creation of UIIs (UniqueItem Identifiers) duringproduction processes

Enables creation of new UIIs (UniqueItem Identifiers) during productionprocess. The PDC interface allows toexport UIIs which are related to a PPorder.

Integrates IUID into sales,procurement andproduction processes --Ensures that newlyproduced parts have UIIs --Meets IUID requirementsdefined in sales orders



Generation of Projectstructures within a salesorder item

It is now possible, in a CWM system, togenerate a project structure out of asales order item -- depending on theright requirement type. The generatedproject structure can then be used tocontrol milestones. Any follow-upfunctions, such as inventory creation orcreation of PP-orders, are not enabled.Sales order items which are connectedto a project structure cannot bedelivered.

No modifications if projectstructures related to salesorder items needed.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-THO

Efficient Data SetupProcess for SingleObjects and ComplexStructures

This feature applies to both takeoverand handover. In case of takeover, itinvolves preparing all the data requiredby the contractor to carry out anddocument the overhaul or repair work.In case of a handover, it involvesprocessing all the maintenanceexecution and configuration changeinformation that comes back from thecontractor. In case of an initialtakeover, all the required equipmentinformation (including configurationdetails like maintenance cycles) isprepared.

The function streamlinesthe process by supportingthe import of electronicdata, data consistency andcomleteness checks, anddetermination ofoutstanding work.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-THO

Clear Visibility in theProgress and Status of aTakeover at any Time

The takeover and handoverfunctionality provides you with a clearstatus control concept for theprocessed assets.

This function providesvisibility and consistencychecks to ensure theaccuracy andcompleteness of allequipement-relatedconfiguration andmaintenance information.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-THO

Data PreprocessingStage Before FinalPosting in SAP ERP

Before posting configuration changesand mainteance history in SAP ERP,the data is staged for further plausibilitychecks by qualified technicians.

By staging the informationthat was received from theOEM or contractor, thetechnicians or engineerscan check the consistency

and completeness of theinformation in a structuredmanner (instead ofbrowsing through vendor-specific formats) beforeposting the information.


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-THO

Efficient Data ExchangeBetween BusinessPartners with XML

Data exchange between the partners(the OEM and the operator ormaintenance organization) is handledelectronically in a structured format.

By transmitting theinformation in a structuredmanner, the risk oferroneous or missedentries is eliminated. Theelectronic file forms abundle that captures all therevelant infomration. TheSAP software supports theexport and import of XML-based data, which enablesautomation of the processto a large extent.


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Network Costing BADIsfor Actvity Type Rate andVersion Adjustment

In networks, you plan internallyprocessed work and the requiredresources in network activities. Thesystem then calculates the plan costsand takes the dates into account. Costdetermination is based on thequantities and prices stored in thesystem. A new business add-in allowscustomers to change the defined ratefor a cost center and activity typecombination within the BADI. A newBADI allows customers to change thecoversion that will store networkcosting.

More accurate planning -Project-specific rates canbe defined and used innetwork costing - Impactsimulation of rate changes- Multiple network costingversions can be createdand compared



CA-TS Update cProjects DetailFields

With a link from within the CATS userinterface (UI), the user can update thefollowing cProjects fields: actual startdate, actual finish date, planned work,remaining work, percentage ofcompletion, and notes.

Employees can enter alltheir time and labor data ina single UI.


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Project BuilderEnhancements

Archived projects can be view withinthe project builder. In terms of thehandling of a project within the projectbuilder revised data can be now savedwithout leaving the project opened inthe project builder. Planning ofstatistical key figures within the projectbuilder for WBS elements and networkactivities. Multi Language Support ofshort text for project definition, WBSelements, network, network activity andnetwork activity elements.

Improved usability,flexibility and workingefficiency by providingsingle point of entry forwork and quantityinformation, Bettertransparency and visibilityin international projects,Improved usability andprocessing time savings


CorporateServices

SAP ECC6.0 PS

Progress and ForecastEnhancements

Progress Tracking for Networkactivities and WBS elements, New RFCFunctions for Progress Determination(provides measurement method andPOC values (plan/actual) for a projectand mass POC update for a project.Forecast Workbench for cost, work andstatistical key figure forecast. In theProgress Analysis Workbench theproject structure can now also the

Single view of progressinformation, Improvedusability, flexibility andworking efficiency byproviding multiple projectobjects updatesimultaneously, Improvedintegration capabilities withnon-SAP systems,Accurate Forecasting

display as a tree besides the griddisplay.

embedded in a structuredprocess and one singleview for cost, work andquantities


Industries IS-OIL-DS Multi-Material View inSPW

In the TSW SPW you are now able toview and maintain several materialsside-by-side on one single screen.

This enhancement is agreat usabilityimprovement. Users canview and maintain severalmaterial pinventoryprojections at the sametime.


Industries Open line item display forcost objects

The report provides the JVA-user withinformation about open line items, thatcarry to a specific cost object, in JV issettled/cleared before the userclose/block a cost object. Thereport contains informationabout Company, year, FI documentnumber, document currency, FI lineitem number, account, amount ( in allcurrencies), and FI cost object(grouped by JV cost object). Thereport can be started via transactionGJOI or menu path Joint ventureaccounting -> information system ->documents -> Open line item displayfor cost objects

Open line item reportshows whether a costobject(s) is used in a lineitem that has not beencleared/settled.


Industries IS-OIL Enhancement of VehicleMaster Data

You can store the following data in thevehicle master, which you need for thesupply process of remote locations:

the average speed, the unit of measureof the average speed, the arrival buffer,and the departure buffer.rescue equipment, the telephonenumber and e-mail address

Geo coordinates frombusiness location andspeed from vehicle willallow distance and traveltime calculations


Industries IS-OIL Enhancement ofBusiness Location MasterData for RemoteLocations

You can enter the geographicalcoordinates of a business location(longitude and latitude).

Geo coordinates frombusiness location andspeed from vehicle willallow distance and traveltime calculations


Industries IS-OIL VMIS Overview Screen Overview screen provided with thefollowing voyages information:

Status of voyage (such as open)Vehicle used for the voyageVoyage type (such as sea)VariancesStatus of business locationsBase location and remote locations

Voyage information easyaccessible


Industries IS-OIL Simplified VoyageProcessing

From the VMIS overview screen, youcan create new voyages, displayexisting voyages, and displayshipments that belong to a voyage.

Voyage creation can bedone in a much easier andintuitive way using a dragand drop approach..


Industries IS-OIL Simplified Execution ofRemote LogisticsManagement (RLM)Functions

You have simplified access toimportant functions in the RemoteLogistics Management (RLM)component from a voyage viapushbuttons.

Overview screen providedto execute follow-up stepsof voyage in RLMtransactions. User isguided throughtransactions and

neccessary information istransferred betweentransactions.


Industries Source account detail oncutback accounts.

This functionality allows to trace theoriginal account during cutback,although the cutback posting is donewith the cutback account. The handlingwill be activated via flag 'keep org.account' in customizing transactionsGJ25, ( cutback account mappingtable ) and GJ26 (cutbackintercompany accountmapping). When the flag isactivated, the created documents willbe inflated, because a new documentline will be created for each originalaccount. The posting will still be doneto the cutback mapping account, buteach document line will contain theoriginal account information in the textfield. An Identifier 'C$O$A' at offset 35followed by the original accountnumber will be stored in field SGTXT ofFI line item table BSEG. The flag canbe set or removed any time, but theconsequences for the audit objectiveshave to be considered.

Source account detail oncutback account allows totrace the original accountduring cutback, althoughthe cutback posting is donewith the cutback account.


Industries JVA master datavalidation

When venture information should bechanged on a cost-object, the systemwill now check, If there are costs in thecurrent period or in suspense exist, andeventually issues a warning or errormessage. The following messages willbe issued:GJV_PM 200: Billable records exist inopen JV periods -> venture can not bechangedGJV_PM 201: Un-cutbacked recordsexist in open JV periods -> venture cannot be changedGJV_PM 202 Suspense records exist -> venture can not be changed.The user can customize thesemessages via transaction OBA5 anddefine (entry of a message number) thekind of message (E, W, info or nomessage).

The validation should bechecked with a warning(W) if venture data ischanged on a cost objectonce there are costs of anysort booked against thatcost object (inception todate). If there are costs inthe current period or insuspense, an error (E)message will appear


Industries IS-OIL-DS Nomination Subitems The TSW Nomination sub-items enablethe scheduler to enter more detailedscheduling information below thenomination item. This is necessary ifyou need to divide up your scheduledquantity into smaller portions, like e.g.railcars, piles, batches, compartments,etc.

Ability to divide thescheduled quantity of aTSW Nomination item intosmaller portions.


Industries IS-OIL-DS Hatch / Stow Plan inNomination

Enable the scheduler to enter a moredetailed loading plan into thenomination. This is important for theloading of ships.

Ability to enter a loadsequence when schedulinga marine nomination inTSW.

SAPenhancement

Industries IS-OIL-DS BI Content for TSW(Nomination, SPW,

New BI data extractors are provided inthe areas of TSW Nomination, SPW,

Better decision supportthrough BI content for


Ticket) and Ticket. This enables the real-timeextraction of TSW information into BI.

TSW.


Industries IS-OIL-DS Railcar enhancements toTSW

Schedule railcars in the NominationEvent management per railcarRailcar peggingRailcar clipboardGeneration of railcars in the nominationfrom a load rail ticket

Use the TSW Nominationto schedule whole trainloadsNomination as the centralcommunication & trackingapplication for Scheduling& Execution across variousMoT’sUse the Event Handler toautomatically update railcarstatus into the NominationIntegrate Planning &Scheduling for differentMoT‘s (e.g. Marine ANDRail !)


Industries IS-OIL-DS TSW Enhancements toPipeline Cycle

The pipeline cycle field is added to thenomination item and the SPW what-ifpop-up.

Enable the customer tobuild additional customspecific logic on this smallenhancement to enablepipeline cyclereconciliation.


Industries IS-OIL-DS TSW SecurityEnhancements

Additional authorization checks in theTSW Nomination and TSW TIckettransactions

More security for users inTSW.


Industries IS-OIL-DS Natural Gas Allocation This functionality fulfills the requirementof the Gas Pipeline industry related toadjustment and allocation of quantitydifferences which occur during gastransportation.

Flexible nomination andbalancing process forNatural Gas.


Industries IS-OIL-DS Integration of GTM andTSW

The GTM contract includes addtitionalTSW screens and fields, incl. TSWevents. The TSW Nomination includesthe GTM contract number. The TSWEvents are copied from the GTMcontract into the TSW Nomination,mainly to support event based pricing.

This is the foundation forthe integration of SAPOil&Gas TSW and anexternal CommodityTrading front-officesoftware. GTM is theinterface between the TSWscheduling (operations)application and the trader'sfront-office.



LE-WM Work Center for InboundDeliveries

Work center "Inbound Deliveriesdisplays a list of inbound deliveriesregarding the following:

- Overdue Inbound Deliveries( Monitoring of time critical deliveries /Delivery date and time of delivery asimportant document parameters)- Today´s Inbound Deliveries( Managing the daily workload /Number of packages/picks and pickingstatus as important documentparameters)- Upcoming Inbound Deliveries (Planupcoming tasks / deliveries withaccording number of workers).

The display of the deliveries bases on

- Inbound Deliveries can bemonitored more precisly bysetting flexible parameters- The user is able to betterplan the daily workload -Improvement in efficiencyby assigning workers to theworkload - There is noneed to search documentsin a system; the systemprovides the user with theproper workload - Easy totailor list results towarehouse process

so called "Queries" which means theuser (or the administrator) can createsearch queries in order to look forinbound deliveries.



LE-WM Work Center ForOutbound Deliveries

The outbound process typically is thesub-sequent sub-process and does notneed more than one category “All” forall respective documents normally.Here the Warehouse OperationManager mainly plans the upcomingtasks / deliveries in conjunction with hissub-ordinates.

- The outbound materialhas to be picked at thevarious storage locationsas stated on the outbounddelivery documents.- Discrepancies occurringduring picking (quantity tobe picked is not equal tothe quantity actuallypicked) need to berecorded and thesubsequent physicalinventory count processtriggered to verify the stocknumbers.- At the end of the shiftthere should be no openoutbound deliveries (SalesOrders, Vendor Returns,Stock Transport Orders)left



LE-WM Work center for PhysicalInventory Monitor

In regular intervals a Physical InventoryCount needs to be executed. Thatmeans that the entire stock is countedin all locations in a regular interval. Youdistinguish between the regular count(„Cycle Count“) and irregular counts(e.g. in case of negative stock).

- Set-up physical inventoryand monitoring the count- Re-count of materials ifrequired- Review of outbounddiscrepancies- Review of difference list- Check the transit stock



PP-SFC,PP-BD-RTG

Flexible and dynamicExecution of theProduction Process

Execution Steps provide reusablemethods and parameters and allow youto create event-driven Electronic WorkInstruction Sheets with conditionallogic.With electronic work instructions theoperator can document and confirm theproduction.They provide a personalized workenvironment for fast and convenientaccess to different applications andservices for plant personal (e.g.Operators)."Jump Start" with working examples -Building Blocks (SXS) in the XStepRepository are available in the system.A large sample library is available onhttp://www.sdn.sap.com/irj/sdn/bpx-manufacturing.

Reduced workload andmaintenance effortHigher flexibility in theproduction processdefinitionHigher transparency inmonitoring the dataexchange between ERPand Shop Floor Systems




Analytics FI-AA, IM-FA, CO-PA,CO-OM-CCA, CO-OM-OPA,

Simplified reporting forasset accounting

Provides modern easy-to-use reportsfor the following areas: asset historysheet, asset balances, assettransactions, planned depreciation,posted depreciation, comparison of

Simplifies and streamlinesreporting process for assetaccounting

FI-GL depreciation, depreciation forecast,inventory list, and assets not posted.


Analytics FI-AA, IM-FA, CO-PA,CO-OM-CCA, CO-OM-OPA,FI-GL

Simplified reporting forclosing

The reports provide status informationfor each close task in the task list andan overview of the progress of the tasklist with respect to schedule. Users cancreate alerts that notify them if closetasks are delayed or taking longer thanplanned. The new reports also showthe close status per business unit. Thisis particularly important in a sharedservice environment, where one unitmight perform a close task for multiplebusiness units, but each business unitneeds to have status informationconcerning the degree of completion inits unit.

The local close is a time-critical process wheremultiple stakeholders workinteractively to close thebooks on time. The newreporting functions provideparties other than theaccountants executing theclose with informationconcerning the status andprogress of the close. Thatallows them to initiatecorrective action if delaysare expected, especially ifthey would affect the globalclose (consolidation).



Simplified reporting forinvestment management

Reports cover all stages of theinvestment management life cycle fromplanning and budgeting to availabilitycontrol and replanning, and address allobjects associated with investmentmanagement (investment programs,items, appropriation requests, ordersand work breakdown structureelements).

Simplifies and streamlinesreporting process forinvestment management



Simplified reporting forprofitability analysis

Provides sample reports based onoperating concern S_GO that displaynet sales, contribution margins,operating profit, and target turnover inan easy-to-use interface

Simplifies and streamlinesthe reporting process forprofitability analysis


Analytics FIN-BA Batch import for PDCEobjects

It is now possible to schedule andmanage data packages to select andimport data from legacy systems inbatch mode

Time-consuming massimports can be set to runduring low system loadtime. Automatic updatescan be scheduled.Automation of manualtasks. Improved dataintegrity and real-timeupdate andsynchronization betweensystems involved in thebusiness process.


Analytics FIN-BA BOM import It is now possible to import BOMs withmissing key information (a designBOM, a BOM using materials without aplant, and so on). Incomplete objectsare created as preliminary materials inPDCE.

Better support of theproduct design anddefinition process providingpartlially incomplete data


Analytics FIN-BA Capture a master ofcopied objects andenable mass change

If an object is copied, its master can bereferenced. A later change to themaster can be automated to changethe copy accordingly.

If an object is copied, itsmaster can be referenced.A later change to themaster can be automatedto change the copyaccordingly. Changes inthe structure can befollowed up more easilybetween versions.


Analytics FIN-BA Content enhancements:1PDCE

The SAP-delivered PDCE businesscontent was improved to easeenhancements and include additionalrequirements.

Scrap can now easily beincluded into thecalculation logic, targetcosts are enabled onleaves, transactioncurrency from selectedprices is provided for splitsdirectly, and so on.


Analytics FIN-BA Editable messages sentaccording to customerformulas

Users can enable their own formulas tosend editable messages according totheir customizing settings

Users can enable their ownformulas to send editablemessages according totheir customizing settings.The end user can beguided according to theresults of the calculation.


Analytics FIN-BA Enhanced price selectionconditions for valuationcustomizing

Valuation and price selection can becustomized with greater sophisticationby using different dimensions toevaluate data selection

Valuation and priceselection can becustomized with greatersophistication by usingdifferent dimensions andtables to evaluate dataselection. Up to fivecustomer-specific tabletypes can now beconsidered. Price typeintervals, table priority, andvalue (most recent,highest, or lowest) can becombined to set upvaluation rules.


Analytics FIN-BA Enhanced where-used list The where-used wizard allows use ofcross-object key filters (examples:project and version). The searchedassignment of an object can thereforebe analyzed independently of otherobject keys (example: find component4711 in all projects and versionsfiltered). The same applies to thedefinition and filter of the result list(found parents).

The where-used wizardallows use of cross-objectkey filters (examples:project and version). Thesearched assignment of anobject can therefore beanalyzed independently ofother object keys(example: find component4711 in all projects andversions filtered). Thesame applies to thedefinition and filter of theresult list (found parents).


Analytics FIN-BA Formula parameter forfixed value: support formultiple values andintervals

Fixed values used in formulas asparameters can now be set to multiplesingle values and intervals

Fixed values used informulas as parameterscan now be set to multiplesingle values and intervals


Analytics FIN-BA Inheritance mechanism Customers can define inheritancebehavior on attribute fields and triggerinheritance manually or via a formulaup or down in the structure

Customers can defineinheritance behavior onattribute fields and triggerinheritance manually or viaa formula up or down in thestructure


Analytics FIN-BA Object categoriessupported

Objects can now be grouped usingcommon object categories, whichgreatly simplifies buliding formulas

Objects can now begrouped using commonobject categories, whichgreatly simplifies bulidingformulas. The complexityof formulas is reduced.



Automated adjustment ofdeferred taxes on changein effective tax rates

This functionality automatesidentification of tax rate changes withinthe system; identifies the specificrecords that need to be adjusted at theentity, account, document type, andposting level; calculates the necessaryadjustments; and then automaticallyposts the result based on the postingrules defined within configuration.

Primary business benefitsare greater accuracy andtimeliness and reducedcosts related to adjustingdeferred tax balanceswhen effective rates of taxchange in jurisdictionswhere the corporationoperates.


CorporateServices

IS-REA Environmental feecalculation and reporting

SAP Recycling Administration helpsenterprises meet regulatoryrequirements from environmentaldirectives regarding packaging,batteries, or waste electric andelectronic equipment (WEEE). It helpsthem monitor, calculate, and settlecorresponding recycling fees withrecycling partners or complianceschemes. It accurately verifies quantityflows from SD and MM. It generatesrequired, exact environmentaldeclarations cross-country and helpsreduce costs and provide transparencydue to accounting precision andcomprehensive cost analysisfunctionality. It automatically generatescondition records for price calculationin SD and accruals for financialaccounting in FI. It tracks regulatoryamendments and supports audits.

Ensure regulatorycompliance with country-specific requirements.Increased efficiency thanksto automated andintegrated processes(people and know-how)and central master datastorage. Accuracy andsavings through highertransparency in quantity-flow tracking of products,devices, and batteries dueto improved data qualityand extensive reportingoptions. Audit trail. Ensuremeeting additionally otherproduct-related standards(example: retail packagingsustainability).


CorporateServices

PM Planning and execution ofinspection rounds

Up to now, there has been no way toplan and process routes for operator-based maintenance or inspectionrounds in an easy way. Enhancedfeatures can support possibilities todefine routes for operator-basedmaintenance and streamline executionof the routes.

Standard inspection roundssolution allows definition ofa task list that can used toplan and executeinspection or operatorrounds. Technical objectsthat need an inspectionand measurement pointthat are used to recordactual inspection resultsare linked together toprepare inspection rounds.


CorporateServices

IS-ADEC-MEB / -LBK/ -PRM-TL

Enhanced electroniclogbook

The logbook is an application that isused to record and track thediscrepancies, readings taken, andevents that occur during linemaintenance operations. This toolprovides the staff operating the assetswith the functions to log defects andenter operational data. It providesmaintenance personnel, such asmaintenance engineers andtechnicians, with functions that ensurethe timely and reliable execution oftheir maintenance tasks.

The enhanced electroniclogbook improves visibilityof details in logbooktransactions. Decisions canbe made quickly whenunnecessary data can behidden


CorporateServices

PM Enhanced time zonemanagement formaintenance processing

Time zone support supports twodifferent system or businessconstellations: 1. Distributed systemlandscape where all systems areworking with the same time zone 2.Central system landscape (only one

Enhanced time zonemanagement ensures thateach maintenancedocument can beconsistently managedindependently of the

system) where users from various timezones are working in the centralsystem "Time Zone Support" supportstwo system or business constellations:1. Distributed system landscape whereevery system is working with the sametime zone. 2. Central system landscape(only one system) where users fromvarious time zones are working on thiscentral system.

location of a technicalobject and the location of auser's workplace


CorporateServices

IS-ADEC-MEB / -LBK/ -PRM-TL

Enhancements inmaintenance eventbuilder

It improves the authorization aspects ofthe information displayed by using themaintenance event builder. It alsopopulates the WBS element on thelocation tab of maintenance andservice orders.

Maintenance event builderimproves data andinformation security.Maintenance event buildercan be assigned to a WBSelement, ensuringconsistent data usage inthe maintenance order.


CorporateServices

PM Improved maintenancereports

Proper reporting can drastically changethe way that people can make businessdecisions. The following reportssupport maintenance planners andsupervisors in making informeddecisions. 1. POWER list formaintenance plans 2. POWER list forservice and maintenance orders 3.Simplified reports for maintenance costand maintenance backlog

Improved framework ofsimplified reporting allowsusage of transactional dataalong with extractedinformation. That enablesnear-real-time reportingwith a large volume ofdata.


CorporateServices

PM Improved materialplanning integration withmaintenance order

It is possible for maintenance plannerto indicate when the vendor shoulddeliver a part

More accurate materialplanning reducesdisruption of maintenancework


CorporateServices

PM Improvement in fleetmaintenance functionality

Basic order view has been enhancedwith fields for fleet maintenance. Toenable better reporting for fleetmaintenance, SAP NetWeaver BIcontent has been improved for betterreporting features required formaintaining a fleet of vehicles.

Maintenance planners canmake knowledge-baseddecisions with improvedreports and simplifiedtransactions


CorporateServices

PM Improvements inautomatic release oforders

It is now possible to define whether thepreventive maintenance order will bereleased automatically

With these enhancements,the planner can review theplanning cycle after settingup the new maintenanceplans. Once the ordercreated by maintenanceplans are stable, theplanner can set the featureof automatic release oforder.


CorporateServices

IS-AD-WTY Integration of warrantyclaims with maintenanceand service processing

Integration between warranty claimprocess with maintenance and serviceprocessing allows better visibilityregarding claimable work performed bythe maintenance team and improvescollection of claims

• Improved communicationbetween maintenanceteam and warrantyprocessing team •Reduced errors in claims •Reduced time to collectand approve the claims •Improved return partsprocess

SAPenhancement

CorporateServices

PM List report formaintenance plan items

Multilevel list reports are enhanced toselect and view maintenance plan

Easy reporting along amultilevel list improves the


items information presented tomaintenance planners,thereby improving theproductivity of maintenanceplanners


CorporateServices

PM Power list forMaintenance Plan

The new POWL Maintenance Plan isused as a worklist to get an overview ofthe maintenance plan. It containsinformation on all call off objects(documents), which are createdthrough a maintenance plan. - Displayof contracts - Display of service orders- Display of notifications - Display ofpurchase orders - Display and Changeof maintenance plan

Improve procuctivity andeffectivity of an ServiceDelivery Manager and/orMaintenence Planner


CorporateServices

PM Power List for Serviceand Maintainance Orders

You can use this new worklist to get anoverview of the maintenance andservice orders with all related follow-updocuments for the service delivery. -Display and Change of service andmaintenance orders - Display ofequipments - Display of customers -Display of SD documents - Display ofnotifications

Improved productivity of anService Delivery Manageror Maintanance Planner


CorporateServices

PM View document attachedusing generic objectservices

It is possible to attach documents totechnical objects directly using genericobject services. These documents canbe viewed during transactionprocessing. Most of the transactions ofmaintenance processing are enhancedto show the availability of documents

New development willreduce time and effort toview documents


CorporateServices

IS_ADEC-ROT/-SUB

Enhanced stockdetermination formaintenance and serviceprocessing

Stock determination enhancementsimplifies the stock determinationprocess. It uses predeternimed rules toissue parts for orders so that theplanner does not need to define thestock type during an early stage.

Improved rule-basedreservation reducesunplanned consumptionand improves the materialplanning processes


CorporateServices

IS_ADEC-ROT/-SUB

Enhancements inrefurbishment order

Refurbishment orders are used torepair or overhaul a serialized ornonserialized spare part for equipment.Refurbishment orders have beenenhanced in the following areas: 1.Refurbishment order has beenenhanced to manage material upgrade2. Refurbishment orders can beassigned with one or more notifications3. Conversion of planned order intorefurbishment order from the MRP listThese enhancements ensure properplanning of refurbishment work andbetter visibility of parts being repairedor refurbished

1.These enhancementsensure proper planning ofrefurbishment work2.Better visibility of partsbeing repaired orrefurbished 3.Streamlinedinternal repair process4.Option to upgrade partsafter repair orrefurbishment


CorporateServices

IS_ADEC-ROT/-SUB

Enhancements insubcontracting

When performing maintenance orproviding maintenance services tocustomers, serialized or nonserializedparts can be sent to a vendor.Enhancement in subcontractingprocess allows integration between themaintenance process and theprocurement processes. Thesubcontracting solution allows

1. Improved visibility ofparts that are under repairsor refurbishment bysubcontractors; reducesinventory needed tomaintain an asset. 2. Betterinformation flow betweenmaintenance andprocurement team reduces

integrated management ofmaintenance or service orderprocessing with procurementprocesses to purchase services froman external vendor. It also ensuresvisibility of parts throughout the timewhen it is outside the organization,enabling the planner to concentrate onreducing operation costs at reducedinventory.

turn-around time to repair apart 3. Reduced turn-around time improvesservice level and reducescost because of inventories


CorporateServices

PM-EQM-CC

Enhancements forconfiguration control

Configuration control application canbe used by maintenance or serviceorganizations to manage technicalobjects that have a high risk becauseof safety, environment, or production. Ithas two components: 1. Master partslist that manages the engineeringinformation. Master parts list depicts allthe possible valid combinations of partsthat can be installed at differentlocations. 2. Configuration controlcheck transaction identifies whether theactual technical structure has validparts as described in the master partslist.

Better integration betweenengineering andmaintenance ensures asafe and efficient processto manage a technicalobject. Flexible modeling ofmaster parts list allows amore realistic depiction ofengineering information forthe technical object.


CorporateServices

PM Improvements to maintainand use task list

It is now possible to record changepointers for maintenance task list. Thisnew feature allows tracking changesthat may occur for a maintenance tasklist. Task lists maintenance isenhanced so that fields like unloadingpoint and recipient can be maintainedin a task list, and the details are copiedto orders if the task list is used tocreate the order.

Improved productivity andefficiency for maintenanceplanners


CorporateServices

PM Improved work clearancemanagement with line-up

Complex assets require functionality toview and verify current and normaloperational conditions for a group oflogically related technical objects. Theline-up functionality provides amechanism by which planners canupdate the current operationalconditions for a group of logicallyrelated technical objects en masse.

Improved productivity ofplanner and technician inthe field


CorporateServices

PS Master data changes oflarge project structures

- The project editor allows users towork on subsets of master data of largeprojects in a high-performance manner- A more flexible locking concept allowsusers to work in parallel on projectmaster data if required or save projectmaster data changes as drafts - A newdraft workbench can be used to editdrafts or compare drafts before savingthe project master data changes - Theproject editor can be accessed directlyor using a user specific project work list(based on ACL authorization) - A cacheupload can be used to yield additionalperformance improvements of masterdata maintenance in the project editor

- Allows users to work onsubsets of project masterdata, such asorganizational data, controldata, user and customerdata, and so on, improvingthe performance of datamaintenance - Master datachanges can be performedwithout locking objects ifrequired

SAP Corporate QM-QN Enhanced e-mail process The enhancement enables an Improved communication


Services for notifications improved e-mail process fornotifications in terms of: - Sending thenotification as PDF documents -Attaching documents assigned to thenotification and others - Using theassigned partners (task-responsibleemployees) - Using distribution listsbased on assigned partners -Documenting the transmissioninformation in notification tasks

between related partnersduring a CAPA processvia: - Enhanced usability ofthe e-mail process -Automatic proposal ofassigned partners -Guidance through thesending procedure -Flexible selection ofadditional recipients anddocuments - Cleardocumentation oftransmission informationand status of thenotification data -Prevention from forgettingto inform people -Automatic proposal ofattached documents


CorporateServices

QM-QN Improved partnerselection capability andlist output for notificationreports

The enhancement provides anextended partner selection for qualitynotifications: notifications and taskscan now be selected via severalpartner roles and multiple partners. Inaddition, a business add-in allowsadjustment of the list output for qualitynotifications in terms of adding furthercolumns such as text fields forcustomer or vendor name.

Improved reportingcapabilities for qualitynotifications - Reducednumber of runs for thesame investigation fordifferent partners -Extended visibility ofinformation - Flexibleadjustment capability ofreports


CorporateServices

QM-QN Multiple assignments ofobjects at notification itemlevel

With the functionality, employees canassign multiple objects of the sametype, such as several batches, serialnumbers, inspection lots, and so on toone particular notification at the itemlevel.

- Improved corrective andpreventive actions (CAPA)process. - Reducednumber of notifications forrecording issues andcomplaints for severalgiven objects - example:one notification for 10batches instead of 10separate notifications. -Reduced effort formaintaining the data. -Increased visibility due toclearer structures. -Simplified analysis during aCAPA process.


CorporateServices

RE-FX Cost efficiency analysis:mass change of currentexpense items andreporting

- Allowing mass changes of currentexpense items along with periodicchanges, such as changes in flat feesfor administration and maintenancecosts - Hanging expense itemsdepending on the age of an object;maintenance costs terminatingexpense items - Reporting of all datafor one or more cost efficiency analysis- Reporting cross-references for currentexpenses and financing types

- Gaining efficiency thanksto mass change process -Gaining insight andtransparency


CorporateServices

RE-FX Long-term seatingarrangement and moveplanning

- Definition of different degrees ofoccupancy, so that various quotes ofworkplaces can be assigned to anoccupant (1/2, 1, 2, and so on) -Reports on vacancy and degrees of

- Increased spaceutilization and reducedoperating costs - Improvedinvestment decisionsthrough comprehensive

occupancy on a given a period or keydate - Reversal of postings forreservation and continuous occupancyand improved posting run - Optimizedhandling of different move dates(move-in or move-out) within one singlemove plan

analysis of space demandand offer - Fulltransparency andallocation of costs andrevenues to departments


CorporateServices

RE-FX-LC-PT

Rent adjustment The standard rent adjustment reports(for example: REAJPR) shall be usedto calculate the new rent adjustment forthe current contracts. This solutioncould be done via a BADIimplementation of interfaceIF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT. TheBADI checks customizing to see whichtype of condition or reason could beused for a single contract.

Automatic adjustmentenabling and legalcompliance


CorporateServices

RE-FX-LC-PT

Stamp tax The stamp tax has two bases: 1.Stamp on documents (of specificoperations) 2. Stamp on operations,purchases and sales, rentals, creditutilizations, and so on In the context ofreal estate context, it is a one-time taxbased on the original conditions of thecontracts or on the differences fromadjustments, specifically on rental andproperty transfer contracts. The tax toapply is determined by the officialstamp tax table. Calculation dependson a condition that varies in percentageand is based on the amount of anothercondition.

Calculation PeriodicitySingle-time tax: it is appliedonly once with the publicdeed of the contractTaxable base - Propertytaxable value in case ofacquisition contracts - Totalof conditions in rentagreement - Difference inconditions when thecondition rises Tax rates Incase of - Acquisitioncontracts: 0.8% - Lease-out contracts: 1.0% - Riseof conditions in lease-outcontracts: 0.0% PostingsPayment Reporting oMonth o Annual


CorporateServices

RE-FX Considering requestednotice date in real estatesearch

The setting of a requested notice dateallows the real estate search to offer anobject according to that date, althoughthe contractual notice date goes intoeffect at a later time

- Better consideration ofcustomers' requests -Higher flexibility of realestate search and contractoffer


CorporateServices

RE-FX Extended functionalitythrough variousenhancements

- Report of option rate ratios for realestate objects - New selection criteria,condition type and condition purpose,for periodic postings - Editable time-slotfilter within report - Reports for sales-based settlement were changedtechnically to the RE reportingframework - Copy architectural andusage objects in RE navigator via drag-and-drop

- Increased usability - Moreflexibility and individualadaptability - Better insightand transparency


CorporateServices

RE-FX Improved landmanagement andextended analytics

- Simplified handling of parcel number(freely definable in one single field orautomatic assignment) - Additional andfreely definable classification due tonew function field in the general datatab - New infosystem reports: landregisters, parcel objects, area analysisof possession areas, classifications inreal estate cadastre, and usage ofparcels

- More flexibility in thehandling of land masterdata - Improved options forcomprehensive analytics -Better insight into andtransparency of existingdata

SAP Corporate RE-FX Increased insight: Optimized SAP NetWeaver BI content - Improved options for


Services enhancements in SAPNetWeaver BusinessIntelligence

for real estate management: - Timedependency for master data attribute(where missing) - Assignment ofbusiness partners - Evaluating reasonsfor notice and vacancy, as well asfluctuation - New report for architecturalview - Delta updates - MultiCube forconditions and measurements

comprehensive analytics -Better insight andtransparency in existingdata - Improvedperformance


CorporateServices

RE-FX Taking possession datesfor straight-liningaccording to FASB 13into account

- The possession dates (start and enddates) represent the period in which alessee obtains control of the leasedproperty. - According to FASB 13, thisis the period that is relevant forstraight-line calculations. - Newpossession dates fields in the realestate contract make this possible.

- Meeting entirely new legalrequirements according toFASB 13.


CorporateServices

FI-TV ES bundle: integration ofSAP Travel Managementand SAP EventManagement

The ES bundle integrates the differentprocess steps of travel and eventmanagement (partner solutions) intoone complete process. From thecreation, approval, operationalhandling, online travel booking, andexpense reporting of employees up tothe analytics part the complete datacan be captured on an SAP costobject. That will be the container for allevent-related costs.

Strategic meetingprograms give companiesthe option to leveragetransient travel volumewhen negotiating withservice providers.Integration of such toolswith SAP TravelManagement and the SAPERP landscape can savecompanies up to 5% oftheir costs. Covering thecomplete process fromapproval to analytics allowscustomers to get acomplete picture of theirspend for meetings andevents and enable them tosave based on bettervendor negotiation andelimination of manualprocess steps.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Employee self-services oftravel management forpublic sector

The new self-service applications ofcreate travel request and createexpense report are especially designedfor the needs of public sectororganizations: explicit approval ofmeans of transportation andaccommodation, detailed estimatedcosts for precise budget encumbranceand cost transparency for managers,standard travel authorization forspecific travel activities, expense reportwith full compliance with Germanstatutory requirements on a federallevel and state (Bundesland) level.However, the enhancements can alsobe used by other industries andcountries.

Travelers in public sectororganizations can now: getonline approval for plannedbusiness trip and sendreservation request totravel agent (if approved),complete prepopulatedexpense reports in anintuitive Web application.Managers can now previewthe estimated costs,explicitly approvecustomizable travelcategories, and reviewexpense reports online.Travel experts can nowconcentrate on realfulfillment tasks such assearch for cost efficienttransportation andexception checks.

SAPenhancement

CorporateServices

FI-TV Express expense sheet The express expense sheet allows fastentry of expense reports per week,

Process automation forexpense management,


month, or custom period. Especially forcountries with per-diem basedreimbursement rules for travelexpenses, the solution now offers afast and efficient way to captureexpenses in a single user interface.Standard travel management featureslike receipt imaging, credit cardclearing, simulation, and mass print arealso supported. Customers can benefitfrom great flexibility of configuration ofuser interface content, so the massentry really meets the needs of staffthat travels a great deal.

reduced process costs(indirect travel expenses),accelerated reimbursementprocesses, controlledcompliance with travelpolicy, and reducedapproval items formanagers.


CorporateServices

FI-TV Travel planning withairfare matrix and mixedair/rail availability

The air availability in travel planningnow offers the followingenhancements: interactive airfarematrix for easy comparison andselection of available flights and fares,premium economy class, search atmultiple airports, and comparison of airand rail connections in a mixed display.

All new features will furtherhelp companies reducedirect travel costs, becausetravelers and travelarrangers can make betterdecisions on the lowestavailable fare and meansof transportation that stillmeets the traveler'srequirements for flexibility,rebooking, and meetingschedule.


Cross SAPERP

All Flexibility to continueusage of selected writelists instead of new lists

The functionality is offered to decide(mostly on a report level) whether thenew user interface or one of thepreviously delivered write lists will beused. By default, the new userinterface is being used after switchingon the business function, but thecustomer can select to use the userinterface of the previously deliveredwrite list instead.

Customers can decide onthe report level whetherthey want to use the newuser interface


Cross SAPERP

All Large number of newPDF print forms deliveredin addition to the existingforms

- Large number of new PDF-basedforms delivered in addition to theexisting forms - PDF-based forms allowstandard output on printers and onscreeen in the de facto standard PDFformat, the option of archivingdocuments, and sending a PDFdocument via e-mail - All commonbusiness cases for printing forms cannow be covered with PDF-based forms(restrictions may apply to some countryversions).

-Customers will appreciatethe low TCO paired withcompelling appearanceand usability. - Easycreation and maintenanceof PDF-based forms usingAdobe Lifecycle Designercompared to remarkablygreater effort when workingwith SAPScript orSmartForms. - Professionallook of customer facingdocuments crated in SAPSystem. - Possibility toinclude digital signatures (ifrespective applicationsupports them)


Cross SAPERP

All New user interface forexisting write lists

Several of the previously deliveredwrite lists provide highly individualgraphical display and interactioncapabilities. With the new userinterface, these capabilities areharmonized and unified.

With the new userinterface, list display andend-user interaction isharmonized and unified

SAPenhancement

Cross SAPERP

All Search-enablement ofkey business objects in

Makes key business objects (mainlySAP ERP Operations) available for

Fast, simple, search-driveninformation access Secure,


SAP ERP Operations Embedded Search. Examples includematerial, customer, vendor, salesorder, purchase order, qualitynotifications, document info record, andso on.

generic search access tobusiness information


Cross SAPERP

CA Incremental load ofmaterial master data

The enhancement enables users toload material master data from SAPERP into SAP SCM in increments. Incase of an error, the CIF reports theerror but continues loading the masterdata that is error-free. That is called apartial load. After completion, the usercan check the results and correct theerroneous data. After correction, theuser had to load only the remainingmaster data increment, which savestime and capacity.

- Speeds up dataintegration between SAPERP and SAP SCM -Enables easier detectionand correction of faultymaster data


Cross SAPERP

CA Parallel load of PDSobjects

PDS objects can now be loaded viaCIF from SAP ERP into SAP SCM inparallel mode. This feature enhancesperformance when a high number ofPDS are selected for transfer. Thenumber of objects per thread andnumber of parallel threads iscustomizable in the CIF. Now thisfeature is enabled for PDS objects.

- Faster load of a largernumber of PDS objects -Better distribution ofprocessing load amongservers based onparallelization



PY-RU Support for NewScenarios with SAPEmployee Self-Service

Employees can maintain their travelpassport of RF citizen and educationinformation with SAP Employee Self-Service

Allows employees tomaintain their travelpassport of RF citizen andeducation information withSAP Employee Self-Service



PY-RU New off-cycle processesin payroll

Customer can run off-cycle payrollcalculations including vacationcalculation, reconciliation by finish oflabor contract, off-cycle bonuspayment, and calculation only onretirement date.

Allows running off-cyclepayroll calculationsincluding vacationcalculation, reconciliationby finish of labor contract,off-cycle bonus payment,and calculation only onretirement date withoutwork-around solutions.



EA-HR 604 Enhanced data securityand authorization foractivity-handling

This functionality introduces a newconcept for security and authorizationto restrict user accesses and handlingof activity data for different user roles

- Minimize risk and preventunauthorized access toactivity data with enhanceddata security andprotection - Enhancesystem control andmonitoring with flexibleoptions to define securitysettings - Increaseeffectiveness andefficiency of EIC agents bylimiting data access torelevant function, role, andtasks



EA-HR 604 Enhanced printcapabilities with theactivity print function

This function provides the ability toprint an activity data summary in aneasy-to-read, print-friendly format(Adobe PDF) that can be tailored andcustomized to fit your company'sbusiness needs

- Increase convenienceand minimize risk byenabling a print summaryand hard copy document ofactivity data - Enhanceflexibility and

personalization options byallowing customers tomodify and customize theprint template to fit theirbusiness needs - Improvethe end-user experience byproviding the ability to saveand download activity datafor future retrieval andstorage - Maintain highsecurity by restricting printcapabilities to unauthorizedusers



EA-HR 604 Expanded data fieldoptions with flexiblecustom views

The function provides customers withgreater flexibility to create, display, andstore their own activity data fields usingcustom views in the EIC application

- Greater flexibility forcustomers to create anddefine custom views thatmeet their business needs- Enhanced capability todefine the most relevantand useful data fields forbusiness users (end users)- Enhanced usability andreporting capabilities withadditional data field optionsfor employee search andactivity view


Financials FINBASIS,SEM-BW,SAP_APPL

Automated distribution toconsuming systems

Sets of changes of an edition aredistributed to several systems.Distribution preferably by enterpriseSOA services (or upload anddownload)

Significant automation ofthe distribution process:reduce manual work andleverage fast close.



Flexible and comfortablemaintenance in onecentral system

- Web UI with customer enhancements- Customer-defined validations -Customer-defined authorizations -Mass change - Maintenance ofhierarchies - Authorizations for entitiesand attributes

Great flexibility andcomfortable maintenance



Flexible data model forentities to be maintainedin central MDM

The metadata model of the master datais the foundation for financial MDM: itdefines the persistence structure(database tables) of the entities, theirrelationship, and their attributes. - DataModel delivered for standard SAPobjects (example: chart of accounts) -Reuse of existing data elements inSAP ERP - Use of existing ERP tablesas look-up tables - Customer-definedenhancements of data model

Ability to maintain andmanage master data in acentral system: -Customers can usemultiple data models at thesame time. That makesindividual data modelseasier to understand and tomaintain.



System-controlledchange process withflexible approvalworkflows

Change request describes thebusiness reasons for a requiredchange of master data and controls theapproval and execution of the actualchanges. Change has to be assignedto an edition (status: in process).Change request ensures auditability ofany change: what, when, who, and whyTextual description, attachments, andcomments Reporting of changerequests with status

Compliance with theSarbanes-Oxley Act:Corporations listed on U.S.stock exchanges have tocomply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Sarbanes-Oxleyrules require: Four eyes forcertain transactions andchanges: approval processAudit trail: tracking ofhistory of changes andapprovals Corporate CFOis responsible for

compliance of localprocesses to corporateguidelines. Localcompliance is supported byenforcing corporate chartof accounts and guidelinesin local ERP systems



Time and period-dependent versioning

An edition defines changes of selectedtypes of objects that will become validat a certain period

In financial master datamanagement, timeconsistency is essentiallyfor the customers forhistorical, current, andfuture validities of objects


Financials FI-CAX Business partner locksenhancements

You can set preconfigured end-datesfor business locks. Authorizationconcept is used at creation of businesslocks

Automation and enhancedflexibility


Financials FI-CAX Creation of billing ordersand billing documents

Billing cycles, such as monthly on the15th day of the month, can be used.Billing orders are generated andprocessed by the billing process. Whena billing account is billed, a billingperiod is created, which defines whichEDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CAalso supports the billing of non-EDR-based invoice component. When abilling account is billed, a billing periodis created, which defines which EDRsare to be billed. Billing in FI-CA alsosupports the billing of non-EDR-basedinvoice components, such as a basiccharge of a service charge. Billingdocuments are forwarded to theinvoicing process.

Fast and efficient creationof billing orders to enablegrouping and aggregationof EDRs. Effectiveprocessing of bills.Integration of non-EDR-based invoice components.Standard interface toinvoicing process.


Financials FI-CAX Define champion andchallenger collectionstrategies

The new feature allows defining testseries for champion and challengercollection strategies. For a certainpercentage of your champion collectionstrategies, you can define challengerstrategies, which are then assigned tothe master data groups.

The new features allowtesting the currentcollection strategiesagainst alternativecollection approaches. Ifthe challenger strategy ismore successful, you canreplace the currentchampion strategy toimprove collections.


Financials SAP_APPL Enhancement of KoreanTax Report andAutomatic Payment

1. Maintain the Korean specificfields(VAT reg.no. Tax code1, type ofbusiness, type of industry,Representative name) invendor&customer master time-dependently. 2. To determin a due dateof BOE and payment methodautomatically depending on a businesstype of vendor during the automaticpayment program.

Minimize manualadjustment and improvesystem automation,improve data consistency.


Financials FI-CAX Enhancements forinstallment plans

Calculate interest at creation of aninstallment plan. Calculation andposting of fines, fees, and inflationsurcharge based on the original items.Special reporting tool for installmentplans which allows the open itemevaluation to take the deferred due

Because receivables with adue date more than oneyear in the future have tobe reported separately;installment plans areconsidered in year-endclosing

dates into account.SAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP

Financials FI-CAX Extended service forexternal cash desks

Additional features of the enterpriseservice for external cash desks to beused in an internal scenario

Use the service internally


Financials FI-CAX Fund accountingintegration

FM derivation and update: thereconciliation account is replaced in theFM derivation by the general ledgeraccount that results from accountdetermination. Grant-enabled FICA: thegrant field can be used as an input fieldwhen posting FICA documents usingtransaction FPE1. GM Update: TheOrder, Cost Center, and WBS elementare made available in the GrantsManagement Update for thereceivable/payable line(s) coming fromFICA. Splitting of Business PartnerLines: The user can enter oneBusiness Partner Line and more thanone General Ledger Lines and thesystem splits the Business Partner Lineinto as many lines as General LedgerLines in the document.

Enhanced reportingcapabilities


Financials FI-CAX Import billing accountsand event detail records

Import billing accounts from externalsystems: extract business partneritems in delta mode, dunning history indelta mode, and SAP NetWeaver BIcontent based on business partneritems and dunning history. Import eventdetail records from external systems:import EDRs that are created in arating system and process EDRsaccording to various categories. Acomprehensive enhancement conceptsupports definition of project-specificEDR categories.

Efficient import of billingaccounts, integration withSAP CRM, fast andefficient import and storageof EDRs, and integrationwith rating system


Financials FI-CAX Manage correspondencein interaction center

Configure correspondence typesCompose outbound correspondenceProvide document managementservices

The new feature allowscollection agencies to setup new correspondencetypes flexibly for collectionpurposes and use them inthe context of SAPCollections Management


Financials FI-CAX New archiving objects You can archive revenue distributionand doubtful receivables documents

TCO reduction


Financials FI-CAX New extractors into SAPNetWeaver BI

Payment and returns history can beextracted to SAP NetWeaver BI

Better analytics


Financials FI-CAX New features for massactivities

In mass activities you can predefine apreselection, use generic variants, andconfigure log classes

Usability and automation


Financials FI-CAX New mass activity forcredit card payments

Automatically mass-process credit cardpayments

Automation


Financials AP-BP-PCA, SD-BIL-IV-PC

Periodic key exchange New key versions for credit cardencryption can be generated with anew transaction. It is possible to createan unlimited number of key versions.The system always uses the mostrecent version of the key for newencryptions. For decryption, old keyversions are still used as long as datarecords for encrypted payment cardsthat have been encrypted using the oldversion still exist in the system. Theencrypted, stored credit card data canbe migrated to the new key version,and the key versions that are no longerused can be deleted.

The credit card keyexchange improves securehandling of payment carddata. In addition to theexisting functionalities ofan encrypted storage ofcredit card data in thesystem, masked display ofcredit data in userinterfaces, and so on, thekeys to encrypt paymentdata can be exchangedperiodically and keys thatare not used any more canbe deleted.


Financials FI-CAX Service for legal dunning You can use an enterprise service tocommunicate with external collectionagencies and legal dunningorganizations

Standardizedcommunication


Financials FI-CAX Use ledger groups fordoubtful receivables

You can use ledger groups for doubtfulreceivables

Usability and more flexiblehandling of doubtfulreceivables


Financials FI-CAX Enhanced revenuedistribution

Consider distribution rates to distributerevenues, open items, and unassignedpayments to final recipients

The new feature allowsrevenue agencies toautomate the distribution ofrevenues.


Financials FI-CAX New mass activity forrevenue distribution

The new mass activity for revenuedistribution permits automatic postingof distributions. Two reports foranalysis are also offered.

Automation of event-basedrevenue and costdistribution in scenarioslike season ticketing withenhanced deferredrevenues functionality


Financials FINBASIS,FI-CA

Integration of disputemanagement in FI-CAwith dispute managementin SAP CRM

Enables integration of disputemanagement in FI-CA and SAP CRM

Integration of disputemanagement in FI-CA andSAP CRM


Financials Accessibility andperformanceimprovement with SAPInteractive Forms

The output of the report programswould be displayed in Adobe form,which makes the reports compliant withaccessibility. Performance of the reporthas been improved with the new Adobesplit functionality.

Performance optimizationfor running reports andimproved processingcapacity


Financials BC-ILM-RW Archive context data In addition to the normal archiveprocess, the context data (master dataand customizing) can also be stored ina archive system

Reduce total cost ofownership


Financials FI-GL Ledger-specific check ofposting periods

Using the ledger approach within thenew G/L in SAP ERP, each accountingprinciple is represented by its ownledger. In general, the leading financialstatement - relevant for theconsolidated financial statement -needs to be completed earlier than thelocal financial statement. A differentfiscal year variant using a differentfinancial statement date can beassigned to each ledger. Thereforeposting periods shall be handledledger-specifically. Up to now, a

The financial departmentcan postpone the localclose; the consolidatedclose is finished at anearlier time. Using differentfiscal year variants fordifferent accountingprinciples, the systemchecks for each accountingprinciple (ledger) if theposting period is opened. Asmooth period end-closingprocess with fewer

posting to several ledgers was checkedonly against the posting period of therepresentative ledger. This functionoffers an option to check a posting toseveral ledgers (accounting principles)against the posting period variants ofeach ledger.

problems and lessorganizational coordinationcan be executed. The timeof close can be determinedby each accountingprinciple.


Financials FI-GL Separate check ofposting periods forpostings from CO to FI

At the end of the period, closingactivities are executed. Using CO real-time integration, CO creates postingsthat update FI. Up to now, the FIposting period had to remain openwhen postings from CO to FI areperformed. These postings can now behandled via a separate (new) postingperiod interval.

Period-end activities in thefinancial and controllingdepartment can beexecuted one after theother without the necessityof organizationalcoordination. Smoothperiod-end closing processwith fewer problems anderrors can be executed.The time needed to closecan be accelerated.


Financials FI-GL Tax handling for partlyexempt organization

With this feature, you can map in thesystem the company areas that arecompletely or partially exempt frompaying tax. You can define special taxcodes for these areas and create taxreports as proof for the tax office. Inaddition, you can use a program forsupplementary tax adjustments forvariable tax deduction rates.

Allows the handling ofvalue-added tax (VAT) forpartly exemptorganizations


Financials FI-GL Drill-down reporting fromFI to CO

Additional drill-down functionalitiesfrom financial reports into controllingand financial reports. Profit center andorigin object type (example: costcenter) information is a source forfurther drill-down into controllingreports. The target reports are calledvia a reporting interface. Target reportscan be standard reports, custom orspecific reports, and transactions.

Better reporting integrationfrom FI to CO, valuereconciliation betweenprofit centers and costobjects (origin objects),transparency between FIand CO values, and lessreconciliation effort


Financials FI-GL Guided procedure fordocument splitconfiguration

The wizards are a step-by-step aid toperform the document splitcustomizing. The advantage overfollowing the IMG is that the systemperforms checks and documentsimulation on the basis of existingdocuments.

Faster and more consistentcustomizing of thedocument split functionBetter understanding ofoverall document splitfunctionality


Financials FI-GL Ledger group-specificdisplay of documents

You can select documents according toledger or ledger group within EhP 4using standard reports • RFBELJ00,RFBELJ00_NACC, and • RFBUEB00You can use the selection forcustomer-defined reports that arerelated to logical database BRF

Customers running parallelaccounting using theledger approach coveringdifferent accountingprinciples can now selectdocuments according tothe ledger group andincrease transparency


Financials FI-GL Profit center assignmentmonitor

You can check the profit centerassignment in sales order items and inreal estate objects (RE-FX). You canselect the items and objects withspecific profit center assignments orwith missing assignments. You can getan overview list of all items andobjects.

Using this overview, youcan find and correctmissing assignments moreeasily.


Financials FI-GL Validation ofcombinations of new G/Lcharacteristics

Postings to Fimay possibly result inaccepted entries that are incoherentfrom the point of view of tehcombination of additional accoutnassignments. Example: a commissionfee for a swap is to be entered againstan HR cost center. Both account andcost centers are valid, but from abusiness point of view the posting doesnot make sense. The assumption thatall these semantic controls are done inthe feeder application does not protectagainst errors in manual postings or inthe feeder applications themselves.That is especially true in applicationsnot fully integrated with the G/L. Thisfunction simplifies this semantic checkof GL posting data entry

When entering anaccounting entry, all fieldsare checked to see if theyexist. However,combinations of the fieldsentered are never checkedfor validity. Fast close: byvalidating data individuallyand checking combinationsof data like product groupand customer group, theaccounting close isaccelerated becausepostings are checked whenthey are created and not atmonth-end during theclose. Discovery ofincorrect reporting lines atmonth-end leads to time-consuming research andmanual adjustment.Properly validatedaccounting information canreduce the time to close byseveral days.


Financials FI-CAX Group items for automaticclearing

You can group selected items atautomatic clearing

Usability


Financials FI-CA Customer field extensionin SAP Biller Direct

Customer field extension (CFE) isapplied to SAP Biller Direct processes:

Address data Bill informationBank data Credit cards The followingis covered by this new development:Two classes that hold the functionalityfor the extension Extend all actionsto instantiate and clear the list at thebeginning of each self-serviceEnhance all JCO calls to the back endso they also have the extension-tablein the interface - also enhance thefunction modules in the back end withthis parameter Put a BADI method inall wrapper methods in the back end

The enhancement enablesUI adjustments withreduced effort and thuslowers TCO


Financials FI-CA Promise to pay in SAPBiller Direct

Open bills can be selected to create apromise-to-pay (P2P). Permitted P2Ptype, reason for the promise, andwritten confirmation can be chosen.The start date and payment method forthe payment rates can be assigned.An eligibility check is performed todetermine if the customer qualifies toinitiate a P2P. A simulation screenwith details for the promise to pay isdisplayed so that the customer canaccept, reject, or create a new P2P.Saving the P2P can create a contact(optional) and correspondence in FI-CA. Existing active P2Ps can bedisplayed with drill-down details andoriginal items. Customers can

Call centers have less loadwhen customers cancreate promises to pay bythemselves in a self-service. Companies canexhaust every possibility toget at least a deferredpayment instead ofinitiating extensivecollections to dun thesereceivables.

withdraw P2Ps. Open invoicescontained in a P2P are indicated with adrill-down option to display the details.


Financials FIN-FSCM-DM-AR,FIN-FSCM-CR-AD,FIN-FSCM-COL-AR

All features: seeFIN_FSCM_CCD_2

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2. BusinessfunctionFIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATIONrequires FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 to beswitched on.

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2


Financials FIN-FSCM-DM-DM,FIN-FSCM-COL-COL,FIN-FSCM-CR-CR

Collecting receivablesfrom customers with headoffice branch structures

Help collection specialist collectreceivables from customers with headoffice branch structures

Collecting receivables fromcustomers with head officebranch structures madeeasy. Allows users tostructure a work list basedon customer's subsidiaries.Different collectionspecialists can work ondifferent subsidiaries - acommon requirement in theconsumer productsindustry.



Collections with multipleback ends

Allows users to manage businesspartners originating from multiple backends in SAP Collections Management

Managing businesspartners originating frommultiple back ends andpossible overlappingnumber ranges enabled inSAP CollectionsManagement



Create, change andsearch credit limitrequests via enterpriseservices

Create, change, and search credit limitrequest via enterprise services

Easy integration of otherapplications to the creditlimit request process inSAP Credit Management;flexible custom-build userinterfaces for credit limitrequest process



New UI for creating andchanging credit limitrequests

Allows users to create or change creditlimit requests via an easy-to-use, Webbased UI

Creating credit limitrequests made easy,system-based collaborationof sales a creditdepartment, and real-timeinformation exchangebetween all participants ofthe credit limit requestprocess



Create, change, andsearch dispute cases viaenterprise services

Create, change, and search disputecases via enterprise services

Smoother integration, moreflexibility for the UI, andability for customers tobuild their own UIs



New UI for changingdispute cases

Allows users to change dispute casesvia a Web-based UI

Changing dispute cases bycasual users made easythrough a Web UI. No lossor delay of informationbecause of no mediabreaks.


Financials FIN-FSCM-BC-CON

Billing consolidationconnector

The billing consolidation connectorprovides a built-in capability to connectto service providers for business-to-business document exchange. The

The billing consolidationconnector combines SAPERP functionality with asupplier network to provide

connection is tailored to meet therequirements of SAP BillingConsolidation, the SAP softwarerunning on the service provider'sdocument exchange platform. With theconnector delivered with SAP ERP, thecustomer can now easily and rapidlyconnect to these consolidatorplatforms.

a comprehensive solutionfor electronic documentexchange


Financials CA-TS-CO,CO-OM-CCA, CO-OM-OPA,CO-PC-OBJ, PS

Value retrospectivetimesheet changes atprior-year rates

Federal agencies allow timesheetcorrections in the 13 months precedingthe document date. If a retrospectivechange is made to the number of hoursworked, the rate selected for theassociated activity allocation should notbe the activity rate valid at the time ofposting, but the activity rate valid onthe key date for the change. Wherecomplex funding sources with multiplefunding types and varying expirationtimeframes are in place, the fundingshould also be updated based on theprior-period account adjustments.Follow-on functions, such as overheadcalculation, should also be based onthe values used for time recording.

Correct recording of fundusage in complex publicsector organizations.Increased accuracy in costcenter accounting.



Documentation ofhedging relationships(hedged item andhedging instrument)

Within hedging relationships, users cancreate documentation automatically ormanually (upload or enter). Thedocumentation is one of theprerequisites for the use of hedgeaccounting. The documents are storedwith the document managementservice.

By connecting thedocumentation of thedesignation and thehedging relationship withinSAP software, customershave a single point of entryfor information gatheringduring audits.Documentation can beeasily created by using theautomatic functionalitybased on PDF forms.



Effectiveness test ofhedging relationships

Retrospective and prospectiveeffectiveness tests are prerequisites tothe use of hedge accounting. Theeffectiveness test uses the dollar-offset-method to calculate theeffectiveness of a hedging relationship.The effectiveness test can also beexecuted from the master data of thehedging relationship.

Streamlined, integratedprocess of executingeffectiveness tests(prospective andretrospective) within thesystem by using marketdata. The results arestored and a history isavailable.



Hedging relationship Hedging relationships are used toassign hedged items (securities) tohedging instruments (forward securitytransactions). If prerequisites(examples: documentation andeffectiveness test) are satisfied, thehedging relationship can bedesignated, and hedge accountingregulations can be used. As long as thehedging relationship is fulfilling therequirements for hedge accounting, therespective posting rules are used.

Reduced number ofexternal tools. Seamlessintegration of hedgingrelationships within positionmanagement by usingsubpositions to distinguishbetween the freestandingpart of securities and thealready designated orhedged portions.Documentation andeffectiveness tests arestored related to thehedging relationship and

can be reported.SAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP


Position managementand accounting

Security position is split up according todifferent subpositions. That enables acustomer to differentiate betweenhedged portions of a security andfreestanding portions.

Streamlined, integratedprocess for hedgingfinancial assets within SAPsoftware



Purchase GAAPaccounting

The need to report values based on P-GAAP (next to the historical figures) isreflected by the introduction of threenew book value components: valueadjustment gains (VAD gains), valueadjustment losses (VAD losses), andoriginal value adjustment (originalVAD).

Meets auditingrequirements, managesrisk and compliance, andreduces error-pronemanual work


Financials FIN-FSCM-CLM-CM

Additional accountassignments for cashreporting

The SAP Cash Managementinstruments for cash position and cashforecast are enhanced with newaccounting dimensions. By using thesedimensions, the reports can be splitaccording to business area (can nowbe turned off), segment, profit center,fund, and grant. If new general ledgeraccounting is active in FI anddocument splitting is performed therefor FI documents for the relevantaccount assignments (business area,segment, profit center, fund, andgrant), you can define for whichaccount assignments in cashmanagement the system shouldconsider document splitting.

Enhanced reportingcapabilities of cash positionand liquidity forecast byadditional selection ofgeneral and industry-specific fields


Financials FIN-FSCM-BNK

Bank CommunicationManagement(Enhancement Package2)

Close integration with enterpriseapplication functionality Logicalstructuring of payments into batchesMultiple approval levels for outgoingpayments Audit trail for paymentapproval decisions along with digitalsignatures for internal audit Analysis ofpayment status information and fullpayment-flow transparency as well asstatus monitoring for bank statementsSWIFTNet Integration

Streamlinedcommunication with housebanks over a singlecommunication channel(seamless SWIFTNetintegration) Dramaticallyreduced TCO Significantlyimproved straight-throughprocessing Increasedpayment flow transparencythrough status monitoringof payments and bankstatements Enhancedcompliance throughmultiple approval levels foroutgoing payments


Financials FIN-FSCM-BNK

Simplified and enhancedbank communicationmanagement

- Improved integration with cashmanagement - Automated triggering offollow-up activities via BAdI - Indicateurgent payments in the paymentmonitor - Improved service-enabling -New services for paymemt advice -Enhanced SEPA support Enhancedreporting capabilities Capability toassign additional approval users fordual control (Security)

- Standardization andautomation of corporate tobank communication -Optimization of processesand increased paymentflow transparency throughstatus monitoring -Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rateswith end-to-end SWIFTNetintegration - Reducedmaintenance costs byusing global paymentstandards - Includes ES

bundle for the creation andstatus tracking of paymentorders as well as bankstatements - Readiness forSEPA and ISO20022



Correspondence monitor - Supports correspondence process inthe area of confirmation handling,trading, and settlement - flexible outputchannel (MT and FAX) . Supports MTformats: MTs 300, 320, 395, 399, 502,509, 515, 536, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544,545, 546, 547, and 548

Enables the customer tohave real straight-through-processing from dealcapture viacorrespondence matchingto automatic accountingupdate. Mitigates the riskof errors and thereforestrengthens complianceand enables a fast close



Exposure management Exposure management delivers anoption to upload foreign currency andcommodity exposures from varioussources to group and track them overtheir lifetime and use them as hedgeitems in hedge management. Theexposures of the exposuremanagement could be used tocalculate NPVs or VAR in the marketrisk analyzer, which then are neededfor effectiveness testing or reporting.

Manage and track thecomplete lifetime ofuploaded exposuresOption use uploadedexposures as hedgeditems in hedgemanagement to reducemanual interaction inhedge management Helpsget risk key figures foruploaded exposures



Forward securitytransaction

- Supports the life cycle of a forwardsecurity transaction (rollover, advancematurity, delivery at maturity, dividendadjustment, and cash or physicaldelivery), in compliance with severalaccounting principles

Straight-throughprocessing: option tohedge the market price riskof an underlying;management of risk andcompliance



Hedge of commoditypositions

Offers the option to use hedgeaccounting for commodity positionscoming from exposure management byusing commodity paper deals (futuresand forwards) from the transactionmanager

Ability to do hedgeaccounting andmanagement forcommodity, FX, andinterest risks in onesolution and therefore tohave only a single sourceof truth for hedgemanagement and hedgeaccounting



New effectiveness testmethod

Regression analysis compliance andreporting for IAS39 and FAS 133hedge accounting standards in thearea of effectiveness testing. This toolallows a hedge effectiveness testbased on linear regression analysis ofexposure, hedge item, and hedginginstrument.

With regression analysis,you can evaluate an hedgerelationship using aretrospective orprospective effectivenesstest and calculate datapoints in the period.Regression analysis toolallows you to setparameters like slope,intercept, R-squared andadjusted R-square, T-statistic, and F-statistic, todetermine theeffectiveness of thehedging relationship.



PY-JP Corporate pension The corporate pension thatcorresponds to the third tier is ageneric name of the following pension

The two key points inoffering the solutioncovering the entire

SAP ERP systems among private pensions,which are designed and managed bycompanies based on the law. 1.Pension fund 2. Tax qualified pensionplan 3. Defined benefit corporatepension 4. Defined contributionpension

corporate pension schemeof Japan with SAP ERPHCM: 1. Support for a newpension plan (definedbenefit corporate pensionand defined contributionpension) 2. Enhancementof the supporting systemfor the existing corporatepension scheme (pensionfund)



PY-PS-IT Legal reporting for Italianpublic sector

It provides main legal reports for theItalian public sector, including: - Socialsecurity report (DMA/INPDAP) - Yearlyfinancial declaration (F24) -Contributive form (CUD)

Enables public sectorcompanies to be legallycompliant with Italian publicsector legislation



PY-JP Rehiring (retirement) The project objective is elimination oflegal noncomplaince of the HR/PayrollJapanese solution concerningcalculation of retirement and rehiringpayment

Mitigates the risk of legalcompliance of HR/PayrollJapanese solutionconcerning calculation ofretirement and rehiringpayment



PA-PA-FR-TNM

Training needsmanagement forcurriculum types andprogram courses

Training administrators can plantraining needs and valuate costs forcurriculum types and program coursesBasically all the functionality of TNM issupported for SAP Learning Solutionobjects

Training needsmanagement is availablefor the full spectrum of SAPLearning Solution objects



PY-PS-IT Concurrent employmentPS Italy

- It enables the concurrent employmentfunctionality at the master data level.That means use of the person_id as anupper link of different pernrs in thesame system. It thus enables thecustomer to change the pernrs of theirsystem, maintaining a link with theemployee through the person_id andgiving capabilities at the navigation andquery levels.

- Large life customers willhave a solution to coverthe company change issueat the master data level -New possible customersare asking for the samesolution beforeimplementation - Someclaims from customersabout the product might bepartially covered



PY-JP Japan: flexible payroll New solution of JP flexible payroll thatenables monthly, weekly, biweekly, andsemimonthly payment

New solution of JP Flexiblepayroll enables monthly,weekly, biweekly, andsemimonthly payment



PY-NO Municipality sectorfunctionality for HCMNorway

This functionality will enable customersto maintain master data for employeesbelonging to the municipality sectorand the corresponding payroll handlingin payroll for Norway.

Manage master data andpayroll handling formunicipality sectoremployees



PY-ES Off-cycle payroll for Spainfor bonus payments andspecial payments

A payroll specialist can run the payrollfor bonus payments and specialpayments in Spain separately beforethe scheduled regular payroll run.

Bonus payments andspecial payments need notwait until the pay day forthe regular income.



PY-SE PS functionality for HCMSweden

A. Public sector customers can useconcurrent employment (CE)functionality B. Payroll calculationalgorithms specific to the public sectorare available C. Legal reports specificto the public sector are delivered

- CE makes SAP ERPHCM usable in PS areas -PS functionality makes theoffer comparable to that ofcompetitors

SAPenhancement

HumanCapital

CA-GTF-QR, PA-CE,

Qualifications at personID level

- Qualifications are maintained atperson ID level and not for every

- Reduction ofadministration effort;


Management PA-GE personnel assignment - All authorizedemployees have access to allqualifications of the employee(independent of personnel assignment)- If a qualification is created, changed,delimited, or deleted, the change willbe effective for all personnelassignments - Transactions andreports (like profile match-up) dealingwith qualifications to show them at theperson ID level

qualifications are notmaintained several timesfor the same employee -Applications dealing withqualifications (like profilematch-up) are able to showand maintain qualificationsat the physical person levelin a proper and holisticmanner



PA-PD-PM Cascading goals Corporate, departmental, and teamgoals can be created and cascaded tothe corresponding employees.

- Implementation optimizedbecause now thecustomers can useperformance managementfor setting up corporate,departmental, and teamgoals



PA-PD-PM Enhanced SAP LearningSolution integration

Enhanced SAP Learning Solutionintegration provides the following newcapabilities: - Courses can be set asmandatory in an appraisal document

Improved processefficiency due to enhancedintegration (users can setcourses as mandatorydirectly in an appraisaldocument)



CA-GTF-AP-PM

Simplified user interface This cross-application component canbe used as basis for having aWebDynpro user interface forPerformance Management.Simplification includes: - Web entrypage to access appraisal documents(work list view). From there appraisaldocuments can be created, accessed,or downloaded. If enabled, masscreation of appraisal documents ispossible. - Web page for administratorsto administer appraisal documents.(Example: It can be defined whichelements to group under which tab inthe appraisal template.) - Overview ofthe appraisal document's progress andeasier status handling in the appraisaldocument

- Customers can choosethe simplified userinterface, a more user-friendly display, and easieruse of appraisaldocuments



PA-PD-PM Simplified user interfacefor a specific process

This user interface is for a specificperformance management process.

- Minimized configurationeffort - Quickimplementation



PA-EC Additional HR reportingcapabilities

There are several reports to supportHR with administering thecompensation process. The reportssupport the planning process andprogress (example: data on the statusof planning by manager andorganization), auditing the process(example: tracking of infotype 759),and additional administration tasks(example: changes made tocompensation data).

Enhanced data visibilityinto actions and statusesassociated with thecompany’s compensationprocesses.



PA-EC Enhanced HRadministrationfunctionality

The HR administrator is providedenhanced functionality to makechanges (adjustments, deletion, and soon) to certain compensation records en

Reduced effort andprocessing time due to theenhanced functionality tomake mass changes.

masse. Corresponding reports for thefunctionality is noted in the additionalHR reporting capabilities feature. Inaddition, functionality supports changesto guideline matrix values en masse.



PA-EC Enhanced planning andapproval functionality

A new planning overview screendisplays the planning information on anorganizational level, including anoverview of the budget information(allocated, spent, and deltas). The usercan drill down to view data for theorganizational hierarchy, view thestatus of approval (including tracking ofchanges made to the planning bysubordinate managers), view theplanning data for the employees fororganization(s), and approve onorganizational level. Notifications andmultilevel approval process arecustomizable by the customer.

Increased flexibility andfunctionality to support theplanning and approvalprocess that allows formultilevel approval anddirect changes to theplanning by higher levelmanagers.



PE-LSO BI data sources forcourse appraisals

Learners can give feedback on coursesthat they took through the LearningPortal. The new functionality providespredefined data sources thatcustomers can use to build their own BIreports to report and analyze feedbackdata. For instance, the data can beused to improve specific aspects (suchas content, duration, and so on) or theentire training program.

Evaluating trainingfeedback is the first level ofassessing trainingeffectiveness (example:Kirkpatrick's model forassessing trainingeffectiveness) Standarddata sources that extractall possible informationneeded for reporting oncourse appraisals aredelivered with the solution.Customers can use thesedata sources and build BIreports that will suit theirbusiness requirements. ABI report developed in thismanner can offer valuableinformation about courseeffectiveness.



PE-LSO Course administratorportal role

Training administrators can perform alltheir day-to-day activities through anintuitive and Web-based interface.Activities include: Scheduling coursesManaging participation Monitoringresources and capacities Following upon courses Managing mandatorycourse assignments Managing course-related correspondence Administratorsare also provided and alerted withspecific work lists that help them tokeep track of courses' readiness,booking levels, and so on

The course administratorportal role provides asimpler means ofperforming regular courseadministrative activities.The regular activities of acourse administrator arearranged in logical workcenters that will help themto access informationeasily and act on it. Theportal role also includeswork lists that helpadministrators be aware ofcourse readiness statuses,resource fulfillmentstatuses, booking, andcapacity-related alerts.



PE-LSO Enablement of concurrentand global employment

SAP Learning Solution/ SAP EnterpriseLearning can now support learningmanagement for employees with

1. Learning for learnerswith multiple assignmentscan be more effectively

SAP ERP multiple or global assignments(concurrent and global employment).Employees having multipleassignments might have varyingtraining needs according to eachassignment. For instance, they mighthave different qualification gap analysisresults based on their qualificationprofile comparison with each of theposition that they hold. That requiresthem to take different courses to fillthese gaps. Course bookings mightneed to be authorized by differentmanagers. SAP Enterprise Learning isnow built considering these points andhas appropriate processes from theperspectives of the learner,administrator, instructor, and manager.

managed. 2. Learners canget a holistic picture of alltheir learning activities forall assignments and candifferentiate them based ontheir assignments. 3.Administrators andmanagers can manage andreport on the learningactivities of specificassignments of learners. 4.Instructors with multipleassignments can managethe courses that theyconduct as a part of theirdifferent assignments.



PE-LSO Learning managementservices for managers

Managers can manage the learningactivities of their team members muchmore effectively. Managers can nowmanage mandatory courseassignments for their team members:they can assign new mandatoryassignments and change or deletealready-specified assignments. Theycan also track if such courses havebeen booked by the team member.They can book their team members forspecific courses directly.

This feature allowsmanagers to take an activerole in managing theirteams' learning activitiesand thereby manage theoverall talent in theirteams.



PE-LSO Offline course distribution The new feature allows e-learningcourses to be stored and distributedthrough CDs. Learners can take thecourse from the CDs. Progress can bethen synchronized online. This methodis particularly effective when learnersare located in disparate, remotelocations with limited connectivity to aLAN or the Internet.

1. Courses are distributedand taken offline,overcoming networklimitations. 2. Courses froma CD can be copied tolearners’ PCs and takenindividually. That savesbandwidth when comparedto all learners taking thecourse online. 3.Connectivity is needed onlyto synchronize learners’progress in SAP EnterpriseLearning. 4. That is alsosuitable when it isexpected that a group oflearners is to take a set ofe-learning courses at thesame time.



PE-LSO Rapid content publishing This functionality allows contentpublishers to publish e-learning contentto the content repository through asimple Web-based interface. Contentdevelopers can store their content in acentral FTP folder. The content canthen be published through the interfaceby providing the FTP address. Thestatus of whether the content wascorrectly published can also bechecked online.

1. Content publishing ismade faster and simpler. 2.Users do not have to waittill the content is published,but can track the statuslater. 3. The authorizationfor content publishing canbe more controlled.Content designers cansimply develop the contentand store in a central FTPlocation. They do not need

any online connection toSAP Learning Solution/SAP Enterprise Learning.Then, only authorizedusers can publish thiscontent to the centralrepository.



PA-ER Activity management forapplicant tracking

Activity management (or applicanttracking) is the core of any recruitingsystem. As part of the recruitingprocess, recruiters carry out differentactions or activities with candidates asthey evaluate them and take themthrough the recruiting process. Theseactivities need to be recorded ortracked, to ensure that the properprocess is being followed. This isimportant for a couple of reasons. Thefirst is for legal compliance reasons. Inmany countries companies need to beable to prove that they are recruitingfairly, and they therefore need to keeptrack of all interactions with candidates.Another reason is for reporting.

Activity managementneeds to get less complexand easier to use. Someactivities need to becombined into one overallactivity.



PA-ER Candidate profile When working with candidates, it isessential for a recruiter to get anoverview of the basic data of acandidate in an easy way, because therecruiter has to decide about thecandidate’s suitability for a job or thecandidate’s suitability for the companyand perform according actions on thiscandidate. Of course, the systemprovides a lot of tools to support therecruiter in making decisions, butnevertheless the recruiter’s personalrating of the candidate is also required.In addition, the recruiter has to get aneasy overview about the actions thathave already performed on thecandidate to decide about the nextsteps.

Smooth and easilyunderstandable candidateprofile, which can bereached from separatecomponents of SAP E-Recruiting



PA-ER Candidate selection list The main objective of recruiters is tohire the best people for an organizationas quickly and efficiently as possible.At the same time, recruiters needs tokeep a record of what actions oractivities have been carried out oncandidates: they need to performapplicant tracking. On average,recruiters are processing 15-25requisitions at the same time, each withbetween 5 and 500 applicants,depending on the position in question.That means that recruiters have a lot ofdata to manage at the same time and alot of information to keep track of, allwhile they are performing applicanttracking, evaluating candidates,coordinating with hiring managers, andso on.

Making a point ofinformation readilyavailable and easilyaccessible will helprecruiters do their job moreefficiently



PA-ER Requisition management This functionality includes the creationof requisitions and postings andmaintenance. Also, new and easystatus handling for the requisitions isincluded. Simplification of the userinterface and improvement of usabilityconcerning requisition creation andmaintenance by replacing sequencesby tabs reduces the number of fieldsthat are necessary to give all requiredinformation and groups severalcontainers into one tab.

New process for requisitionmanagement. New UI forrequsisition management.The main need is toconvert the recruiters’ frontend from BSP to WebDynpro technology to getstraightforward navigationin the requisitionmanagement process.



PA-ER Search SAP E-Recruiting provides functionalitythat helps companies find newemployees, employ them in positionsthat suit their capabilities, promote theirprofessional development, and retainthem in the long term. The applicationhandles almost the entire processchain, from planning and budgeting,through attracting, hiring, and retainingemployees. The diversity of functionsincludes electronic screening, filtering,sorting, ranking, monitoring of activitiesand so on. A lot of functionalities haveto be covered by the search solution.

This UI should provide (atleast) the samefunctionality as the currentsearch UI, but it should bemore user-friendly andeasier to handle



PA-ER Simplified user interfacefor the new role ofrecruiter

The new portal role of recruiterincludes fast access to and a taskoverview of all necessary activities likecandidate or requisition quicksearches, requisition creation services,fast activity creation options, and so onin the e-recruiting area

The goal of the main user(recruiter) as such is to seeall relevant informationguiding daily work at aglance: open requisitions,view new applications, andhave fast access to a quicksearch. Further, therecruiters aim at directaccess from the workcenter to the tasks carriedout within the system.



PA-ER Simplified user interfacefor the new role ofrecruiting administrator

In many processes during the overallrecruitment cycle, an online systemrecruiting administrator is needed tosupport end users involved in therecruitment cycle with questions aboutuser administration, system errors,central data maintenance, and so on.The role is typically used by acustomer’s system support groups(who support external as well asinternal end users) or from HR systempower users.

The purpose of therecruiting work center is tobundle functionalities andservices that are neededby recruiting administratorsto work as quickly andefficiently as possible. -Minimal configuration effort- Quick implementation



PA-ER Work center for the roleof recruiter

Recruiters and their supportingcolleagues need to rely on a variety oftools that support them in reactingquickly and smoothly to therequirements of their daily work. Toensure fast and smooth access to theirnecessary daily activities, recruitersneed an appropriate system entry pagelike a pilot has when looking into aairplane’s cockpit. As a support for thefast access and task overview needed,

The purpose of therecruiter's work center is tobundle functionalities thatare needed by recruitesr todo their work as quicklyand efficiently as possible

an organized work center with thenecessary access possibilities tovarious activities like candidate orrequisition quick searches, requisitioncreation services, or fast activitycreation possibilities, is stronglydesired. All these functionalities shouldbe triggered from the work center.



PA-TM Enhancements in jobarchitecture andorganizational foundation

- The job architecture is enhanced bytwo new objects, the functional areaand the job family. A job family allowsusers to group one or several jobs (orpositions); the functional area allowsusers to group one or more jobfamilies. Qualifications can be storedon each level. Those belonging to afunctional area can be inherited to jobfamilies; those on a job family to jobs.Qualifications on jobs are inherited topositions. - Positions and jobs can bemarked as key positions and jobs forsuccession planning.

Provides the flexibility togroup jobs and positionsaccording to more flexiblecriteria and views



PA-TM Succession planning - This feature allows users to determinekey positions - It allows to view updatesuccession information, such asidentifying successors for key positions- It can rank successors by priority anddetermine their readiness for a keyposition - It can compare successorswith others and with key positionrequirements - It provides an ability tomonitor the successor bench strengthof key positions at a glance

Address the needs of HRusers and managers whowish to safeguard selectedkey positions efficiently



PA-TM Talent development - The development of talent requiresdevelopment plans to be set up as afollow-up to review meeting orsuccession decisions - Various types ofdevelopment actions can be set up. -Progress and quality can be measuredon actions or plans

Set up and monitor thedevelopment of talent



PA-TM Talent profile - This functionality allows users toupdate the talent-relevant informationof an employee accurately - New andricher information can be entered -Update can be performed bymanagers, talent managementspecialists, or employees, dependingon the context

- Store and update talentdata in a single source -Ability to retrieve accuratedata quickly when required



PA-TM Talent review - The functionality of talent reviewsallows users to prepare and conducttalent review meetings - Thepreparation allows users to define theparticipants and easily link talent whowill be discussed as agenda topics -Before the meeting takes placemanagers need to assess their talentsaccording to performance andpotential. - In addition, handouts forpreparation can be printed - A talentreview meeting allows users to discussand review talents interactively by

Interactively review andcalibrate talent and followthe changes andagreements on talent withthe projected screens

viewing talent data - Interactivecalibration of talents is allowed as wellas the storage of confirmed results



Customer-definedbusiness statuses:processes with SAP HCMprocesses and forms

With this feature, users can replacerather technical statuses for processes(in process, finished, and so on) withcustomer-defined statuses (bonuspayment requested, bonus paid, andso on)

Up-to-date and business-related process statusinformation



Execute employeeprocesses withoutstarting object (SAP HCMprocesses and forms)

This feature allows users to start anemployee process. Only a process stepafter the start technically assigns theemployee for whom data will beupdated in the form-based process.

Easy implementation forproject organizationsituations without the needto change the long-termrelationships andauthorizations inorganizationalmanagement



Execute PD processeswith SAP HCM processesand forms

Allows users to execute processesbased on SAP Interactive Forms on PDobjects like organizational units,positions, and jobs

Maintenance oforganizational structure byusers with less training



Fast data entry foremployee data throughthe portal

Maintenance of master data of multipleemployees

The customer can nowmaintain multipleemployees through theportal and is not forced touse the back end for thisactivity



PA-PA Leave of absence This functionality supports the processfor leave of absence (LoA) foremployees with multiple assignments.When executing a LoA action thesystem now considers all personnelassignments. The LoA action can alsobe connected to the transactions forquota corrections and remunerationsand to the benefits workbench.

The process of inactivatingpersonnel assignmentswithin concurrentemployment has beensimplified and enhancedwith functionality to assuremaster data accuracy, dataconsistency, and enhancedusability.



Mass processes foremployees with SAPHCM processes andforms

Allows users to execute multipleemployee processes with SAP HCMprocesses and forms without a need tostart multiple instances

The benefit is especially formanagers, who gain timethrough the mass start andavoid handling multipleemployees.



PA-PA Organizational change When changing organizational datathat results in a change of the legalemployer, the system now supports theprocess of terminating the oldpersonnel assignment and creating anew one with an option to transfer datainto it.

The process for anorganizational changeresulting in a change of thelegal employer has beensimplified and enhancedwith functionality to assuremaster data accuracy, dataconsistency, and enhancedusability.



PA-PA Payroll area change A system switch has been establishedfor keeping the payroll area in synchwithin concurrent employment formultiple personnel assignments.

Keeping the payroll area insynch for multiplepersonnel assignmentsassures master dataaccuracy and dataconsistency.



Step-specific work itemdelivery (UWL or mail) inSAP HCM processes andforms

This features allows users to define(per process step) if the work item isdelivered through the UWL or throughan e-mail with a link

The technicalimplementation of the step-specific behavior can beachieved much quicker and

more easilySAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP


PA-PA Termination This functionality supports the processof terminating assignments foremployees with multiple assignments.When executing a termination action,the system now provides an option toreassign data from a terminatedassignment to a remaining assignment.The termination action can also beconnected to the transactions for quotacorrections and remunerations and tothe benefits workbench.

The process of terminatingpersonnel assignmentswithin concurrentemployment has beensimplified and enhancedwith functionality to assuremaster data accuracy, dataconsistency, and enhancedusability.



CA-TS, PT-RC, PT-EV,

Enhanced time quotaservice and new leaveoverview service

Provides concurrent employedemployees with a person-related viewand information on shared quotas inSAP Employee Self-Service servicetime quotas and SAP Employee Self-Service service leave overview

Streamline basic timemanagement processes foremployees who haveseveral personnelassignments Offers moreprecise and efficientpersonnel assignments




Time entry on multiplepersonnel assignmentsvia CATS regular

Provides concurrent employedemployees with a person-related viewfor CATS regular Allows time entry onmultiple personal assignment in oneperson view

Streamline basic timemanagement processes foremployees who haveseveral personnelassignments and thusreduce the administrativeburden in timemanagement foremployees Offers moreprecise and efficientpersonnel assignments




Enablement of furtherfunctions and operation inRPTIME01 for CE

Enablement of further functions andoperation in RPTIME01 for CE

Streamline basic timemanagement processes foremployees who haveseveral personnelassignments and thusreduce the administrativeburden in timemanagement for systemadministrators, timeadministrators, and thecentral human resourcesdepartment Offers moreprecise and efficientpersonnel assignments



CA-TS Enhanced CATS classicwith concurrentemployment functionality

Provides concurrently employed endusers and decentralized timeadministrators with a person-relatedview for CATS classic Allows time entryon multiple personal assignment in oneperson view

Streamline basic timemanagement processes foremployees who haveseveral personnelassignments and thusreduce the administrativeburden in timemanagement foremployees, decentral timeadministrators, and thecentral human resourcesdepartment Offers moreprecise and efficientpersonnel assignments




Enhancements to timemanager's workplace(TMW)

Provides decentralized timeadministrators with a person-relatedview for TMW Allows time data

Streamline basic timemanagement processes foremployees who have

SAP ERP maintenance on multiple personalassignment in one person view

several personnelassignments and thusreduce the administrativeburden in timemanagement fordecentralized timeadministrators and thecentral human resourcesdepartment Offers moreprecise and efficientpersonnel assignments


Industries is-dfp-pm Defense-specific linemaintenance functionalityfor nondefensecustomers

Flight order: A special type ofmaintenance order that also containsan aircraft’s flight-specific data Flightplan: The flight plan lists all the flightsthat exist in the system for a givenperiod Technical status: The technicalstatus valuates the current technicalstatus of an aircraft Operational status:This function provides informationabout the suitability of an aircraft foroperation. Controlled usage rate: Theuse of aircraft must be monitored toensure that too many maintenancetasks are not due at the same time.This operation is known as a controlledusage rate. Entry of aircraft accidentsand incidents: If an aircraft accidentoccurs, the incident must bedocumented with all the relevantaircraft data

1) Address solutionchallenges and make thesolution more complete. 2)Help improve the argumentfor upgrade businesscases. 3) Improve thefoundation that will be usedby partners to enhance theMRO solution. 4) Improvedsupport for flightoperations.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Enhancements to enterthe structure codemanually in a PM ordercomponent item

Entry of the manual structure code incomponents of a PM order isenhanced. The controlling functions incustomizing were extended. Anexisting customer BADI was enhanced.

Flexible and comfortableentry of a structure code ina component item of a PMorder


Industries IS-AD-MPN GATP with materialexchange for the maincomponent of asubcontracting order

A rules-based ATP check can beperformed for the main component of asubcontracting order. Materialexchange and location substitutioncaused by transferring the GATP resultare supported.

Use of GATP in SAP SCMand a rules-based ATPcheck to determine theunserviceable material instock that can be sent to asubcontractor for anupgrade. Integration ofSPP planning (repair-buydecision) with execution inSAP ERP.


Industries IS-AD-GPD Improved materialmovement support

New movement type - Consumptionposting to individual WBS (221/222Q) -Movement type enhancement - Group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting(415/416Q)

Allow customers tointegrate GPD better withtheir standard MM(inventory management)processes


Industries IS_ADEC-ROT/-SSP/-SUB/ -MP

Improvements in rotablesmanagement andsubcontractingfunctionalities

Material exchange: Perform forwardexchange and unplanned materialexchange in subcontract processingSubcontracting purchasing: Purchaserequisition update after changes inPM/CS order Synchronization ofpurchase order account assignmentand special stock indicator Inventorymanagement All subcontracting goodsmovement can now be performed

1) Address solutionchallenges and make thesolution more complete. 2)Help improve the argumentfor upgrade businesscases. 3) Improve theMRO solution foundationthat will be used bypartners to enhance theMRO solution.

using transaction MIGO Subsequentadjustments can be performed usingtransaction MIGO Handle valuatedsubcontractor stocks with projectstocks and sales order stocks RMAprocessing Return materialauthorization processing fullyintegrated with subcontractingCustomer stock: Enhance multiplemovement types to work with customerstock


Industries IS-AD-MPN Original demand captureand manual adjustment ofATP interchangeabilty

If an SAP ERP-based ATP check iscarried out for a stock transport order(STO) item, and the system cannotconfirm the complete quantity, thesystem can be set up in a way todisplay the interchangeable materialsand their available quantities and allowa manual adjustment of the materialsand quantities. After adjustment, thesystem creates subitems within theSTO to reflect this situation. Thesubitems behave like similar subitemsin SD orders. That means that thequantities and dates in the main itemcan be changed and the ATP checkcan be triggered based on the mainitem change. The main item holds theoriginal demand quantity and date. TheATP check creates a new proposal forsubitem creation based on the mainitem.

Better support for internal(stock transfer-based)replenishment processesthat are based on STOsand interchangeability.Better tracking andfulfillment of the originaldemand.


Industries IS-AD-GPD Redesign of peggingprocess

Improve existing pegging process with:- Performance tuning - Logging -Rounding - Low-level code correction -BAdI conversion to new kernel-basedBAdIs - Run profile - Several otherround-offs

Allows customers tounderstand peggingaccuracy in the GPDenvironment much betterby providing more tools


Industries IS-AD-MPN Support of issuing unit ofmeasure forinterchangeability inSTOs

Creation of subitems in the issuing unitof measure during SAP ERP-basedDIMP material exchange in STO

The range of materials forwhich interchangeability inthe STO can be used isspread out. That allowsusers to cover a broaderarea of replenishmentprocesses and supportinterchangeability in theseprocesses.


Industries IS-AD-MPN Upgrade orders withGATP and materialexchange for thecomponent to beupgraded

For refurbishment orders marked asupgrade orders, a rules-based ATPcheck can be performed for thecomponent that is to be refurbished. Atransfer of the ATP results can performa material exchange of the component.On the header page of such anupgrade order, the from-materialnumber can differ from the to-materialnumber. The goods issue is posted forthe from-material number; the goodsreceipt is posted for the to-materialnumber.

Integrated upgrade orderprocessing, GATP in SAPSCM for the component tobe upgraded, andintegration of SPP planningand SAP ERP execution

SAP Industries IS-A-DP Spare parts management Parts order creation, order simulation, Easy and fast service parts


order tracking, parts catalogintegration, material search, availabilitycheck, and return order process

ordering of original partsand exchange parts forfranchise dealers andindependent servicestations Order trackingEfficient and fast serviceparts supply as acompetitive advantageImproved customer loyaltybecause of improvedsupply performance Real-time availability of datafrom importer warehousesystems Real-timeinformation on availabilityof parts and prices


Industries IS-A-DP Vehicle management Vehicle search, vehicle configurationand pricing, end-customermanagement, vehicle sales, andvehicle transfer

Holistic distribution chainmanagement, centralizedaround the vehicle andcustomer Individualbusiness processes can bemodeled very flexibly Datavisibility and transparencyis a given at all times Fastsearch and configurationvia Web applications Role-based access to vehiclesand customer informationFinancials, materialsmanagement, controlling,and business analytics asintegrated parts


Industries LO-WTY Warranty management The dealer portal enables dealers toservice and interact with endcustomers more effectively. Throughthe dealer portal, importers providedealers with self-service capabilitiesand critical business transactions.Create warranty claims Receive noticeabout rejection or acceptance of aclaim Display and update warrantyclaims Display a list of all recalledvehicles or vehicles with technicalcampaigns Display a list of parts to bereturned and print all necessary labels

Interface to manufacturer,importer, or DMS provided(EDI/XML) Back-endintegration into finance andcontrolling Faster responseto dealer Moretransparency in warrantyprocessing Cost reductionfor processing of warrantyclaims Integration ofbusiness analytics


Industries IS-B-BCA Enhanced accountclosure functions

- Enhanced business checks and theability to define customer checks -Option to simulate account closure -Flexible definition of the balancing date- Efficient handling of accounts thatencounter errors during processing -Simplified troubleshooting by usinglogs

- Ability to simulate accountclosure - User exitsprovided for definingadditional customer checks- Error logging for singleaccount closure -Balancing is carried out aspart of the account closureprocess


Industries IS-B-BCA Enhanced accountmanagement functions

- Information regarding archivedpayment items is displayed - Thecomplex amount-dependentauthorizations that are based onauthorization groups is removed -Customer exit provided to save,display, and check customer-specific

- Simpler definition ofauthorizations - Flexibleenhancement through userexits

fields on the payment transactionscreens


Industries FS-CML Enhanced integration ofSAP Loans Managementand SAP SyndicationsManagement

To enable the scenario of portfoliofunding, CML provides a report. Thereport is based on specific selectioncriteria and provides SAP SyndicationsManagement with information on themaster data of new and changed loansalong with details on the changepointer and flow data (actual andplanned).The information is providedvia a BADI, which customers can useto initiate their own implementations.SAP Syndications Management willthen update the funding status ofselected loan contracts in CML.

Option to provide SAPSyndications Managementwith the required details tofurther loans pooling andportfolio funding


Industries IS-B-BCA Improvements in the areaof the bank statement

Can create up to 999999 bankstatements for an account every year

Ability to create greaternumber of bank statementsfor each BCA account


Industries IS-B-BCA Improvements in the areaof the productconfigurator

- Ability to copy the attribute hierarchyto other clients or transport the attributehierarchy to other systems included inthe product configurator - Ability to setup matrix attributes from customizing -Additional validation during attributereassignment - Enhanced productchecks and product attribute hierarch

- Ease of copying andtransporting the productattribute hierarchy -Improved product attributehierarchy facilitates easyaccess of data


Industries FS-RBD Integration with bankcustomer accounts (BCA)

The SAP Reserve for Bad Debtsapplication is integrated with BCA sothat value adjustments can beperformed for BCA accounts

Improved credit riskmanagement andaccounting throughintegration with SAPReserve for Bad Debts


Industries IS-B-BCA Integration with changedocument viewer

Presents change documents in aunified, readable manner across allfunctions in SAP Deposits

- Improved selectioncriteria that enable viewingof only relevant changedocuments - Detailed viewprovides ability to comparethe business and technicalinformation - Improvedpresentation and printing ofchange details


Industries IS-B-BCA Integration withcorrespondence tool andprint workbench

- Asynchronous printing ofcorrespondence requests -Correspondence scenarios integratedwith print workbench (account create orchange, account closure, accountclosure prenotification, fixing termagreements, prenotification of termagreement maturity, calling of termagreements, bank statements, andbalance notifications) - Ability to viewall correspondence requests that arecreated for an account - Standardimplementation of user exits

- Unified processes forcorrespondence production- Flexible configuration andoptimization of actual dataretrieval - Flexibleenhancement concept(user exits) for use-specificadaptation - Central anduser optimized formdevelopment platform -General and unifiedavailability of al SAP-provided print techniquesand externally availabledata formats


Industries IS-B-BCA Integration with multiplefinancial accountingsystems

Enables recording of general ledgerdata in different financial accountingsystems (general ledgers) for each

International banks orcompanies can connect acentral banking system to

SAP ERP bank area several local financialaccounting (FI) systems


Industries IS-B-BCA Integration with releasetool

- The release tool has been integratedwith account closure, payment items,payment orders, forward orders, andstanding orders. - When an objectneeds to be released, a workflow itemis created in the inbox of the agent.Agents can access it from the businessworkplace and can release, reject,change, or display the object. - Basedon the option exercised by agents, therelease workflow makes statuschanges to the BCA objects duringtheir life cycle.

- Standard solution forhandling releasefunctionality - Automaticdeterminationof agentsresponsible - Flexibleenhancement through userexits - Enhanced ability todefine release relevance


Industries IS-B-BCA Integration with SAPReserve for Bad Debts

You can use functions of SAP Reservefor Bad Debts to create individual valueadjustment accounts and accounts atthe business partner aggregation levelwhich can be used for thedetermination of the credit worthinessof a business partner

Standard solution andenhanced capabilityoffered for handling valueadjustments and bad debts


Industries IS-CWM Inventory managementand accounting ofmaterials with twoindependent UoMs

Inventory values for materials with twomanaged inventory quantities (baseunit and parallel unit) can bemaintained in either unit. This approachintroduces the valuation unit to SAPERP.

In the target industries,inventory values are oftenbased on a unit (KG) otherthan the base unit (PC).Customers gain significantadvantages in the areas ofinventory management,visibility and customersatisfaction.


Industries LE-DSD Processing DEX-relatedinformation

- Provide data necessary for DEXcommunication for download to amobile device - Ability to upload a DEXcommunication thread created on amobile device to SAP ERP and store itthere - Verification of a DEXcommunication thread by displaying,printing, or exporting it - Archiving ofDEX communication threads

- Support of direct andpaperless datacommunication betweenthe retailer and themanufacturer onsite at theretailer, leading to lesstime-consuming paperworkand more correct data. -Availability of DEXcommunication threads forlater verification and issueresolution.


Industries IS-CWM Recording of inventoryquantities in twoindependent units ofmeasure

Inventory quantities can be recordedand stored in two independent units ofmeasure (UoM) in parallel. Unlikeearlier versions of SAP Catch WeightManagement, the quantities are nowstored in extended core tables.

Materials without a fixedconversion factor betweentwo UoMs can be managedcorrectly in SAP ERPwithout using additional DBtables outside core SAPERP.


Industries IS-DFS-MA Back-end enablement forSAP MDS 1.6

This functionality enables use of SAPMDS 1.6

Prerequisite to use the newfunctionality


Industries LO-MD-UID Integrated SAP Auto IDInfrastructure and SAPERP Support for IUID-managed items

SAP Auto ID Infrastructure provides acapability to support automatedoutbound and inbound processes formaterials. SAP Auto ID Infrastructureregisters the delivery of a materialwithin a delivery or within a packing

Enable automatedwarehouse processes(based on barcode orRFID) for items that areassigned to IUIDs. Processautomation based on SAP

hierarchy and triggers the goods issuefor these materials in the SAP ERPsystem. This capability is enhanced tosupport IUID. SAP Auto IDInfrastructure also can support inboundprocessing by identifying the receipt ofan inbound delivery and triggering thegoods receipt in the SAP ERP system.This process also is enhanced tosupport IUIDs. This business functionprovides the interfaces needed toenable these processes.

Auto ID Infrastructure) canbe used to streamlineoutbound and inboundprocessing when items areidentified by IUIDs.


Industries LO-MD-UID IUID (item uniqueidentification)-relatedmessage triggering

The new functionality provides thecapability to export electronicmessages to external systems if IUID-managed items are processed by theSAP ERP system and the itemschange, which required reporting to anexternal system (a central database orany other external system). Main areasfor which we are providing suchtriggers for the creation of IUID-relatedmessages include: inventorymanagement (goods issue andconsumption), changes of technicalconfiguration, and subcontracting. Thebusiness function also provides astatus monitor for IUID-managed items,which allows users to control status-dependent processing based on fivenew IUID-relevant statuses that areavailable for equipment.

Process- and status-basedmessaging for IUID-relateditems is provided. Itprovides a capability toautomate a lot of themessages that need to besent to external systems.


Industries IS-DFP-OF Line maintenanceenhancements

Provides better functionality with a newmaintenance board that synchronizesthe structure of the logbook andtechnical objects and supportsdistribution of logbook information

Better data consistencyand transparency withrespect to resources viathe maintenance board.Better support for deployedoperations because of thedistributed logbook.


Industries IS-DFP-OF Maintenanceenhancements

Better support for maintenanceactivities in a deployed systemlandscape by supporting distribution ofthe master parts list (MPL) across thelandscape. Adjustments in datarelocation and distribution.Enhancements to get better systemperformance. Enhancements forchange authorization of objects.

Distribution of MPLAdjustments in relocationand distributionEnhancements tomodification rights forobjects (changeauthorization)


Industries IS-DFP-OF Materials managementenhancements

Completing dynamic packingfunctionality, enhancedinterchangeability support, and cross-system relocation support

Complete, end-to-enddynamic packing capabilityCross-system relocationcapability Expandedinterchangeability andsubstitution functionality inDFPS


Industries IS-DFP-OF Organizational flexibilityand system architecture

Provides additional functionality in thearea of organizational flexibility forfaster setup of a deployed systemlandscape and functionality to archiveDFPS-specific objects

Optimizes support ofautarchy processesImproves robustness andscalability of landscapesImproves the capability toset up a deployed system

fasterSAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-DFS-ICM Resource management It links a DFPS force element with anSAP CRM case (the case ID isdisplayed on the operation/exercisetab). It also allows users to search,display, and import existing DFPS forceelements and operations in SAP CRMas operation organizational structures(OOS).

SAP CRM now offers anoption for integration withDFPS. With this feature,users can now preplanoperations and scenariosfor large criminalinvestigations and includethem easily during theprocess of an investigation.You simply open thetemplate and adapt it to theneeds of your currentoperation (operation name,operation description, startand end date, maximumheadcount, superiororganization, operationtask, operation category,and operation plannerposition).


Industries IS-HMED Application log Application log is an application formeeting the requirements of datasecurity and privacy of clinical patientdata. It can record every access(display, change, and so on) to apatient's electronic medical patientrecord in i.s.h.med. The loggingmessages are traceable for users withspecial authorization.

Improved transparency ofaccess to clinical patientdate


Industries IS-H Communication withpayers

Electronic data interchange forelectronic invoice addressed tostatutory health insurance (B2 protocol)Receipt of payment information fromstatutory health insurance (NOEMIEprotocol) Displays invoice and relatedpayment information on case basis

Billing rules easilyadaptable to changinglegal requirements throughCustomizing settings andcustomer enhancements(Business Add-Ins)Contract schemes can beflexibly defined andindividually adjusted on acase-by-case basis Manualoverride of paymentdistribution possible withinvoice creation Systemready for direct billing ofinpatient stays andoutpatient visits (publichospitals)


Industries IS-H Direct patient billing Physicians employed by the hospitalhave authorization to treat and bill theactivity on their own account. However,the physician chooses to have thehospital create the invoices on accountof the hospital first. Creates a list of feeservices performed in a given periodand the fees billed. This list also allowsthe calculation of the deduction and theamount to be transferred to thephysician. Transfers the doctors' feescollected from the hospital account tothe physician's account, minus adeduction.

Hospital to offer directpatient billing option tophysicians Direct patientbilling as integral part ofhospital information systemVisibility of payment statusrelated to billed physicianfee


Industries IS-H-ACM Documentation workstation: newdocumentation objects(enhanced)

The outpatient documentation workstation in SAP Ambulatory CareManagement provides newdocumentation objects: renewabledocuments and accident data.

The new functionalityallows customers to definetasks regarding renewabledocuments, and captureaccident data for use insidethe documentation workstation. This enhancestransparency and efficiencyin daily work.


Industries IS-H DRG process supportand reporting in acutehospital care area

- Support for PMSI MCO process -Creation of standardized dischargemessage (RSS) - Creation ofstandardized preparation summaries(RSP) for radiotherapy patients -Workstation for director of medicalinformation with interface to Frenchgrouper program - Reporting of DRG-related data to regional health authority

- Automatic creation ofRSS file from patient andcase data - PMSI MCOgrouping result usedautomatically for reportingor billing


Industries IS-H Electronic reading of theFrench healthcaresmartcard (Carte Vitale)

Electronic reading of Carte Vitale andsaving card data in SAP softwarePatient search using smartcard dataUse of smartcard data for creating newpatient master record - Manual entry ofreplacement certificates - Automaticcreation of insurance information forthe case based on smartcard data orreplacement certificate data

Reduced manual entryeffort Increased efficiencyin admission processIncreased reliability ofpatient data - Reducedduplicate patient records


Industries IS-H Enhancements of SAPPatient Management

Enhancements of SAP PatientManagement regarding improved userinteractions and broader functionality indifferent areas like material requisition,coding, and billing processes.Additional preassignments (example:birth data), consistency checks(example: material catalogs), improvedchecks (example: similar patients),automatic generating features(example: absence leaves), and furtherinformation (example: secondary viewin clinical workstations) are majorenhancements of this businessfunction.

Completeness of businessprocesses and easierassignments of severalobjects to each otherincreases end-userproductivity. Improvedconsistency checks,broader functionality, andbetter user interactionslead to increasedacceptance of SAP PatientManagement for severaluser roles.Preassignments, additionalchecks, and furtherautomatic creation ofbusiness data support userproductivity.


Industries IS-H Enterprise services forSAP Patient Management

Two ES bundles will be delivered: 1.Patient administration and medicalactivities 2. Patient billing andinvoicing. The first bundle coversenterprise services intended to supportpatient identification and encountermanagement processes withinhealthcare provider organizations. Itessentially offers enterprise servicesfor the business objects patient andpatient encounter. The second coversenterprise services intended to supportthe processes of documentation ofmedical activities, patient invoicing, andpayment handling. It also supports thetransfer of medical activities from

Better integration withclinical systems and otherhospital systems (labsystems, department, andso on), especially in anIHE-compliant manner.Integrate SAP functionalityinto the clinical UI theusers are used to Avoidmanual input and usererrors Offers the possibilityto adapt and configurebusiness processes flexiblyto customer needs

specialized clinical systems, devices,or departmental systems.


Industries IS-H France-specific serviceand diagnosis catalogmaintenance

Import programs for service catalogs(CCAM, UCD, LPP, GHS, and NABM)Import program for diagnoses catalog(French ICD10 version) Service masterenhanced with service attributesspecific to French service catalogs

Automatic update ofservice catalogs History oftime-dependent serviceattributes


Industries IS-H France-specific servicerules and automaticservice adjustments

Automatic check and adjustment ofservices entered for the case: -Automatic fee per diem creation oradjustment - Automatic creation of dailyhospital rate - Automatic calculation offixed patient contribution (€18) - DRG-related service rules

Automatic generation andadjustment of billableservice based on case dataService entry and control isperformed where theservices are performed,allowing for billing atdischarge


Industries IS-H French billing rules Offers rules for calculating the patientcontribution based on per diem feesOffers rules for reimbursement bystatutory health insurance Allowsflexible customizing of contractschemes related to statutory healthinsurance and supplementary healthinsurance and special coverageschemes Allows blocking the posting ofreceivables for specific invoices(invoices related to activity financed bythe hospital budget) Allows simulationof payment distribution and manualadjustment capabilities

Billing rules easilyadaptable to changinglegal requirements throughCustomizing settings andcustomer enhancements(Business Add-Ins)Contract schemes can beflexibly defined andindividually adjusted oncase-by-case basis Manualoverride of paymentdistribution possible withinvoice creation Systemready for direct billing ofinpatient stays andoutpatient visits (publichospitals)


Industries IS-H Healthcare BP and OMtransition to standardSAP ERP objects andstructures

It moves proprietary SAP forHealthcare objects and UI transactionsinto SAP ERP standard objects and thecorresponding standard UIs.

Standardized UI for the(logically) same businesstransactions


Industries IS-HMED Implementation support Implementation support leverageseasier application administration bycreation of installation packagesholding organization unit- or document-specific customizing data and import ofother SAP systems. Implementationsupport provides: - Transfer ofcustomizing data without changes -Transfer of customizing data includingassignment to other organizationalunits

Transparency and timesavings in transferring andduplicating customizingrelated to clinicalorganizational units


Industries IS-H New treatmentcertificates

To improve the existing solution, arearranged user interface, the removalof not required data fields, theconcentration of the most needed datafields, the investigation of a meaningfulworkflow, and intelligent points ofaccessibility have been implemented. Afield pre-filled with the given data andaccording to the treatment certificatecategory and type is also implementedto avoid redundant data.

Increased efficiency

SAP Industries IS-H Patient registration, Coordinated care path Insurance Entry of billing-relevant


including France-specificinformation

coverage information Support forspecial coverage schemes such as thelocal health care scheme "Alsace-Moselle," universal medical coverage(CMU), and state medical aid (AME)Reasons for exoneration from patientcontribution

information at admissionExhaustive management ofinsurance providers andflexible assignment ofcontract scheme


Industries IS-HMED Patient-centered inpatientwork station

The patient-centered inpatient workstation is an application for managingclinical information and documentationtasks for inpatients. It is configurablefor various work scenarios like clinicaladmission or doctor's round. Itprovides: - Situation-driven task profiles- Patient's clinical summary as well asintegrated presentation of the patient'sclinical history - Charting componentfor graphical, timeline-orientedpresentation of patient's vital signs, labvalues, medication, treatment events,and documentation - Presentation andcreation of progress notes fordocumenting daily status andobservations - Creation ofdocumentation like anamnesis,discharge reports, and so on -Acquisition of planned treatment steps

Moving toward a paperlessdocumentation in inpatienttreatment documentation.Uniform look and feel forpatient-centered processsteps by use of theuniversal i.s.h.med workstation concept for patient-centered documentation.


Industries IS-HMED Radiology work station The radiology work station is anapplication for supporting theradiological findings process ini.s.h.med, including creation, validation,and presentation of radiological reportsin i.s.h.med. It provides configurableworkloads, task management,interfaces to image viewers, reportcreation, and in-place access topatient's previous findings.

Implementation of theradiological findingsprocess by use of auniversal workstationconcept in i.s.h.med. - Lessapplication administrationand training effort -Efficient findings creationand validation - Improvedtransparency of tasks andcompletion of tasks


Industries IS-H-ACM Renewable documentmanagement

Renewable document managementenables users to issue initial andrenewed documents in the same place(example: work incapacity certificates).

Enhanced transparencyand efficiency


Industries IS-H Selling drugs fromhospital pharmacy

Special visit type for drug sale frompharmacy Automatic creation of billableservice based on case-related materialconsumption Creation of electronicinvoice file (B2)

Closed-loop processsupport for selling drugsfrom hospital pharmacyincluding patientregistration, materialconsumption, and billingBilling of patient treatmentand billing of drugssupported in a singlesystem: no redundancy inpatient data


Industries IS-HMED Surgery work station The surgery work station is anapplication for patient- and process-oriented documentation of surgeries ini.s.h.med. It provides situation-dependent task profiles for variousdocumentation steps in an operationprocess. The surgery work station cantherefore act as a surgeon's application

Universal workstationconcept for i.s.h.meddocumentation workplaces:- Less applicationadministration - Lesstraining effort - Increaseddocumentationperformance - Improved

for documenting diagnoses,procedures, and the surgical report oras a nurse's application fordocumenting time stamps and thesurgery log. A summary of the currentsurgery's documentation status and apatient viewer for accessing thepatient's electronic medical record(EMR) without interrupting thedocumentation process are bothintegrated.

transparency of tasks andcompletion of tasks -Increased individualizationfor roles and situations


Industries IS-HER-CM Academic postprocessingframework

- Changes to a student's academichistory and to academic offerings cantrigger an event in the new academicpostprocessing framework. - Eachevent will carry a context that allowsbusiness rules (defined in the businessrules framework) to determine what, ifany, automated follow-up actions shallbe performed. - Follow-up actions canbe freely defined, including the ability tosend messages to external applicationsvia SAP NetWeaver ProcessIntegration).

- Follow-up actions foracademic events can nowbe handled in anautomated, real-timemanner. - Costly and error-prone manual processingcan be eliminated in mostcases.


Industries IS-HER-CM Academic work UIenhancements

- Academic work user interface (UI) cannow be accessed directly (with studentsearch), rather than requiringnavigation via the student file. -Business add-ins are available foradvanced validation of the academicwork data entered.

- Time savings andincreased productivity. -Increased accuracy ofacademic work data forstudents.


Industries IS-HER-CM Attendance tracking - Instructors can track each student'sattendance and tardiness for eachclass. - Excused and unexcusedabsence reasons can be configured. -Pre-excused absences can berecorded for students. - Absence datacan be automatically considered duringappraisal calculations.

- Instructors can easilytrack and view attendancedata for students via asimple Web user interface,eliminating the need tomaintain attendance dataseparately viaspreadsheets or paperentry, and thus increasingthe accuracy ofinformation. - Automaticinclusion of attendancedata in appraisals ensurescompliance withattendance policies.


Industries IS-HER-CM Audit frameworkenhancements

- Audit rule containers can beautomatically generated for theacademic structure. - Auditsubequirements can be defined todisallow reuse of academic work. -Audit subrequirements can be definedto use academic work in anincremental manner until the conditionsare met. - Audit subrequirements canbe prioritized for an audit run.

- Audit runs can be largelyautomated with accurateresults, reducing the timespent by academicdepartments to adjustresults manually.


Industries IS-HER-CM Course registration self-service

- An out-of-the-box Web self-serviceapplication is provided (via WebDynpro for ABAP) for student courseregistration. - The application is highlyconfigurable to meet individual

- Implementation costs aregreatly reduced with thisself-service application. -Universities can offerstudents the ability to

requirements of universities. - The Webself-service processing engine can bedecoupled from back-end productivesystem for increased security.

preselect courses in ashopping cart even beforetheir registration windowopens. - Students cansimulate tuition calculationfrom their selectedcourses.


Industries IS-HER-CM Enterprise services forthird-party integration

- Enterprise services provide standardinterfaces for third-party learningmanagement systems to be notifiedabout changes to course offerings andcourse registrations. - Enterpriseservices provide standard interfaces forthird-party applications, such asfinancial aid systems, to be notifiedabout changes to student and applicantstatus. - Enterprise services allow third-party applications to access informationabout students, registrations, andacademic offerings through standardWeb services.

Academic processes thatspan multiple applicationscan be managedseamlessly with enterpriseservices. - Implementationcosts of integrationscenarios are reduced.


Industries IS-HER-CM Event-offering businessadd-ins

- Business add-ins for event offeringsallow default and suggestedabbreviations and names of events andevent packages. - Business add-inallows customer-specific validationrules of event offering data.

- Time savings duringcreation of event offerings.- Compliance withinstitutional rules. - Alertsto faculty workloadexceptions.


Industries IS-HER-CM-NL

Integration with Studielink Enables the system to integrate withStudielink via SAP NetWeaver XI. AWeb service enables Studielink to sendinformation to SAP Student LifecycleManagement, which can also sendinformation about students toStudielink.

Master data and study datafor all students can bemaintained automaticallywith integration withStudielink.


Industries IS-HER-CM Module-basedcorrespondence

- Correspondence can be generatedusing a module or event as the contextobject, rather than student

- Module-specificcorrespondence, such ascompletion certificates, canbe easily generated. -Official communicationcorrespondence regardingmodules (such ascancellation) can be easilygenerated.


Industries IS-HER-CM New booking checkframework

- Boolean combinations and set-basedprerequisites and corequisites formodule booking can be easily defined.- Non-course-based prerequisites canbe defined without the use of VSRrules. - New framework is based onsubrequirements (similar to audits).

- Creation andmaintenance of complexbooking checks is greatlysimplified, reducing overallimplementation cost andtime.


Industries IS-HER-CM Online grading userinterface

An alternative to the current Java WebDynpro application for appraisal self-service

Customers will be able toeasily adopt SAP-issuedcorrections andenhancements. - Userinterface is easilyconfigurable to meetcustomer needs.


Industries IS-HER-CM Relaxable bookingchecks

- Booking capacity checks at themodule level can be relaxed. - Bookingchecks during wait-list move-up can be

- Wait-list move-ups willexecute more quickly,allowing for more frequent

SAP ERP relaxed. evaluation of move-upsSAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-HER-CM Simplified graduationrecord creation forstudents

- Graduation records for a student cannow be created directly from theexisting transaction: graduation perstudent. Previously, it could be doneonly from graduation per program.

- Productivity will beimproved


Industries IS-HER-CM Stored performanceindexes

- Performance index calculation resultscan be persistently stored, rather thanalways dynamically calculated. - SAPNetWeaver Business Intelligenceextractors are delivered for flexibleperformance index reporting. -Changes to stored performanceindexes can trigger postprocessingframework events.

- Analytical reporting ofperformance indexes. -Automated follow-upprocesses for students whopass into positive ornegative alert thresholdscan be managed, ensuringthe accuracy of academicprocesses.


Industries IS-HER-CM Student portal role - A portal role is provided for students,assembling the previously releasedstudent self-service applications andthe new, Web-based courseregistration application. - Student self-service functionality is decoupled fromthe back-end core system for increasedsecurity.

-- Implementation costs arelowered by providing portalcontent for studentservices. - System securityis improved.


Industries ICM


Industries FS-SR Adoption forinternationalization

The new functionality supportsadditional differentiation criteria whichare defined in financial assetmanagement (FAM) operationalsystem

With the new functionality,the customer has moreflexibility in using thedifferentiation criteria of theoperational system. Theavailable differentiationcriteria are deposit,portfolio, deposit group,and a combination of them.


Industries FS-CM Annuity management This functionality enables customers tohandle annuities within their life benefitclaims

By using this featurecustomers can now pay outlife benefits as annuities


Industries FS-CM Approval of repetitivepayment

An approval process is now possiblebased on the repetitive paymentrecord, instead of being forced toapprove each single payment, resultingof one repetitive payment record

Improve expensecontrolling by approval ofcomplete repetitivepayments records in onestep instead of generatingsingle paymentsindividually


Industries FS-CM Best-practice customizingfor personal auto line ofbusiness (USA andGermany)

Best-practice-based deliverycustomizing for personal auto line ofbusiness in the United States andGermany

- Reuse of standardcustomizing for productionsystems - Reducedimplementation time andcost


Industries FS-CD Business locksupplement for paymentplan items

New functionality for processing lockslike clearing lock, payment lock,interest lock, and dunning lock in thepayment plan item. The processinglocks can now be defined with a validityperiod.

For each processing lock,a number of days or avalidity period can be set.Furthermore, users candefine the processing lockswith a validity period in thepayment plan items.

SAP Industries ICM Change of user interface The functionality remains unchanged. - Homogeneous Web


Enhanced documentation is alsoavailable.

Dynpro technology baseand reduced TCO forimplementation andmaintenance - Avoidanceof unnecessary effort tooperate the credentialingsystem properly


Industries FS-CD Check escheatment Escheatment is applicable only for theUnited States and consists of handingover abandoned or unclaimed propertyto a government authority. In the caseof insurance companies, that applies topayments made to insurants, brokers,agents, and claimants when the issuedcheck has not been negotiated after aperiod of time. Regulations differ fromstate to state, but after a specifiedperiod, the issued payments (mostoften a check or draft) are consideredsubject to escheatment and the fundsmust be turned over to the state. Thefunds become property of the state byFederal law.

The legal requirement forescheatment will be fulfilled


Industries FS-CM Claims archiving Archiving functionality for the objectsclaim, claim bundle, and servicecatalogues is provided

Less storage spaceneeded; betterperformance resulting inshorter claim processingtimes


Industries FS-CD Client-dependent,customer-specificaccount determination

This functionality enables configurationof customer-specific accountdetermination for each client. For eachclient, a posting area can be specifiedfor the general ledger (G/L) accountdetermination of the business partneritem (receivables and payables) and aposting area for G/L accountdetermination of the G/L item (revenueand expenses). Up to eight features foraccount determination can be selected.The posting areas must therefore bemaintained accordingly.

Customers have now anoption to configurecustomer-specific accountdetermination for eachclient


Industries FS-CM Data extraction for claimsfinancial reporting

New data extraction for as-of-point-in-time analysis for financial key figures tobe used as basis for SAP NetWeaverBI 7.04 content

Out-of-the-box data basisfor claims financialreporting available in SAPNetWeaver BI


Industries FS-CM Enhanced claim statusupon claim closure

Provide overview during claim closureattempt indicating all reasonspreventing a claim closure

More efficient claim closingprocess


Industries FS-CM Enhancements forservice catalogs

- Service catalogs are extended bypoint values or business rules tocalculate prices for services flexibly. Inaddition to existing direct servicecatalog assignments, indirect servicecatalog assignment via classifyingattributes is possible.

Point values or use ofbusiness rules enablescustomers to use moreextended pricing modelsfor their services describedin service catalogs


Industries FS-SR Flexibility of industry keybusiness processes

Flexibility of key industry businessprocesses

The new functionalityallows customers to use allexisting industry keysdefined at the level of the

business partner in thestatutory reporting module.


Industries FS-CD Flexible withholding tax inpayment plan interface

With enhancement package 4, you canenter variable withholding taxsupplements that belong to a documentby using the payment plan interface

The variable withholdingtax supplements can bespecified for a paymentplan item and they areallocated appropriately tothe payment plan subitem


Industries FS-CM Inactive claims monitoring Identification of all claims that havebeen open and inactive for a certainperiod of time and notification all claimhandlers responsible for these claimsby triggering a task

Improve claim inventoryaging KPIs by identificationof aged claims


Industries FS-CM Interface with policymanagement for homecontents and life

Interface including a default mappingfor FS-PM to make all relevant policydata available for the policy snapshot inthe claims management system (FS-CM) for the home contents and lifelines of business

Reduced implementationtime and costs forintegration of policysystems


Industries FS-SR Management of externaldata

The functionality allows customers tointegrate external data at the point oflist generation.

The external data isuploaded and stored in thesystem. Customers canintegrate external data atthe point of list generationautomatically.


Industries FS-CM New enterprise services:find claim and read claimin ES bundle claimhandling

Enterprise services are provided tosearch a claim and to read all details ofa claim from an external system

Reduce implementationcosts of interfaces toexternal systems by use ofenterprise services:provide claims data easilyand in a consistent way toclaim participants or otherexternal parties


Industries FS-CM New summary screen inclaim and subclaim

Provides a new summary screen onclaim and subclaim level

- More streamlined claimshandling - Improved firstlook at an insurance claim


Industries FS-CM Other new or extendedfunctionality

- Changing participant directly byentering BP number - Assigning textsamples to settlement header of bulksubrogation - Maintaining damagedobject for auto - Improved selection ofinjured persons - Display of Performer'sOffice Telephone Number; - Clauseson coverage level in the policysnapshot

Streamlines claims-handling process fordifferent lines of business


Industries FS-CD Positioning on individualpayment plan item

This functionality enables thepositioning option for a payment planitem within table control for thepayment plan items. This approachmakes it easier to find a specific item ifan insurance object and businesspartner relationship has five or morepayment plan items.

Faster and efficient way toselect an item


Industries FS-CD Shared reconciliationkeys for broker report

Multiple broker reports can post to thesame reconciliation key. No exclusivelyreserved reconciliation key is used foreach broker report. When creating abroker report, the system does notcreate a reconciliation key but

By having multiple brokerreports posting to the samereconciliation key, greatersummarization of the totalrecords is ensured

determines a valid reconciliation keyimmediately after posting the brokerreport. The system then searches forreconciliation keys that have alreadybeen created and that are not beingused. If none can be determined, thesystem creates a new reconciliationkey. On any given day, the systemrequires the same number ofreconciliation keys for posting brokerreports as the maximum number ofparallel processes that post brokerreports.


Industries FS-CM Standard and fund-basedbenefit distribution forsingle and repetitivepayments

This functionality enables claimshandler to distribute benefits for fund-based and non-fund-based insuranceclaim benefits

Customers can nowdistribute life benefits


Industries FS-CM Support of general lifebenefit processes

FS-CM now supports handling lifebenefit processes

Customers can now handleclaims in the life insuranceline of business using thisfeature


Industries FS-CM Ubiquitous start of noteshandling

Start creating notes on a claim fromeverywhere within the claim

Improve claim processingspeed by faster claim notecreation


Industries FS-CM Waiting periodmanagement

This feature lists all relevant waitingperiods for a life benefit claim. It alsotakes waiting periods of related lifebenefit claims into account. Waitingperiods can influence the payment oflife insurance benefits.

Waiting periods can nowbe managed for life benefitclaims using this feature


Industries ICM User interface andusability

The UI and functionality are consistentwith the previous UI, but the technologyhas switched to Web Dynpro for ABAP

Reduced TCO by focusingon one UI technologystrategy The UIs for theroles of compensationanalyst and credentialmanger provide easy-to-use functionality for themost common tasks andreports


Industries ICM Enhanced integration Improves standard integrationscenarios for SAP Incentive andCommission Management integratedfor: - Automotive industry - Utilityindustry - FI-CA component

- Reduced implementationcosts - Stable, standardintegration - Standardintegration maintained bySAP


Industries ICM Functional enhancements - Lists open commission entitlements toupdate account reporting - Supportsthe approval process and partialrelease of commission payments

- Customers can noweasily determine accrualsfrom SAP Incentive andCommission Management- Customers can efficientlyhandle fast approval ofcommission payments


Industries ICM Service bundle Provides services to create, change,reverse, and find commission casesand commission documents

Customers can nowimplement their ownintegration scenarios orcomposites moreinexpensively and muchfaster by using theprovided services. A clearpicture of the service

landscape means lowercosts for implementationand maintenance.


Industries IS-M ABC reporting The following enhanced reportfunctions are available for creatingABC reports: o You can identifydiscount subscriptions according to thefollowing new characteristics: • Pricegroup • Customer group • Salespromotion • Gift • Billing frequency •Service type • Postal code o You canuse the nth factor function to selecteach nth subscription randomly, basedon a key date and a specified factor n.You can further restrict selection of therelevant subscriptions according to thefollowing criteria:• Sales area •Publication • Delivery type • Salesdocument type

Enhanced functionality


Industries IS-M Assign cost center andprofit center to bookingunits

Assign cost center and profit center tobooking units

Enhancing transparencyand control of businessprocesses.


Industries IS-M Assign several conditiontypes to a billing dataset

Assign several condition types to abilling dataset that can come fromseveral different scale-base contracts.

Enhanced functionalitylowers TCO.


Industries IS-M Automated mass charge-off of open items from FI-AR

Automated mass charge-off of openitems (smallest amounts andunrecoverable receivables) fromaccounts receivable accounting (FI-AR)

Enhanced functionality formass transaction reducescosts in maintaining data


Industries IS-M Automatic contractaccount creation

You can use this function to have thesystem create a contract accountautomatically when you create a newbusiness partner or a new role for anexisting business partner. The systemuses a contract account template.



Industries IS-M Automatic creation ofshipping problemmessages

Thresholds defined in the system canbe used to control whether a shippingproblem message is createdautomatically for each carrier route.This function takes account ofcustomer complaints and complaintsfor shipping orders. When the thresholdis crossed, the agents at the customerservice center automatically receivenotification when they enter the nextcomplaint so that they can reactaccordingly.



Industries IS-M Automatic unlocking ofsubscription credits

When a customer terminates a renewalsubscription, open credits resultingfrom a suspension or complaint can bereimbursed automatically. Themonitoring procedure automaticallyremoves the payment lock on thecontract account and the systemrefunds the credit with the nextpayment run after the subscription hasbeen terminated. The system does notunlock other active credit items that do


not result from this renewalsubscription.


Industries IS-M Bundling of credit cardauthorization and deltaauthorization

You can use these functions to bundlebilling datasets for authorization ofcredit cards, and if a change is made tothe order, you can restrict theauthorization of credit cards to thedifference amount (delta authorization).

Lower costs for maintainingdata and third-partyauthorization costs


Industries FI CA, IS-M Business partner locksenhancements

You can set preconfigured end-datesfor business locks. Authorizationconcept is used at creation of businesslocks.

Automation


Industries IS-M Change advertiserindustry sector manually

You can change the industry sectordefined on the advertiser screen. Initems that have several advertisers,you can assign advertisers to differentindustry sectors. You can also use theindustry sector for price calculation,reporting, sales agent determination,and contract determination.

Enhanced flexibilityincreases transparencyand control of the salesprocess


Industries IS-M Change the technicalcontent component forunpublished schedulelines

Change the technical contentcomponent for unpublished schedulelines even if a schedule line for the itemhas already been published.

Additional flexibility in salesprocess increasescustomer satisfaction.


Industries IS-M Changing carriers in SAPProduct Sales andDistribution for Media

If you perform shipping by homedelivery in the shipping interface inperiodical sales and distribution, youcan use this function in SAP ProductSales and Distribution for Media tochange the carrier automatically in allrelevant contracts. This approach isbased on a scenario whereby thecarrier also works as a reseller andsupplies retailers on the carrier route. Achange of carrier can be necessary inthe following cases: • Carrier hands inhis notice • Carrier route is restructured• Carrier needs to be replaced, perhapstemporarily, due to illness



Industries IS-M Check of ad dimensionsduring order processing

During order processing, you cancheck to see if the ad dimensionscorrespond to the defined rules(minimum and maximum rules).

Better usability allowsbetter control of the salesprocess.


Industries IS-M Check the ad contentafter the booking unit orcontent component ischanged

You can use this function when amanual change is made to trigger anew check of the ad content (style anddesign options according to thebooking unit and content component)

Enhanced functionalityprevents errors and avoidspotential legal trials


Industries IS-M CIC scripting for badpayers

You can use this function to indicatebad payers so that the agent in the CICcan identify them immediately from thescripting in the navigation area.

Better usability


Industries IS-M Complaint charge forcarriers

You can use this function to charge thecarrier for customer complaints relatingto a specific carrier route and receivedduring the billing period. You cancumulate the complaints by weekdayand weight them according tocomplaint reasons.


SAP Industries IS-M Configurable display of You can use this function to group Enhanced functionality


stock key figures fields from stock and display them inthe applications in press distribution.The system displays the stock data thatis relevant to the process step inquestion. You can take the configuredstock key figures into account, forexample in purchase quantity planning,in customer service, or whenprocessing goods receipts or publisherreturns.


Industries IS-M Contract determinationusing specific attributes

The element in a contract requirementmeans that a contract assignment to abilling dataset in an ad order is createdonly if the following attributes match,the minimum size of the ad is reached,and the maximum size of the ad is notexceeded: o Customer price group oBooking unit price group o Issuevariant type o Positioning o Industrysector

Lowering TCO byenhanced functionality.


Industries IS-M Convert units ofmeasurement for ad sizes

This function provides conversion rulesthat you can use according to thecombination of booking unit, businesscontent component, design ad type,and target unit of measurementinvolved to define how to performconversion to the target unit ofmeasurement

Enhanced functionalityprovides additionaltransparency for customersand better control of thebusiness


Industries IS-M Copy manual conditiontypes

You can copy all manual conditiontypes, including those that wereinserted on the condition screendirectly and those that result fromdiscounts and surcharges. Pricing isnot repeated when the condition typesare copied.

Better usability lowerscosts and reduces errors.Increases customersatisfaction.


Industries IS-M Creation of weekday-dependent zones

You can use this function to assign adorders for defined ad sales zones tothe publication dates on availableweekdays.

Better usability acceleratessales processes anddecreases costs. Errorscan be avoided, whichincreases customersatisfaction.


Industries IS-M Customer return check You can use a return check procedureto define various checks for returnsreceived from customers incustomizing. That means you cancorrect and release processing oflocked customer returns without havingto postedit them manually.



Industries FI CA, IS-M Define champion andchallenger collectionstrategies

The new feature allows definition oftest series for champion and challengercollection strategies. For a certainpercentage of your champion collectionstrategies, you can define challengerstrategies, which are then assigned tomaster data groups.

The new features allowtesting the currentcollection strategiesagainst alternativecollection approaches. Ifthe challenger strategy ismore successful, you canreplace the currentchampion strategy toimprove collections.

SAPenhancement

Industries IS-M Define default advertiserprice groups from the

Define default advertiser price groupsfrom the payer or advertiser master

Better usability and higherflexibility allows users to


payer or advertisermaster data

data achieve coherent pricingand increase customersatisfaction withsimultaneous increases insales control


Industries IS-M Differentiated revenueand accruals accountassignment

You can use this function to postaccrual amounts for different costaccounting objects to basic bookingunits even if only one specific accountis involved.

Enhanced functionality forsupporting commercialend-to-end processesreduces errors andsupports compliance


Industries IS-M Dispatching You can use this function to processand monitor customer complaints orcomplaints regarding shipping ordersbased on workflows, which you canenhance according to yourrequirements. Subsequent deliveriesare processed using workflows, whichare triggered automatically and whichcontrol communication with the servicerunner. Monitoring takes place usingthe dispatching cockpit, which providesan overview of all complaints for thecurrent date, classified by publication,home delivery district, and carrierroute. You can refresh the display atany time.



Industries IS-M Display public holidayinformation in the adschedule line and inpricing.

Display public holiday information inthe ad schedule line and in pricing.



Industries IS-M Divide the ad sizebetween severaladvertisers

Divide the ad size between severaladvertisers as a percentage or anabsolute value in the price-relevant unitof measurement.

Enhanced functionalityprovides increasedflexibility to control specificbusiness models better


Industries IS-M Enhance agency orders You can use this function to transferthe business partner number for theadvertiser for an agency to the storeaccount number field in the accountingdocument segment (table BSEG) andtherefore use standard reports andfunctions to select open items for aspecific advertiser for an agency or anagency for specific advertisers.

Enhanced functionalityprovides a better view andcontrol of the advertiser-agency relationship level


Industries IS-M Enhanced monitoringprocedure determinationfor renewal subscriptions

You can use this function in the sameway as the condition technique todetermine the monitoring procedureusing flexible predefined look-ups. Newkey fields are available for each look-up.



Industries FI CA, IS-M Enhanced revenuedistribution

Consider distribution rates to distributerevenues, open items, and unassignedpayments to final recipients

The new features allowrevenue agencies toautomate the distribution ofrevenues


Industries IS-M Enhancement forchecking the orderdeadline

This function provides different offsetsfor creating, changing, and cancelingan order for which you can defineaccess sequences in customizing. Theorder deadline is displayed as an offsetin days to the publication date and as atime.

Additional control of thesales and productionprocess reduces errors andprovides more flexibility.Deadlines can beoptimized, which can leadto increased revenue.


Industries FI CA, IS-M Enhancements forinstallment plans

Calculate interest at creation of aninstallment plan



Industries IS-M Enhancements to sortword generation

You can use this function to generatesort words using predefined rules thatyou implement using function modulesor transfer to downstream technicalsystems (such as pagination).

Enhanced functionalityautomates the salesprocess and decreasescosts and errors


Industries IS-M Entering payments fromhead offices for stores

This function in contract accountsreceivable and payable allows you touse payment lots to enter and assignpayments made by a head office for itsstores for billing documents from SAPProduct Sales and Distribution forMedia. Before you can use thefunction, you must specify the headoffice in the business partner masterdata for the stores.

Enhanced functions


Industries IS-M Event-based salesquantity planning

Use of events has been enhanced andintegrated in sales quantity planning.You classify an event according to avariety of configurable criteria. Youdefine the effect of each event on thesales quantities. If the event thenoccurs, you apply the influencingcriteria in sales quantity planning to amedia issue. That gives you a clearoverview of the planned salesquantities and planned quantitychanges based on events. At the endof the life cycle of a media issue, youcheck the event used and, ifnecessary, define unexpected eventsto correct the sales quantities. You cansearch for similar events and use yourinfluencing criteria for future issues insales quantity planning.



Industries IS-M Extend distribution list You can use the new functions toextend or restrict the number of pointsof sale that are to be supplied for amedia issue. You use these functionsto extend the list of customers to besupplied if the circulation figures ordelivery quantity is unexpectedly high.If you use SAP for Retail, you can useassortments to specify which points ofsale are allowed for a title. You canstart or end supply immediately on thecustomer's request in customerservice. The system displays thepotential distribution options for amedia issue in the planning process insales quantity planning. You canextend or restrict the customerdistribution list directly.



Industries IS-M Extended orderprocessing in thecustomer interactioncenter (CIC)

You can cancel ad items, select apredefined ad size rather than enteringthe ad size, and display the ad contentin the technical editor used to designclassified ads (IS-M/AMC) using a

Better usability decreaseserrors and increasescustomer satisfaction

hotspot.SAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-M Extended series pricingrule

Extended series pricing rule fordefining the number of weekdaysrequired in the series.

Enhanced functionalitylowers TCO by providingthe capability to mapspecific pricing models withstandard means. Newpricing models can attractadditional customers andincrease revenues.


Industries FI CA, IS-M Extended service forexternal cash desks

Additional features of the enterpriseservice for external cash desks to beused in an internal scenario

Use the service internally


Industries IS-M Fast entry of incomingpayments for renewalsubscriptions

You can use these functions to enterincoming payments for credit card orcheck payments in the CIC using short-dialog function keys. A separatefunction is available for enteringlockbox payments that could not beprocessed automatically. You candetermine the correct assignment fromthe order number, as well as byentering the assignment numberdirectly. You can also enter paymentamounts as tips and donations. Youcan change these as you wish beforeupdating the payment amounts.

Better usability


Industries FI CA, IS-M Fund accountingintegration

FM derivation and update: thereconciliation account is replaced in theFM derivation by the general Ledgeraccount that results from the accountdetermination. Grant-enabled FICA: thegrant field can be used as an input fieldin posting FICA documents when usingtransaction FPE1. GM update: theorder, cost center, and WBS elementare made available in the GM updatefor the receivable/payable line(s)coming from FICA. Splitting of businesspartner lines: the user can enter onebusiness partner line and more thanone general ledger lines. The systemsplits the business partner line into asmany lines as general ledger lines inthe document.



Industries IS-M Generation of bonus daysand up-give items

You can use these functions toincrease circulation of your dailynewspaper actively. The function forgenerating bonus days allows you tosupply customers of a daily newspaperwho do not have a full subscription withfree copies on days on which they donot normally receive the newspaper. Aspart of a sales promotion, you cangenerate up-give items for partialsubscriptions so that the orders switchto full subscriptions with daily deliveryfor a certain period. The promotion hasno affect on the expiration date.


SAPenhancement

Industries IS-M Generation of multiplerenewal offers

You can use this function to generateseveral alternative offer items for an



order based on flexibly definable offeralternatives. The offer alternatives canbe determined by a variety of accesssequences, which you can define asyou wish. The system generates thealternative offer items automaticallyduring the monitoring run. You canselect an offer alternative for a renewaloffer in advance in the CIC. Thesystem then uses this offer alternativeduring the monitoring run.


Industries FI CA, IS-M Group items for automaticclearing

At automatic clearing, you can groupselected items

Usability


Industries IS-M Increase the maximumnumber of contract in aclient

Since you can now use alphanumericcontract numbers along with to purelynumeric contract numbers, the numberof contracts in each client is no longerrestricted to one million in each client.

Enhanced functionalityallows higher flexibility tomap specific businessmodels.


Industries IS-M Maintain business partnertexts

You can use this function to add textsto the business partner master dataand then log notes and comments. Auser can be assigned read-only or writeauthorization here. A change history isalso available.



Industries FI CA, IS-M Manage correspondencein interaction center

Configure correspondence typesCompose outbound correspondenceProvide document managementservice

The new features allowcollection agencies to setup new correspondencetypes for collectionpurposes flexibly and thenuse them in the context ofcollections management


Industries IS-M Mass processingfunctions

The bulk order data import functioncreates the following data from externalfiles in SAP software: - New businesspartners and orders based on an offeror a campaign - Suspensions -Terminations You can use the masschange of customer data function tochange the customer group, the pricegroup, and the customer procedure formonitoring in the business partnersales area data. You can use the masscredit memo creation for complaintsfunction to generate credit memosbased on complaints, either for specificorders or for all orders in a selectedcarrier route, truck route, orgeographical unit. In the case ofrenewal subscriptions, the credit memocan also be posted to the liabilityaccount.



Industries IS-M Media issue archiving You can use this function to archivemedia issues. Archived media issuesremain in the issue sequence and areassigned the status of archived



Industries FI CA, IS-M New archiving objects You can archive revenue distributionand doubtful receivables documents

TCO reduction


Industries FI CA, IS-M New extractors to SAPNetWeaver BI

Payment and returns history can beextracted to SAP NetWeaver BI

Better analytics


Industries FI CA, IS-M New features for massactivities

In mass activities, you can predefine apreselection, use generic variants, andconfigure log classes



Industries IS-M New fields for orderpricing

New fields for order pricing Higher flexibility to mapspecific pricing models.New functionality lowersTCO.


Industries FI CA, IS-M New mass activity forcredit card payments

Automatically mass-process credit cardpayments

Automation


Industries FI CA, IS-M New mass activity forrevenue distribution

The new mass activity for revenuedistribution permits automatic postingof distributions. Two additional reportsfor analysis are offered.

Automation


Industries IS-M Online up-selling You can use this function to make theindicator for the Web publicationmodifiable in the order and pricing.

Better usability providesincreased flexibility andavoids errors in the salesprocess, which increasescustomer satisfaction


Industries IS-M Optimize performance forcreating or changingmedia-specific businessobjects

Optimized performance for creating orchanging media-specific businessobjects

Improved performanceallows users to implementcomplex business models.


Industries IS-M Order block foradvertisers and agencies

You can use this function to preventcreation of orders for defined agencyand advertiser combinations. You cancontinue to create orders that thisagency places for other advertisers orthis advertiser issues using a differentagency.

Additional and morespecific control of salesprocesses


Industries IS-M Planning issues due forshipping

The new and enhanced functions giveyou an overview of the media issuesthat are due for shipping and an optionto release shipping for each mediaissue or supply cycle. If you plan mediaissues for shipping after goods receipt,the system displays current stocks andweights, as well as the planneddelivery quantities. If there aredifferences in the figures, you canmove parts of the delivery quantities toother supply cycles. Complete planningby releasing the media issues foroutbound delivery or transferring anoutbound delivery cycle totransportation planning.



Industries IS-M Postponed delivery You can use this new function to holdissues during a vacation suspension fora customer whose subscription issupplied by home delivery, and thendeliver the issues on the customer'sreturn. The process is controlled by acarrier change notification, which is


triggered at the start of a suspensionand instructs the carrier to hold theissues. After the suspension is over,the carrier receives a messageindicating that it is time to deliver theissues that have been held.


Industries IS-M Publication calendar foronline items

You can use this function to bookindividual or consecutive publicationdates for specific online items.

Additional pricing andplacement models aresupported by enhancedfunctionality.


Industries IS-M Reassign sales agentcontracts

You can use this function to dividerequirements or requirement elementsor both and copy them into other salesagent contracts.

Enhanced functionalitydecreases costs formaintaining master data.


Industries IS-M Recalls for customergroups

You can calculate separate recall datesand take them into account forpredefined customer groups (example:retail chains) when processing recallsof unsold copies



Industries IS-M Remote check blockingadvertising managementorders

RFC-enabled function moduleISM_ORDER_ENQUEUE_CHECK tocheck the blocking of advertisingmanagement orders.

Enhanced functionalitylowers TCO and reduceserrors in productionprocess, which preventsfurther effort.


Industries IS-M Returns charge forcarriers

If you perform shipping by homedelivery in the shipping interface inperiodical sales and distribution, youcan use this function in SAP ProductSales and Distribution for Media togenerate debit memo requests for thecarrier in addition to the credit memorequests that are generated for theretailer when releasing returns.



Industries IS-M Role-specific processcheck

You can use this function to configurethe media issue work list for varioususer roles. When doing so, you canuse specific views (for example, forplants, sales areas, or media issuebasic data) according to yourrequirements. You can define theprocessing steps in media issueprocessing for specific roles. You cancheck key figures across severalprocess steps. When checking theprocessing status, you can change themaster data of the media issue andnavigate to the required process steps.



Industries IS-M Rounding the actualheight

This function provides rounding rulesthat you can use according to thecombination of booking unit, businesscontent component, design ad type,and unit of measurement to define thevalues to be rounded up or down

Enhanced functionalityincreases transparency foradvertisers and agenciesand simplifies internalcontrol. Customersatisfaction increases.


Industries IS-M Sales agent assignmentusing the newrequirement types

Sales agent assignment using the newrequirement types design type and itemcategory

Higher flexibility inconfiguration to assignagent contracts to orders.Lowering TCO by avoidingcustomer-specificenhancements.

SAP Industries IS-M Search helps for an Search helps for an advertiser for an Decreasing costs by


advertiser and an agencywhen maintainingcontracts

agency and an agency for anadvertiser when creating and changingcontracts.

improved usability.


Industries FI CA, IS-M Service for legal dunning You can use an enterprise service tocommunicate with external collectionagencies and legal dunningorganizations

Standardizedcommunication


Industries IS-M Specify a time slice foronline items

Specify a time slice for online itemsthat defines the publication start andend of the banner.

Enhanced functionalityallows users to implementnew business models inonline ad sales.


Industries IS-M Suspension of monitoringsteps

You can use this function to ensurethat customers with suspendedrenewal subscriptions are not sentreminder letters triggered by themonitoring function during theirabsence. If the suspension extendsinto the tolerance period, the systemskips the monitoring step that isscheduled to take place during theoriginal tolerance period and postponesit by the number of suspension days inthe tolerance period.



Industries IS-M Transfer selectedintermediate documents(IDocs) to partners usingfilters

Transfer selected intermediatedocuments (IDocs) to partners usingfilters.



Industries IS-M Transportation planning You use the transportation planningfunctions to specify which truck routesare served from a plant and whichvehicles are used. You can display thenumber of customers, media issues,and the weight for each truck routeduring planning. The planning overviewalso contains details such as excessweight and the assigned customersand issues for a truck route. Ifbottlenecks arise, you can use theprocessing functions to move thecustomers from one truck route toanother.



Industries IS-M Use default values togenerate the creditmaster data record formedia customers

You can use default values to generatethe credit master data record for mediacustomers

Additional functionalityprovides increasedtransparency of the salesprocess to prevent losses.


Industries FI CA, IS-M Use ledger groups fordoubtful receivables


Usability


Industries IS-MP Fast data entry of variantconfiguration inproduction order

Allows users to enter, change, anddisplay variant configuration formultiple production order items in anitem overview screen

- Improved usability and abetter overview whenworking with productionorders with multipleconfigured items


Industries IS-MP Fast data entry of variantconfiguration in SAP ERPsales order

- Fast data entry significantly improveshandling of variant configuration acrossmultiple document items. - Fast dataentry allows users to enter 10characteristics from variantconfiguration in the item overview

- Faster and simplifiedentry of configured salesdocument items - Overviewin one screen andinheritance across items toavoid typos and errors

screen of the SAP ERP salesdocument. - Characteristics can begrouped in customizing intocharacteristic displays that can beselected in the SAP ERP salesdocument. - Fast data entry allowsusers to define global and localdocument items. Changes ofconfiguration in global items can bedirectly inherited to all related localitems.


Industries IS-MP Make-to-stock forconfigurable productswith individual batchvaluation

- Goods receipt for the productionorders valuates stocks using theproduction order cost estimate -Production order costs based onvaluations of component batches ratherthan on standard prices - Support ofcross-plant stock transfers for such aprocess - User guidance and processconsistency through improved statusmanagement and status overviewreport

- Improved accountingtransparency (productcosting and stockvaluation) and support forsupply chain flexibility:requirements forproduction planning


Industries IS-MP Make-to-stock productionwith configurableproducts

- Ability to create production orders forconfigurable products (KMAT) andconfigurable variants in a make-to-stock scenario. - Ability to create andchange variant configuration of suchproduction orders.

- Reduced amount ofmaterial master data -Increased flexibility toreassign stocks to specificcustomer demands -Enablement ofpostponement strategiesand late order decouplingpoint (handover from MTSto MTO as late as possible)


Industries IS-MP Multi-item productionorder and trimoptimization interface(TOI) order

- Allows production orders with multipleproduction order items - Flexiblequantity calculation from productionorder items (coproducts) to productionorder header - Enable SAP ERP toreceive SAP APO production orderscreated through the SAP APO trimoptimization interface

- Reduced scrap and setuptimes by connecting anexternal trim optimizer toSAP APO - Improvedflexibility for industries withcoproduction


Industries IS-OIL Flexible selection andeasy adoption to user'sneeds

- General selection of various criteriapossible, additional and differentselection criteria can be used for theindividual tab strips, for exampledifferent date ranges for the generalselection and for the stock projectionworksheet tab - Additional selectioncriteria can be added - User canchange in user-dependent setting thelayout by adding, hiding, or movingcolumns - Layout of the graphics canbe changed - Flexible aggregation anddisaggregation of inventory data instock projection worksheet tab strips

Increased user acceptance


Industries IS-OIL Freightliner offer tomaintain schedules,routes, and stages ofvehicles easily

- A nomination type and view can beused to maintain vehicle-relevantschedules (routes, stages, and dates) -Data will be visible in the transportavailable section in three-way pegging(SAP Trader’s and Scheduler’sWorkbench and dynamic scheduling) -

Reduced implementationand customization effort

Relevant dates will be copied intodistribution schedules - Use offreightliner offers cannot be maintainedany longer


Industries IS-OIL Web transaction tocombine scheduling andstock information andplan transports

- Ability for users to plan and createdistribution schedules for transportscombining demand and supply itemswith vehicles - Items to be scheduledand stock information are visible in thesame transaction - Planning can bedone either in a three-way pegging tabor from the stock projection worksheetby just entering or changing quantitiesin columns; the system will createsimulated distribution schedules -Changes don't need to be saved to beseen on the other tab - Calculation ofavailable capacity on the fly when datachanges - Undo and redo functionality

- Transportation planning isan iterative process.Having all information onone place saves time. -Impact of interactivescheduling changes oninventory situation can beseen immediately withoutprior saving.


Industries CA-JVA Joint venture cutbackreversal

It automatically corrects reversals in FIand at the same time corrects the 4Ecutback ledger. The correction wouldbe for one period at a time, but acorrection with the selection criteria ofinception to date is also possible.

It facilitates reversal of theresults of all cutbackpostings in case of errorsin a period


Industries AA-FM G/L accountderivation check

Creates a double check on the GLaccount derivation when a request isbeing created. When a request iscreated if the user assigns aCommitment Item a GL account isderived. If in the same document anasset is assigned, a new GL account isderived. This check will allow the userto know if the FM and the AA GLAccounts are the same, and if they arenot an error or warning is issued.

This will improve thebusiness performance,since this way all thedocuments created will bein the right GL account.Without this check therewas a chance that with awrong customizing, that isnot checked in any otherplace, a document wouldbe assigned to a wrong GLaccount.


Industries PSM-GPR Account AssignmentDistribution

Allows assignment of multiple accountassignments to a PR based on eitheramount or percentage.

Customers can assignmultiple accountassignments to purchaserequisitions or purchaseorders based on either apercentage of the total orby specific amountscharged to each accountassignment.


Industries PSM-FA Asset migration for fundaccounting

- This feature supports theimplementation of fund accounting forasset management when youimplement the new general ledgeraccounting at the same time. - Centralsteps are the asset mass transfer,whereby asset master records aresupplemented with the information onthe fund, and the balance carry-forwardposting from asset accounting perbalancing unit, which creates theopening balance for asset values perfund. - Based on new general ledgermigration

- Standard migration toolsconcerning assetmanagement for animplementation of fundaccounting are provided

SAP Industries PSM-FA Average daily balance- - This functionality allocates amounts - You can distribute the


based allocations from one account assignment (the poolassignment) to other accountassignments (the individualassignments) based on average actualbalance information from the generalledger. - It is possible to define thebalancing entity (fund, grant, and soon) on which the cost or interestallocation is done. - It is possible todefine the pool of common investmentsfrom which the distribution of costs andearnings is posted. Several rules canbe set up in parallel. - A report willcreate the distribution postingsaccording to the rules. - Available in anenvironment where the new generalledger accounting with its documentsplit functionality is active - Based on anonleading daily ledger

revenues or expensesearned for a pooled cashinvestment back to themembers of the pool - Thedistribution of the amountsearned or expensed of thepooled investment to theindividual accountassignment elements isbased on the average dailybalance of the elements inthe pool - Simplifiedcreation of a daily balanceledger


Industries PSM-FM-BCS

Budget entry anddistribution in a multi-levelbudget structure

With a multi-level budget structure, theFM account assignments for enteringbudget can be defined. The multi-levelbudget structure supports top-downand bottom-up budget distribution. Fortop-down budget distribution, thebudget is distributed along thehierarchy path from the upper accountassignment to the lower accountassignments. For bottom-up budgetdistribution, the budget is entered on alower account assignment, and thesystem can automatically create thebudget on superior accountassignments in the multi-level budgetstructure.

The multi-level budgetstructure can be used toenter budget and distributebudget along the hierarchy.


Industries PSM-FM Budget period asseparate master dataentity in PSM

An additional PSM master data entity,budget period, is introduced in SAPECC, extending the overall PSMmaster data number to a maximum ofsix (plus grant). The new master dataobject is available in the budget controlsystem (BCS) and in many budgetexecution processes. It is recorded inbudget and commitment/actuals figuresin funds management and can serve asa balancing entity in the new generalledger. Expiry and cancellation datefunctionality are moved from fund tobudget period.

- Clear distinction ofindividual master dataentities by purpose -Reduced master datamaintenance effort -Reduced and simplifiedyear-end closing activity


Industries Budgetary extension(copy budget documents)

This funcionality copy BCS entrydocuments between different versionsand within the same fiscal year

This new report shall copybudget values bygenerating new budgetdocuments in the newversion that containreferences to budgetdocuments in the oldversion. This new tool shallstore the processinformation (for example,supplement (SUPL) andtransfer (TRAN)). A copy

shall be created by versionand in the same fiscal year.The new report shall copythe entire budgetdocument.


Industries PSM-FM Budgetary ledgerconfiguration: new sourcefields to derive additionalBL areas

Additional source fields in budgetaryledger (BL) configuration: generalledger account, asset transaction type,business transaction, and budgetprocess

Flexible use of master data


Industries PSM-FA-CL Cash flow reporting - Cash flow reporting provides readerswith information about the sources ofcash raised during the period, thepurpose for which cash was used, andthe cash balance on the reporting date.- Enables users to report cash flows bysource account (such as expense,revenue, taxes, and inventory) -Reporting of the combination of cashclearing accounts and source accountsis also an option. - Cash flow reportingis an integral part of the new generalledger. - Cash flow reporting in terms ofthis solution is based on an accrualledger and does not require anadditional (cash) ledger.

- Cash flow reportingrequirements are fulfilled -Implementation of anadditional (cash) ledger isunnecessary. Cash flowreporting is based on anaccrual ledger (reduceddata volume)


Industries PSM-FA-CL Cash-basis accounting - Users can establish cash-basisaccounting by means of a separatecash ledger. - The cash ledger is acomplete, balanced set of accountsrequired by and maintained for cash-basis accounting. It realizes expensesand revenue only at the time cash ispaid or received. - Typically, the onlyaccounts posted to in cash-basisaccounting are cash and profit-and-lossaccounts. - The cash ledger is anintegral part of the new general ledger.It is a nonleading ledger in the newgeneral ledger environment. Cash-basis accounting in the sense of thissolution always needs a leadingaccrual ledger. - Migration tools for asubsequent introduction of cash-basisaccounting are available.

- This solution fulfills therequirement for legal cash-basis accounting - Thecash ledger ensures thatexpenses and revenuesare realized only whencash is paid or received


Industries PSM-FM Change management forposted invoices

It is now possible to change postedinvoices. When the user tries to changea posted invoice, the system creates areversal (transaction MR11) in thebackground and creates a new invoicewith the changed data.

FISIO-compliant


Industries Combined acceptancerequest posting andclearing (CARPC)

A new document type is created. Thisdocument is used in a specific case,when a customer makes a payment,but no invoice was issued to him. Thisnew document will clear the initial bankaccount post and at the same time (inthe same LUW) will also clear thecustomer account.

A faster an "cleaner"process is now available.The new document willimprove the businessperformance and will freethe users for other tasks,since without this processa long and harsh searchwas needed.

SAP Industries PSM-FM- Combined handling of In the budgeting workbench, several Budget officers can enter


BCS budget categories in thebudgeting workbench

budget categories can be entered atthe same time in one entry document

several budget categoriesat the same time in oneentry document in thebudgeting workbench



Cover eligibility (CE) inbudgeting

There are several enhancements andnew developments in the area of covereligibility: - Support of revenue cover-group category in manual maintenanceand mass transaction of cover groups -RIB rule (with call procedure) can be inthe manual maintenance of covergroups assigned to automatic covergroups - Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: create manual covergroups and revenue cover groups inaddition to automatic cover groups -Mass generation of cover-eligibilityrules: generate cover groups formultiple ledgers at the same time

Instead of RIB objects,revenue cover groups canbe used to aggregaterevenues for use with theRIB process



Creation of a multi-levelbudget structure

Generates the multi-level budgetstructure for a specific hierarchy ID.

With the multi-level budgetstructure customers canbudget along the definedhierarchy.


Industries PSM-FM Credit memo offsetexclusion

U.S. Federal agencies have twoprimary options to offset vendordelinquent debts: internal offset andexternal treasury offset. To supportFSIO requirements, the system mustprovide a method to exclude an itemfrom internal offset against anotherpayment. The credit memo offsetexclusion establishes a payment blockon the document; the document istherefore excluded from the standardpayment program (SAPF110).

Increase control andflexibility of automaticpayment offsets


Industries IS-PS-CA Define champion andchallenger collectionstrategies

The new feature allows collectionagencies to define test series forchampion and challenger collectionstrategies. For a certain percentage ofyour champion collection strategies,you can define challenger strategies,which are then assigned to the masterdata groups.

The new features allowcollection agencies to testtheir current collectionstrategies against alternatecollection approaches. Ifthe challenger strategy ismore successful, thecollection agency canreplace the currentchampion strategy toimprove collections.


Industries PSM-FM Earmarked funds - downpayment integration

Various improvements to the businessprocess involving down payment andearmarked funds: 1. Alternateconsumption logic for earmarked fundswhen multiple down payments andinvoices are recorded. Previously,documents where classified as relevantor not relevant based on which type ofdocument total was higher (downpayments or invoices). Now,documents are all combined, and thefollow-on document reducesconsumption of the previous document(additive consumption logic). 2. Newtransactions to simplify recording of

Significant time savingswhen recordingdocuments. Simplifiedprocesses.

down payment and down paymentrequest against earmarked funds. 3.Automatic reduction of down paymentwhen invoice is received.


Industries PSM-FM Enhanced budgeting andactive availability control(BCS) using budgetperiod

With the introduction of budget periodas a new master data entity in fundsmanagement, budgets can now bedistinguished by it. It is thus possible tohave a budget for the same accountassignment from approval cycle 2008and from 2009: both may be valid formultiple fiscal years. Active availabilitycontrol respects this separation ofbudgets, enabling checks for a singlebudget period or across multiplebudget periods.

- Compliance with legalrequirements to support abudget period in budgeting- Simplified handling ofbudget maintenance andbudget-related closingactivities


Industries PSM-FM Enhanced financial andbudgetary accountingusing budget period

It enables a user to enter theappropriate budget period manually asan account assignment. The completeaccount assignment is then updated infinancial accounting (FI new GL) andbudgetary accounting (FM). As analternative, the budget period may bederived via the same derivationmechanism already supported for otherfunds management accountassignments (FMDERIVE).

- Separate input field isavailable for budget period- Separate derivation andcontrol of budget periodindependent of other FMaccount assignments ispossible - Financial andbudgetary accounting bybudget period, includingbalance sheet by budgetperiod (and fund)


Industries IS-PS-CA Enhanced revenuedistribution

Consider distribution rates whendistributing revenues, open items, andunassigned payments to final recipients

The new features allowrevenue agencies toautomate the distribution ofrevenues


Industries PSM-FA Enhancements CO-FMintegration

1. Several new CO reports that allowselecting for fund, grant, and functionalarea. A drilldown according to thoseentities is offered within the reports. 2.Call of FMDERIVE in CO planningtransactions can now be controlled bya BADI. In this BADI customer canimplement check mode for FMDERIVEby specific planning businesstransaction.

1. The new reports willcontribute to reducing thetotal cost of ownership ofthe fund accountingscenario at the customersite and speed up itsimplementation 2.Improved performance


Industries IS-PS-CA Enhancements forbusiness partner locks

You can set preconfigured end datesfor business locks considering theauthorization concept at creation ofbusiness locks

Automate businessprocesses


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements fordunning

1. With the new functionality fordunning interest calculation, users cangenerate an Adobe form for the noticeabout penalty surcharges when usingreport RFFMINTCALC. A sample form,FM_INTCALC, is delivered for thispurpose. 2. The new functionality ofInterest Totaling for Private-LawDunning Procedure concerns the rulesfor calculation of the dunning interest tobe applied by German public sectorcustomers, if those administrations useprivate law dunning. The developmentwill enable a new interest calculationthat will aggregate all calculatedinterests for a set of related

Increases flexibility andsuccess in dunningprocedures

documents.SAPenhancementpackage 4 forSAP ERP

Industries IS-PS-CA Enhancements forinstallment plans

Calculate interest at creation of aninstallment plan

Improve usability Automatebusiness processes


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements for masterdata

1. Display of funded program in varioustransactions: FI posting transactions,earmarked funds transactions, MMcontract with commitment plan,purchase requisition, purchase order,service entry sheet, goods movement,and LIV invoice transactions. 2..Enhanced checking of allowedchanges to funds management masterdata: when deleting or changing fundsmanagement master data, additionalsystem checks are performed toensure data integrity.

1. Better control over dataentered 2..System integrityfor funds managementmaster data is improved


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements for realestate integration

1. Rule-based splitting tool introducedinto real estate: contract can now beautomatically split among multipleaccount assignments based onpredefined rules. 2. New functionmodules for FMDERIVE: fundsmanagement account assignmentobjects maintained on real estateobjects can now be read when postingagainst real estate objects in financialtransactions.

1. Simplification of dataentry with fewer user errors2. Less data maintenance


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements forreassignment

1. Support for version management inmaterials management (MM): Thereassignment of purchase orders andpurchase requisitions in fundsmanagement now supports versionmanagement in MM 2. Reassigningdocument chains: With this newfunction, users can select chains ofcommitment documents and reassignthem to a new posting address (fundscenter, commitment item, and fund) infunds management. It offers: -Selection of document chains forreassignment with various selectioncriteria - Derivation strategy for derivingtarget posting addresses - Interactivechoice among derived targetaddressees

- Changes caused byreassignments arerecorded in MM - Fasterreassignment of documentchains to new postingaddress in fundsmanagement


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements forrequests

1.Request journal for the requestsearch is now available on all requesttransactions 2.Withholding tax lines arenow displayed in document overview ofposted requests 3.The functional areafield is available on all request screens4. On the initial screen of a requesttransaction, the default values cantransferred as fixed values for theentire request 5. Posting date can bedefined as changeable for preliminaryrequests

- Same look and feel in allrequest transactions fordocument selection - Bettercontrol of data entered

SAPenhancement

Industries PSM-FM Enhancements for year-end closing

1. Message FICUSTOM190 can beused to define (for each user) whether

- Improved handling andtraceability of the


the commitment carry-forward can bereversed (FMJ3) to the previous fiscalyear. 2. Cascaded parallel processingfor commitment carry-forward. 3. Newbusiness add-in (BAdI),FM_CCF_APPLIC_CUST, available toupdate a table record in user-definedtable for each line item or line subitemcarried forward in the commitmentcarry-forward. 4. A new specifictransaction for clearing requests(F891B) allows users to specify fundstransfers in FI between a single senderand multiple receivers or vice versa. 5.Extended fiscal year change of openitems posted in FI-CA

commitment carry-forwardin funds management -Reduced runtime of thecommitment carry-forwardif large amounts of data areprocessed - Simplification,checking, and errorprevention during fundstransfers in requests -Improved handling duringthe fiscal year change ofopen items posted in FI-CA


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements in U.S.Federal functionalityusing budget period

Budget period is made available forU.S. Federal-specific processes. Thatincludes U.S. Federal-specific ledgers95, 96 and 97; budgetary ledgerpostings; and Federal-specific reports.The application of fund (AOF) is nowalso available on the budget periodmaster record and takes precedenceover the AOF on the fund master.

- Separate input field isavailable for budget period- Separate derivation andcontrol of budget periodindependent of other FMaccount assignments ispossible - Financial andbudgetary accounting bybudget period, includingbalance sheet by budgetperiod (and fund) -Financial and budgetaryaccounting by budgetperiod


Industries PSM-FA Enhancements of the FMreconciliation tool for newgeneral ledger tables

New data providers have beenprovided for the reconciliation tool: -General ledger provider (technicalname FLGL) - General ledger providerfor planning data (technical nameFGLP)

Further completes theexisting reconciliation tooland its use across multipledata sources


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements to IPAC Allows the clearing or posting ofresidual items for invoices and relateditems prior to running the paymentprogram.

Eliminates manual clearingprocesses prior to paymentprogram and allows moreaccurate calculation ofpayment.


Industries PSM-FM Enhancements to promptpay functionality (PPA)

1. Previously, vendors were identifiedas being relevant to the promptpayment act by setting the interestindicator field to 99. Now, we haveadded a new field to the U.S. Federaltab on the vendor master to identify ifthe vendor is subject to the PPA. Theinterest indicator field can now by usedfor its intended purpose. A newprogram is available to migrate to thenew functionality(FMFG_PPA_TO_VENDOR) 2.Expands PPA functionality to the realestate application: the date entered onreal estate contract will be transferredto accounting document and can beused in subsequent processes, such aspayment and treasury confirmation.

1. Customers can now usethe interest indicator fieldas intended. Previously,this field was taken tosupport the PPAfunctionality. 2. Real estatecomponent is now fullycompliant with PPArequirements.

SAPenhancement

Industries PSM-FM Enhancements toreporting: new prompt

This report displays a listing of invoicedocuments that are warehoused and

Provides U.S. Federal-specific payment details to


payment tracking report ready for payment. Warehouseddocuments can be reviewed todetermine whether or not they meetcontract terms and follow applicablePrompt Payment Act regulations. Thereport can also be used to verify thatgoods and services paid for wereactually received.

AP clerks and managers


Industries PSM-FM Extension of MMtolerance checking

Document tolerance checking issupported for budget that is controlledby funds management. A documenttolerance check allows you to definetolerances that describe how much apurchase order item is allowed toexceed the budget that has beenassigned to the purchase requisition onwhich the item is based. A new IMGactivity is provided for this purpose. Ifthe defined tolerance is exceeded, theuser is not allowed to save thepurchase order.

Better budget control withdocument tolerancesupport


Industries PSM-FA Extraction of new generalledger

- The line item extractor for newgeneral ledger accounting to extractdocuments from the leading ledger innew general ledger accounting for SAPNetWeaver BI reporting (0FI_GL_14) isnow enhanced for the following publicsector fields: - Financial managementarea (FIKRS) - Fund (GEBER) - Grant(GRANT_NBR) - Partner fund(PGEBER) - Partner grant(PGRANT_NBR) - FM: budget period(BUDGET_PD) - FM: partner budgetperiod (PBUDGET_PD)

- The public sector fieldsare now available for SAPNetWeaver BI reporting -Simplified reporting


Industries PSM-FA FM update bydepreciation run undermodified accrual

- This functionality allows users todistinguish between full accrual andmodified accrual accounting in assetaccounting. - This distinction ismodeled via a second depreciationarea for modified accrual accountingwith 100% depreciation at the first run.- Funds management can be updatedby asset depreciation so that FI andfunds management remain reconciledfor both full and modified accrual.

- Reporting on a full andmodified accrual basis forassets is now easilyachievable - FI and fundsmanagement remainreconciled for both full andmodified accrual


Industries IS-PS-CA Form-based registration Define and process registration formsSet up rules for registration Uploadregistration forms Mass activity forvalidating tax forms Exception handlingof registration in the tax officer cockpit

Configurable formprocessing utilizingbusiness rules for settingup master data andrelationships and fordetermining registrationfees Support of automatedand manual processes inthe tax officer cockpit


Industries PSM-FA Functional area asbalancing entity

This feature offers an option to definethe functional area as documentsplitting characteristics for generalledger accounting (-> balancing entity)

Public sector customersusing the new generalledger can create balancesheets by functional area


Industries IS-PS-CA Fund accountingintegration

FM derivation and update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the reconciliation account isreplaced in FM derivation by the


SAP ERP general ledger account that resultsfrom account determination. Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can beused as input field in posting of FICAdocuments by using transaction FPE1.GM update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, theorder, cost center, and WBS elementare made available in the GM updatefor the receivable or payable line(s)coming from FICA. Splitting of businesspartner lines: as of IS-PS-CA 604, theuser can enter one business partnerline and more than one general ledgerline: the system splits the businesspartner line into as many lines as thereare general ledger lines in thedocument.


Industries FIN-FSCM-TRM

Fund and grant transfer The transaction manager allows a fundtransfer. That means that the user canchange the distribution amongparticipating funds without changingthe external cash flow.

Easy way of changing theparticipation amounts offunds during a trade's term



Generic interface for SAPCRM program replication

Provide a generic programminginterface that allows users to map anSAP ERP account element other thanfunded program to an SAP CRMprogram

Flexibility to decide whichaccount elements in SAPERP should map to theprogram object in SAPCRM



Generic interface for SAPCRM program replication

Provide a generic programminginterface which allows users to map anSAP ERP account element than fundedprogram to an SAP CRM program

Flexibility to decide whichaccount elements in SAPERP should map to theprogram object in SAPCRM


Industries IS-PS-CA Group items for automaticclearing

At automatic clearing, you can groupselected items

Improve usability


Industries PSM-FM Improvements toaccountable propertyfunctionality

Allows creation of an asset masterrecord based on purchase order datarather than goods receipt or invoicedata

Improved propertymanagement. Processessubsequent to creation ofasset master data can nowbe started earlier and areavailable for goods receipt.This functionality is betteraligned with standard assetcreation for purchaseorders.


Industries IS-PS-CA Inbound interface to SAPPSCD for master datacreation and update

Creation and update of businesspartner, address(es), bank details,contract accounts, and contract objectsbased on messages received fromexternal social case managementsystem

Central client financialaccounts and centralpayment system for(multiple) external socialcase management systems


Industries IS-PS-CA Inbound interface to SAPPSCD for payments andliabilities

Creation and reversal of SAP PSCDposting documents based onmessages received from externalsocial case management systems



Industries PSM-GPR Incremental Funding This functionality provides SAP ERPintegration for incremental funding ofbusiness objects in Procurement for

Users can createincrementally fundedpurchase orders in the

SAP ERP Public Sector (PPS). procurement system.Orders can be funded forless than the total value ofthe order, and additionalfunds can be added asthey become available.Users can track theamount of funding appliedto an order.


Industries PSM-GPR Integration of EarmarkedFunds with SAP ERP

You can use earmarked funds onpurchase requisitions (PRs) created inSAP ERP that are replicated to SAPSupplier Relationship Management(SAP SRM).

Customers can earmarkfunds for specific projects,cite the earmarked fundson the PR, and track theprogress of the PR as itmoves through theprocurement process inSAP SRM.


Industries PSM-GPR Integration of SmartNumbering with SAPERP

Allows customers to locateprocurement documents usingcustomer-based numbering schema inaddition to document numbers in SAPsoftware.

Procurement documentswill now contain both thecustomer agency-specifieddocument number and theSAP document number.Customers can search,locate, and report ondocuments using either theagency-specified smartnumber or the SAPdocument number.


Industries FIN-FSCM-TRM

Investment pool Customers set up investment pools toenable the participating single funds torecognize a greater return on theirpooled investment than they could ontheir individual investments. - If a fundwants to invest in an investment pool, itbuys pool certificates for a given unitprice.

- Easy way of handlinginvestment pools - Systemsupport for buying andselling pool certificates


Industries IS-PS-CA Ledger groups fordoubtful receivables


Improve usability



Maintenance of a multi-level budget structure

Processing the multi-level budgetstructure by: - Inserting new nodes -Deleting existing nodes - Moving nodeswithin the multi-level budget structure

Changes can be adaptedto the multi-level budgetstructure.



Maintenance of budgetaddresses in a multi-levelbudget structure

Maintain the budget addresses in amulti-level budget structure by: -Creating budget addresses - Deletingbudget addresses

Definition of budgetaddresses in the multi-levelbudget structure in a massrun.



Maintenance of postingaddresses in a multi-levelbudget structure

Maintain the posting addresses in amulti-level budget structure by: -Creating posting addresses - Deletingposting addresses

Definition of postingaddresses in the multi-levelbudget structure in a massrun.


Industries IS-PS-CA Manage correspondence Configure correspondence typesCompose outbound correspondenceProvide document managementservices Review interaction historyManage inbound correspondence Printcorrespondence Create customercontacts

The new features allow taxagencies to flexibly set upnew correspondence typesfor tax purposes

SAP Industries IS-PS-CA Manage correspondence Configure correspondence types The new features allow


in interaction center Compose outbound correspondenceProvide document managementservices

collection agencies to setup new correspondencetypes for collectionpurposes flexibly and usethem in the context ofcollections management


Industries IS-PS-CA Manage tax work items Create work items for form processingRelease new work items for formprocessing Change assignment of workitems Change priority of work items

The new features allowdetermination of taxofficers, tax units, and taxdivisions based on rules.Tax managers andsupervisors can get aneasy overview of thecurrent workload and candetermine the appropriatesteps.


Industries PSM-FM Migration andenhancements for theonline payment update

- Enables migration from the enhancedpayment selection (RFFMS200)functions to the online payment updatein funds management - If onlinepayment update is activated, thesystem automatically defines thefollowing fields as document-splittingcharacteristics: KNBELNR, VOBELNR,and FIPOS. - Delivery of standardsettings to enable online paymentupdate for unassigned payments

- This feature offers tools tomigrate from the enhancedpayment selection(RFFMS200) functions tothe online payment updatein funds management -Existing customers alreadyusing the enhancedpayment selection(RFFMS200) functions canmove to the onlinepayment update in fundsmanagement - Simplifiedconfiguration of the onlinepayment update


Industries MIP/MIE scenario In some cases when withholding tax(WT) is withheld by a governmententity, it also reflects a revenue, as thegovernment itself is the final recipientof the WT amount. This needs to bereflected in financial and budgetaccounting. If such a transfer of WT toa revenue account is to be carried out,the process is referred to as the MIPscenario. Otherwise, if additionalpostings are not required, the processis called MIE scenario. Thisfunctionality will create the abovementioned additional postingsautomatically. Also it has to beassured, that there is a link betweenthe original document, and theadditional documents which include thefollow postings, so that the user canfind related documents.

This new tool shouldautomate the posting ofthese additional items tosave manual work.


Industries IS-PS-CA New archiving objects You can archive revenue distributionand doubtful receivables documents

Reduce TCO


Industries IS-PS-CA New extractors to SAPNetWeaver BI

You can extract the payment andreturns history to SAP NetWeaver BI

Better decisions throughenhanced analyticscapabilities

SAPenhancement

Industries IS-PS-CA New features for massactivities

In mass activities you can predefine apreselection, use generic variants and

Improve usability of massactivities Automate


configure log classes business processes


Industries IS-PS-CA New mass activity forcredit card payments

Process credit card paymentsautomatically using new mass activity

Automate businessprocesses


Industries PSM-FM Other enhancements 1. Accessibility for archiving objects 2.Unification of various archiving objects:selection by fiscal year and period forthe following objects: - FM_DOC_FI -archiving FI line items in fundsmanagement - FM_DOC_OI - archivingcommitment line items in fundsmanagement - FM_DOC_CO -archiving CO line items in fundsmanagement - FM_ACTSUM -archiving commitment/actual totalsrecords in funds management -FM_BUDHIE - archiving former budgethierarchy documents in fundsmanagement - FM_BUDENT -archiving former budget entrydocuments in funds management -FM_BUDSUM - archiving formerbudget totals records in fundsmanagement - FM_FUNRES -archiving of earmarked funds 3.Enhancement in ALE distribution

- Archiving data can bebroken down into smallerdata slices (by fiscal yearand period) - Disjunctivenumber ranges are nolonger needed whenupdating actuals


Industries IS-PS-CA Outbound SAP PSCDdocument statusmessage

Capture and communicate the SAPPSCD-internal processing status offinancial items that were received fromexternal social case managementsystems



Industries PSM-FM Parallelization of originalpayment selection(RFFMS200) function

Original payment selection(RFFMS200) function is now enabledfor parallel processing. Users candefine the number of parallel processesand, if necessary, the server.

- Reduced runtime of theoriginal payment selection(RFFMS200) function